pr^S^

V«i..

,^^^

-7^

^ibraro of th Museum

OF

COMPAEATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

The gift Of t4^ ^^Li^..a^ai

PROCEEDINGS

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE

Vol. XXXI.

JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1803.

PHILADELPHIA:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY MAC CALLA & COMPANY.

APR 25 m?>

Jan. 6, 1«93.] 1

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

BELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXX[. Januauy, 1893. No. 140.

January 6, 1893.

The annual meeting for election of Officers and Councilors
was held this afternoon between the hours of 2 and 5 o'clock,
after due public notice. The result of the ballot was reported
by the Judges and the Clerks to the Society at its evening
meeting.

Stated Meeting^ January 5, 1893.
Mr. Thomas H. Dudley in the Chair.

Mr. Harold Goodwin, a newly elected member, was pre-
sented to the Chair and took his seat.

Dr. Elliott Coues requested by letter a further extension for
three months of the time during which he could retain the
Lewis and Clark MSS. Upon motion, the request was granted.

Acceptances of membership were read from Dr. Samuel
G. Dixon, Philadelphia ; Dr. James Macfarlane, Lansdowne,
Pa., and Dr. James Ellis Humphrey, Amherst, Mass.

An invitation from the Wadsworth Athenaeum, at Hartford,
to be present at the opening of the new Libraries and Art
Galleries, was read.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. A. PRINTED MARCH 3, 1893.

o

^ [Jan. 6,

The Enoch Pratt Free Ijibrary of Baltimore requested to be
placed on the Proceedings' exchange list. On motion, the ap-
plication was granted.

The Academy of Natural Sciences acknowledged the re-
ceipt of the Secretary's letter of December 16, relating to the
Keating- Poinsett Collection, stating that the same had been
referred to the Curators,

A circular from the American Folk-Lore Society, announcing
its annual meeting for 1892 at Boston.

Accessions to the Library were reported from tlie Royal
Asiatic Society (Straits Branch), Singapore; Royal Society of
Victoria, Melbourne; Department of Mines, Wellington, N. Z.;
Anthropological Society, Tokyo, Japan; Statistika Central
Byraus, Stockholm, Sweden ; Maatschappij der Nederlandsche
Letterkunde, Leiden, Holland ; Academic Royale de Belgique,
Bruxelles ; Academic des Sciences, Cracow, Austria ; Anthro-
pologische Gesellschaft, Vienna, Austria ; Naturforschende
Geselltchaft, Altenburg, Germany; Physiologische Gesellschaft,
Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologic, etc., Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde,
Berlin ; Gartenbauverein, Darmstadt ; K. Oeflfentliche Biblio-
thek, Dresden; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Halle a. S. ; Deutsche
Seewarte, Hamburg; Geographische Gesellschaft, Munich,
Bavaria ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Regensburg ; Biblio-
teca N. C. Firenze, Italia ; R, Accademia dei Lincei, Rome ;
Socidte de Geographic, Lille, France; Commission des An-
nales des Mines, Societe de L'Enseignement, Society de Geo-
graphic, Redaction Cosmos, Paris; R. Academia de la Histoiia,
Madrid, Spain ; South African Philosophical Society, Cape
Town ; R, Astronomical Society, R. Geographical Society,
Editors of Nature, London ; University Observatory, Glas-
gow; Royal Society, .Edinburgh ; Mr. Horatio Hale, Clinton,
Ontario; Canadian Institute, Toronto; Boston Atheneeum,
Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass. ; Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. ; Travelers' Insurance Co., Hart-
ford, Conn. ; Editors of American Journal of Science, New
Haven; Brooklyn Library; Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. ;
American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Mathematical So-

1893.] *^

ciety, Meteorological Observatory, Dr. Joel Asaph Allen, New-
York ; Mr. William John Potts, Camden; Free Public Li-
brary, Jersey City ; College of Pharmacy, Editors of the
Medical News^ Editors of the Medical and Surgical Reporter^
Hon. Frederick Fraley, Dr. Walter M. James, Dr. D. Jayne
and Son, Messrs. Abraham Jordan, J, G, Rosengarten, David
Henry Wright, Philadelphia; Editor of the A'lnerican Chemi-
cal Journal^ Baltimore; Commissioner of Pensions, U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, Census Office, Hydrographic Office,
Washington, D. C. ; University of California, Berkeley; Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, Lincoln, Neb. ; Institute Fisico-
Geografica, San Jose, C. A.; Societe Scientifique du Chile,
Santiago, S. A.

The following deaths were reported :

Sir Richard Owen, December 18, 1892, get. 89.
John 0. Westwood, January 2, 1893, ast. 88.
Eben N. Horsford, January 1, 1893, aet. 75.
Isaac C. Martindale, January 3, 1893, let. 50,

The President was authorized to appoint a suitable person
to prepare the usual obituary notice of Mr. Martindale.*

The report of the Clerks and Judges of the election held
this afternoon at the hall of the Society was read, and the
following members declared to have been duly chosen Officers
and Councilors for the ensuing year, 1893 :

President.
Frederick Fraley.

Vice- Presidents.
E. Otis Kendall, W. S. W, Ruschenberger, J. P. Lesley.

* Dr. Joseph T. Rothrock was subsequeutlj' appointed.

* [Jan. 6,

Secretaries.

George F. Barker, Daniel G. Brinton, Henry Phillips, Jr.,
George H. Horn.

Curators.
Patterson Du Bois, J. Cheston Morris, R. Meade Bacbe.

Treasurer.
J. Sergeant Price.

Councilors.

William A. Ingham, Thomas H. Dudley, Robert Patterson,
Charles S. Wurts.

{Councilor /or two years, in place of I. C. Martindale, deceased.)
Henry C. Baird,

This being the evening for the nomination of a member to
serve as Librarian of the Society during the ensuing year, Mr.
Henry Phillips, Jr., was renominated, and the nominations
were closed,

Mr. Goodwin exhibited a portrait of the late John Vaughan
Eyre.

Pending nominations Nos. 1235, 1249, 1250 and 1251 were
read.

And the Society was adjourned by the Presiding Member.

1893.] "

Stated Meeting^ January 20^ 1893.
Mr. Richard Vaux in the Chair.

Dr. Francis X. Dercum, a lately elected member, was pre-
sented to the Chair and took his seat.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

A circular from the Royal Academy of Sciences of Turin,
Italy, announcing its offer of the Ninth Bressa Prize, to be
given to the author or inventor who shall have made the most
important and useful discovery, or published the most valu-
able work, on Science, Natural History, Chemistry, etc., etc.,
during the years 1891-94.

A letter from the New York State Library, Albany, asking
the Society to exhibit a complete set of its publications at the
Columbian Celebration, the same to become the property of
the State Library when the celebration is over.

The following letter from the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, in relation to the Keating- Poinsett collection
of Aztec handworks deposited by the American Philosophi-
cal Society, which, on motion, was referred to the Curators.

Philadelphia, .January 19, 1893.
Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr.,

Secretary of the American Philosophical Society :

Bear Sir: — I have the honor to inform you that your communication of
the 16tli ult., regarding the custody of the Keating-Poinsett collection of
Aztec objects, having been referred for consideration to the Curators of the
Academy, the following report was received by the Academy at the meet-
ing of the 17th inst., and a copy was ordered to be sent to you in reply to
your letter of inquiry :

"The Curators, to whom has been referred a communication from the
American Philosophical Society, dated December 16, 1892, and addressed
to the President and members of the Academy, in reference to the reten-
tion of the Poinsett Collection of Aztec handworks deposited in the
Academy several years ago, respectfully report :

"Although all the specimens of the Poinsett Collection are artificial,
and therefore not absolutely within the scope of the Academy's chief pur-
pose, which is the study of natural objects, it is considered desirable that

" [Jan. 20,

the Academy shall slill retain said colleclion as a loan on Ihe conditions
stipulated at the time of its deposit.

"The American Philosophical Society may be assured tliat llie Poinsett
Collection, while in custody of the Academy, will be carefully preserved ;
and that as soon as the perfectly fireproof addition to the Academy's
building now in course of construction, under contract to be completed
next June, is finished, there will be ample room for a satisfactory display
of it as well as of similar collections. As the Museum of the Academy is
freely open to the public from eight to ten hours every day, except Sun-
day, throughout the year, it is confidently conjectured that the Poinsett
Collection will be visited and studied here by a greater number of persons
than it would be in any other place of exhibition in the city.

"It is neither necessary nor expedient that the Academy should pro-
pose any condition whatever in connection with the retention of the
Poinsett Colleclion as a loan from the American Philosophical Society."

The report is signed and submitted on behalf of the Curators by Dr.
W. S. W. Ruschenberger, the Chairman of the Board.
I remain, yours very truly,

Edward J. Nolan,
Recording Secretary, A. N. 8., Philadelphia.

A letter from Dr. Elliott Coues, Washington, D. C, thank-
ing the Society for its grant of extension of time in the Lewis
and Clark MSS. loan ; also, offering a paper for publication
in the Proceedings, descriptive of the Lewis and Clark MSS.

Letters of envoy were received from the Maatschappij der
Nederlandsche Letterkunde, Leiden; Instituto Fisico Geogra-
fice Nacional de Costa Rica, San Jose ; Mr. William John
Potts, Camden, N. J.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Geographical Society of Australasia (Queensland Branch), Bris-
bane (138); Linnean Society of New South Wales (135-138),
Royal Society of New South Wales (136, 137), Sydney;
Maatschappij der Nederlandsche Letterkunde, Leiden (137,
138) ; I. R. Accademia degli Agiati, Rovereto, Tyrol (138) ;
K. K. Militiir-Geographische Institut, Vienna, Austria (137,
138); Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Emden(138); Naturwis-
senschaftlicher Verein des Regierungs-Bezirks Frankfurt,
a. O. (135) ; Geographische Gesellschaft (137), Naturhistorische
Gesellschaft (138), Ilanover, Prussia ; Naturwissenschaftlicher
Verein, Regensburg, Bavaria (137); R. Accademia di Scienze,

1893.] '

Lettr6 ed Arti, Modena, Italy (138); Osservatorio Astrono-
mico, Turin (138) ; Prof. Gaston Maspero, Paris (138); Zoologi-
cal Society, London (137, 138, and Trans., xvii, 1, 2); Public
Library of Boston (132-138); State Library of Pennsylvania,
Harrisburg (Trans , xvii, 1,2); Denison Scientific Association,
Granville, O. (138).

Accessions to tlie Library were reported from the Geograph-
ical Society, Tokyo, Japan ; Societe Finno-Ougrienne, Hel-
singfors, Finland ; Mining Department of South Australia,
Adelaide, Australia ; Miiiisterie van Binnenlandsche Lachen,
'S Gravenhage, Z. Holland ; Societe R. de Geographic D'An-
vers, Bruxelles ; Natarwissenschaftlicher Verein des Reg.-Bez.
Frankfurt a. O., Prussia ; Societe Vaudoise Sciences Naturelles,
Lausanne, Switzerland ; Editor of " La Revue des Revues,''
Prof. E. Levasseur, Paris, France ; R. Academia de Ciencias y
Artes, Barcelona, Spain ; Philological Society, Society of Arts,
Royal Meteorological Societv, Editor of the "Geological Mag-
azine," London, England ; Geological Society, Manchester,
England ; American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston,
Mass. ; Harvard University, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass. ; Yale University, New Ilaven, Conn. ; New
York State Library, Albany ; Dr. Joel Asaph Allen, New
York, N. Y. ; Academy of Science, Mr. George F. Becker,
Rochester, N. Y. ; Franklin Institute, College of Pharmacy,
Mr. Ilenry Carey Baird, Philadelphia, Pa. ; Prof. J. T. Roth-
rock, West Chester, Pa. ; Maryland Academy of Sciences,
Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. ; Anthropological
Society, Bureau ol the Mint, Bureau of Statistics, Washington,
D. C; Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, Chapel Hill, N. C. ;
Denison University, Editors of the " Journal of Neurology,"
Granville, O. ; State Board of Health, Nashville, Tenn.; Agri-
cultural Experiment Stations, Hanover, N. H., New Haven,
Conn., Experiment, Ga., Baton Rouge, La., Bryan, Tex. ; Ag-
ricultural College, Mich. ; Madison, Wis.; St. Anthony Park,
Minn. ; Corvallis, Ore. ; Fargo, N. Dak. ; Observatorio de Rio
de Janeiro.

The Committee on the Michaux Legacy presented the

8

[Jan. iO,

following report and resolutions, which were unanimously
adopted by the Society :

To THE American Philosophical Society :

The Michaux Committee respectfully reports :

That at a meeting of the Committee held on December 29, 1893, the
following letter was received from Prof. J. T. Rolhrock :

"December 16, 1892.
" To THE American Philosophical Society :

" I most respectfully request that the American Philosophical Society
will appropriate from the income of the Michaux Fund the sum of three
hundred dollars (if said fund will so admit), to aid in defraying the ex-
penses of collecting facts and statistics bearing upon the relation of our
forests to the Commonwealth, promising to furnish a report to the Society
by February, 1894.

" Notwithstanding the general interest in the subject of Forestry, there
is an utter absence of the data required for any proper presentation of the
important questions involved.

'■ It is thought that no use more immediately helpful and more in accord
with the wishes of the testator could be made of the money.

"Very respectfully,

"J. T. ROTHROCK."

The Committee, having carefully considered the subject, approves of
the suggestion of Prof Rolhrock, and submits the following resolution,
which it desires shall be passed by the Society:

Rexolced, That the sum of three hundred dollars be appropriated out of
the income of the Michaux Fund to Prof J. T. Rothrock, to aid in defraying
the expenses of collecting facts and statistics bearing upon the relation of
our forests to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, which when obtained
he shall report in full in writing to the Society.

By order of the Committee,

J. Sergeant Price.

Secretary.

The President was authorized to appoint the Standing Com-
mittees of the Society for the ensuing year, which he subse-
quently did as follows :

Finance.
William B. Rogers, Philip C. Garrett, Charles S Wurts.

Hall.
J. Sergeant Price, William A. Ingham, Charles A. Oliver.

1893.] "

Puhlicaiion.

■ Daniel G. Brinton, George II. Horn, Samuel Wagner,
Patterson Du Bois, Horace Jayne.

Library.

Edwin J. Houston, William John Potts, Jesse Y. Burk,
William H. Greene, William S. Baker,

Michaux Legacy.

Thomas Meehan, J. Sergeant Price, William M. Tilghman,
Isaac Burk, Angelo Heilprin.

Henry M. PhilHj)s^ Prize Essay Fund.

Richard Vaux, Henry Phillips, Jr., William V. McKean,

Furman Sheppard, Joseph C. Fraley,

and

The President and the Treasurer of the Society, ex officio.

Mr. Henry Phillip?, Jr., was unanimously reelected Libra-
rian of the Society for the ensuing year.

Dr. Elliott Coues presented for the Proceedings, through the
Secretaries, " A Description of the MSS. Journals and Field
Notebooks of Lewis and Clark."

Pending nominations Nos. 1235, 12-i9, 1250, 1251, and new
nominations Nos. 1252, 1253, 125J:, were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the Presiding Member.

Stated Meeting^ February 3, 1893.

Mr. Vaux in the Chair.

Dr. Macfarlane took his seat.
Correspondence was submitted as follows :
Letters of envoy were received from the Observatoire Phy-
sique Central, St. Petersburg, Russia ; K. Akademie der Wis-

PROC. AMKll. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. B. PRINTED MARCH 3, 1893.

10

I Feb. 3,

senschaften, Vienna, Austria ; Royal Irisli Academy, Dublin ;
Mr. Henry Carey Baird, Philadelphia, Pa.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Geographical Society of Australasia (Victoria Branch), Mel-
bourne (137); Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney,
Australia (1^8) ; Geological Survey of India, Calcutta (138) ;
K. K. Sternwarte, Prag, Bohemia (Trans., xvii, 1, 2, and 138) ;
K. K. Astronomisch-Meteorologisches Observatorium, Triest,
Illyria (138) ; K. K. Naturhistorisches Ilofmuseum, Vienna,
Austria (138) ; Naturhistorischer Verein, Bonn, Prussia (137,
138); Physikaliscb-Medicinische Societiit, Erlangen, Bavaria
(138); Naturwissenscbaftlicher Verein des Reg.-Bez. Frank-
furt a. M. (136, 138); Mr. Tommaso Cannizzaro, Messina,
Italy (138); Academic R. des Sciences (Trans., xvii, 1, 2, and
138); Prof. Guido Cora, Turin, Italy (138) ; Dublin Observa-
tory, Dublin, Ireland (137) ; Mass. State Experiment Station,
Amherst (138); Prof. Andrew A. Blair (136-138) ; Dr. Isaac
Norris, Philadelphia (137, 138) ; State Library, Albany, N. Y.
(138); Denison Scientific Association, Granville, O. (138).

Letters of acknowledgment (139) were received from the
Academy of Natural Sciences, Historical Society of Pennsyl-
vania, College of Physicians, Library Company of Philadel-
phia, Numismatic and Antiquarian Society, Admiral E. Y.
Macauley, Hon. James T. Mitchell, Profs. John Ashliurst, Jr.,
Andrew A. Blair, John H. Brinton, J, Solis Cohen, E. D. Cope,
F. X. Dercum, F. A. Genth, Jr., II. D. Gregory, L. M. Ilaupt,
Edwin J. Houston, John M. Maiscli, John Marshall, Benjamin
Sharp, Drs. George Friebis, Henry Hartshorne, Isaac Norris,
Charles A. Ohver, C. N. Peirce, J. W. Robins, W. S. W.
Ruschenberger, James Tyson, Messrs. R. Meade Bache, Henry
Carey Baird, Charles Bullock, Thomas M. Cleemann, Patter-
son Du Bois, J. S. Harris, Francis Jordan, Jr., A. S. Letch worth,
R. Patterson, Henry Phillips, Jr., Franklin Piatt, J. Sergeant
Price, Theodore D. Rand, J. G. Rosengarten, Coleman Sellers,
D. K. Tuttle, Joseph Wharton, Philadelphia, Pa.

Accessions to the library were reported from the Societes
des Naturalestes, Kiew, Moscow, Odessa, Russia ; K. Akademie

1893.]

11

der Wissenscliaftea, St. Petersburg, Russia; Kolonial Museum,
Haarlem, Ilolland ; K. K. Sternwarte, Prag, Bohemia ; K. K.
Geologische Reichsanstalt, Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Vienna, Austria; Yerein zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues,
Berlin, Prussia ; Naturhistorisclier Verein, Bonn, Prussia ;
Oberlausitzische Gesellscbaft der Wispenschaften, Gorlitz,
Prussia ; K. Sachsische Gesellscbaft der Wissenscbaften, Leip-
zig, Saxony ; Deutsche Gesellscbaft fiir Anthropologic, etc.,
Munich, Bavaria ; R. Osservatorio, Turin, Italy ; Royal
Society, London ; Royal Society, Edinburgh ; R. Irish
Academy, Dublin ; Harvard College Astronomical Observa-
tory, Cambridge, Mass.; Yale University Astronomical Ob-
servatory, New Haven, Conn.; Mr. Henry Carey Baird, Philadel-
phia, Pa.; Agricultural Experiment Stations, Newark, Del.,
Raleigh, IN. C, Agricultural College, Miss. ; U. S. Naval In-
stitute, Annapolis, Md. ; U. S. Naval Observatory, Depart-
ment of the Interior, Publishers of The American Mo7ithly,
Mr. Lester F. Ward, Washington, D. C. ; Historical Society,
Chicago, 111. ; State Historical Society, Iowa City, la. ; Kansas
State Historical Society, Topeka ; Geological Survey of Mis-
souri, Jefferson City, Mo,; Sociedad Cientifica "Antonio
Alzate," Mexico, Mex. ; Institute of Jamaica, Kingston,
Jamaica ; Sociedad Cientifica Argentina, Buenos Aires, Argen-
tine Republic.

The death of Dr. F. A. Genth was reported (February 2,
1893, set. 73,) and Dr. G. F. Barker was appointed to prepare
the usual obituary notice.

The Secretaries presented a paper by Prof. A. S. Packard
(Providence, R. I.) on " The Life History of the Cochliopodidae."

Dr. Cope made a communication on " The Fauna of the
Eurystylus and Equus Beds of the Staked Plains."

Pending nominations Nos. 1235, 1249, 1250, 1251, 1252,
1253, 1254 were read.

The Curators presented the following report relative to the
requested loan of objects for the World's Fair Columbian Ex-
position :

J-^ (Feb. 3,

Curators' Report upon the Society's Resolution op
October 7, 1893.

In the matter of the request for the loan of certain articles, belonging to
the Society, for the Chicago Exposition, j^our Curators respectfully recom-
mend the loan of said articles for said purpose, provided tliat the city
authorities are willing to guarantee their safe transportation, custody and
return, in accordance with sucli forms of agreement as may be approved
by the President and Treasurer of the Society.

J. Cheston Morris,
R. Meade Bache,
Patterson Du Bois,

Chairman.

After considerable discussion the following motion made by
Mr. Du Bois was adopted :

Resolved, That the Society, while being desirous of doing everything to
gratify the wishes of the Committee of Councils on the World's Columbian
Exposition, feels that it cannot allow the articles mentioned in the
request of the Committee, to be taken away at this time, as it intends to
have a sesqui-centennial exhibition in its own rooms during the latter
part of May, 1893, and will need them here. It is compelled therefore to
respectfully decline the proposition presented by your Committee.

The Curators presented the following report upon the col-
lections of the Society :

Curators' Report.

In response to the Society's resolution of December 16, 1893, the Cura-
tors respectfully report :

1. That the cost of transferring the collections and arranging them in
suitable cases would not exceed, even if it equaled, five hundred dollars.

2. There would be but slight cost of maintenance of the collections
apart from any idea of a paid employe wiio would have personal daily
oversight during the hours in which the collections should be open for
exhibition and study.

3. In the nature of the case, it is impossible for the Curators to say
what the cost of maintaining the collectionsin other institutions would be.

4. Although undoubtedly the collections of the Society could all be ex-
hibited in the north room of the hall, yet your Curators would respectfully
beg leave to say that the settlement of the original question as to whether
or not one or more, and which, if any, of them is to be exhibited in the
building, is an indispensable preliminary to the determination of some
plan for the arrangement of these collections as required by the resolution
of the Society. J. Cheston Morris,

R. Meade Bache,
Patterson Du Bois,

Chairman.

1898.] l^

Dr. D. G. Brinton moved " that the Society would prefer to
have all its collections displayed by such other educational
institutions of Philadelphia as would offer the greatest security
and usefulness of said collections."

Dr. Brinton read the following letter from the Department
of Archaeology of the University of Pennsylvania, requesting
the deposit of the Keating-Poinsett collection :

Philadelphia, January, 1893.
To Daniel G. Brinton, M.D.,

Secretary of the Philosophicil Society :

Sir : — The Board of Managers of the Department of Archaeology and
Palaeontology of the University of Pennsylvania, understanding that the
Philosophical Society is holding under consideration the disposal of a col-
lection of objects of archaeological and ethnological interest, known to
the public as the "Poinsett Collection," has instructed me to place before
your Society a request that the above named collection be deposited at
the Museum of the University of Pennsylvania.

In so doing, I wish respectfully to submit to your Society the following
facts :

The Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology of the University was
founded for the precise purpose of advancing, in this city, the sciences,
the names of which appear in its title, and already possesses large and val-
uable collections, illustrative of the development of man and civilization.

It, moreover, disposes of the services of a competent staff of special
scholars, fully qualified to scientifically classify, properly label, and
thoroughly "work up" such collections, and to display them to the very
best advantage for the use of students.

An isolated collection, containing specimens of the arts and industries
of man, as founded upon a few disconnected points — such as the one now
at the disposal of the Philosophical Society — however valuable it may be,
is practically of very limited use to science. But made to fill an important
place in a large ethnological series — where the story it tells forms an in-
teresting chapter of scientific research in the history of mankind — it
becomes of priceless value to scholars, and is a link in the long chain of
human evolution.

In respectfully submitting the above to the consideration of the Philo-
sophical Society, the Department of Archaeology and Palaeontology of
the University of Pennsylvania pledges itself — if its earnest request be
granted — to give the collection the very best accommodation ; to provide
suitable cases ; to display, classify and label it with the most conscientious
care, and to spare no pains to insure its preservation, and to make it of
the highest possible value to scholars and to the general public.
I remain respectfully yours,

Sara Y. Stevenson, Secretary pro tern.

14

[Feb. 17

After discussion, on motion of Dr. J. Cheston Morris, the
matter was referred to the Council of the Society.

And the Society was adjourned by the Presiding Member.

Stated Meeting, February 17, 1893.
Dr. J. Cheston Morris in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

A letter from the Societe Imperiale de Mineralogique, St.
Petersburg, announcing the death of its Director, Hon. Nicolas
Kokcharovv ; also the death of its member, Hon. Axel Gadoline.

A letter from the I. R. Accademia degli Agiati, Rovereto,
Austria, announcing the death of its member, Prof. D. Gui-
seppe Pedessalli,

A circular from Columbia College, New York, announcing
the regulations for 1893 concerning the Loubat Prize.

A circular from the Bureau of Education, Washington,
D. C, in regard to the Educational Exhibit of the World's
Columbian Exposition.

Letters of envoy were received from the Geological Survey
of India, Calcutta ; Royal Statistical Society, Meteorological
Office, London, Eng. ; Mr. WilHam John Potts, Camden,
N. J.; Treasury Department, Washington, D. C.

Letters of acknowledgment (139) were received from the
Nova Scotia Institute of Science, Halifax; Geological Survey,
Dr. Alfred R. C. Selwyn, Ottawa, Canada; Hon. J. M. Le
Moine, C^uebec, Canada ; Canadian Institute, Toronto ; Mani-
toba Historical and Scientific Society, Winnipeg; Society of
Natural History, Portland, Me.; N. H. Historical Society,
Concord ; Dartmouth College, Hanover, N. H. ; Amherst Col-
lege Library, Amherst, Mass. ; State Library of Massachusetts,
Public Library of Boston, Massachusetts Historical Society,
Boston Society of Natural History, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Prof. Thomas M. Drown, Messrs. S. P. Sharpies,
Robert C. Winthrop, Boston, Mass. ; Museum of Comparative

1893.]

15

Zoology, Mr. Eobert N. Toppan, Cambridge, Mass. ; Free
Public Library, New Bedford, Mass. ; Essex Institute, Salem,
Mass.; American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.;
Profs. O. C. Marsh, Hubert A. Newton, W. D. Whitney, New
Haven, Conn. ; Albany Institute, Prof. James Hall, Albany, N.Y.;
Society of Natural Science, Buffalo, N. Y. ; Prof. Edward North,
Clinton, N. Y. ; Profs. B. G. Wilder, J. M. Hart, Ithaca, N. Y. ;
American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. Mathematical
Society, Astor Library, New York Hospital, Historical Society,
Prof. J. J. Stevenson, Messrs. R. S. Hayes, R. W. Ra_ymond,
New York ; Vassar Brothers Institute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. ;
Oneida Historical Society, Utica, N. Y.; U. S. Military Acad-
emy, West Point, N. Y. ; Prof. Henry M. Baird, Yonkers,
N. Y. ; Free Public Library, Jersey City, N. J.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Geological
Survey of India, Calcutta ; Asiatic Society of Japan, Tokyo ;
K. Danske Geografiske Selskab, Copenhagen; Etat Inde-
pendant du Congo, Bruxelles, Belgium ; Soci^t^ Hongroise de
Geographic, Budapest ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Freiburg
i. B.; Universite de Lyon, France ; Messrs. Bela de Gonda, Paul
Topinard, Paris, France ; Academic R. des Sciences de Lisbonne,
Commission des Travaux G^ologiques de Portugal, Lisbon ;
R. Statistical Society, Meteorological Council, Dr. Henry Cal-
derwood, London, Eng. ; Philosophical Society, Glasgow, Scot-
land ; Theological Seminary, Andover, Mass.; Brown Univer-
sity, Providence, R. I. ; University of the State of New York,
Albany ; American Chemical Society, Astor Library, Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History, New York ; Academy of
Natural Sciences, Mercantile Library, Historical Society of
Pennsylvania, Wagner Free Institute, Messrs. Abraham Jordan,
Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia, Pa. ;
Enoch Pratt Free Library, Editor of Journal of Philology^
Baltimore, Md. ; Treasury Department, Lighthouse Board,
Dr. Albert S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C. ; University of
California, Sacramento; State University of Iowa, Iowa City;
Historical Society of the State of Montana, Helena; Agricul-
tural Experiment Stations, Burlington, Vt., Amherst, Mass.,
Des Moines, la.

■••^ [Feb. 17,

Dr. Charles S. Dolley read a paper on " The Thyrsus of
Dionysos and the Palm Inflorescence of the Winged Figures
of Assyrian Monunaents."

This being the regular evening for balloting for candidates
for membership, pending nominations Nos. 1235, 1251, 1252
and 1254 were read, spoken to and voted upon.

New nominations Nos. 1255 and 1256 were read.

Pending nomination No. 1249 was referred to Council.

Pending nominations Nos. 1250 and 1253 were postponed
until May 19, in consequence of the absence of the proposers.

The Proceedings of the Board of Officers and Council were
submitted, and under the call of New Business, were taken
up and considered.

On motion, the resolution of Council suggesting the with-
drawal of the deposits of the Society was made the special
order for March 17.

The following preambles and resolution, offered by Dr.
Roth rock, were adopted by the Society :

Whereas, The forests of Pennsylvania, which are of such vast import-
ance to the future prosperity of the State, are being removed, and no
serious attempt is being made towards their restoration ; and,

Whereas, The problem growing out of this condition of affairs is a com-
plicated one, for the solution of which, by wise legislation, sufficient in-
formation is not available ; therefore, be it

Resolved, The American Piiilosophical Society respectfully requests the
members of the Senate and House of Representatives to vote in favor of
a bill entitled "An Act Relative to a Forestry Commission," which has
been introduced into the House of Representatives of Pennsylvania by
the Hon. D. Smith Talbot, of Chester county.

The ballots cast for candidates for membership having been
counted, the Tellers reported the result to the Presiding Mem-
ber, who declared the following gentlemen to have been duly
elected members of the Society :

2210. M. Hippolite Taine, Menthone, Haute Savoie, France.

2211. Charles Scheeffer, M.D., Philadelphia.

2212. Prof. George Lincoln Goodale, Cambridge, Mass.
2218. Hon. Robert E. Pattison, Harrisburg, Pa.

And the Society was adjourned by the Presiding Member.

1S93.1 -L i [Coues.

Discriplion of the Original Mauu>^cripi Journals and Field Notebonkn of
Lewis and Clark, on which loas based Biddle's History of the Expedi-
tion of ISO4-6, and which are now in the possession of the American
Philosophical Society in Philadelphia.

By Dr. Elliott Coues, Washington, D. C.
{Bead before the American Philosop)hical Society, January 20, 1S93.)

It is well known that the Eidory of Lewis and Clark's Expedition was
written by Mr. Nicholas Bidclle, of Philadelphia, and first published there
in 1814, in two octavo volumes, by Bradford and luskeep. It is also
common report that the manuscripts of the famous explorers, upon which
Mr. Biddle worked, are extant. But what these are, and where they are
kept, few could have told.

All the Journals and Notebooks, in the handwritings respectively of
Lewis and of Clark, upon which Mr. Biddle based his work, were deposited
by him with the Philosophical Society in April, 1818. I have before me
his original letter, of date April 6, 1818, making the deposit ; also a copy
of the receipt given by the Society. Both of these papers I owe to the
kindness of Judge Craig Biddle, who also placed in my hands about fifty
other documents, mainly Chirk-Biddle correspondence relating to the
preparation and publication of the work.

By the terms of this deposit, as accepted by the Philosophical Society,
William Clark, his heirs or assigns, were and are always to have access
to and use of these manuscripts for the preparation of any other edition
of the work.

Mr. JeflFerson K. Clark, of St. Louis, the only surviving son and heir
of "William Clark, very kindly furnished me with a letter to the Philo-
sophical Society, desiring the manuscripts to be placed at my disposition
for the preparation of the edition which I have now (Dec, 1892) in press.

I lately spent a week in the rooms of the Society, making there a pre-
liminary study of the manuscripts, during which I was favored by Mr.
Henry Phillips, Jr., the Secretary and Librarian, with every attention
and facility. But finding it impossible to do tiie necessary work in the
few days I could spend in Philadelphia, I preferred a formal request to be
put in possession of the manuscripts for a limited period. By vote of the
Society in open meeting, December 16, 1893, this request was granted,
promptly and with great liberality ; and the whole of the material thus
passed into my hands.

Diligent and minute examination of these manuscripts satisfies me that
their character should be made known, as a matter of great historic inter-
est. Accordingly the present description is offered.

I will first describe the bound books and loose papers, just as I found
them, in general terms ; next, in terms of their several deposits — for there
are more of them than Mr. Biddle deposited ; and then I will o-ive an

PROC. AMER. PniLOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. C. PRINTED MARCH 4, 1893.

Cones.] lo [Jan. 20,

account of thorn in detail, as I have arranged Ihem in a series of codices,
which I call alphabetically Codex A, etc., to T.

I. The Books and Papers as Found.

Of four sorts : (1), (2), (8), three diflerent styles of boup.d field Note-
books and Journals ; (4), several lots of loose papers, mainly belonging
with one of the styles of the bound volumes.

1. Thirteen (13) bound volumes, all alike, forming the most conspicuous
part of the collection, and known since Biddle'stime as "the red books."
These are Journals and Notebooks of Lewis and of Clark, res[)ectively,
all in the handwriting of one or the other of the explorers. Eleven (11)
of these are a part of the Biddle deposit ; one (1) was deposited by Mr.
Jefferson ; one (1) is an unrecorded deposit. All are in remarkably good
order, clean and sound inside and out ; form oblong ; back along short diam-
eter, and as the p.iges were written on both sides, up and down, across the
same diameter, the books open to and from the reader, not right and left ;
covers smooth bright red morocco, gilt-tooled edges, marbled inside, fas-
tened at the fore end with brass clasps (now gone from eight of the volumes,
intact on five of them) ; size of covers 8| x 5^ inches (very nearly same size
and shape as the leaves of the printed Philadelphia edition of 1814) ;
paper about one quarter inch smaller each way tlian cover, or 7| x 4|,
rather thin, rough and tough, white (now with a slight brownish tinge),
unruled ; gathering supposed to be 76 folios or 153 pages in each book,
exclusive of a pair of flyleaves marbled one side like inside of cover ;
but tlie number of leaves varies a little, and in several cases some
leaves have been intentionally torn out— nowhere breaking the text,
but to write something else on, or for another purpose. Tliese books,
as a whole, are written almost entirely full. Lewis' hand is particu-
larly fine, lair and even ; Clark's is larger, stronger and less regular ;
both are so good, and the pages are so perfectly preserved, that there is
perhaps not a word, possibly not a letter, in the whole of these manu-
scripts not now distinctly legible. Seven (7) of these thirteen books are
by Lewis alone ; six (G) are by Clark alone. Eleven (11) are "Journals "
— i. e., narratives of the progiess of the Expedition day by day, entered
under consecutive dates. Two (3) are "Notebooks" — i. e., miscellane-
ous entries, of various dates or none, of astronomical, geographical,
ethnological, zoological, botanical, etc., items. In my arrangement these
thirteen books become Codices D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P
(see further on). With them belong more or less intimately certain par-
cels of loose sheets (see on).

2. One (1) bound volume, the "brown " book, standing alone. This
is almost exactly the size, shape, etc., of the foregoing, but quite unlike
them in appearance. It is bound in rough brown leather, sides and edges
alike, not marbled inside ; it is thicker than any of the other volumes,
the paper being heavier and coarser ; the leaves are 137, pages 274. This

1893.] 1 ^ [Coues.

is mainly a Journal, and mainly in Clark's hand, but ■willisome entries by
Lewis, and some by another hand. It includes the whole o. the winter-
ing of the Expedition at Fort Mandun, and various other matters. For
contents see beyond, Codex C, which this volume now forms.

3. Four (4) bound volumes, which may be called the "marble " books,
from the style of their covers. Form oblong, like that of all the fore-
going ; size of covers 6| x 4 inches, leaves G| x 3| ; paper rough, whitish,
unruled ; covers pasteboard, overlaid with marbled paper, back and cor-
ners of thin, smooth, brown leather. All in good order but one, which is
worn and shabby ; all written full, and perfectly legiljle throughout.
The gathering of these four books is supposed to be 93 leaves or 184 pages ;
in one I find but 164 pages, though without any break in the text that I
can discover. Two of these books are Clark's Journals, from the starting
of the Expedition to October 3, 1804; the other two are Notebooks,
chiefly natural history notes, bj^ both Lewis and Clark. The four now
form my Codices A, B and Q, R (see beyond).

4. Several parcels of loose sheets of manuscript, some in Lewis' hand,
some in Clark's. Most of these papers are of the same size, shape and
quality as the leaves of the red books, having been, in fact, taken from
some of the latter, as may be seen by fitting the torn ends to the stubs
remaining in the volumes. Those parcels which thus obviously belong
to certain of the red books, or with the red books as a set, I have arranged
as Codices Fa, Fb, Fc, Fd, Fe, La, Lb. One of the parcels is a different
fragment, imperfect, once part of a Notebook, not found, like the small
marble books ; this is now Codex In. Two of the parcels belong with the
small marble books, and thus become Codices Aa, Ba. Two remaining
parcels, not directly connected with any of the bound volumes, are now
Codices S, T. These manuscripts were all loose ; as arranged they make
twelve (12) parcels and as many codices, for the particular description of
which see beyond.

The above are all the books and papers in my hands which are actual
manuscripts of Lewis or of Clark. They are accompanied by Mr. Biddle's
letter of deposit, and several memoranda concerning them, in Biddle's or
another hand.

IL The Books and Papers as Deposited.

I do not find quite all of the Biddle deposit, as itemized in the receipt
given him by the Society ; for example, no vocabularies and no maps.
The "Meteorological Register" he specifies is simply certain leaves de-
tached from the red books, and thus already accounted for. All the loose
manuscript above specified is supposed to be included in the Biddle de-
posit. But I find four books from other sources remaining to be accounted
for. As to their deposits, therefore, the Lewis and Clark manuscripts
fall into the following arrangement :

1. The Biddle deposit, fourteen bound volumes, viz. : Two of the four

Cuucs.] ^y [Jan. 20,

small marble books ; the one brown book ; and eleven of the thirteen red
books. With these l)elong all the loose papers, as above said.

2. The Jeirersou deposit, consisting of three bound volumes. Two of
these are small maible books, matching the other two deposited by
Biddle. Each is by both Lewis and Clark, and each consists of miscel-
laneous field notes, mainly on zoology and botany. They now form
Codices Q, R. Tiie third volume is one of the red books. It is a Clark,
and contains miscellaneous notes, chiefly on natural history. It is now
Codex P. These three were deposited by Mr. Jefferson in November,
1817, as appears by memorandum in eacli of ihem, in Riddle's hand.

3. Unknown deposit : One of the thirteen red books, without record of
source whence obtained. This is a Lewis, and consists of certain astro-
iiomical observations and geographical notes. It is now Codex O.

III. The Books and Papers as Arranged.

I have gone very carefully through these precious manuscripts, and
arranged them in what appears to be their natural sequence or logical
order. All the red books, making the bulk of the collection, fall easily
together, preceded by two of the small marble books and by the brown
book, followed by the other two small marble books, and the set of bound
volumes is interspersed with the twelve parcels of unbound manuscripts
which I have made up from the loose sheets, securely fastened in stift
paper covers, and for the most part interleaved with onion-skin Avriting
paper. I have also paginated the whole of the manuscripts, which can
now be cited by codex and page throughout, as if by volume and page of
a published work. There is in all upward of 2,000 pages. Description
in detail of the now thirty (30) codices here follows :

Codex A. — One of the four small marbled cover books. Biddle deposit
No. 1. Clark's original No. 1. In good order. Folios 92, pages 184.
Being Clahk's Journal, complete, from May 13, 1804, to Aug. 14, 1804.
This takes the Expedition from the 1803-4 winter camp on Du Bois or
Wood river up the Missouri to the creek on which the Omalias resided (to
p. 44, Vol. i, of the printed text).

Contents. — (1) Table of Missouri river distances up to Big Sioux river,
canceled in red ink by Clark or by Biddle, inside front cover. (2) Memo-
randum of wintering, p. 1. (3) Memorandum of the country, p. 2.
(4) Journal, May 13-Aug. 14, 1804, pp. 3-179. (5) Tables of latitudes,
pp. 180, 181. (6~) Astronomical observations, pp. 182, 183. (7) Memo-
randum of the badger, p. 184. (8) Astronomical observations, inside
back cover.

Codex Aa. — Fragment. Biddle deposit. No number; collate with
Clark Codex A. In good order. Folios 4, loose, torn from a book like
cne of the red books ; 5^ pages written. Being Lewis' Journal, of dates
May 20 and 15, 1804, covering starting of the Expedition, which Lewis
joined at St. Charles on the 20th.

1893.] ^^ [Coucs.

Contents —(1) Blank, p. 1. (2) Entry May 20, 1804, pp. 2-6. (3) Entry
May 15, 1804, pp. 6, 7. (4) Blank, p. 8 (memorandum in another hand,
"Part of No. 1 ").

Codex B. — One of the small marbled cover books. Biddle deposit No.
2. Clark's original No. 2. In good order. Folios 90, pages 180, count-
ing front flyleaf; one leaf and the flyleaf gone at end, but no break in tlie
MS., whicli continues on from p. 180 to inside of cover. Being Clark's
Journal, complete, from Aug. 15, 1804, to Oct. 3, 1804. Tliis takes the
Expedition from the creek on which the Omalias resided to next day
beyond Caution island (pp. 44-97 of Vol. i, of the printed text).

Contents. — (1) Blank, Iront flyleaf, p. 1. (2) Memorandum of Corvus
bird, back of flyleaf, p. 2. (:5) Journal as said, pp. 3-180, and on to inside
back cover. (4) Memorandum of pay due men, inside back cover. Item,
Clark's classification of Sioux tribes, pp. 56, 57. Item, description of the
celebrated "fortification" on Bon Homme island, pp. 66-69 (but the
sketch map of this natural formation is in Codex N, one of the red books,
and only half of this was engraved for the copperplate facing printed p.
63, Vol. i).

Codex Ba. — Fragment, torn from a book like one of the red books.
Biddle deposit. No number ; collate with Clark Codex B. In fair order ;
some corners gone ; loose folios 4, pages 7^ written. Being Lewis'
Journal, Sept. 16 and 17, 1804, when the ExpedUion was at Corvus creek.

Contents. — (1) Two entries, at dates said, pp. 1-8 ; Corvus creek named ;
antelope described, etc. See printed text, pp. 72, 73 of Vol. i. (2)
Memorandum in another hand, "This a part ot No. 2," reversed on p. 8.
The fragment ends in the middle of a sentence on middle of p. 8.

Codex C. — The brown leatlier cover book above described, and whicli
maybe also known as "The Mandan Codex." Biddle deposit No. 3.
Clark's No. 3. Biddle's No. 3. In perfect order. Folios 137, pages 274,
and inside of both covers written over. Being Clark's .lournal, com-
plete, traversing dales Oct. 1-3, 1804, from Codex B, then of dates Oct. 4,

1804, to April 7, 1805, when the Expedition left Fort Mandan ; Lewis
enters Feb. 3-13, 1805, when Clark was away on a hunt ; another hand
invoices, etc. This Journal covers route from Cheyenne river to the
Mandans, and residence there.

Contents. — A. Reading forward : (1) Indian memorandum, inside front
cover. (2) Botanical memorandum, lengthwise on p. 1. (3) Clark's
Journal, Oct. 1, 18)4, to Feb. 2. 1805. pp. 2-lGO. (4) Lewis' Journal,
Feb. 3-13, 1805, pp. 160-174. (5) Clark's entries of his hunting trip,
Feb. 3-13, 1805, pp. 174-177. (G) Clark's Journal, Feb. 14 to March 21,

1805, pp. 178-198. (7) Lewis' entry of Maich 16, 1805, pp. 199-202. (8)
Clark's Journal, March 22 to April 7, 1805, pp. 203-214; blank p. 215.
B. Reading backward : (9) Memorandum of Britisli forts, inside back
cover. (10) Baling invoice of sundries for Indian presents, stores, etc.,
by another hand, pp. 274-256. (11) Sketch map of Red and St. Peter's

Coues.] •^•J [Jan. 20,

rivers, p. 255. (12) Blank p. 254. (13) Summary statement of the rivers,
etc., pp. 253-248. (14) Distances of sundry places up the Missouri to the
Mandans, p. 247. (15) Weather diary, etc., Jan. 1, 1804, to April 7, 1805.
pp. 248-216. (16) Blank p. 215.

Note. — This is one of the most important, as it is also the most miscel-
laneous, of all the codices. Both Lewis and Clark have a hand in it, as
does also another person. The progress of the Expedition covered by it
is as above said. It has all the matter of the residence at Fort Mandan.
The Journal proper covers pp. 94-178 of Vol. i of the Biddle print, but
the codex contains much other matter. Items (1), (2), (t)) and (11) were
not used by Biddle. Item (10) is a most elaborate invoice of the goods,
stores, etc., summarized by Biddle, p. 2 of Vol. i. Item (8) gives on pp.
208-211 a detailed invoice of the natural liistory specimens, curiosities, etc.,
sent to .lefferson April 7, 1805. Item (13), the "Summary Statement,"
is not tlie original of tliat printed by Biddle, Vol. ii, p. 462 seq., being an
early rough draft of Clark's, afterward improved upon in another codex ;
and it also includes places and distances on the Missouri above the Man-
dans, and on the Yellowstone, from Indian information gathered before
April 7, 1805. Item (15), the Weather Diary and Remarks, is the original
of Biddle's print. Vol. ii, p. 476, to the date April 7, 1805, on p. 484, but
the corresponding "Remarks and Reflections" of tlie Biddle print, pp.
495-505, are compiled onl}' in part from this item, in part from another
weather diary of same dates.

Codex D. — One of the thirteen red morocco cover books. Biddle de-
posit. Biddle's No. 4. In perfect order, brass clasp half remaining.
Cover clean and scarcely warped. Folios 70, pages 140, besides two fly-
leaves marbled one side like inside of covers ; there should be folios 76,
pages 153, but several leaves are torn out at end (these are preserved,
being now pirt of Codex Fe, which see). Tliis is Lewis' Journal, com-
plete, April 7. 1805, to May 23, 1805, from the Mandans to a little above
Musselshell river, and correKjionding in dates with Biddle's pp. 177-226 of
Vol. i ; but the printed text follows mainly a Clark Journal I have not
found.*

Contents. — (1) Blank, marbled flyleaf and pp. 1, 2. (2) .Icnirnal as
above said, pp. 3-139. (3) Page 140, reading backward, is the end of the
remarks belonging to the weather diary for April to June, 1805, torn out
and now a part of,Codex Fe. The Journal itselt is Intact for the dates said.
(4) Marbled flyleaf, blank, but for a penciled memorandum of mine to
above effect.

Codex E. — One of the thirteen red morocco cover books. Biddle de-
posit. Biddle's No. 5. In perfect order inside, brass clasp gone, covers
clean, one of them creased crosswise. Folios 78, pages 156, and both

■*One of Clark's Journals is now in the possession of his .son, Mr. Jefferson K. Clark, of
St. Louis. I am not informed of the dates covered by this volume, nor of the nature of
its fon tents.

1893.] •^^ [Coues.

marbled flyleaves wrilleii over one side. Being Lewis' Journal, com-
plete, pp. 1-156, and both flies. May 24, 1805, to .July 16, 1805, carrying
the Expedition from North Mountain creek to the Gates of the Rocky
Mountains, followed in the Biddle text, mainly, pp. 236-303 of Vol. i.

Contents. — (1) Text of Lewis' Journal as above sufficiently indicated.
But also : (2) Colored sketch map of the Great Falls and Portage of the
Missouri, pp. 132, 133. Tiiis sketch covers the Missouri from the cache
near Portage creek up to above Smith's river, with Fort Mountain in the
southwest corner ; only about two-thirds of ii was engraved for the plate
facing p. 261, Vol. i, of the Biddle edition. The scale is " 600 poles to
the inch," much reduced in the copperplate as engraved.

Codex F.— One of the thirteen red morocco cover books. Biddle de-
posit. Biddle's No. 6. In perfect order inside and out, except brass clasp
gone. Folios 76, pages 152, and one side of both marbled flyleaves writ-
ten over = pages 154 ; p. 153, on back fly, continued as p. 154 on front fly.
Being Lewis' Journal, complete and intact, July 17, 1805, to Aug. 22, 1805
(except Aug. 1-4), carrying the Expedition from the Gates to the Three
Forks of the Missouri, tlience up Jefferson river and over the Rocky Moun-
tains to the Slioahone village ; corresponding to pp. 303-398 of V'ol. i, of
the Biddle text.

Contents. — A.s above ; no other matter. See Codex Fa.

Codex Fa. — Fragment. Biddle deposit. No number. In perfect order.
Folios 4, pages 8, loose sheets, written over 6J pages, same paper as one
of the red books. Being Lewis' Journal, Aug. 1-4, 1805, but merely
another narrative of those days, already fully written up at pp. 52-66 of
Codex F, with which collate.

Contents. — As just said.

Codex Fb. — Fragment. Biddle deposit. No number. In perfect
order. Folios 13, pages 26, written 251, loose sheets, same paper as the
red books. Lewis' Journal, Aug. 23-26, 180), therefore in direct contin-
uation of Codex F. Text mainly the account of the Shoshone Indians
as given in Biddle'sChap. xvi, Vol. i. The dates are included in Clark's
Journal, Codex G.

Conte?ifs. — A.S above said. Verso of folio 13, p. 26, has inked memo-
randa: (1) "This comes into No. 7 [Codex G] between the 2;^d and
26th August, 1805," i e., put this account of the Shoshone Indians in
text to be got from Clark's Journal of those dates. (2) "This has been
copied from W. C. Journal and comes in as above in No. 7 [Codex G]."

Codex Fc. — Fragment. Biddle deposit. No number. In perfect order.
Folios 2, pages 4, full. Loose sheets, paper of the red books. Lewis'
Journal, Sept. 9 and 10, 1805, at and near Traveler's Rest creek. This
codex comes after Codex Fb, but not connectedly. The dates are cov-
ered by Clark, Codex G.

Contents. — As above.

Coues.] ^"i [Jan. 20,

Codex Fcl. — Fragment. Biddle deposit. No number. In perfect order.
Folios 4, pages 8, full. Loose slieets, paper of the red books. Lewis'
Journal, Sept. 18-22. 1805, Hungry creek, Cbopunnissli Indians, eic.
Follows Codex Fc, but not connectedly. Dates covered by Clark,
Codex G.

Contents. — As above. At end : (1) Memorandum, "This is a part of
Book No. 7 [Codex G] to be referred to and examined after the 9th Sept.,
1805. — W. C." (2) Memorandum, "Look forward 4 leaves," in Hid-
dle's hand.

CoDEx Fe. — Two fragments. Biddle deposit. No number. In per-
fect order. Folios 5 -f 3 = 8, pages 10 + 6 := 16. Paper like that of the
red books, from two of which these fragments have been torn. Lewis'
weather diary lor April, May and June, 1805, and for July, Aug. and
Sept., 1805.

Contents. — (1) April to June, J1805, 5 leaves belonging to Codex D
(which see), as the torn ends of the sheets fit the stubs left in the book,
p. 140 seq. These folios are in fact pp. 141-152 of Codex D, or reading
backward, as the weather diary began at end of book, pp. 152-141, con-
tinued on to p. 140 of the book with remarks for June, 1805. (2) July
to Sept., 1805, 3 leaves, likewise torn from one of the red books.

Hote. — This codex is the basis of Biddle's meteorological tables, April 1
to Sept. 80, 1805, in Vol. ii, pp. 484-488, and of the "Remarks and Reflec-
tions " pertaining to these dates, pp. 503-508. By dates Codex Fe is to
be collated with Codices D, E, F, G.

Codex G. — One of the thirteen red morocco cover books. Biddle de-
posit. Clark's No. 5. Biddle's No. 7. In perfect order inside and out ;
brass clasp intact. Folios 76, pages 152, besides the marbled flyleaves,
one of which is written on. Clark's Journal, complete, July 1, 1805, to
Oct. 10, 1805, covering the whole of the route from White Bear islands, at
the head of the Great Falls of the Missouri, to the mouth of the Koos-
kooskee or Clearwater river.

Contents. — (1) Certain distances and latitudes, p. land overrun on front
flyleaf. (2) Jimrnal, dates as above, pp. 2-150. (3) Blank, pp. 151, 152,
and back flyleaf. This narrative is the main basis of Biddle's pp. 289-
end of Vol. i, though of course the parallel narrative of Lewis is collated
in its proper connections. It is utilized by Biddle for the dates in which
it laps back over Lewis Codex F.

Codex II. — One of the thirteen red morocco cover books. Biddle
deposit No. 8. No Clark number. In perfect order, inside and out ; brass
clasp intact. Folios 76, pages 153, besides back and front marbled fly-
leaves. Clakk's Journal, complete, Oct. 11, 1805, to Nov. 19, 1805, going
down "Lewis' " river and the Columbia to the mouth of the latter.

Contents. — (1) Twiddle's memorandum for engraving plates, verso of
front flyleaf. (2) Colored sketch map of Great Falls of the Columbia,
scale 200 yards to the inch, p. 1 and overrunning on fly. (3) Colored

1893. J ^'^ [Cones.

sketch map of Long and Short Narrows of the Columhia, continuously
ou pp. 2 and 3, scale 426 poles to the inch. (4) Colored sketch map of
the Great Shoot or Rapid of tlie Columbia, same scale, p. 4. (5) Journal
as above said, pp. 5-152, including colored sketch map of "Lewis' " river,
etc., p. 33.

Note.— Codex H is main basis of Biddle, Vol. ii, pp. 1-81. Of the
maps above said, only (2) and (4) were ever engraved. These form two
of the three plates of Biddle's Vol. ii.

Codex I. — One of the thirteen red morocco cover books. Biddle de-
posit No. 9. No Clark number. In perfect order, inside and out ; only
brass clasp gone. Folios 78, pages 156, besides the two marbled flyleaves.
Clark's Journal, complete, Nov. 19, 1805 (directly continued from same
date in Codex H) to Jan. 29, 1806, at and about the mouth of the Colum-
bia and residence in Fort Clatsop, with various other matter, for which
see contents following.

Contents. — A. Reading forward : (1) Blank, p. 1. (2) Estimated dis-
tances, etc., mouth of the Missouri to mouth of the Columbia, by the
route the Expedition went out, pp. 2-12 — not tiie basis, however, of the
" Summary Statement " as printed. (3) Diary of the weather, etc.,
April, 1805, to Jan., 1806, pp. 13-33. (1) Journal, as above said, pp.
34-144. B. Reading backward : (5) List of traders visiting the Columbia,
p. 156. (6) Estimate of the Western Indians, pp. 155-147, in the midst
of which is (7) colored sketch map of the mouth of the Columbia, p. 152.
(8) Three journal entries, Jan. 1-3, 1806, pp. 146, 145.

Note. — Codex I is the main basis of Biddle's printed text, Vol. ii, pp.
80-146, though of course with collation of Lewis' parallel narrative. The
list of traders is on Biddle's p. 145. Biddle also uses the weather diary
in one part, for the months not taken from Lewis. The sketch map forms
the third of the copper plates of Biddle's Vol. ii. But the most important
special matter in this Codex is the "Estimate of the Western Indians,"
an original b; sis of Biddle's pp. 471-476. Tlie printed pages, however,
do not follow this Clark Codex I, but are from some revised manuscript
furnished by Clark.

Codex la. — Fragment. Biddle deposit. No number. In perfect order.
Folios 5, pages written 8 ; small paper like that of one of the small mar-
ble cover books. Lewis' Journal, Nov. 29-Dec. 1, 1805, wiien he ex-
plored by himself a place on the S. W. side of the Columbia.

Contents.— {\) Entries Nov. 29 to Dec. 1, 1805, as above said, pp. 1-6,
ending abruptly unfinished. (2) A very slight sketch map, Point Adams,
p. 7. (3) Fragment of a botanical description, not connected with the
rest of the text. (4) Label of the fragment in another hand, p. 8.
Lewis' going and coming is noted in Biddle, p. 87 and p. 90, Vol. ii. The
fragment should have extended to Dec. 5. Slight as it is, it is significant,
as this was the trip on which Lewis discovered and determined upon the
site for Fort Clatsop.

PROC. AMKR. PUILOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. D. PJMNTED MARCH 4, 1893.

Coucs. 1 *-^ [Jan 20,

Codex J. — One of tlie thirLoen red morocco cover books. Biddle de-
posit, No. 10. In perfect order inside and out, only clasp gone. Folios
76, pages 153, besides marbled flyleaves. Lewis' Journal, complete,
Jan. 1, 1806, to March 20, ISOd, thus covering the residence of the party in
Fort Clatsop. The manuscript is very close, clear and clean, and illus-
trated with numerous pen and ink sketches of Indian implements and
utensils, birds, fishes, etc. There is a well-drawn head of the California
corrdor, the white-fronted goose, and some full-length fishes, size of the
page. We will specify this as "The Clatsop Codex."

Contents. — A. Reading forward : (1) Sketches, p. 1. (2) Journal as
said, pp. 3-145. B. Reading backward : (3) Weather Diary, Jan. to
March, 1806, pp. 152-145, meeting ending of Journal in the midst of the
page. By dates the matter of this codex, as far as the Journal is con-
cerned, is comprised between Biddle's pp. 103-147 of Vol ii.

Codex K. — One of the thirteen red morocco books. Biddle deposit.
Biddle's No. 10. In perfect order inside and out, only brass clasp gone.
Folios 76, pages 152, and two marbled flyleaves. Lewis' Journal,, ccmi-
plete, March 21, 1806, to May 23, 1806, in direct continuation of Codex J,
covering voyage up the Columbia and journey over the Bitter-root
mountains.

Contents. — A. Reading forward: (I) Journal, as just said, pp. 1-147,
includes a sketch map of the Multnomah river, p. 28. B. Reading back-
ward : (2) Weather diary, April and May, 1806, pp. 152-147, meeting the
Journal near bottom of the page.

Note. — The Journal of this codex, so far as it is utilized, makes Biddle's
pp. 205-299 of Vol. ii.

Codex L.— One of the thirteen red morocco cover books. Biddle
deposit. Biddle's No. 12. In good order inside and out, brass clasp
intact. Total folios 75, pages 150, inclusive of three folios I have fas-
tened in where they belong, exclusive of the two marbled flyleaves, both
written on one side. Lewis' Journal, not complete. May 24, 1806, to
Aug. 8, 1806, excepting July 5-14, which is Codex La, completing the
Journal between dates said. This Codex L, together with La, covers the
making of "Lewis and Clark's Pass," Lewis' exploration of Maria's
river, and his Indian fight. It is continued by Lb, which see.

Contents. — (1) Astronomical memorandum, verso front fly. (2) Jour-
nal, May 24 to July 4, pp. 1-80. (3) Blank pp. 81-98, left so by Lewis
to copy in here the Journal of July 5-14, which is now Codex La.
(4) Journal, July 15 to Aug. 8, pp. 99-144, where text calls for a supple-
ment, which supplement is my Codex Lb, Lewis' Journal, Aug. 9-12,
1806, and end of all his Journals. (5) Weather diary, June, July, Aug.,
1806. (6) A memorandum of the traders Dickson and Hancock, on
back flyleaf.

Note. — This codex, with its important belongings La and Lb, is the sole
basis of Biddle's Vol. ii, pp. 332-365, relating to Lewis' party, at the dates
said separated from Clark's.

1893.] ^ • [Colics.

Codex La. — Fragment. Biddle deposit. No number. In poor order ;
one sheet in bad order. Sheets 4|, folios 9, pages 18, of a folded note-
paper, not matching paper from any of the bound books, and one slieet
not matching the rest. Lewis' Journal, July 3-15, 1806, the making of
"Lewis and Clark's Pass." We will call it "The Pass Codex."

Note. — This is by far the most important of all the fragments, and un-
happily in the worst order of all the manuscripts. Sheet 1, folios 2, pages
4, is larger than the rest, thin and now very brittle. Having been han-
dled and picked with smaller sheets, the edges are ragged, especially at
bottom. The last line on each of the four pages was probably going in
Biddle's time, for he has interlined some words that were then in danger
of becoming illegible. Others that were only made out with difficulty
when I got the manuscript I have interlined to like purpose ; and cer-
tainly every word is saved. The top was in the same state, but has no
lines so near the edge, and I have trimmed it smooth. This sheet is badly
stained, also, perhaps from getting wet when Lewis f«»rded a river with it
in his pocket. The Pass is made July 7, at the bottom of p. 7 of this
fragment. The MS. ends illegibly near the bottom of p. 18. Two other
hands make a memorandum across the blank space, to the effect that this
fragment belongs to Biddle's No. 12, my Codex L, where 10 folios were
left blank by Lewis for its inserliou, and where it should be carefully
copied into the clean book.

Codex Lb. — Fragment. Biddle deposit. No number. In good order.
Folios 4, pages 7 written -j- 1 blank, paper like that of the red books.
Li5Wis' Journal, Aug. 9-12, 1806, and last ; includes his being shot by
Cruzatte,

iVy^e.— Sole basis of Biddle's pp. 363-365, Vol. ii.

Codex M. — One of the thirteen red morocco cover books. Biddle de-
posit. Biddle's No. 13. In perfect order inside and out, bra^s clasp
intact. Folios 76, but pages 154, including one side of each marbled fly-
leaf. Clark's Journal, complete, June 7, 1806, to Aug. 14, 1806. Par-
allel narrative with Lewis' to July 3, when the party separated, then
Clark's sole narrative of the journey from Traveler's Rest creek to the
Jefferson river, making "Clark's Pass," thence down the Jefferson, up
the Gallatin, over to the Yellowstone, and down this to its mouth, below
which the separated pirlies reunited; als > weather diary, June to Aug.,
1806. This may be known as " The Yellowstone Codex."

Contents. — (I) Chopunnish Indian sketch map of various rivers, pp 1, 2.
(2) Journal as said, pp. 3-145. (4) Weather diary, Aug., July and
June, pp. 146-152, properly reading bickwards. (5) Blank, p. 153.
(6) Certain memoranda, p. 154 (back flyleaf).

Note. — The sketch map is that mentioned in Biddle, as drawn by Cho-
punnish Indians and copied on paper by Clark. It was never engraved.
With Lewis' parallel narrative to July 3, this codex is the basis of Biddle,
Vol. ii, pp. 309-332 : then it is sole basis of pp. 366-404.

Coues.j -S [Jan. 20,

Codex N. — Oue of the thiiteen red morocco cover books. Biddle de-
posit. Biddle's No. 14, and last. In perfect order inside and out, only
brass clasp gone. Folios 76, but pages 154, one side of both flyleaves be-
ing written over. Clark's Journal, complete, Auy;. 15 to Sept. 26, 1806,
and his last, bringing tlie reunited party down the Missouri to St. Louis ;
also varions other matter (see contents).

ContentH. — A. Reading forward : (1) Memorandum of articles for-
warded from St. Louis to Louisville, Ky., pp. 1, 3 (one side of front fly
and next page). (3) Journal as above said, pp. 3-78. (3) Blank, pp. 79,
80. (4) Sketch of the "Ancient fortificaiion on Bon Homme i:sland,"
pp. 81, 83 ; text to the same, pp. 83-85. (5) Blank, pp. 86-12L B. Read-
ing backward : (6) Certain natural history notes, pp. 154, 155. (7) Wea-
ther diary, Sept., 1806, pp. 153, 151. (8) Important sket(;h map of the
"River of the Road to Buffalo," locating "Lewis and Clark'sPass," etc.,
pp. 150, 149 ; never engraved. (9) Courses and distances from Traveler's
Rest creek to the Great Falls of the .Missouri, pp. 14S-144. (10) Sum-
mary Statement of the Rivers, etq., "by Capts. Lewis and Clark," pp.
143-133. (11) Summary Statement of the Yellowstone distances, etc.,
pp. 133, 131. (13) Portage from the Yellowstone to the Three Forks of
the Missouri, pp. 130, 139. (13) Various notes, pp. 138-133.

Note. — An important codex. As Lewis kept no Journal after Aug. 13,
1806, when he had been shot, the remiinder of Biddle's Vol. ii is based on
this codex, as far as p. 433, end of the History. "The Summary State-
ment," item (10) above, in Clark's hand, forms pp. 463-470 of Biddle's
appendix ; it is printed almost word for word. Items (11), (18) and (13),
however, were never printed.

Codex O. — One of the thirteen red morocco books. No Biddle number.
Not deposited by Biddle ; perhaps by Jeff"erson ; by whom unknown ;
not one of the regular series of Journals. In perfect order inside and out ;
brass clasp intact. Folios 64 onl3', pages 128 only, exclusive of the two
flyleaves, probably up to the usual 73 folios, cut out of end. Text as far
as it goes perfect and signed "Meriwether Lewis, " showing end there.
Whole MS. is in Lewis' hand. Tiie gone leaves were probably taken to
be used for other writing, and their absence in no way afiects what is in
the book (see contents).

Contents. — (I) Entry "Camp ten miles above the mouth of the river
Platte, July 22, 1804," p. 1, and following to p. 5 is description of the
astronomical instruments used on the Expedition. (3; Astronomical obser-
vations for latitude and longitude. May 18, 1804, to March 30, 1805, pp.
6-53. (3) Blank, pp. 53-58. (4) Torn out, 4 folios, pp. 59-66, but no
text broken. (5) Blank, pp. 67, 68. (6) Description of the Missouri and
other rivers, etc , from the mouth of the Missouri to the Mandans, accord-
ing to the observations of the Expedition, and beyond the Mandans upon
Indian and other information, jip. 69-128. Tliis is a connected general
account, the original draft of which was doubtless written at Fort Man-
dan, winter of 1804-5, as text to accompany the map which was sent

1893.] ^"^ [Coues.

thence to President Jefferson, April 7, 1805. Hence I infer that the sub
stance of this codex was among tlie papers dispatched to the President at
tiiat date ; but I have no record of how or when it came into the posses-
sion of tlie Philosophical Society. It does not seem to have been known
to Biddle, or at any rate was not used by him in writing the history of the
Expedition. (7) Torn out, p. 139 to end.

Codex P. — One of the thirteen red morocco cover books. No Biddle
number. Not one of the regular Journals. Jederson deposit, Nov.,
1817. In perfect order inside and oui ; only brass clasp gone. Folios
only 68, pages 138, e elusive of two flyleaves written on ; 4 folios = 8
pages gone, but no break in the manuscript. Clark's Natural History
Notes, etc., April 9, 1805, to Feb. 17, 1800 (see contents).

Contents. — A. Reading forward : (1) Jtemorandum of weather, Feb.
28 to March 28, 1804, on front flyleaf and p. 1. {i) Memorandum of
Jefferson's deposit of this Codex, in Biddle's hand, across p. 1. (3) Miss-
ing 4 leaves, pp. 3-10. (4) Blank, pp. 11, 13. (5) Numerous and vari-
ous zoological and botanical notes, at entries of dates above said, pp.
l:j-124 (missing pp. 80-84). B. Reading backward : ((3) Some money
accounts, canceled, on one side of back flyleaf. (7) Blank, pp. 13(5-134.
(8) Memorandum, p. 133. (9) Blank, p. 133. (10) Weather diary,
July, Aug., Sept., 1805, pp. 131-135.

Note. — This codex is important in item (o), which is the main though
not the sole basis of Biddle's natural history chapter vii, in Vol. ii.
Some of this chapter is almost literally from this codex, but zoijlogical
and botanical matter from various other codices is there compiled. I may
here give the simple explanation of the extreme meagreness and paucity
of the natural history notes in LewMS and Clark, with the sole exception
of what is in Chap, vii. Vol. li. It was intended that Dr. B. S. Barton
should work up the natural history in both branches, as stated by Biddle
in the Preface which he allowed Paul Allen to sign. The codices (Jour-
nals) are everywhere rich in such materials — often giving elaborate
descriptions of animals and plants wiiich the printed text barely mentions.
These manuscripts will doubtless suffice for the scientific identification of
the objects described, in nearly all cases. But these passages are almost
always canceled in red ink by Biddle or by Clark, with the remark, " Dr.
Barton," " Copy for Dr. Barton," "Copied for Dr. Barton," etc., show-
ing that the editor designedly passed ihcm by for the purpose thus indi-
cated. But Dr. Barton never did anything with this wealth of new
material; his death occurred soon after the volumes were published, and
nothing that I know of bearing on the zoology and botany of Lewis and
Clark was ever found among his papers. Thus the whole intention mis-
carried ; what little zoology was ever made out of the expedition was done
by Wilson, Ord and Rafiuesque, mainlj', and what little botany, I think,
by Pursh. In 187G I worked out the mammals and birds as well as I could
from the printed text of Chap, vii, Vol. ii.

Coues.] OO [Jan. 20,

Codex Q — One of the four small marbled cover books. No Biddle
number. Jeflerson deposit. In good order. Folios 92, pages 184.
Lkwis and Clark's Miscellaneous Notes, chiefly on natural history,
1804-180G. A mate to Codex R (see contents).

ContodK. — (1) Biddle's memorandum of Jefferson's deposit of this
codex, inside front cover. (2) Blank, pp. 1, 2. (3) Lewis' natural his-
tory notes, pp. 4-24. (4) Blank, pp. 25-30. (5) Lewis' natural history
notes, pp. 31-45. (6) Blank, pp. 46, 47. (7) Lewis' natural history
notes, pp. 48-56. Lewis' notes run consecutively by dates, entries being
from Aug. 2, 1804, to May 9, 1805. (8) Clark's natural history notes,
pp. 57-181. Clark's notes are by dated entiies, Ijut in no consecutive
order. (9) Blank, pp. 182-184.

]^ote. — This and R are the only codices of the whole series of which
Lewis and Clark are joint authors — though Lewis has a few entries in
Clark Codex C. 1 observe no marks by Biddle in the MS , and probably
he did not use this codex at all. It has some valuable descriptions, found
nowhere else, but on the whole is of much less importance to the natural-
ist than Codex P. It was long in Mr. Jefl'erson's hands, and deposited by
him in Nov., 1817.

Codex R. — One of the four small marbled cover books. No Biddle
number. Jefferson deposit. Cover most worn of any of the books, and
very shabby ; inside sound and clean, except a torn flyleaf. Folios 82,
pages 164. Lewis and Clark's Miscellaneous Notes, chiefly on botany
and zoology, May, 1804, to March, 1806. A mate to Codex Q (see con-
tents).

Contents. — (1) Biddlu's memorandum of Jefferson's deposit of the book,
inside front cover. (2) Half of the same memorandum duplicated on
the torn p. 2. (3) Blank, p. 3. (4) Lewis' Botanical Register; List of
specimens of plants, Nos. 1-108, entered May 10, 1804, to Nov. 17, 1804,
pp. 4-49. (■)) Lewis' Zoological Notes, Fort Clatsop, Dec. 18, 1805,
pp. 50-53. (6) Blank, pp. 54-58. (7) Clark's Botanical and Zoological
Notes, Fort Clatsop, Feb. 18 to March 11, 1806, pp. 59-162. (8) A mem-
orandum of "lava" by Lewis, p. 163. (9) Blank, p. 164. (10) "Word
"mineralogy," and memorandum of a bird, inside back cover.

Note. — Tlie same remarks apply to this as to Codex Q.

Codex S. — Fragment. Biddle deposit. Loose sheets 4 = folios 8 =
pages 16, of notepaper, unlike the paper of any of the bound codices. In
good order. Lenvis, Two letters of.

Uordents. — (1) Letter to President Jefferson, dated St. Louis, Sept. 23,
1806, announcing the return of the Expedition. This is the rough origi-
nal, full of interlineations and erasures, from which a fair copy was
doubtless made and mailed to the President, Lewis retaining the present
MS. It is of great historic interest as a curiosity, but of no special value
otherwise. It is complete, with official signature and address ; it makes
5^ folios, or 11 pages, the second letter being on the same sheds as the

1893.] Ol [Coues.

first one, occupjing the remaiuing 2^ folios, or 5 pages. (2) A letter,
fragmentary, without signature or addres?, presumably intended for the
President, in Lewis' hand, misdated St. Louis, Sept. 21 (probably meant,
for 24), 1806, and proceeding to give a general account of the Expedition,
till it breaks off in the middle of a sentence at bottom of p. 16. It an-
nounces the discovery of the Yellow Rock or "Roghejone " liver — that is,
of the Yellowstone or Roche jaune.

Codex T. — Fragment. No record or identification. One folio, 2 pages,
apparently Clark's hand, but '' Capt. Clark " spoken of in the third per-
feon. It is a half sheet of notepaper, not from any one ot the bound
books, and a mere excerpt, witliout proper beginning or end, speaking of
some geographical and other matters of no special consequence.

Note to Codices A-T. — The four small marble cover codices, and the
brown codex, were actually penned in the field, day by day, as the Expe-
dition proceeded. So were some of the fragmentary codices, notably the
"Pass Codex." But this cannot have been the case with the red books,
nor w'iih those of the fragmentary codices which are on paper of the same
size, shape and quality as that of the red books. The covers are too fresh
and bright, the paper too clean and sound, for these books to have ever
been through the wear and tear of such a journey. The handwritings
are too good, and too uniform, for either of the explorers to have executed
them in the vicissitudes of the camp. The red books were certainly writ-
ten after the return of the Expedition, and before Lewis' death in October,
1809— that is, in 1806-9. They were certainly put in Mr. Biddle's hands
very early in 1810, and were probably written at St. Louis. I suppose the
explorers bought a stock of these blank books, and proceeded to copy into
them their Journals and Notes, from rough field-books like the marble ones
and the brown one. They appear to have agreed upon a fair division of the
work of authorship— each to write certain portions of tlie narrative, eacli
in the first person singular speaking of the other in the third person, and
each drawing what lie wished from the rough field-books of both. They
evidently intended to become the joint authors of their own Travels,
though each should write certain portions himself. This design was frus-
trated by Lewis' untimely and tragic death ; upon which Clark at once
secured Mr. Biddle's invaluable services as editor and virtual author.
But in making this explanation concerning the red books, I must not be
misread as saying that they are not "original " manuscripts of Lewis and
of Clark ; simply that they are not books whicli were written in the field.
Every word of them all is in the handwriting of one or the other of the
explorers ; they are original, they are genuine, and they are authentic.

With the foregoing codices, all "Lewis and Clark," are certain papers
which need not be codified therewith, but wiiich may be mentioned liere.
These are :

Paper 1. — Letter of Nicholas Biddle, in his handwriting, dated Phila-
delphia, April 6, 1818, addressed to Hon. William Tilghman, Chairman of

<-'oues.] •-'-^ [Jan. 20,

the Historical Committee of the Philosophical Society, making the deposit
of fourteen of the volumes which form part of the above codices, etc.;
1 sheet letter paper, 2 folios, 4 pages, the last ^blauk, endorsed in another
hand "received and read to the Ilislorical Comme., April, 1818, see
Minute?." It is an important record. I have also in hand (from Judge
Craig Biddle) the rough draft whence this clean copy was made.

Paper 2. — A memorandum in Mr. Biddle's hand of Mr. Jefierson's de-
posit (Nov., 1817) of three bound volumes of the Lewis and Clark Jour-
nals and Notes. A mere slip of paper. I have added in my hand a
memorandum of these volumes, which are above Codices P, Q, R, making
with the fourteen bound volumes of the Biddle deposit, and one of the
red books of unascertained deposit, the eighteen books — thirteen red, four
marbled, one brown — which I received from the Philosophical Society,
December 16, 1892.

Paper 3. — Another memorandum of these codices ; a mere slip of paper
serving as a label to the books when shelved.

Paper 4. — A memorandum of intended illustrations of the published
volumes — four for Vol. i, three for Vol ii. But the engravings actually
made do not agree with this memorandum. The paper is a mere slip,
written one side, and was found pasted inside the cover of one ot the red
books.

Paper 5. — A blind memorandum, five items, headed "Papers, &c., ot
Capt. Lewis, &c." The items speak of "ten or twelve pocket vols.,
morocco bound;" of some natural history matter, "probably with Dr.
Barton's books ;" of certain vocabularies, ditto ; of certain "observations
of Lat. and Long. — of these probably Mr. Patterson knows something ;"
and of some niiips "i^robablyin the hands of the Publishers." It is a
small square of letter paper, written one side, and rather a groping after
something than any intelligible statement.

Papers. — Engraved copperplate of "The Fisher" or pekan, Mustela
pennanti, perhaps having no connection with Lewis and Clark matters.

Note. — Mr. Biddle speaks in some of his letters of having had the orig-
inal manuscript Journals of Sergeants Ordway and Gass. I find neither
of these. His letter above cited, of April 6, 1818, speaks of the Ordway
Journal as having been purchased from that person, and of Governor
Clark's desiring, in letter of January 24, 1818, that it should be returned
to him (Clark). I have no clue whatever to the Gass manuscript. The
printed volume of Gass is of course well-known.

From the manuscripts above described it will be seen at once that the
whole history of the Expedition might easily be reconstructed, if this were
desirable. Mr. Biddle made a noble narrative, which has become a classic.
The question, how closely he followed the original Journals and Note-
books, has often been raised but never settled. It is now easy to see that

1893.] "^" [Coucs.

he wrote the whole work himself, nowhere following the actual words of
the explorers themselves in his main text, though using tabular statistical
matter literally in his Appendix. Had he done otherwise the world
would have been treated to an unexampled curiosity in literature. Bid-
die's narrative should stand forever as the authentic History of the Expe-
dition ; but if the actual texts of Lewis and of Clark are ever published,
they should be printed word for word, letter for letter, and point for point.
This would make a wonderful book, and I am inclined to think it should
be done ; but no new editorial narrative need or should ever be made, nor
should the Biddle text ever be tampered with. It may be annotated to
any extent in the light of contemporaneous criticism, but should itself be
left to stand, as a model of methodical, painstaking, precise and judicious
editorship.

Judging from the Clark-Biddle correspondence, Mr. Biddle spent two
or three years (1810-12) in writing the book, and about as much more
time in superintending its publication, which was not finished till Febru-
ary, 1814. Sometimes he worked upon Lewis' manuscript, sometimes upon
Clark's ; oftener upon both, which he welded together into a third ; the
resulting text is altogether his, excepting in so far as it was mangled in
the press. I presume Mr. Paul Allen is mainly responsible for the shock-
ing punctuation and other errors of the published pages. He had abso-
lutely no joint authorship with Mr. Biddle ; he had not the shadow of a
claim, that I can discover, to be even mentif>ned in connection with the
work, much less to have his name put on the title-page ; he was a mere
hack, who received $500 for some alleged or perhaps imaginary services,
not discernible in the light of history ; even the Preface, signed "Paul
Allen," is Mr. Biddle's ; and the memoir of Lewis, ostensibly addressed
to Mr. Allen, was secured by Mr. Biddle from Mr. Jefferson. I am utterly
at a loss to imagine from what motive Mr. Biddle voluntarily relinquished
to another the credit justly due to himself as the actual writer of an im-
mortal book.

The only serious criticism of Mr. Biddle's most admirable performance,
which examination of the original manuscripts induces me to venture,
concerns the exclusion of all tabular matter from the body of his text.
The manuscripts of both the explorers, and of Clark especially, are replete
with astronomical observations for latitude and longitude, tabulated courses
by points of the compass, bearings of prominent landmarks by the same,
formally estimated distances, etc. These are of great intrinsic interest in
meandering the Missouri and other rivers, and invaluable in tracking the
routes of the explorers across the mountains. It is true tliat such things
do not make easy reading, and perhaps the publisher objected ; but tlie
benefit to the student of Lewis and Clark that would have resulted from
the publication of these data is simply incalculable.

PKOC. AMER. PHILOS. 80C. XXXI. 140. E. PRINTED MARCH 2, 1893.

Boiis.] •J'* INov. IS.

Vocabulary of the Kwakintl Language.

By Dr. Franz Boas.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, November IS, 1S92.)

Tlie Kwakiutl language is spoken on the coast of British Columbia, from
Cape Mudge to Douglas and Gardner Channels, excluding Dean Inlet and
Bentinck Arm, which are occupied by the Bilqula. The language forms
a branch of the Wakashan stock, being afiiliated with the Nootka or Aht,
of the west coast of Vancouver Island. The form of these languages
reminds us in many respects of that of the Salishan stock, and it may be
that a connection exists between both.

The Kwakiutl language is spoken in three dialects . the Kwakiutl proper,
the Huiltsuk- and the Gyil'anifi't. The lirst is spoken by the tribes of
Vancouver Island and of the coast southeast of Rivers Inlet ; the second
by the tribes inhabiting the coast between Rivers Inlet and Gardner
Channel ; the last in Gardner and Douglas Channels. It will be found
that phonetics and vocabulary of the northern and southern tribes are
much alike, while the middle dialect stands more apart. This is probably
due to the admixfure of Bilqula elements in the central region.

The vocabularies contained in the following pages were collected by
the author in 1886, 1888, 1889, 1890. As slight ditierences are found be-
tween the vocabularies of the various tribes, the tribe from which the
words were collected are given. The following abbreviations have been
used :

L. for Le'kwiltok-, 1

N. — Nimkish, y^ i • .i t-v i .

„ ' > Kwakiutl Dialect.

J

K. — Kwakiutl,

Tl. — Tlatlasikoala,

A. — Awi'ky'enoq. ^

H.— He'ilisuk-, \

Or. — ^Gyit'ama't, Gyit'.ima't Dialect.

Heiltsuk' Dialect.

The literature of this language is very scanty. The following writings
are of importance :

W. Fraseu Tolmie and Geouge M. Dawson, Comparative Vocabu-
laries of the Indian Tribes of British Columbia. Montreal, 18S4.

G. M. Dawson, Vocabulary in Trans. Royal Soc. of Canada, 1887, ii.

A. Hall, A Grammar of the Kwagiuil Language, Trans. Royal Soc. of
Canada. 1888, ii, pp. 59-105.

F. Boas, "Grammatical Notes on the Kwakiutl Language," in the
"Sixth Report of the Committee on the Northwestern Tribes of Canada,"
Proe. British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1890.

1892.] *^^ [Boas.

The Gospel according lo Saint John, translated into the Qagutl Lan-
guage. London, 1834 (by Rev. A. F. Hall).

The Gospel according to Saint Matthew, translated into the Qa gutl
(or Quoquols) Language. By Rev. A. F. Hall. London, 1882.

The following alphabet has been used ; the vowels have their conti-
nental sounds :

a = aw in law.
E = e in flower.

Consonants. — The following consonants require a special description :

k-, g-,

k, g,

ky (kH), gy.

This is a series of k sounds beginning with the posterior guttural k',
passing through the ordinary k to the anterior palatal ky. There is a ten-
dency in the Heiltsuk" dialect to transform ky and gy into k and g. The
distinction between sonans and media is here, as in many other Indian
languages, exceedingly difficult, and it may be that to the Indian ear
there is no real distinction between both classes. The same is true in the
case of labials and dentals, s and c (= English sIl) are evidently modi-
fications of the same sound ; s is always pronounced with open teeth and
post-alveohir position of the tip of the tongue. Thus it obtains a simi-
larity witii c, while the latter partakes in the same way of the character-
istics of s.

q, Q, H correspond to k, k, ky, the first being the German guttural ch
in ach, the last the German palatal ch in ich, the q an intermediate sound
like ch in the Westphalian dialect.

The vowels of the Kwakiutl language are extremely variable, and I
have not been able to ascertain satisfactorily the meaning of lengthening
and shortening, of apparent contractions and diaeresis. I had, therefore,
to confine myself to give the various forms which I obtained from the
Indians. We find a series of very indistinct vowels which are not articu-
lated, but indicated by position of the mouth. The most frequent among
these is u following a terminal k, for which I have used the sign ' ; for
instance, in the passive participle — k'. In compounds, when a syllable
follows the — k' the u is often articulated.

Pauses in "words are very frequent, and are almost always accom-
panied by an increased stress of the preceding consonant. I have found
it impossible in this language to distinguish clearly between consonants
articulated with ordinary stress and increased stress, although the latter
are undoubtedly found, p. e., ky'e, no.

Boas.]

3G

[Nov. 18,

VOCABULARY.

A.

to be able to compete with somebody, N.
la'kyusta ( — usta, up) ; wi'-
kyusta, not to be able to get up
against (vvi, negation; — usta,
up)^to rise opposite to some-
body ?

about, — uili(la) ;N. tle'kuilila, mov-
ing about; lakuilila, camping
about, here and there (lEk'u'la,
to camp).

above, N. L. aikti, aikya ; H. G. aikH ;
N. aikj^ak-au'e, upper?nost
( — k'aue, farthest in a certain
direction) ; L. ai'kyaqala, from
above ( — aqa, down; — la, verb,
svf.) ; L. aikyak'E'mHit, to look
vp ( — k"E'ra, surface of round
thing ^= face ; ~ Hit, v. a.)\ tliiq-
k'o-it aikH, evening sky^^^red
above ; G. au'kyoa, upper side
(see On top of) ; H. nia'tea, to
fly above.

to abuse one another, H. laa'lk'aii.

to ache, L. Is'e'aila (see Sick).

across, N. — uilla(la); la'lauillala, or
la'laolla, always going across
(la — , to go).

Adam's apple, H. k'ok'oqa'oa
( — qaoa, neck).

adrift (see On surface of water).

adze, H. lla'k'oabala {same type as
the Pacific Island adze); towai'u
{D shaped handle with blade at-
tached to its flat side) ; Ue'q-
kauil.

afraid, N. ky'e'llala ; L. ky'e'tlEn,
I am — ;H. wo'se; wo'sEno'gua,
or lEno'gua wo'silE, I am — .

to make afraid, N. ts'E'ntiyim ;
ts'E'nlikya, to be — .

after, behind, N. E'lEqlle ; la'ilin,
E'laqtlitl, I will go after him.

afternoon, H. tlkya'qa.

again, N. lie'i'et ; e'lells, again in
earth.

ago, long ago, L k'aiu'llull ; H.
k aiu'tluU'ats ( — ats, distant, in-
visible) .

agreeable noise, H. aikn'e'kala (aikH,
good; — kala, noise).

ahead, N. lalak'a, to go ahead;
(lak-a, to pass by, from; la, to
go; — k'a, reaching) ; La'la-
k-ayu'k"oa, name of female =
made to go ahead.

air, H. na'la.

alder, N. U'a'k'oinis (tl'a'k'6, red;
— mis, tree) ; H. G. tla'kotas
(from : red).

alive, N. k'o'la ; k-o'lasta, water of
life ( — sta, water).

all, L. k-'a'laue, N. na'qua, H. agy,
G. wa'qau ; that is all, L. lEm-
k-oa'lla, H. au k'oa'il.

alone, N. na'nawa ; na'nawalaqise'-
aq'enoq, one who wants to work
alone ; N. nEino'k' (nEm, one);
NEmo'kuis, the only one on
earth ; NEmo'kyustalis, the only
one who came up out of earth
( — usta, up; — lis, ground) ;
NEino'kua, alone on rock ( — a,
stone, rock) ; NEUio'kuak-ame,
all alone on rock ( — k'aine, su-
perlative) ; NEDio'kuitsalis,
alone on prairie ( — ilsalis, flat
open country).

to eat, drink, work alone, N.

na'qula.

along, N. — nta(la).

long object, N. — nutsEiitala

{along side of); k atsnulsEntala,
to walk along long object.

Hat object, N. — unqEntala

( — inqe, edge) ; k a'sEnqEntala,
to walk along flat object; H.
toao'olsa, to walk along plank.

1802. J

3T

[Boas

always, N. — tl ; arua'qutatl, always
giving away coppers (ama'qut,
to give away coppers) ; hii'qk'o-
latl, always giving away blankets
(ia'k'ola, to give away blankets) ;
liania'Iagyilatl, always giving
away blankets (ma'le, to dis-
tribute blankets ; — gyilis, earth,
always) ; baqbaku'latl, always
eaHiig human flesh (baqba'k',
eating human fl(sh, from bEk',
man),

N. gyilis, literally : on earth ;

hama'lagyilatl, always distribut-
ing blankets; wiiiii'lagyilis,
always fighting ; liamE'lagyi-
lillEP, / eat always in house
(liain — , to eat ; — ill, in house) ;
haniE'lagyilisen, I eat always on
beach( — is, 07i beach) -.'Nu'llk-aln-
gyilis, always acting foolishly.

among, N. H. G. — ak*a ; N. nEq'-
ak'a'la, to pull out of a bag ;
doq'ok-a'la, to look among — ;
alH'ak'a'la, good among others;
wa'lak'a, to lead Hamatsa
around after Tsetsa'ek'a ; H.
le'll'ak-a, to search among;
p'epeya'k'a, to feel among ; G.
du'mduk-ak'a, to look every where
among.

ancestor, N. gyaHgylla'itl ^ first of
house (gyil, first ; — itl, house).

anchor stone, H. k'alia'ois ( — is,
iri, water) ; G. t'ayaqai'u.

to anchor ; L. rao'koamit, cast an-
chor! (see To tie); H. tlE nie'n'-
enEm, to anchor; G. I'ayaia'q,
canoe is at anchor.

to angle, L. lla'k'a, k'e'ta, H.
I'opha' ; to drop hook into water,
L. Is'E'qstEnta k-'e'taio.

angry, L. e'En, N tla'uis ; tl'E'-
llEspis, expert in anger ( — pis,
expert) ; H. hai'lala (^ nngry
noise; — ala, noise); bailalak's,

angry noise woman ( — k's, fe-
rnale) .

animal, H. sisa'kwimis ; a certain — ,
k''a'iska1o, large ear (k'a s,
large ; — at 6, ear).

ankle, L. k-oa'tlkok-, H. k'o'ka-
niiil {perhaps : foot side), G.
k'au'k omatl.

antless, L. N. H. wutlE'm.

anus, L. po'laqstee ( — qstee, hind
part of body), H. ama'kyas.

apron, L. tsap (borrowed from Co-
mox), G. sE'paqsteya ( — qsteya,
hind part of body).

arm, L. N. a'yaso, H. haia'so, G.
ha'ifo

above elbow, N. H. oqsiape' ;

skin of — , N. tl'etseape, H.
k'uk'utsea'pe.

armor made of wood or skin, H. pa'-
k'ailEm.

armpits, H. da''dok*ola'tse ( — atS'W,
receptacle).

to arrange bed, L. beitla'lit ; H.
baile'tlatl, to make rigid.

around, N. H G. — ista ; N. awi'st
around a thing ; avvisia'lis,
lieisla'lis, around the world ; le'-
istala, to go around; k'a'isestala,
to walk around; maqsista'lipa,
making potlatch all around the
world (ma'qoa, to gioe two blan-
kets to each ; — lis, earth) ; N.
NQtlEinistalitsE'mk'a, woman-
made to go like a fool around the
world (no'lo, nu'ilEin, fool;
— ista, around; — lis, earth;
— tsEm, made to; — k*a, woman),
H. oe'rita, view ; d'oqsista'la, to
look around; toe'stala, to go
around; gy'eqse'stala, to run
around ; G. k-'a'tsistala, to walk
around.

to arrive, L. laniEn la'kya, 2 — ; N.
le'intiH la'kyaatla, when I ar-
rived.

38

[Nov. 18,

arroic, L N. H. W. G. lia'ntlEin ;
H. ha'ntlEmpa, arrow point
( — pa, point) ; lia'nUEraa'tsf',
quiver ( — atse. receptacle).

bird arrow, N. ko'lok-oaiu.

arrow pomt, H. k-'ii'mkyim.

to ascend river in canoe, H. sia'.

to ascend a mountain, N. Itlgyusta'la
(la, to go; — usla, vp ; — la,
V. 8.), H. na'qa.

to be ashamed, L. ma'qts'a.

ashes, L. k'ona'i, H. guue'.

white of wood, L. k'oa'llopEs,

H. k-oa'tlom.

to roast in ashes. L. a'sa.

asked by everybody to give feast, N.
wutle't.

to assemble, N. hok'ona'kula ( — na-
kula, motion) ; lioqsta'la, an as-
sembly {crowd) running into
water (?) ( — sta, water) ; kyi'm-
k'ona'kula {used in songs
only).

assistant of Eawi'nall, N. ne'qatla,
wa'tatla.

Hamatsa, N. sa'lallila.

aunt, father's and mother's sister, N.
H. ani's.

uncle's wife, N. apa'lso {step-
mother).

autumn, G. g3'a'lEmgyilis (— gyilis,
earth).

to awake, v. n., L. ts'i'Hit, H. ts'ini't.

V. a., H. koia'.

axe, L. N. sopai'u (sopa, to hew with
axe; — aiu, instrument), H.
k'okuna'kula (k'o'koa, to hew
with axe ; — nakula, motion).

stone axe for war {long, sharp stone
fastened in a perforated handle),
N. nEb'ai'u.

B.

baby, N. wi'sa, H. qsnu'q'o, G.
qabQ {from qap'e', cradle (?)).

back, N. — ikye, — igya, H. G.
— ogya ; N. awi'kye, back ;
k"'6'ko-igya, hunchbacked ;
ts'i'lkigyila, feathers on back
{ — la, v.s.) ; moe'gyint, to carry
on back; pEiie'gyalill, to warm
one's back; nii'lagylligya, back
of day of world { — gyil — , earth) ;
H. osk'ame'gj'a, back { — sk'am,
outside of round thing) ; ts'E'm-
legya, dorsal fin ; k'u'tsEme'-
gya, skin of back; owe'gyatl-
kya'ne, back of hand ( — tlkya'-
ne, — skya'ne, hand); k'utstse'-
gyatlkya'nO, skin of back of
Jiand ; owi'gj'atltse'ise, instep
{ — (tl)tsetse, /ooO-

support {lazy seat), N. yi'ink'oas

( — a?., place).

bad, L. N. ia'qsuni (i — , negation;
— aiH, good), H. iakii, G. iaii ;
N. ia'qp'aqsta, to speak had of
one { — qsta, mouth) ; G. iakne.
k'ala, bad noise { — k-ala, noise).

bad tempered, H. tlnsa'Ja ( — ala,
noise).

bailer, H. qa'lgyilis.

bald headed (see Bare) .

ha'qus {season when no Tsetsa'ek'a
must be held), N. ba'qus.

bare, H. ll'dk" ; tl'okk-ea', bare
headed { — k'ea, head) ; tl'ok'u's,
country bare of plants { — us,
outside) ; tl'oqsE'mla, bare
mountain { — k'SEm, outside of
round thing; — la, v. s.).

bark of tree, li. qa'k-'um, H. qk'um.

of cedar, N. Tl. H. V7. G

lEiia's, H. da'deoll (?).

to bark. It. N. wo'koa, H. wa'kya ;
L. wo'koq ta wa'tsc, the dog
barks ; N. wa'wakulilla, barking
in house { — itl, in house).

barnacle. L. N. qa'lk-.

basket, L. lEqii' ; N. LEqla'q {a
name), basket eater (?).

]892.]

39

[l!oas.

basket, small, for fish, N. la'laqam.

large, for blankets, L. tla'pat,

H. ku'e/patse ( — atse, recepta-
cle).

for fish and clamf, H. G. ts'Ela'.

for berries, H. W. nana'kEm

(nak-a, to drink, the basket is
watertight).

L. pe'kyoo.

bat, bak-'oala'ue, making sleepy,
from ba'k-'oatlEla, sleepy.

baton, used in winter dance, L. N.
t'a'miaio, H. W. tle'qem ; N.
t'a'insala, to beat time ( — ala,
noise of (?) ; — sila, to make (?) ) ;
t'a'miatse, master of batons;
I'a'miasilala, rhythm ; H. tie'-
qala, to beat time.

baton, H. haua'qala ( — ala, noise).

of chief, Tl. sik'a'kyano, H.

si'kyak-Em.

bay, L. awetle'sela, N. ojitlalis (per-
haps only head of bay), H. olso-
i's.

beach. N. L. — is, — lis ; H. G. — is,
— lis ; L. tlE'raais, beach ; t'a'tis,
lying on beach; N. 6k-oma'lis,
face of beach ( — k-am, facing) ;
d'apa'lis, covered by tide
(d'apa, to flood) ; lia'lqsiualis,
killing on beach at mouth of
river ( — siuae, ricer mouth) ;
H. iiwi's, beach; ai'kyitskolis,
flat beach (aiku, good) ; bana'qlis
gji'\o2i(\,canoeisonbeach(\\?k,n — ,
hollow object, canoe) ; G. w6'-
qanuis, beach; goa'is, to sit on
beach; aigyilsui'ti, flat beach
(aikH, good),
heavy beams supporting roof , parallel
to ridge of house, L ky 'a'te wan,
H. k"'aqa'wa.

grizzly bear, N. L. Tl. H. nan ; N.
gyi'la ; G. saH ; N. Nuqnemis
name: ne'nEuk-as {=.bear wo-
man) ; nauis, bear in bottom of

sea ( — is, in sea) ; nanqa, called
bear ( — qa, called) ; tia'ntse,
great bear ( — tse, great) ; na'n-
k"anul'lis, bear facing beach or
earth ( — k'am, facing; — lis,
beach) ; na'nqtlo, cinnamon
bear.

skin of grizzly bear, pas'Ena'e.

black bear, L. tie, N. tla'e, H. tl'a,
G. t'e'Hoa ; N. Nuqnemis name :
tl'e'tleka, bear icoman.

beard, chin, It. hapa'qsteya (hap — ,
hair ; — qsle, mouth), H. ha'p-
EHsia' (liap — , hair; — easia,
tooth).

moustache, L. hapa'qsteya, H.

hapqta'e ( — qtae, mouth), G.
liapEqie ( — qte, mouth).

to beat time, N. t'a'msEla (see
Baton).

on beach at marriage ceremony,

N. tsa'qa.

beacer, L. N. ts'a'oe. Tl. ts'6'k-oa,
ts'a'o, H. G. kolo'ii (borrowed
from Bilqula) ; H. L. N. ts"a'e-
atse, young beaner ( — atse, young
of — ) ; N. Nuqnemis names :
d'akja'lis, he'luiiiHtasola,

bed, L. k-e'nutl, H. k'oai', G. ku'l'-
ilas (kii'ritl,i!o sleep ; — ^$, place
of).

bedroom. N. gyiai'ias, H. k'we.

to beg, N. koe'k'oasa ; k'oe'k'oasa-
lall, beggar dance.

behind, N. oqtle'e ; L. oqtlaksi'tse,
heels ; alqtlae'istala, coming
around last ; H. — qtle ; wala'q-
\\i:k-s,youngest daughter ; (\.' b^'' -
oqtla'la, to look Jac/i;; goa'qtle,
to sit on hind part ; kopaqtla'ut,
to break off hind part ; G. d'o'-
k"'oqtla, to look back; ha'ints'-
aqtlee, rest of foot.

to believe, N. ne'uky'ek'ala.

Bellabella village, H. G'alts.

Bella Coola, N. K. H. Bi'lqula,

Boas.]

40

[Nov. IH,

belly, Ij. ta'ikye, H. tky'O, G. tEkir ;
H. k'utseqlla'es, skia of — ;
tlo'qoaqtlali'sElfi, sick in — .

below, N. pK'n'a, H. oa'poa, osa'-
poa ; G. au'apoa, H. hesii'po ill,
below ill houne ; v\ i\viink*'apo-is,
bottom of sea ( — wunk', edge;
— apoa, below ; —is, in sea) (sec
U7ider).

below (down river), N. gaa'e {also
north), gua't?e.

belt of women, L. wiisi'kyanEm, H.
wan.

to bend irith hammer, H. mokpta'ut
(uiokoa', to strike with ham-
mer).

berries (sjjecies unknown), Tl. liaii-
tlus ; ke'qelis ; k-'Emkoale' ;
k-e'sk ele'q;k•oa'k•uge'e;k•6'q-
k•uls ; nek-'utl ; si'lEin ; wao-
pa'lilse ; lle'k'um; tliaq ; L.
ts'e'Hina ; tsi'k'Cll.

black berries, H. cia'k'unatl.

cranberries, L. lu'stak'a, Tl. tu'
stik'ua.

hucklebtrries, L. k'tia'tEin, H. knu^-
tEiii ; L. k'oa'llinis, — bush ;
k'oa'tqut, eating — .

salmonberries, L. k 'E'mtsuk', A. H.
kauMali ; H. kau'llila, country
full (f ben its.

sallalberrics , N. nEqna'k', eating — .

soapberries, N. Tl. nEquski'ii ; H.
nuqskH, berry soup.

dried berries, L. I'e'k'a, H. lEk'k.

to bewitch by putting clothing of a
person in contact with a corpse,
N. la'pEtaiile, la'pEtanu.

by putting clothing in a skull

which is heated, N. e'k'a ; per-
son who knows to do so, v'k-'d-
noq.

to counteract the ('k a, by re-
peating the process, N. (lE'gyin-
ta ; dE'gyintEenoq, 2)erson who
knows to perform this act.

bile, H. k' II 'III mas.

bill of bird, H. u'iilpa ( — itlpa, nose).

bird, L. ts'ek, H. ts'c'ko, G. is'ek'.

humming bird.N. k'vvaa'kumto.

meadow lark {Sturnella magna,

neglecta), tlE'ltsEii, N. oisEq-

tala.
warbler, N. ma'niema.

Oregon junco (Junco hye-

malis), N. tso'pamale.

Ampelii garrulus, N. kyaa'-

kyctaqtle.
violet green swallow (Tacky-

cineta thalnssina), N. ma'matle-

kya (nia'tlc, to fly, flying arourtd

in short cuts).
Ammodramus satidwichepsia, N.

k*'e'qegyila.
chickadee (Parus rufeseens). N.

tsoisa'k'a.
thrush (llesperocichla nceiia),

N. tsop'ale.
Merula migratoria propinqua,

N. k-ak'alu's.
Zonotrichia cornata, N. tsES-

koa'ne.

snipe. N. t^a'lsatlkyawa.

Bubo tirgiiiianus, N. te'iileH-

ialeil, H. tH'Hiii.

Nyctea, N. ky'a'saqa.

Nyctala acadica, N. bEkuo'

(soul, ghost).
screech owl (Megascops asio

Kennicottii), N. iiopHop, kyo'-

kyokyo.
flicker (Colaptes caper satu-

rator), N. gu'ltEiii.
woodpecker (all kinds), N. tla--

llanaetl.
kingflsher (Ceryle aloyon), N.

kyetela'we.

Corvus caurinus, N. kyiqela,'-

k'a ; Nuqnemis name: ky'a'-
naiiOka ; Tl. ts'eqsa'ke ; Nuq-
nemis name: kiik'ala'k'a ; H.
kn'il'ka.

1892.]

41

[Boas.

bird, blue jay, N. ku'ckuc.

hawk {various kinds), N. mii'-

maue.
eagle, bald and golden, N.

kue'k', H. wik', G. ainsto-

k'oe'oa.
Swninson' s hawk (Bvteo Swain-

soni), N. I'ol'a'lotl,
red-tailed hawk (Buteo borealis

calurus), N. a'ukoane.
Jish hawk (Fandion halimtus,

carolinensis), N. ts'eatsek.
sandpiper {Creunetes occiden-

(al'is), N. ts'ESQaue'k*'.

IVinga alpina, N. tso'p'apa'lu.

plover ( Charndrius squatarola),

N. tso'lsEtsa.

^gialitis semijialmata, N.

k'a'i'ia.

Limosa fedra, N. k'oa'k'oa-

kum.
pintail (Dajila acuta), N. we'-

wapEs ( — wap, water ; — pEs,

expert :=^ liking fresh water).
petrel {Oceanodroma f areata),

N. k'oe'k'oek'oe.
gull, L. ts'a'ek'oaam, N. ts'e'-

k'oa, H. ts'e'kjela'k'a ; N.

Nuqnemis name : N. ina'tagyila

(making fly (?) ), tsE'uqk'aio.

Diomedea albatrus, N. La'lla.

tern {Sterna paradisea), N.

k'a'k-'akyitawa, biting off from

man's head ; k-'ii'gyuk', a piece

bitten off.
Merganser serrator, N. k'ok'o'-

os ; Nuqnemis name: k ok'6'-

ts'aqsma'lak"a {as mink' s wife) ;

tlE'mkeu {=^gummy head).
coot { Oidemia perspicillata),

lEk'a'p'ala.
scavp duck {Aythya marila

nearciica), N. tsd'ts'EspES.
loon {Urinator Imber), N. qa'-

bird, HolboelV s grebe, N. ha'masilalis;

NuqnemiK name : ha'maqsta.
horned grebe { Colymbus auri-

tus), N. k-'au'tak.
Brac/iyramphus maramoratus,

N. tegye'gyila.

Uria Orylle Californensis, N.

t'EDQ.

cormorant {Phalacrocoraxpela-

gicus resplendens), N. la'qlaq.

{Plialacroeorax pelagicus

robustus), N. tlo'pane; Tl. tlo'-
patl.

Cep>phus Golumba, N. tse'ssa.

gray-ruffed grouse ( Bombosa

umbellus umbelloides), N. ku-

ku'mq'a.
Dendragapus obscurus fuligi-

nosus), N. lio'mhom.
pigeon {Columba fasciata), N.

liamo'.
sandhill crane ( Orus mexicanu),

N. atE'mkule.
blue heron {Ardea herodias),

N. k'oa'k''oaiie.
oyster catcher {Hwmatopus

Bachmani), N. gue'guegue.
swan {Olor columbianus), N.

k-ak'a'uk-.
snow goose {Chen hyberborea),

N. U'e'staq.
Anser albifrons Oambeli, N.

iiE'lla.
Branta nigricans, N. na'naqa-

kEin.

Branta Canadensis, N. nEqii'k'.

pelican, N. ha'uQaukoa'yall.

Charitonetta albeola {male), N-

tTaa'tle.

Charitonetta albeola {female),

N. Hu'pe.

Mallard duck {Anas boshas),

N. tla'tlky'eu.

Clangula hyemalis, N. halia'ce.

harlequin duck, N. nia'tsena.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. F. PRINTED MARCH 3, 1893.

Boas.]

42

[N'ov. 18,

bird, golden eye {Olaucionetta clan-
gula Americana), N. kiile'na.

Spatula cli/peata, N. sisok'ua.

Oidemia Deglandi, N. noQup-

stala, Tl. k 'amlse'Q.

UrotricliHS Qibsii, N. gya'gy'-

apES ; Nuqnemis name : hjila-
mS,'lak*a.

(species unknoicn) Tl. tlE'sllEk";

tla'tsem ; nia'lsene ; ky'i'not,
H. kui'nk'; nesna'k'.

fabulous birds. N. lia'utlak-a-

nus ; ma'kekyu, said to make
canoes in woods.

to give birth to, L. ma'yotlam, H.
ma'yolla.

biscuit, N. kwa'k'uqsEm ; kwa'k'uq,
eating — .

to bite, a piece bitten out, N. k-'a
gyuk' (k-'amgyuk' (?)).

black, L. Is'o'tla, H. ts'o'tla, G.
ts'u'tlto.

bladder, H. te'qatse ( — atbe, recepta-
cle)

offish, H. wule'tl.

blankets, all kinds of, when used, L.
nE'q'une, H. k'o'liH. G. tsat-
sag-6'etl, H. —oil ; N. ala'-
gyim, skin — ;llE'k-oqsEin, tnar-
tin — (tlE'k'Ek',»iariirt);PElpE-
lask-s'm, mountain goat wool —
ip' a'\Em,woolofmojintain goat) ;
k-'a'sasqEm, sea otter — (k-'a'-
sa, sea otter) ; llo'qsEui, red —
(llak'oa, red); k-'o'tsEui, black
— {tJie ending common to these
words is probably — k'SEm,
— sEm, — k"Em, related to: out-
side of round object, in reference to
their being put around the body) ;
k'ula'otl, skin — (H. k'utsE,
skin ; H. — otl, blanket); gy'6'-
paoas, blanket made of yellow
cedar bark; ja'kelak, another
style of the same. H. nia'ms-
tlkotl, martin — (mEstlkan,

martin) ; ts'atsaqko'il, moun-
tain goat wool — (ts'ak*, moun-
tain goat) ; k''ak'a's6tl, sea ot-
ter — (k'asa, sea otter) ; tc*'-
qsEin, green — ; tla'oqsto, red
— (tlakoa, red) ; kye'lqsEm,
white — ; a'mESEtn, black — ;
tsatsoa'la, skin — for children ;
yiqtu'mkEua, Chilcat — (yiq— ,
dance).

blankets, lying about, L. k'ui'lk-uela,
H. ma'mEll.

in potlatch, N. ie'k'ala.

tied around belly, L. J-a'qstae

( — qsta, end of body), H. sap'a'-
qstegyila ( — qsta, end of body ;
— gyila, to make).

to put on blanket, L. k'o'qotlsut

(—oil. out of it)).

to take off blanket, L. k'o'qtsut

(— tsoa, in(y.) ).

blind, L. p'a'p'as, H. b'ak'.

block by means of which Uawi'nalatl
is raised, N. ka'k-ekyi.

blood, L. Elk. N. a'lg'um, G. bE'ln-
tlEiii ; H. a'Ikoasa, blood in
body; a'lHsiniala, blood on out-
side of something ( — sEin, outside
of round object; — la, c. s.) ;
a'lHokyana'la, blood on hand
(skyfma, hand).

to bleed, L. a'lH'uit, H. a'lkoa ; H.
a'lkuiilpa. nose bleeds ( — itlpa,
nose) ; a'lkmala, face bleeds
( — ma,/«ce; — la, v. s. ) ; aqa'lkus
blood on ground ( — us, ground,
outside, country).

to blow fire, L. pu'quit.

to blow, whale, N. tlu'lla ; Tla'tlac-
gyilis {name of a woman), blotc-
ing on land ( — gyilis, land).

blue, Tl. tsa'ca, H. koa'yelak's, G.
koila'qsto.

board, made by means ofrcedges, H.
ha' was (also board of roof).

sawed, H. keqk* (keqa, to saw).

1892.]

43

I Boas.

l>ody, N. o'gwine, H. okoiia' {only
surface of body) ; H. k-EniEqa,'-
o\.\n&,leftside;\\a.\'i\'ko\\ndi,rigTit
side; tloqoana'la, sick, sore all
over.

body, corpse, H. ka'lkuls ; ka'lkne,
drifting ( — e, on surface of wa-
ter) ; k-a'lkuntsis ( — unts, (?) ;
— is, in sea).

to boil, V. 11., L. llEina', H. tlEina',
tloo'm.

to bolt, N. ts'E'mk'oa.

bone, L. W. G. qak ; L hilk'o'poi,
sternum ( — poe, breast) ; H. ts'-
io'poa, sternum ( — poa, breast) ;
k'o'tsaqa'oa, collarbone ( — qaoa,
neclc).

of finh, L. k*'6'k*oai6.

boom (of caaoe sail), L. tae'kyinu'-
tlEiiie ( — uullEuie, side of), N.
tsi'kyanqai'.

born {perhaps : from beginning), N.
nu'tlamo, born a fool (nu'tlEm,
fool) ; no'k'amo, born wise,
(no'k-at, wise).

both, N.H. waqs; N. waqsE'uqe.ioi/t
sides ( — Enqe, edge) ; wa'qsEii-
gilis, somebody on each side of an
object on beach; waqsEmk^'a'-
sEla, to put into mouth from
both sides; waqsistaut, to divide;
H. waqs5dE'toa, both ears
( — Etoa, ear).

bottle made of kelp, kelp, L. N. H.
wa'wate.

bottom of an object, N. 5'qste, — qste ;
L. po'laqste, anus; sa'qstae,
blanket tied around belly ; H.
— ste (?) ; ky a'qte, notch of arrow
(= notch in bottom); sap'a'qste-
gyila, blanket tied around belly.

bottom of sea, N. k-'atsi's ( — is, in
water), H. -vviwu'nk'apois,
( — uuk', edge; — apoa, under ;
— is, in water).

bow, L. N. lla'kuis, H. G. llE'kuis.

bowstring, H. llkuO'tsEm.
bow of canoe, H. tle'lskina.

man in bote of canoe, N. o'kyine.

box, Indian, L. qE'tsEm {borrowed

from Qatloltg), L. N. H. gyi'-

Itas.
box for blankets, H. pak cye'la, G.

1 ak'ea'la.
grease, H. lEngua'lse

( — atse, receptacle).
blankets, H. ky'E'lqsEuia'-

tse {=^ white blanket receptacle).
woman's working box, H. okwal-

a'tse ( — atse, receptacle).

for berries, A. IcatUc

boy, L. N. gyina'num {child), H.

gapqd' {about ticelve years old).'
bracelet of mountain goat horn, N.

ye'k-wekila, L. gy'o'kula.
bracelet of copper, Tl. k-'oe'k-oe, H.

ts'Ewa'ta.
braid, L. liae'qsio, L. k-'a'tlee.
brain, L. llE'k-oa, H. llqlk-oa'tsoa.
branch, L. wu'tlsa'De, H. tl'Esna'.
to break, L. kyu'q'uit (see TofigJU),

N. kyo'k'oa ; kyo'qkyok-oa'la,

noise ofbreaking{ — aVd,7ioise) ; H.

kou'aiEsiut; ko'kumsia, to break

to pieces {reduplicated); kokoa-

poa'lut, to break by bending;

kopaqlla'ut, — off hind part

( — qtlae,7««(Z part); koo'mpaut,

— off point.

with hammer, H. mu'qsiut,

— with one stroke ; mumu'qsia,
with many strokes.

coppers inpotlatch, N.laqs'E'nt;

La'laqs'Enl'aio, means of break-
ing copper {a name).

I break it, N. I'ap'e'tEu.

breaker for cedar bark, L. kya'ts'aio,
A. yitsai'o, H. llaaa'kula
( — uakula, motion) {shape of the
tapa beaters), tss'oai'6 {shape
somewhat like a mincing knife
without handle).

Bons.]

44

[Nov. \%

breakers, H. kwG'ta.

breast, L. N. op5'e, — poe ; L. hak'-
' o'poe, breast bone ; L. nak'po'e,
stomach; N. tle'lsEpo'e, skin
of — ; H. tqk'apoa', — poa ; ts'i-
6'poa, breast bone; k'utsepo'a,
skin of — / tloqoapo'alii, sivk
on — (tl6qnala'?o, sick in — );
G. tak'apo'a

breast, female, L. ts'aiu, H. tsaa'ni,
G. dzam (see To suck).

breath, N. lia'asae, H. ha'spio ; hfi'-
fot, to breathe out.

bride, H. qae'il.

to bring back novice from woods by
dancing, N. wulla'qut.

broom, H. ky'alai'o.

brother (said by male) . N. n i-.'m wiut ;
coUecticely : nEQE'iiiwiullala,
brothers and male cousins ; na-
tlEmwi'ut, relatives; "H.. niEnu'-
ya ; G. inEiie'suwa.

said by female, N. H. wa'k'oa.

yonnger, L. N. H. G. ts'ii'^MX ;

also : parent's younger brother's
or sister's child.

younger, addressed, N. wis.

elder, N. H. G. nu'la ; also :

parent's elder brother's or sister's
child.

elder, addressed, N. gji'E (see

Chief).

brother-in-law (both ki')ds).N. k-o-
lis, gyii'mp ; H. also: sister in-
lato.

brush, H. ky'a'taio (=paint instru-
ment).

bucket, L. na'k-atse (=: drink recep-
tacle], H. na'k'Em (from iiak'a,
to drink).

buttocks, H. iiiE'iikyatse.

to but/, L. kni'luoa, H. G. tlea' ; H.
tlea'nuq, something that has been
bought; tlei'iks, storekeeper
(^:z expert in buying); tleae'les,
store (=: buying house) ; G.

tl'ela's, store; tKe'lgis, store-
keeper,
by and by, L. k'oatlema'stl.

C.

calf of leg, H. trc'll'Okya ( — ekya,
leg below knee).

to call, L. Ifi'k'oala^o ; lamanqi la'-
k'oa gya'tlk'e, I call again.

to call to feast, to invite, N. ge'la ;
tlallig ela'lait, every one calls
him to feast.

called, to call, N. — qa ; qna'kiina-
qan, 1 call canoe, i. e., Titish to
briy a canoe (Qiia'k'un, canoe) ;
naiiqa, called bear.

calm, H. k'auqk-ula ; k"'au'k'o-is,
place where it is always calm.

to camp, N. lEku'la ; la'k'uilila,
tribe always camping about.

canoe, "Li. N. Qua'k'uii ; qua'kunatl,
canoe that in going to be, i. e.,
that is making ; Qua'Qukunat?e,
large canoe!< ; QuakunaniEne'q,
small canoes ; Qua'kuaatsES,
fragmetdx of canoe; Qua'Qiia-
kuiala, to look for a canoe want-
ing to buy it ; qua'kunaqan, /
call a canoe, i. e., tcish to buy it ;
N. gya'lo (obsolete), H. gyi'l'oa,
G. gyi'loa ; H. gyil'oaai'as-e,
place of canoe in woods ; gyi'l'o-
ko'lle, broken canoe ; N. gui'iES,
ku'mtsala (?).

Chinook canoe, L. SE'qEoi, H.

sqam.

war canoe, N. d'aku'n.

large war canoe, N. mE'nk"a.

Fo7t Rupert canoe, L. Qiie'-

taqtla.

Haida canoe, H. hai'dats.

(what kind (?) ), L. ya'atse.

legendary (folding), N. da'-

tldallta.

in canoe, N. o'qsE ; laqs, to go

1892.]

45

[Koas,

into canoe (la — , to go) ; gya'-
qaqsala, to come in canoe ; gua'-
qsEla, to sit in — ; mo'qsEla, to
load — ; H. lopqs, empty canoe
(15p, empty) ; laqsut, to load
canoe (la — , to go; — ut, v. a);
goa'qs, to sit in — ; G. laqs, to
go into — ; wa'niEqsut.io load — ;
goa'qsaln, to sit in — .

lying on side, N. k-6'k'oatla ;

k'ok'oma'lis, canoe lying on side
injront of beach.

adrift, H. k-auk'oansela'k-tle

( — lie, on surface of sea).

han — ; tJiis stem probably means

a hollow vessel (see Kettle), and
is used in composition with local
suffixes; N. ha'nk"amli?, canoe
landing in front of beach
( — k"am, in face of ; — lis,
beach) ; liannsi'wae, canoe at
mouth of river (--siwae, river
mouth) ; hanue'lagyitle, canoe
is on water ; H. hana'qlis (gyi'-
loaq), canoe is on beach ; hana'-
eas gyi'loaq, canoe is on water ;
hana'laklla, canoe at anchor;
haoea'ses gyiloa, place of canoes
in forest; G. haneilwa'paqt,
canoe is on water.

place of — in forest, H. tlq'-

ea'se.

out of canoe, — otlt ; N. gyaqotlta'-
lisaisus, he brought one out of
canoe to beach; G. wa'motltut,
to unload.

to make canoe, H. iv'tra ; a'tl'Eskio,
canoe builder.

cap, dancing — , N. ts'e'qeoe
(ts'ek- — , secrets, winter dance ;
— eoe — , forehead).

capable of — , N. ts'Es ; d'o'qts'ES,
seer ; H. — tEs ; k-a'watEs, with
good power of hearing.

cape, N. waqsa, H. oa'qsiwa.

to capsize, L. k-apa', H. k'pae' ;

k"pe'tla, something turned up-
side down; kpe'Ua-itl, some-
thing turned upside down on
floor.

to take care of — , N. aa'qsila; lla'-
tlaqsila, taking care of cedar-
bark rwi,9s(l]a'k"ok-, cedar-bark
ornament) ; nifi'menatsila, tak-
ing care of drums {1) (niEna'tse,
drum ; — ila, to make ; probably
drum maker).

to treat carefully, cautioui^ly, N. ma'-
yanila.

something one does not care for, one
does not want to keep, N. "wil'iat
(w — , negation).

cariboo, H. tl'aqt.

to carry in hand, N. da'la, — Enk'-
ula, nialsEmEnk'olawis, always
carrying two round ones in
hand; mamo'sk'amEnk'ola,
carrying four round ones in
hand.

to carry into house, H. laai'lla (la — ,
to go ; — ill, in house).

to carry on back, N. moe'gyint
(— igya, back).

to carry load into canoe, L. ma'wa
(see 2o load).

carrying something in mouth, N. te'-
kuqsta ( — qsta, mouth) ; k-e-
tyeqstils, — outside (see To
bite, — qsta, mouth; — lis, out-
side) ; k'etyeqsta'liil, — in
house.

to carry fire, H. pe'n'it (?).

to carve meat, L. kxa'qit; koa'tlaio,
carving knife.

carved figure, N. ky'ek'.

carving knife, L. kilk'uatlam, koii'-
llaio, H. ky'e'olEin.

cat, L. raa'matlis (see European),
H. ma'qoa.

cataract, L. tsE'qoaqala ( — aqa,
down), H. gy'a'matSEii.

cat's cradle {game), N. Is'kUise'iiu.

Boas

4G

[Nov. 18,

to catch salmon in net, A. tlakil, H.
k'o'koayot.

cause of — , — im ; ia'knim, cause of
evil ; e'ikHim, cause of good ;
ale'tsim, cause of being firm.

cedar, L. tEna'smis (tE'nas, cedar
bark; — mis, tree), A. tE'nies,
H. de'wass, G. koaqlla'.

cedar bark ornament for winter dance,
N. H. tl'a'k-ot (tla'koa, red z=
made red).

chair, H. goa'HtEiiia (goa — , to
sit).

cheek, N. au'tse, L. o'nutlEtne ( —
nuti, side of ; — me, face), H.
owa'mia ( — mia, face); N.
Vekyu's, mythical name of deer =
strike face.

to chew, L. nia'lekula, H. k'askya'la
(gum and food = noise of chew-
ing), au'ako (tobacco),
chips, k'ok'oaka'oa (k'ok'oa, to hew;
— aoa, refuse).

chief, N. L. gyi'k-ame (gyi, elder
brother, chief; — k'ame, superla-
tive) ; gye'qsEm, group of cJiiefs ;
N. he'mes-kyas, real chief {name
of raten ; — kyas, real) ; A. H.
bema's, coll. lie'mas, G. hai'-
mas.

chieflainess, chief's wife who gave
her husband at time of marriage
much valuable property, N.
o'ma ; 6'magyila, to make — ;
6'mak'asEraae, chieflainess in
face of all ; omaqta'lalle, chief-
tainess on sea (?).
chief's wife who did not give her hus-
band muf.h property, N. mo'tsitl
(=: keeping blankets from floor),
chief ' 8 eldest son, N. tlEo'lEk-ame.
chief's daughter, N. ky'e'ietl.
child, N. L. qonu'k', col. gyi'ngyin-
am, H. qono'k', col. s'a'sEin, G.
qonu'Q.
eldest, L. noMasnEk-Eina'c (no'-

la, elder brother; — k'amac,
superlative), H. nola'k ame.

second, L. k'a'yiie, H. qanke's.

third, N. g'au'i, H. g'auioaqtlc

( — qtle, behind).

youngest, L. tsa'irxiG (tsa'ea,

younger brother; — inqe, edge
*of), a'ma-inqe (ama — , small);
H. wala'qtlci, youngest son
( — qtle, hind) ; wala'qtleks,
youngest daughter ( — k's, fe-
male).

parents witJi children, N. gyinli'kyE-
le.

chin, L. pE'nkyutaqsle (pEn, below ;
— kyut, opposite; — qst^, moui7i),
H. k-'oa'H, G. gy'uq.

chisel, L. ky'i'mtlaio.

to chop, L. N. so'pa; N. so'ps'al,
to chop in half in house ; sops'a'-
Isa, — on beach ; s5ps'ali'sa, to
chop log on beach in half ; so'pE-
ll'ane, to chop in many places ;
so'paio, adze= choj)ping instru-
ment; H. k'o'koa ; k'o'kona-
knla, adze; k'ok'oaka'oa, chips.

clams, li. kya'oek-'anEm ; large — ,
mal'a'ne ; N. clamshell, gyo'-
gwis ; H. clam, ts'e'koa ; large
— , tseraa'ne.

a clean Jiouse, N. ku'miielulitl ( — ill,
floor).

to climb a tree, N. tl'Epa' ; — a
mountain, tl'Epusta'la ( — usta,
up ; — la, V. s.).

cloud, L. H. anu'e ; N. a'nk'ola,
cloudy ; A'nk"olayiik'oa,/ewia/e
making cloudy weather ; a'nk'o-
alagyilis, country always cloudy.

clover root, N. tliQue ; tlici^-i'wae, —

at mouth of ricer.
club, flsh — , L. t'E'Iusqan, H. ho'tl'-
Em.

war — , N. kue'qaio ; to strike

with — , kue'qa.
coal, L. ts'o'llna, H. ts'o'lla.

1892.]

47

[Boas.

coat, European, L. kipo' {Chinook),
N. da'datsowak', H. d'ii'datsoa.

old style, N. tl'Epe'tsae.

cod, red, L. tla'tlaqon (lla'k'oa, red),
N. ue'ts'e, H. tla'k-o-itk,

cod, black, Tl. t'e'na, H. ba'tane.

cod, Tl. H. na'tlEm, L. kyu'mak-
{bon oiced from QatlbUq).

sp. (?), H. siiqta'la ( — qta,

mouth).

cold, L. wu'ta, H. t'Ene'k', G.
t'EDe'Q ; H. kH'ene'is, to fed
cold.

collarbone, H. k'otsaqa'oa ( — qa'oa,
neck).

column, heraldic, N. mo'qpik'
(mo'q — , to tie; — pik-, pole;
because blankets are tied to it) ;
Tl. H. ts'oa'qse ( — qse, outside).

column, memorial, H. alaqtlE'n.

comb, L. qa'k''Em, H. gy'i'ngyanetl.

to comb, L. qa'k'a-it, H. gy'i'ngya.

to come, N. gyaq ; gyaq'olltsoa, to
come out of; ouiEii gyaqwuli'-
tla, 1 come unasked; k"antl5
gyaqa'la, when I come back (ob-
solete); k-antlo gyaqe'tlel5,
tchen Icome back ; alqilae'istala,
coming around last ( — qlla, last ;
— eista, around); H. nogua
a'k'ela, I come here.

common man, Tl. H. qa'mala.

company, group, H. k'ate'il, col.
k*atk-ate'tl, N. — qsEm, gye'-
qsEui, group of chiefs

companion of Uamats'a, N. sa'la-
tlila.

to conquer, H. ai'kiioa ; L. lamEn
ai'knaumase, / — thee.

constellations, A. kyai'uila, A. uli'-
qua.

to cook, L. iTiEtEMquit, H. a'mgyila.

copperplate, L. N. A. tla'k'oa
{=red); lla'ilaqsEiu, small cop-
perplates tied together ( — qsEm,
group of —).

copperplate, woman foi' whom father
plants copperplates in ground,
N. sepa'alellilaok-.

corner, H. oa'toa, p'Esaai' ; N.
goa'ue, to sit in corner.

to cough, L. lEqa', H. lEqoa'.

council, N. k'ue'qala ( — ala, noise) ;
kua'kunqs'ala, to council ; H.
hasqta'la ( — qia, mouth).

councillor, N. k'Lie'qtsas ; kue'qala-
lagyilis, councillor of his own
country.

to count, N. ho'sa ; Hosta'lakyimo,
people counting objects thrown
into water (?) ( — sta, water).

country, L. t'E'kya, H. tsqams
(^=dirt), — is; N. wi'nakuis,
country ; otsa'lis, flat country,
prairie; kTi'lokwi?, crooked
country; Gyingina'mis, chil-
dren of earth = dwarfs ; — gyilis.

, — us (see Outside), H. — us ;

tl'o'k'us, country bare of plants ;
aq'a'lkus, blood on ground ;
k''au'k ois, place where it is al-
ways calm ; — ila, — gyila, prob-
ably originally no local meaning
(see Tomake) ; k'a'mtlila, coun-
try where deer are J ound ; waa'-
negyila, — lohere lierring are
found; ts'a'k-gyila, — where
mountain goat are found {the
meaning is probably : catching
deer, herring, etc.) ; — enoq,
iukue'uoq, windy place = know-
ing to blow ; G. — gyilis, gya'-
lEmgyilis, autumn.

cousin, N. nE'muot ; nEnE'muiu-
tala, cousins and brothers ; N.
L. H. noMa, parent's elder broth-
er's or sister's child ^^^^elder broth-
er ; ts'a'ea, parent's younger
brother's or sister's child ^:=
younger brother.

cover, H. lak k ; takk ea'la, cover
over head ( — kea, head; — la,

Boos.)

4S

{Nov. If,

V.) ; tji'kumt, to cover face icith
blanket.

crab. L. N. k'o'mis ( — is, sea) ;
k"'o'lSiitse, young crab ( — tsatse,
young).

crack in dish, H. koek'oatloa'la.

cradle, L. qaa'p, A. qap'e', G. qabq.
infant.

crazy. N. no'ntsistatl; nontsista'lall,
dancing like a madman ( — latl,
dancing, acting).

crooked, L. N. k o'tlala ; N. k-'o'-
k'oigya, with crooked back
( — igya, back) ; k-a'lokwis,
crooked land ; k'aullanea'la, to
walk crookedly.

crossbeam over door cf house, H.
gaitsoa' ( — tsoa, inside).

crown of head, L. oqlle'n. H. k'Ti'-
tsoake'a ( — kea, head).

to cry, L. N. G. k-'oa'sa.

cup, L. koa'asta ( — sla, water), H.
nak'a'msta (nak'a, to drink;
— sta, water), G. nak-ai'u
{^drinking instrument).

to cut, N. paqa'la, L. paq'it ; A.
k'oa'la paqa', do not cut; la'qsa,
to cut vp ; la'qsEnl'ae'noq, one
who knows to cut up ; N. sakwa',
to cut meat; sakwa's, place
where meat is cut; H. qta, qtl-
tsiut, qtUi'kyelsut, to carve
game; qo'llli^ia, to cut to pieces ;
qtlpta'ut, to make a cut in an ob-
ject ; k'oqskyana, hand cut off
( — skj'ana, hand).

to cut tobacco, L. I'o's'it, H. t'os.

D.

dagger, long stone — , H. ts'oai'u.

Da'gyulk', N. name of a place.

to make a darn across a rioer, N.

tsu'pa.
to dance, L. N. H. G. yiqoa' ; N.

3'iq6'eue, dancing cap ( — cue,

forehead) ; H. yiqste-kya, danc-
ing apron ( — ekya, leg below
knee) ; yii'qsteiisiise, — leggins
( — sitsc, foot) ; yiqtu'mkena,
Cldlcat blanket; N. kyi'lkyil-
nala, dance at night iclien novice
returns ; N. — latl, Tso'noko-
latl, dancing like Tsonok'oa ;
N. ts"a'eka ;Tl. H. ts'etsa'ek-a,
winter dance {= secrets) ; ts'e'-
tseka'laiu, song used in tointer
dance ( — ala, noise ; — aiu, in-
strument) ; ts'e'qpek', pole used
in winter dance; ts'cqpek'-
a'lagyilis, dancing pole in earth ;
N. d'E'iits'ik-, Sisiutl dancing
pole ; N. lo'quit, war dance (H.
to walk) ; Tl. no 'ml Em, a win-
ter dance {^^ foolish) ; Tl. ia'-
liati, a summer dance ; H. llo-
ola'qa, potlaieh dancn ; N.
ba'qus, time when no winter
dances are held.

dancing implements (whistles and
masks), N. H. nau'alak-.

dancing apron, noise of — , Tl. ts'ok'-
oa'la.

darling, N. a'ta ; pet-dauglder,
a'taka.

daughter, second. H. k'auioa'qllek-s;
onZy — , liaa'ldsek-s ( — k-s, fe-
male).

day, N. L. na'la ; na'laqstala, hav-
ing day in month{ — qsla, month) ;
nalaqo'tau, the sold day ; na'-
lagyiligya, back of day.

daylight, N. ha'uitsum, H. ts'E'l-
qait.

dead, L. N. H. G. HeI ; N. — oile.
dead, past, broken; Tlalleisilo'-
tle, the dead Tlatlcisitl ; H. — le,
o'inpte, the dead father.

denf L. N. H. gu'lkum ; N. gu'-
lUuniqEiml, mask of deaf man ;
H. gnlHk'o'lato, deaf on one ear
( — ato, car).

1892.]

49

[Boas.

death, N. wiinumgyila ; wii'lagyila,
making die {only in song) (we,
negation (?) ; — gyila, to make).

decayed tooth, Tl. Nae'nsHE ( — she,
tooth) .

deer, L. N. ke'was, t'ekyn's
(^struck against cheek), k"e'-
Huslala (Nuq/iemis name), H.
G. k-a'mela ; k-a'mtlila, where
always deer are found.

DelpMnus Orca, L. N. ma'q'euoq
{=^pursuing secretly), A. H. G.
ha'lq'euoq (^^ killer).

dentalia, N. a'tlEla.

to descend river, H. ina'tusEla (see
Fust; — tusEla, down river).

to descend mountain, H. kninkqa.

to desire, H. niESEla'.

to dip, N. tse'n'it.

dirt^=earth. N. d'E'kya, H. tEk-'um,
N. DE'sa, tsE'sa.

dish of earthen icare, H. qa'lk-na.

dish, small grease — , N. H. ts'Epa'-
tse, G. da'qtla.

large, N. tlo'k-oe.

to dive, H. ta's'it, ta'sela ; — ?iead-
long, A. Isasta'ak'a.

to divide, N. waqsi'stant (waq, both);
N. mfuls'alitla, to divide in half
in house (matl, two; s'al, in
half; — itl, in ?iouse).

dog, L. N. Tl. H. wa'tse, G. wa'ls ;
N. wa'sus, eatiiifj dogs.

dolphin, Tl. tistawu'lk.

do not! N. k-oa'la.

door, L. t'E'Hila, Tl. I'e'ga, H. tl'-
apE'm.

down, — aqa ; N. te'k'aqala, to drop ;
k-a'sEqala, to walk down ; iiEk--
a'qala, to heat time in slow mea-
sure (= straight down); akyai'-
aqala, from above; L. tsE'qoa-
qala, cataract; Walas'aqa',
naine of a dance (=; great from
above); H. soa'qot, to take down;
Hue'llaqals, to fall down; Hue'-

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI

tlaqitl, to fall down in house ;
la'qa, to go downward ; tq'oa'qa,
to jump down; d'o'k"oaqala,
to look down; G. la'qa, to go
dotcnward; d'6'k"oaqa, to look
doion.

to look down, L. pEiik-E'innit (pEn,
below ; — k 'Em, outside of rovnd
thing ; — nit, v. a.).

downriver — , N.H.G. — tus(Ela) ; N.
latu'sEla, canoe descends river :
latusEla'gyilis, to ivalk down
river ( — gyilis, land), sunrise;
Heitlato'sEla, coming downriver
(name of Kd'nigyilak' in L.);
A. toatusEla'gyilis, sunrise ;
inii'lusEla, canoe descends river ;
G. la'tup, to go down river.

down {feathers), H. k-os.

to draw breath, H. tlHui't.

to dream, H. ky'a'tlae.

drifting at sea, N. tse'tsa {log of
driftwood on ichich a person
stands); tsena'yo, drifted out of
river; H. p'uqola'k'tle, a log
adrift { — tie, on sea); kHkie'i,
many things adrift (k-'ai'nEiii,
many); ya'k'oe, driftwood
adrift; ya'k-ois, driftwood on
beach; k-a'Jkue, body adrift
(k'alk — , body); k'au'qo-it,
canoe drifts away.

to drill, H. sElE'm.

to drink, L. na'q'it ; N. na'naka,
trying to drink; nak'E'lkun,
/ — often { — Elk, expert ; — uu,
I); nanik"a'matsa, ivanting to
give every one to drink; na'k-atse,
bucket{ — atse, receptacle) ; H.nh' ■
k'a, to drink; utiqps, iiakE'lk,
drunkard { — qs, — Elk, expert);
nak'a'msta, cup { — sta, water);
na'k'am, bucket; naua'k'Em,
watertight basket; G. na'k a,
to drink ; na'k'aio, bucket.

drowned, G. p'equG.
140. G. printed march 27, 1893.

Boas.]

50

[Nov. 18,

drum, L. N. A. H. Gr. iiiEna'tsG ;
N. nia'iiienatsila, taking care of
driiyns.

drummer, N. nii'iiila (= striking),
G. miiiilis.

to dry salmon, H. ko'll'a ; ko'las,
where salmon are dried.

drying frame, H. ka'l'io.

dried salmon, H. qam'a's.

to dry, N. ts'6'sa ; ts'o'tet, fish just
beginning to get dry ; ts'o'lEinit,
coll. ts'o'ts'otEin, salmon, half
dry ; H. t^o'sa, dry ; tso'skea,
to dry 7iead{ — k'ea, head) ; Gr.
ts'u'sa, dry ; Iso'sEms, thirsty.

to dry, L. lE'niHuit.

dry, L. k'aqo'la.

dull, "Li. ie'inpa (=rbad point), G-.
p'aspE'luQpa ( — pa, point).

dijcarfs, N. gyingyiua'iiEmis {:= chil-
dren of country).

E.

eagle, L. ku'ik, H. wik' ; wi'kuilak',
painted eagle ( — ilak', made).

whiteheaded, N. nio'iueqpa

(mok'oa, white; — p;i, point).

ear, L. N. p'E'spaya, H. G. p'Espc'-
30; N. (awa)to'G ; ts'Eiia'tola,
ear is sick; H. — atna; waqsodE'-
toa, both ears; k'oa'k'oatoa,
perforations of ears ; ino'koato,
coll. mu'mkoato, earring ; ll'o-
qoatoa'le, ear is sick; kulak'o'-
lato, deaf on one ear.

earth, dirt, L. tsqEins, H. tsqanis,
N. — is ; N. lieista'lis, around
the world (— eista, around) ;
e'telis, again in earth; oEnio'-
kwitsalis, alone on flat ground ;
— gyilis ; kue'qalalagyilis, coun-
cilor of Jds own country, of
earth; a'nk'oalagyilis, his land
cloudy; tla'ilaegyilis, whale

blowing on land ; ts'eqpC'k''a'-
lagyilis, dancing around danc-
ing pole in earth.

east, N. niEtla's (L. southeast), H.
DElk'; N. metla'lanuk', having
east wind.

to eat, N. ha'niii'it ; lEiiiEn lia'mii'it
he'l'eta, I eat again; hamii'i'-
tEn, I am eating; hama'i'tlEn,
/ am going to eat; ha'msa, to
eat; lia'maa, trying to eat;
hama'putlEn, I pretend to eat ;
na'quamka hama'pa, all eat ;
lia'mk'olisEii, I eat together with
— / hamaa'k', eaten; hamE'lk,
pi. liElie'iiiElk, eating much ; ha-
njE'lkun, I eat often ; ( — Elk, ex-
pert); hamasaia'lagyilis, look-
ing for food all over world; ham-
E'lagyilillEa, I eat continually in
house ; H. lia'msa, to eat ; ha'm-
sps, La'mtsilk, eater; ha'm-
ats'a, trying to eat ; lia'mEii'it,
to take water and spit it out
again ; liamasa'oa, rests of food
( — iioa, refuse); G. ha'nispis,
hamdzi'lEk, eater; liamdzai'6,
spoon; ha'mstoa, to eat walking;
Hi'msEla, to know to eat ; lia'm-
ts'aqtlee, rest of food; La'iu-
is,'\m?iS,food.

toeatmeat, N. k-asa'; k"'ak'ek-atsa'-
la, always wanting to eat meat ;
k-atsa'la, sound produced by peo-
ple eating meat ; N. "w a'sus, to
eat dog flesh ; bEqbii'k ', to eat hu-
man flesh ; baqbaku'latl, always
eating human flesh ; kwa'k'iiq,
eating biscuit ; uEqna'k", eating
sallalberries ; lEqla'q, basket
eater (?) ; g-oa'ig-ut, eating
huckleberries; k-'e'kyes, to eat
much (k-'e'iiEiii, much, many ;
— es, to partake of) ; G. k'a'-
ikEs, to eat much.

ebbtide, L. g-a'isaqala, H. tl'o'pn'it.

1892.]

51

[Boas.

eclipse of sun, N. nEk-E'k' {^^ swal-
lowed).
egg, L. ts'e'k'uno ; N. Is'e'kuat,

egg-island ; H. k'E'lqamin.
edge, N. — nqe ; makyinqelis, at end
of a row on beach ; gyo'q'Enqe,
7iouse on edge; kasEnqEnlala,
to walk along a plank; oqsE'-
nqe, one side of a flat ohject ;
NoniasE'iiqelis, oldest of all;
wu'nqe, edge of a flat object ;
■waqsE'nqe, buth sides ; wa'cj-
SEnqelis, one on each side;
ania-i'nqe, smallest {■= small at
edge) ; H. tqu'neqaut, to jump
along; wiwu'nk-'apois, bottom
of sea ( — apoa, under ; — is, in
sea); tsa'inqe, youngest child
(ts'a'ea, younger brother) ; G.
wu'nk-q, edge of flat object,
eight, N. ma'ilguanatl, H. ju'-

tquaus, G. yutqa's.
eighteen, N. matlguanallagyu, H.
yukquaii'sg} u, G. yuduqofis-
gi'u.
eighty, H. yutqsukaus, G. yuduq

pEnkya'sk"a'po.
elbow, H. G. tia'koane.

joint, H. aae'.

eleven, N. iiE'iLayu, H. inEne'egyu,

G. iia'Qugi'u.
elk, L. tlo'Els ; Nuqnemis name :
iieeo'eIo (^foolish) ; H. tlno'ls
( — Is, outside (?) ) ; G. wudzi'H.
empty, L. lo'pitl, empty house ; lo-
pHepito, you have no teeth in
mouth ( — lie, tootli) ; H. lopqs,
— canoe ( — qs, in canoe) ; lo'-
piil, — house ; 15 'pes, inside of
man empty =^ hungry ; 15u'-
mtsoa, — dish ( — tsoa, inside) ;
lopla', a hole, a piece missing.
end of anything, N. ma'qpe.
enough, N. wi'k'asEla, not to have
enough; we'k*'as, idem (we,
negation); w T'Emk-asEla's5qtis,

with ichich'he was not satisfied (in
song),
to enslave. N. k''a'k-ak\vis(k-'a'kyu,

slave),
to enter, Tl. gya'qtsoa (gyaq — , to
come; — tsoa, ^■/i<o) ; H. la'lsoa
(la — , to go),
to be envied, N. he'nakyala ( — kyala,

noixe).
ermine, H. gy'i'lEm.
European, G. H. k''6niHsi'ua
(k''6ni— .n'c^y — irsiua, at mouth
of riwr) ; H. k"'omHbmakyala,
language of white man.
evening, L. li-a,'koa, G. p'a'nequit.
to examine, H. d'o'k-oa (see To see),
expert, N. — pEs ; tl'E'tlEspEs, an-
gry ; laql'otpES, expert in break-
ing coppers ; H. naqps, drunk-
ard ; koHpis. sweating ; hamsps,
eater ; G. lia'mspis, eater.

, — Elk, N. haniE'lk, eater;

haniE'lkun, / eat often; H.
nak'E'lk, drunkard ; lia'nitsilk,
eater ; G. liamdzi'lEk, eater,
to extinguish, L. kH'i'iqit, H. kn'i'lqa-
eye, L. N. k a'yaks; k'ayakesak'os,
thy eyes; N. (osto'e) eye;gyis-
lo'e, something in eye; eikn-
soqsto'e, icith pretty eyes ; H.
k"ks, eye ; — qstoa ; lui'paqstoa,
eyelashes (hap — , hair) ; k'oa'-
qsi5, one eyed; ba'koanEmqs-
toa, pttpil of eye (= man in eye) ;
tl'oqstoa'Je, eye is sick ; wunk-'-
e'qstoa, lower eyelid {=zedge of
eye),
eyeball, L. k'EpElu'qstoe ( — stoe,

eye), H. k-a'pEle'.
eyebroio, L. a'an, H. aaini'H, G.

aa'niu.
eyelashes, L. ha'pelik* (hap — , hair);

lja'i)aqstoa {z=eye hair),
eyelid, L. k-EpElu'qstoe (?) ( — stoe,
eye) ; H. o we'kyatltoa, iipper — /
wuiik''e'qstoa, lower — .

B :>as ]

52

[Nov. 18,

F.

face, L. H. k'5'kome ; L. N. — me,
tre'sEine. skin, of face ; L.
k'oatE'meya, 8car on face ;
o'nullEtne, cheek (= side of
face) ; me'maatlEmc, two faces ;
H. — me, — ma; tl'oqoma'le,
face sick ; k'u'sme, skin office ;
alk'ma'ln, face bleeds ; owa'mia,
cheek ; ts'o'tsoqma, to wash face ;
G. liaitlkyutEme, right side of
face ( — kyut, opposite),
facing, N. — k-am; b^-a,\i\k\\?,, facing
beach; ha'nk'amalis, canoe in
front of beach ; a 'ilk -am, hind
side of man, box {= facing back-
ward) ; a'tlk-amala, house fac-
ing woods ; Na'nk'amrUis, bear
facing world ; kua'k'amatla,
facing ricer mouth ; k'ok-dma''-
lis, canoe lying on side in front
of beach ; L. llask-ama'ilin, /
stand facing sea ( — tie, surface
of water) ; H. osk-ame'kya, back
( — ekya, back). See also N.
sintle'k'am, face of Sintlae ;
miHstek-E'mt, to strike face. It
would Stem that — me designates:
face; — k-am, an action per-
formed with the face. See also
Outside of round object.
face, upj)erpartof, N. — tEm ; gyi'ls-

gyiltEm, the long-headed ones,
to fall down from an elevated posi-
tion, H. Hue'tlaqitl, — in house
( — aqa, down; — ill, in house);
iiue'ilaqalp, — outside (als, out-
side) ; Hue'tlla, to fall into water,
to fall, to roll doicn hill, N. k-'ii'mna ;
k''oiiiEne'te, explained as : ev-
erything falls upon him.
to fall down (walking), H. kn'ams'-

e'nEm.
to fall, L. kui'Hals.
to fall {tree), L. ta'H'it, H. kuila'q'it.

to fall to pieces, N. tle'iia.

to fall, L. te'q'it ; le'qtlala, to fall

into fire ( — qtlala, flames),
to fill into water, L. eUi'Is'o.
river falls, L. kyo'tla.
family, H. manii'ma (see Gens).
famous, N. ts'e'tloala ; Ka'laite

(name), explained as : famous,
far, N. k'oe'k- ; L. k'oe'sala, it is
far; k'oe'k"s5t, far away on

other side ( — sot, on other side);

K'oe'k'sot'enoq, people on the
far other side ; k-oe's6tE'nqelis,
far other side, end of world

( — Enq, edge; — lis, land);

k'ui'sEtla, to go far off ; H.

que'sala, /a?'.
farthest. N. — k-aua ; be'benak-aua,

the loicest ; e'kyak'aua, above;

aolak'oak-aua'so, speaking in

lowest tones; nano'akaua, the

wisest one.
to fart (said of male and female), H.

wa'qua.
fast, N. i'Ha ; i'Hak'ame, the fastest

one ; we'nala, slow (we — , nega-
tion); G. ha'lagyilis.
father, N. oiiip, H. au'mp, G. apf ;

N. o 'm\)\e, dead father ; N. ad-
dressed : ats, ills; addressed by

children : da Ma.
father -in-l(iic, mother-, son-, davgh-

ter-in-kno, L. N. H. uEgu'mp.
fathom and subdivisions : fathom, L.

pa'il'it, H. pa'tl'a ; one fathom,

o'p'Enkfi; two — , Dia'tlp'EnkH.
left elbow to fingertip of right

hand, H. k"asela'k'.
left shoulder to fingertip of right

hand, H. aso'tqa-int.
middle of chest to fing^.rtip of

right hand, H. aso'd'apot

( — apoa, breast).
right shoulder to fingertip of

right hand, H. k'a'pot
faicn of deer, H. d'oi^he'wa.

1892.J

53

[Boas.

to fear somebody, N. wa'lipolo.

feared, N. gyi'lEin ; gyi'lEoikyas,
the one really feared.

to feast, N. knii'las ; kui'lastEms,
place where feasts are regularly
held; k"6'lsElas, people going
to a feast.

to give a feast, L. tle'la.

feathers, N k-a'mqua ; k'a'mquaq-
stalis, feathers on mouth on
heach.

N. H. ts'i'lkEm, coll. Is'kIIs'e'-

Iku ; ts'i'lkyEuipa, feathers on
top.

wing — ; L. p'E'tlEm.

to feel, N. H. p'e'Hula ; ia-'kiiis
p'e'Hiila'sd, bad to feel; H.
p'epeyo'k'a, to feel among
( — ak-a, among).

to fell a tree, H. tla'k-ama.

fellow, L. kyfi'gyiqa (?) ; —lot ; N.
gy5'ukl6t, tribe {= village fel-
lows).

fern, L. sa'kuam (Pleris aquilina);
— root, L. sa'kum.

H. ke'stEm.

to fetch fire, L. A. a'noa ; L. acano-
a'tlEn, / am going to — ; L.
ane'k-a, to fetch fuel.

few, L.b6'latlpeta'o( — petao, small).

to fight, to rnakewar, N. qo'mKtlEla.

to fight, L. kHu'q'uit.

against each other , H. ts'e'kalla.

always fighting, wiua'lagyilis.

fighting place, lia'koqtEms.

fin of whale, L. tla'kya ( — egya, back).

dorsal fin of fish, H. ts'E'mte-

gya ( — egya, back).

anal — , H. lEmtEoiua'tse.

pectoral — , H. k'a'lk'alk'Ein.

to find something unexpectedly, N. H.
tlo'k-oala, ; t/tis term, is used es-
pecially for meeting a supernatu-
ralbeing; 115'k'oe, what is found
unexpectedly.

to find while walking, N. k''ak-asky-

ina'la (see To walk); in songs:
tayukuina']a.

hand and fingers, L. k-oa'k'oaqtsane
( — tsaue, hand), H. k-( a'k-oaq-
skya'ne ( — skyaiie, hand), G.
HiHnaqsky'a-'ne ( — sky'iine,
Jtand).

first finger, L. ts'e'niala, H.G. ts'Ein.

second — , L. no'la (^elder brother),
H. k-'om, G. k-"a'qte.

third — , L.^a'li'aq,H.ssa'lo,G.sa'le.

fourth — , L. kn'et, H. kn'e'ta, G.
kyida'.

finger ring, L. k'e'k'atsqile, G. k e-
k-Elgya'ne.

fir, L. iaiaqpa'lamis ( — mis, tree),
H. aue'oas (:=fuel (?) ).

fire, N. He'k-ala ; Hek-ala'la ni'kye,
mountain is on fire ; L. N.
lE'k oitl, fire in house ; — qilala,
fire, flames; o'qilala, flames;
tu'qtlala, to jump into fire ;
LaiiHllala, kettle on fire (lian — ,
vessel); k'aHllalatse, great fire
(k-ai, much; — t>e, large);
te'qtlala, to fall into fire; H.
Qui'llEla, fire; lEgui'las, fire-
place ( — ill, in hou><e ; — as,
place); tqtla'lis, to jump into
fire ; G. Qulik( a'ge, fire ;
k'aiHilala, large fire ; iqila'la,
to jump into fire; qu'llQulta,
lightning ; kHa'kilaloda'lse, ket-
tle ( — atse, receptacle).

fire drill, L. a'nEk', A. ano'kn, H.
aiio'k.

base of fire drill, H. a\ 6'k (used
with ear wax) .

firm, immovable, N. a'latle ; ale's,
immovable in ground; ale'tl — ,
in house; sA^'i&'Em, firmness.

-first, N. gyil ; gyilgyila'itl, ancestor
{^ first of house) ; gya'lamus-
tala, salmon beginning first to
ascend the river; H. gya'la ;
gya'la'it, first time.

Co*s.)

54

[Nov. 18,

fish, H. nia'gyilis (see mea,', s ilmoii ;
— gyilis, earth = all).

sp ('?), Tl. t'o'iop.

sp (?), Tl. qo'ltsus.

fiithliiie, L. k"'a,lk-, H. k'unic'in.

for deep sea, L. niukia'noe, H.

niE'lEk.

fist, L. k"'oe'k"otsE'mae.

fi>:e, N. H. sky'a, G.sikyo'q; — round
objects. sikya'sk'Ein ; — long ob-
jects, sikytilsq.

fifteen, N. H. sky'a'gyu, G. sikya-
gu'u.

fifty, H. sky'a'ksuk, G. sikyapenk-'-
il'popena

fiagstaff, N. SEnlle'p'iq ( — p'iq,
pule).

flat land, N. A. otsa'lis, N. Neiiio-
kuisia'lis, alo7ie on flat, open
land.

flee, L. H. lopeatse.

floodtide. L. iu'nak'oa, H. iq'oit.

to flood, N. d'a'i a ; d'apali's, cov-
ered by tide; d'apE'ls, to flood
ground outnde of house

floor of house, N. — itl, H. m iil.

flower, L. k'oa'san.

sp. (?), a white — , H. k-di'k.

sp. (?). red and blue — , H.

niiits'e'k'ola.

to fly. It. tlana'k-ua, H. nia'iEla ;
ma'tea, to fly abooe s:)methiag ;
nia'taput, to fly below ( — poi,
below) ; ma'llmatEm, wings.

foam, N. aa'owe ; a'watse, large
foam {name of a place).

fog, It. p'E'lqEla, H. a'nk-oala, G.
a'nq'auk-oe (see Cloud).

food, H. hri'mts'inias(ham — , to eat);
lia'mts'aqtle'e, rest of food.

foolish, L. iiEDo'ld, N. no'ntlEm,
nEno'lo ; nolo'k'ame, greatest
fool {mythical name of porcu-
pine) ; Noloyuegyilis, fool in
middle of canoe on earth; Nu-
tlEmistalitsE'mk-a, female, all

around foolishness ( — ista,
around ; — tsEiu, — ness ; — k-a,
female^maie to walk around,
everywhere like a fool) ; Nii
tlk-aliigyilis, always acting like
a fool ; NuilnuilEli'kya, high-
est of all fools ; Nu'Uatla, sim-
ilar to a fool ; Nu'tlamd, born
a fool ; No'ntlEiugyila, mak-
ing foolish.

foot and leg below knee, N. gyfikoifi',
L. gyu'koae, H. kokue', G.
gyu'goe.

N. H. G. (6q)si'tpe ; o'pa-

t>eise, foot of an object; L.
ts'oqts-o-isi'tire, hoofs; oqilak-
si'tse, lieel ; H. aniEa'tltsitse,
skin of heels; yli'qsteHsitse,
dancing leggins ; k'uk'utsi'lsa,
skin of feet ; G. dzuqilzuqdzitsa,
dancing leggins.

forehead, N. — eoe, L. 6 'kweoG, /'>?•«-
head; aikya'oe {^^ good fore-
head) ; k"oatse'oe, scar on fore-
head ; ts'eqe'oe, dancing cap
(is'ek-a, secrets) ; Tl. yiqo'eoe,
dancing cap ; ll'esi'oe, skin of — ;
ni'si >ae, wolf's head mask for
Tlokonla; bk^i\'\A\}e, forehead on
sea ( — lie, on sea) ; H. G. tak-e-
ioa', forehead; H. k'a'keioa,
glabella {=^notch inforehead{1));
qape'ioa, 7iea'i presser (qape,
cradle) ; tl'a'k'oeioa, heudring
of cedar bark (il'ak-ok-, red) ;
lloqeioa'la, forehead is sick.

forest, It. a'llEn {= inland, behind),
H. k( a's.

foundation, N. ky'a'k-atla; ky'a'k-a,
— on stone ( — a, stone) ; ky'a'-
k'is, house founded in water
( — -is, in water), pile dwelling.

to founder, L. wuns'it.

four, N. H. niu, G. muQ.

fourteen, N. H. mu'agyu, G. mua-
gi'u.

1SS2.J

55

[Boas.

forti/, H. moksuk, G. mopEii k-'a'-
popEna, N. Mamo'skamEE'n-
koa, carrying four round ones.

fox, ichUe-taUed (?), H. mok-'uqt
(mo'k-oa, white; — qt, end of
body).

fragment, N. — tsEs ; Qua'kunatsEs,
— of canoe ; qa'lk-outsEs, — of
diah.

those free from Ts'etsa'ek'a, N. k-ue'-
k'utse.

my friend! N. k-ast.

to frighten, N. liawi'naila.

to be frightened, L. ts'E'ilkya.

frog, L. Tl. wok-'a'c, H. atsi'.

front, H. tl'as — ; tra-kam, — of
box, man ( — sk-aiii, outside sur-
face) ; lla'salse, painted front of
box; tla'sanoa, — of house,
island, round object.

fuel, L. lE'k-oa ; fireplace, lE'k-o-hl
(=fire in house).

full, L. H. G. k-o'uta ; H. k-6't'auq
gis ha'mhiiuisa, this box is full of
food.

to make fun of somebody, N. aa'mt-
lala.

to make fun of somebody' s icordi, N.
gua'k'wala.

funnel for mending kelp bottle, N.
ts'eis'EquiiiEi-a'wae.

furscal, L. N. qa'oa.

future, L. N. — tl ; ganE'mtl, — wife;
qua'kunatl, canoe that is mak-
ing.

G.

game of hoops, N. gya'nae, A. gyii'-

natala.
game (^children stand in a cii cle

around one who tries to make the

others laugh by tickling them),

A. Qua'ni.
gens, N. iiEm'e'mut.
ghost, L. N. bakuine'i (from Lakus,

man), la'leuoq ( — enoq, peo-
ple), H. loa'tl ; N. lolo'llalall,
ghost dunce ( — Litl, dance).

giant, N. he'itse {=^the great one;
— tse, great).

gills, L. k-'6'senae, H. g'u'ntse.

girl (about tweloe years old), L. kya-
ya'lam (= Utile woman), H.
g'aiiE'md.

to give, N. ts'a, H. tsoa'.

glabella, H. k-'akeioa' (k 'ak — ,
notch; — eioa., forehead).

to gnaw, N. ky'a'pa, H. gy'a'p'et^o.

to go, L. N. la — ; lo'otlto, — out of
C'inoe ( — ollt, out of canoe);
laqta'la, — out seaward ; la'lao-
tla, always going across ; Liqs,

— into canoe ( — qs, in canoe);
le'lstala, — around ( — istii,
around); latu'sela, canoe goes
downriver; latu'selagyilis, walk-
ing down river; G. lEti'tl, (o
enter ( — itl, in house); laqs, to
go into canoe; H. laai'il, to enter
( — itl, in house); laai'ila, to
carry into house ; laq-i'na. logo
through; la'qa, to go downward
( — aqa, down); leinakula, to go
moving toioards an object ( — iia-
kula, motion) ; toua', to walk ;
totsoa', ■ — over a plank ; lokoia',

— over a pile of planks.

N. g'5'lsElin laq John, 1 am

going to John.

to go to look for , N. — uiala ;

qna'qoakuia'la, — canoe; lia'-
nailaiala, — canoe = to go to
buy a canoe ; hamasuia'lagyilis,
always going about to look for
food.

go on ! L. wekia'a.

god, L. k'ants'o'urap (= our father);
k'ants amiqala'soe {whom ice
praise) .

good, L. N. aika, H. G. ain ; N.
aiuaka'la, good among others ;

Boiis.]

56

[Nov. 18,

e'igyitlala, good on ualer ;
ia'qsum, had; ia'kuini, cawse 0/
evil ; c'ikHim, cause of good
(lurk; etc.); eiknsoqsto'e, with
pretty eyes; eiky'es, sand
(= good beach); aiiip'aqsfa, to
speak good of one; H. aikHits-
kolis, good, flat beach; iakn,
bad; G. ainpa, good taste;
aiiip'a'la, good smeJl; a'lgy'Usm's.
sand (== good beach).

good-by ! L. altl'kyasla, H. wilc'-
Hseqa.

goose, L. nE'qak-.

grandfather, L. N. H. g'a'g-F.mp
(g-ag-a's, thy —), G. gag a'p.

grandson, N. L. ts'o'qtema (ts'6'-
qtlEiiia (?) ), H. ts'o'qtlEina.

granddaughter, N. ts'o'qteniakas
(ts'o'qtlEmak as (?) ) (— kas,
female), H. ts'o'qtlEmak -s
( — k-s, female).

to grasp, L. k-'o'e&atl, N. da'n'it, H.
tqsEme'.

grass, H. ky'e'tEm; N. ky'e'tokwis,
grassy place.

grave, L. teg\a'ya, H. tsuwi'k', A.
ala'k'.

of chief, A. Ik'ale'em.

in tree, H. ky'a'kqlailak' (see

Foundation).

graveyard, A. H. al'aia's (—as,
place of).

great, N. — Ise ; f-a'tse, great man;
he'itse, giant; Na'ntse, great
bear; na'k-atse, the great wise
one; (see Large); H. k-'ale'-
kyas, really great (see Mant/).

great among — , N. NEmke's'anall,
the greatest among the NimJcisJi ;
gyeqsEins'anall, the greatest
among the gye'qsKm.

great-grandparent, N. lie'lus.

great grandc7iild,N.he''\6gwirte(m.),
he'16gwinek-as (/.), H. tlellau-
Istoa.

great-great-grandfather, N. e'l'os.
grease of olachen, H. tle'na.
grebe, N. k-'o'tacj.
green, L. tlE'nqa, H. (c'(ia ; tc'qsEm,

green blanket,
ground, N. — gyis.
grouse, L. liomliom (?), Tl. ma'k-o-

als, H. nikyEls ( — als, in

woods (?) ).
group of, N. — qsEin ; t'ii'UoqsEm,

copperplates tied together; gye'q-

SEm, a grovp of chiefs.
to groic, N. k''< a'qa.
gum, L. k'oali'kii, Tl. k-'oa'k-oale,

H. kole'H.
gun, L. lia'ntlEtn (see Ai-row), N.

lia'naUaiala, to go to buy a gun,

G. kyidai'o.
gutts, H. ts'ei'E'in.
Oyimanoitq, G. Qana'ks'iala.
Gyitamat, H. G. Qaisla'.
Oyitamat language, G. awi'k5'ala,

= correct noise.

H.

Ilaida, H. Haida, G. Qa'C'daq.

to hail, L. Isi'lqa, N. tsi'lqniis, H.
tsE'lqpis {= knoicing to — ), G.
tsE'lqa.

hair, L. su'ya, G. H. si'a, L. N. H.
hap — ; L. hapa'qsteya, beard
(z= mouth hair); ba'pelik', eye-
lashes ; liapa'mtso, — in arm-
l)its ; liapEHsia', chin beard
(= tooth hail-); H. hapta'e,
beard (= mouth hair); lia'paq-
stoa, eyelashes ; lia'mtsoa, — in
armpits ( — tsoa, inside) ; G.
ha'biliH, eyelashes.

ha^f, L. nek'o'ioi (see Middle), H.
k"'a'Hse, N. so'ps'al, to cut in
half ; sops'a'lsa, to cut in half
in woods; sops'ali'sa, to cut in
half on beach; matls'ali'tla, to
dicide into two Jialves in house.

892.]

57

[I!oas.

half breed, N.ma'matl'atse {=young
of wldte man).

halibut, L. N. H. p'o'e,

dried, H. d'a'los.

fabulous, N. nEmHa'likyo.

Jialiotis, L. N. A. H. ai'Htsum ; N.
AiHlsumaMillilak', made — in,
house; AiHlf-umk'amlitl, cov-
ered with — in house; al'eiH-
tsEm, real — (?) ; A. Aintsum-
k"anak'.

Hamats'a, N. lia'mals'a, H. taiii's.

hammer, N. liky'ai'o.

, stone, L. N. pE'lpElk, H. p'a'-

yoq, qa'utse ; p'a'yoq t'e'sEm-
a'qa, the hammer is of stone.

hand {and fingers), L. k'oa'qoaq —
t?aiie, H. k'oa'k-oaqskyaiie
{hands); haia'so, G. ha'isu ;
L. N. — tsana, tsane ; kEm-
qotltsa'na. left — ; tl'e'stsane,
skin of — ; he'illkyults'a'na,
right — (= right opposite hand);
k''utfa'ne, scar on — ; t'at'i'q-
tsana, to scratch — ; H. G.
— kyane ; k'uk'uskya'ne, skin
of hands ; lia'itlkutkyane,
right — ; k'oqskya'na, to cut
off — /alHskyana'la, blood on — ;
owe'gyatlkya'ne, back of — ;
pak''allkya'ne, palm, of — ; G.
HiHnaqskya'ne, fingers; k-'e'-
k'Etgya'ne, ring,
to hang over rope, v. n., L. k'a'q'uit.

■». a., N. ke'Hoa ; k'e'us, wasJi

line (:^ place of hanging); k-'e-
Hustal, woman hanging wash
( — usta, up).

one's self, L. mo'kuaqot (moq,

to tie (?); — aqa, down),
to hang on to nail, L. te'kuitl ; N.
lek'uqsla'e, something hanging
down from mouth,
to make happen, N. k'oe'gyilisa.
happy, H. aikyek Ela' (see Good),
hard, L. p'e'isa.

PKOC. AMER. PniLOS. SOC. XXXI.

harelda glacialis, H. a'anak'.

harpoon for salmon, L ale'winoq,
k-atlaya (k-atla'yo (?) ), H. ts'-
a'kyEm.

double point of — , H. kqpa

= notch point.

shaft of — , H. nia'siutl.

sealing harpoon, N. masto.

hat, L. N. tlEtE'iiitl ( — Etiill, head
cover), H. k a'it ; N. gye'k amll,
chief's hat ( — gye, chief); yiq-
u'mll, head mask (= dancing
head cover); H. ll'E'kj'imtl,
wooden hat for war.

to hate (see Envy), N. tle'selasue,
the hated one; luVinakyalaso,
the hated one ; lie'nakyala, to
hate, to slander (?).

hau-hau, H. ha'ok'baok-.

to have, N. aqno'kuale, he has it;
— nuk, having; Metla'lanuk,
having east wind; KoaHilano'-
'k.Mue, having smoke = who always
gives away smoke.

head, L. Qums, H. G. liainte ; H.
— k'ea ; k'uskxa, skin of head ;
tl'oqk'ea'le, head is sick ; tak'-
kea'la, head cover; k-'a'tsoa-
k ea, croicn of — ; tso'sk'ea,
dried head.

to cut off head, L. k a'n'it ; L.

N. k'a'gyik', head cut off ; N.
qaue'k% head cut off.

head ring of cedar bark, Tl. k-age-
ma'la lla'k'oq, H. tl'a'k-oeioa
( — eioa, forehead) ; N. Yiqunui'-
lakilak', made to uxe Iiead dress.

head presser, H. qape'ioa (qap'e,
cradle; — e'loa, forehead).

head, top of a thing, N. o'qtle.

of river, N. 6g3eqt6e.

of land, cape, N. 6'kuitEme ;

O'kuitEmalis, — on beach.

to hear, H. lia'nmetl, k-a'uwatEla ;
k-a'wat'Es, witli good power of
hearing.

140. H. PRINTED MARCH 37, 1893.

Bofts.l

5S

[Nov. 18,

heart, L. no'k'c, N. nu'k'ae, H.

wa'slKiiia.
heaven, Tl. 16'ua, nii'hi, A. lEua' ;

N. lE'uagyila, heaven maker,

name of the raven,
heavy, H. goio'k*.
heel, L. oqtlaksi'tse ( — sitse, foot),

H. oqtlfi'tlmoa.
hemlock, L. tlE'iiEk-, Tl. koa'q, H.

16'koas.
hermaphrodite, H. koa'lk'.
herring, L. H. wa'ne; H. waii'ne-

gyila, where herring use to

come.

roe, fresh and dried, H. aa'nt.

rake, L. tleia'io

to hew with axe, L. N. so'pa ; so'paio,

axe ( — aio, instrument) ; H. k'6'-

koa.
to hide, L. wu'na.
high, L. N. ai'ky'a, H. aiky'e (see

Above),
high water, L. t'E'tspEme ; H.

iqoe't, it is flood ; iqume', it is

high water,
hill, gently sloping, L. aikaiHeu (see

High),
to hit, L. k-'u'pa.
to hold by ear, N. ni'sa.
hole, L. ko'qsoala, N. gua'qoe ; H.

giia'p, torn, no piece missing ;

lopla', a piece missing (see

Empty),
hoof, L. ts'oqtsoqsi'tse ( — sitse,/o(?<;

distributive), H. kskina'tl.
hook, L. k-'e'taio, tla'k'aio, H. ka'-

llaio, ak"s.
horn, H. wiUlE'm.
house, L. N. Tl. gyo'k ; N. gyigyo'-

qtse, large house; gyoqsi'wae,

house at mouth of river ; gyoq'-

Enqe, house on edge ; gyoqlEinp,

village site; gyogyokonullEin-

ala, houses on both sides; H.

gok'; Gk gyu'kuila, to make — ;

gy uQtlis, house at mouth of river;

gyuQstais, house is in water;
gyok, also : winter village.

house with many sUps, Tl. tso'ya-
yuk-.

Tl. — tsEiiis, 6 uatsE'ms, large

liouse.

on piles, N. ky 'a'k'is = founded

in water.

housefellow, G. wa'oitl.

inside of — , house floor, — ill ;

N. ts'al'ilEla, to run into house;
to'witl, to jump — ; d'o'qulila,
to look — ; wa'wakuliila, to
bark — ; k-eiyeqsta'litl, carry-
ing in month in house ; mo'tsiil,
chief's wife = keeping from floor
blankets; ku'iiiHelaliil, clean
house; lE'k'oill, flre — ; han-
i'tl, kettle on floor ; d'o'k'oitlila,
to look into — ; lo'pitl, empty — /
laai'ila, to carry into — ; laai'tl,
to enter ; G. g'oa'itl, to sit in — ;
■wa'oitl, house mate.

Jiumming bird, H. koa'kiimta.

hundred, G. skyoQ bEgua'aum =
five men.

hungry. N. L. po'sk-a ; p6sk-anl5tl,
1 am — to you ; H. G. po'es
( — es, inside of 7nan) ; N. pawe'-
tsit, one whom the hungry ask for
food.

to hunt deer, H. k a'k'amela (see
Deer).

to hurt one's foot. L. ia'lelkoa.

hunting box for canoe, N. 6'tsaqs
(— qs. in canoe).

husband, L. H. tla'wunEin.

I.

I, N. H. G. no'gua ; N. yin.

ice, L. N. H. G. tl'oq.

Indian, N. ba'k'um, G. bEgua'niim

(=r men).
of inland, N. La'qolis, N. H.

a'llasimiu (a'lla, inland).

8 ]

59

[Boas.

infant, N. wi'sa, G. qabQ (see Cra-
dle).

inland, N. a'tla ; atla'leuoq, inland
people = wolves.

inside, N. ot?a, olso' ; la'tsiit, gyi'-
tsot, to put flat object into a b'>x ;
llE'nQ(sut, to put long object i'lto
a box ; Hi'lqtsut, to put blanket,
sJiirt into a box ; k'apa'tltsut, to
put round thing into a box;
aqtsu't, to put nnythinq into a
box; kya'lso, it is in box, lil
closed ; kyetso'mo, kya'iaqlle-
mo, it is ia box, lid opened ;
liapa'mtso, Jiair ia armpits;
ts'iHtsa'la, headache ; Tl. gya'-
qtsoa, to enter ; H. o'tsoa, in-
side; gye'isot, to put into; tuQ-
tsoa, to jump into; lou'mtsoa,
empty inside; la'isoa, to enter ;
lia'mtsoa, hail' in, armpit.

a second thing innide a larger

one, N. he'l'o ; hel'ulsa'ls, a
small house in a larger one ; he'-
r utso, a small lake in a larger one.

of mouth, N. awetlqa'oe.

of salmon, birds, N. awitse'.

of man, H. ovva'qtG, N. — is;

se'ilis, snake in belly ; H. — is ;
lope's, hungry {= inside empty).

corner, N. d'ne.

instep, H. "wi'gyallsi'lse = back of
foot.

instrument, N. H. — aio.

interstices of fingers, H. 6vvaqts'E?a'-
wa.

inventor (see Councilor), N. kue'q'-
enoq ; Kuekuaqa'oe, great — .

to invite, N. a'elsesta, to invite all
around to feast ; k'o'stitses, to
invite guests arriving in canoes
to land.

inland, L. N. makya'la, distr. maa'-
mkyala ; me'mkumlis, islands
opposite village ; H. tl'ekya'e.

at low water peninsula, H. weq-

tlai's.

J.

jaw, lower, H. wunk'eaqte (=: edge

of mouth).

joint. H. aqak"'E'in.

blue jay, L. ku'ckuc, H. koa'elEqs.

joint, H. kqta (notch (^.) ).

juice of berries, L. saa'k-, H. k-oe-

le'd.
to jump, L. N. tu'q'uit ; N. lu'qwiils,

to jump upon ground; to'witi,

— into house ; tu'qsta, — into
water; luqtla'la, — into fire;
"EL. tQua'lnt, — towards; tQtla'-
lis, — into fire; tqu'neqaut,

— along; Iq'oa'qa, — down;
iQ'o'iltsoa, — out of; tqsi'oa,

— through; tQsd'steoa, — up;
tQi^ta, — into ioafer ; tQtsoa,

— into ; G. tqui't ; tqtla'lis,

— into fire ; tqsta, into water.
{salmon), G. I'a'lema.

K.

to keep on, to continue, N. ia'la.
kelp, L. pripokTia'nim, H. wa'wate.
kettle, N. hani'll, — on floor ; ha'-

nHtlala, — on fire ( — Htlala,

fire); H. G. gy'antlalo'talse

( — atse, receptacle).
wooden, L. k*'o'latPe ( — atse,

receptacle), H. ky'etla'll, G.

kyeba'tse.
to kick, L. koa'c'it; H. k'a'naqEit,

— with toes; tse'qoit, — icith

heels,
killed, N. ky'e'lagyuk'.
to kill, H. Elq, tliitlala', N. halqa ;

balai'o, Tneans of killing ; halq-

siua'lis, killing on land at mouth

of river ; ha'lq'alnoq, murderer;

ha'lqagyilak', made to kill;

halqabo'e, killing underneath,
killer whale, L. N. Tl. niii'q'enoq

(= knowing to pursue secretly),

A. ha'lqaainoq. H. G. ba'lq'-

Boas. J

CO

[Nov. 18,

enoq {= murderer) \ H. ha'lq'-

aino'Quilak'oe, killer kettle ;

\\&'\(\' iiWiik' ,jpaiiitcd killer wliale.
kindly, N. e'ikyala (^= good noise ;

see Happy) ; kek-aka'lis, a

dance sail to mean: every one

kind to him.
knife for cleaning skins, L. ky'au-

■wai'o, H. k-auwai'o.

fis7i, knife, H. k-qtsEtii.

pocketknife, H. qtai'5, G. k-et-

k-ta.

large, L. gyTi'qola, G. ts'u'tla.

of hawinalatl, k-'a'nilaio.

stone knife, H. iiEbai'o.

knot on tree, N. k-5'k'oa ; k'ok'oq-

p'e'kye, — on lower part of tree

(= knot on shinbone ; — p'e'kye,

sMnbone).
to know (see To hear), L. k"'a'tlam,

N. k-a'la ; k'a'lamoil, he — it ;

k"a'lak"olits, the world knows;

H. k-'ao'tlno'gua, I know it.

Ida 7iot know, H. Ho'ta.

knowing everything on earth (see

Story), nu'qnemis (see Wise.

Name of the animals in, myths),
knuckle, H. 6k-oia'.

labret, H. k'a'tqtala (— qta, mouth).

lake, L. tsa'latl, H. g'a'iis.

lame, H. d'E'mkoa.

lance, N. wi'llpa ( — pi, point).

land, N. — gyas, — lis, — gyilis, H.
wa'q'uis.

to land, L. H. la'gyilis (= to go to
land), L. a'llestcH Qua'k'un,
the canoe lands.

language (see To speak), H. k"'om-
Hsluakya'la, white man's lan-
guage (noise); G. awi'Uyala,
Gyit'amat language = correct
noise.

large, L. N. wa'las ; wa'lasila, to

gioe fifty blankets to each in pot-
latch (= to make large); avvo'-
gyoq, large house; Tl. 6'nias ;
ornalsE'ms, large house; G.
ao'mas , H. k"'e'kyas, k-'aie'-
k^-'as (^ really large, much) ;
k-'etsoa', large water; k"'eH-
tla'li, large fire; N. k-'e'qllala,
large fire; k-'antlalatse, place
of great fire ; (k-'G'kyena, many
on drifting log).

large, N. — tse; gyo'ktse, large house;
gyig\5'qtse, distr. large houses;
Quu'Quaku'natse, large canoes;
K. K'o'tilse, large one pointing
to earth.

last, H. wala'qtle ( — qlle, hind) (see
Daughter).

to laugh, H. da'ilila; datltsE'm,
laughter ; G. da'lla.

Haunch canoe, 1a. wiqstEn Qaqua'-
kun.

lazy, N. L. k-'a'msa ; L. k''a'aiSEU,
lam — ; K. K'Ti'msiatle, — on
top; H. kysk-tls.

to lead haynats'a around after Tsd'-
ek'a, N. wii'lek'a.

leaf, L. paa'k" ; paa'kMiiis, maple
(^ leaf tree); H. meme'eqllao,
G. qa'k'um.

to learn, N. g a'golTa ; g agotlii'-
niima, I come to learn (see To
hear).

to leave, L. pa'o.

left, L. k-Emqotltsana ( — tsana,
hand), H. k'EiiiEqa'ot ; k'EuiE-
qa'otlna, left side of body ( — na,
body); G. adzgyut ( — gyut, op-
posite).

leg below knee, N. 6'p'ekye, — p'e-
kye ; k-'ok'oqp'ekj'e, swelling
on shinbone ; H. k-'6'spegya,
tl'e'iregya.

above knee, L. onutsa'qste

( — nut«, side; — q'^te, bottom),
H. asa'notsEqtle ( — nots, side;

1802.]

61

I Boas.

— qtle. liiiid), — tamo ; koak--

ta'maluk, liaving splint in leg ;

k'uk'usqta'mo, skin of legs above

knee; G. kyukqota'moa. knee,
leggins, H. le'tElqts'oa ; G. dzudzu-

qtsi'tsa, dancing — (lsitsa,/oc»0-
let us not! N. koa'laHits.
lid of box, N. kok-etaya'no, gyi'-

SEqstal.
to lie down, L. kuli'll ( — itl, in Jiouse);

H. ka'lkuill, lying person,
to lie down to sleep, H. la'Hstaill

( — itl, in houu).
to lie on back, L. netle'tsd, N. d'e'-

kyatla ; D'eikya'la, lying on

back on sea; d'e'intlala, lying

on back in fire.
to tell a lie, N. tle'lkoala, H. k'e'-

ik"us.
light, N. na'k'ula ; na'qnaikya, day

by day {1); Naqnaaisilao'k'oa,

making the earth always lighted ;

Na'qnaikyim, making light ;

naqnaais, earth being always

lighted ; na'k-oatlaio, means of

giving light ; Na'qaaikyimgyi'-

lak', made light maker,
to light fire, L. H. lEk-ue'la.
light {not heavy), H. k'us.
lightning, L. tlEue'quit, G. Qu'lt-

quta (see Fire),
lips, H. sali'qte (— qte, mouth),
liquid, L. ia'qa.
to listen, N. H. k-a'watEla, G. k-a'-

tEla (see To hear),
lioer, H. U'Egye's.
to load canoe, L. rnii'wa, N. mo'qsEla
( — qs, in canoe), H.la'qsut ( — ut,

V. a.), G. wa'mEqsut ; wa'mo-

lltut, to unload ( — oilt, out of
canoe ; — ut v a.),
to lock, L. {.a'k'Emt.
locked, L. koe'ilkient.
log, N. I'Ena'e (?) ; H. ya'k-oe, drift-
wood ; p'uqoai, a log always
drifting on same j)lace.

long, L. N. gyi'lla ; N. gyilta'la,
— river ; gyilte'ill, — house;
gyi'lsgyiltEm, longheaded peo-
ple ; H. G. gyilt.

mouth of long shape, N. ts'e'k*-

atla.

in composition xcith numerals,

N. H. G. — tsq.

long ago, L. H. k'aiu'Llutl ; H. k"ai-
u'tlutl'ats, in reference to invis-
ible objects.

to look, L. N. H. G. do'quit; N.
doi'ok'ala, — among; do'-
quitla, — into Jiouse; doqtsas-
taitlEla, he was — ing into house;
doqsEmaintlak, / — after; H.
doqoqtla'la; — back ( — qtla,
hind; — la, v.); d5k"oitli!a, — in-
to house ; dok'oaqala, — down ;
d5qsistala, — all around ; doq-
sostewala, — up ; G. duindu'k--
qk'a, — among.

vp, L. eikyak'E'iriHit (=; to

make face up), G. Ha'tEla.

down, L. pEnk'E'niHit (= to

make face down).

along, H. koe'k'a ( — k-a, reach-
ing towards).

loon, H. ba'tla.

to lose, H. tekoso't.

loud, N. ha'sEla (see Council), H.
ia'ky'ek'la (= bad noise).

louse, L. k en, H. ga'ina.

to louse, L. k''u'lla.

low, H. DE'qwas.

low voice, N. aO'laknila ; ao'lak'-
oak'awaso, the one speaking with
lowest voice ( — k'awa, extreme;
— s5, participle).

low, the lowest house of a row along
river, N. gua'pe.

low water, L. ky'a'ts'aias, H. tl'o'-
palis.

lungs, H. Qu'sa.

lynx, K. wa'lasHE (= large tooth)
( — SHE, tooth).

Boas. ]

02

[Nov. 18,

M.

made of —, N. — tSEs ; I'e'sumlsEs,

made of stone,
to make, N. H, — gyila ; N. 5'ma-
gyila, to make chief lainess ;
he'iligyilik-ala, always wanting
to cure (^hH'n]—, right); wa'tuim-
gyila, de'ith; ha'mgyila, to feed;
lE'wagyila, heaven maker;
ha'lqagyilak', made a murderer ;
K'oe'gyilak', made a whale;
T'e'sumgyilak', made stone;
k-oe'gyilisa, to make something
Jiappen; — ila ; tE'msila, to beat
time; H. a'mgyiln, to cook;
— guila; gd'guila, to make house;
viVgViWixk', painted eagle ; — ila ;
halq'ailak', painted killer whale;
tle'Huila, to make mat ; G. gyu'-
guila, to make house.

to make fire with fire drill, H. sEla'.

man (homo), N. H. l)Egua'num ; N.
bKg' ii'B,ma?i in woods; baql a'k',
eating human flesh ; baqbaku'l-
all, always eating human flesh ;
Baqbakualanusi'wae, always
eating hinnan flesh at mouth of
rioer ; bEgya'sit, widower ; ba'-
guala, to talk (man); ba'bakum,
youth; H. bEgiia'uumkyaso, a
real man; bgua'la, to talk (man);
bgope's, a talker.

man (tir), H. G. we'sEm; Bilqula' s
we'sEui, a Bilqula man.

enoq, N. laqs'Entae'noq, who

knows to cut up.

many (see Much, Great, Large), N.
k-'e'iiEm ; k'e'kyes, eating
much; k'ak 'e'ky'ein, I try to
eat much; kayE'nkui, many in
hand; k'aai'ie, many in him;
k-'e'kyeiia, many on a log of
driftwood; k'ai'uq, precious;
H. k-'ai'DEm; k-'aintla'la,
much fire; kykie'i, many things
0 drift ; k-'e'kyals, large.

maple, L. paa'k-mis (^= leaf tree).

married, H. liu'isk'.

martin, L. N. tlE'k-Ek-, Tl. tlu'k-ik-,

H. iuE'5.llk'an.
martin blanket, N. tlE'k oqsEin, H.

ma'mastlkoil.
mask, L. N. H. yi'qamtl (yiq— ,
dance ; — amtl. head cover) ; H,
lia'lqamtl, killer whale mask
(lia'lqa, to kill); ni-i'uae, small
wolf's mask for Tlokoala, worn
on head ( — luae, forehead);
nau'alak- {general term for danc-
ing implements),
mast, L iau'apEk-, H. yai'uaspek-,

G. yu'p'iq {wind pole),
mat of bleached cedar bark, N. gyi'-
tsus.

diagonal, L. N. G. tle'we, H.

tle'oa ; tle'Huila, to make mat.

diagonal with black stripes, N.

tsa'tsaeuq.

for salmo7i, N. yipelo'.

of bulrushes, N. kule'e.

strands parallel to rim, N. tsa'-

kuitl.
me, N. gja'qEn.
meat, L. Elts.

medicine, L. patii'E, H. e'qsa.
to mend, N. liai'atlila (= to make
right); Hai'allilak-as, mending
woman,
to meet, N. kyi'mk'a ( — k*a, reach-
ing towards), H. ba'ko.
to melt, ice melts, L. j a'qetla tloq.
menses, H. e'qenta.
middle, N. i.a'k'aualis ; na'k'otleua,
the — one; na'k-elta, — on
water ; na'k'otleoisEn s na'la,
middle of sky ; riak'o'yuille,
— in something on sea ; L. na-
k'e'kie, midnight; oEk a'la,
noon; N. gyu'iue, the middle one ;
gyu'iulis, middle one of all;
o'yue, the middle one in canoe;
noloyuegyilis, fool in middle of
canoe on world.

lsq2. 1

63

[Boas.

midnight, L. nak'e'kie (see Middle),

H. k''a'ikya, G. k-'a'sk"amiya

(k-'a'stisa, noon),
mild, N. iantlEme'U, made — {in

song),
milt, H. d'E'lgyim.
mink (Putorius vison), L. N. mEtsa',

Tl. H. ko'na, G. kuna'q ; N.

Khch, in tales (probably bor-
rowed from the Coast Salivh

k'a'iq); N. K. Tl. name in

myths : tle'sElagyila, sun maker,
to miss, L. tle'k'oa.
monster in sea, L. ia'kHini (= cause

of evil), H. ia'knis (= evil in

sea),
moon, L. mu'k'ola, A. H. no'si, G.

gyidzo'a ; A. i7i myths K^e'lo-

yak'arae = the first one.
morning, L. na'n'it (= light), H.

wi'oU, k'oa'k'aai'la, G. na'q-

koa.
mortar, H. mEkoa'tse ( — atse, recep-
tacle),
mosquito, H. k-'a'eqa.
mother, L. N. abE'mp, H. G. alio'uk,

N. L. at {said by children), H.

ma'ma {said by children),
motion, N. H. — nakula ; N. ma'na-

kula, to swim {^= fish motion'} ;

K''oaiEna'kula, getting rich;

H. leina'kula, to go toward ;

tiana'kula, bark breaker;

k'okEna'kula, axe (see To hew);

k-eina'kula, to go straight ahead.
to go far off moving, knii'sEtla

(see Far),
mountain, L. ni'kye {borrowed from

Nootka (?) ), A. k-"5k-s, H.

g'o'guis, G. wawe's.
with snow on top, H. nask'Em-

a'la (na'e, snow; — sk'Em,

round thing).
goat, L. mE'lqtlo, H. G.

ts'ak"; ts'a'k-gyila, where

many — .

mountain kid, H. memE'ntl.

blanket, L. N. pElpElask-E'm,

H. ts'atsaqka'utl.

tallow, N. ia'sEk'.

mouse, N. L. gyigya'tsk', A. tsa'mi,
H. askyii'nek'qs {female).

mouth, L. N. A. H. G. sums ; N.
— qste , tl'e'tsEqstc, skin of —
(a'oaqste, mouth); ak'aqstalis,
with open mouth on beach (ak* — ,
open mouth) ; pE'nkyutaqsie,
chin (=: below opposite moulh);
te'kuqsta, carrying in mouth ;
na'laqstala, carrying day in
mouth; k'amquaqstalis, feath-
ers in mouth on beach; ha'paq-
steya, beard; ekyut'eqsten,
palate {= above oppoi-ite mouth);
H. — qtae ; hil'pqtae, mus-
tache; bitqta'la, a cod; hasq-
ta'la, council; saliqie, lips;
k'atqta'la, labret ; po'qtae,
omophagus ; qtlqta'e, pipe stem ;
tl'oqta'la, sick at — ; agya'qlala,
to scold.

opcnmouth, N. ak* — ; a'k'ell, — in
house; ak'aqslalis, with open
mouth on beach.

inside of mouth, L. N. — ellqa'oe ;
N. tl'elsellqa'oe, skin — ; wa'-
pellaqd'ya, saliva; H. tl'oqoe-
tlaqaua'la, sick — .

mouth of river, N. a'biwe ; — siwae ;
hanHsi'wae, canoe at — ; gyo'q-
si'wae, house at — ; tliqsi'wae,
clover root at — ;tsaisupalbi'wae,
river mouth dammed up; ha'lq-
siuiilis, killing on land at mouth
of river ; H. K*'omn&iwa, Eu-
ropeati {rich at mouth of rive?');
G. wasta's ; gyuQtlis, house
at — ; N. kwa'k dmaxla, facing
mouth of river; kwa'kyutis,
shorter one of two points at
mouth of river {compare: gua — ,
north ; guape, tfie lower one on

Boas.]

64

[Nov. l.«,

river; — kyut, opposite; — is,

land),
to put into mouth, N. k*'a'sEla ;

woqsEm k*'a'SEla, — from both

sides,
mouth full of water, N. hama'la (see

To eat),
to move, change home, N. k'o'stis.
to move head trhile dancing, N. Qua'-

nek-a ; gye'sEla {in songs.)
to move wildly, to boil {water), N.

p'o'Ieqola.
murderer, N. kue'qagyila {^killing

with club) ; ky'e'laky'enoq.
muskrat, kyilix'k'.

N.

nail of finger, L. N. G. ts'E'mts'Em,
H. ts'Euits'E'mk'ame.

name, N. tle'qk'am ; Ue'k'ala, to — ;
llallik-ela'lait, every one — s
him ; a'nkoaqtlas? what is your

— ? tlek-atE'ntlas Na'ntse, my
name is Na'ntse.

nape, L. a'wape, H. k'oa'kHkEne.

narrow, L. ama'piioq I'e'Hila, nar-
row {small) road.

navel, L. k"EtEl6'k'oitse, H.po'klse,
G. pE'tsdze.

near, L. H. nEqoa'la.

nearly, ha'lsEla — ; ha'lsEla'inia
we'tsEm, / was nearly not in
time.

neck, L. k-'6'k"'on ; N. oqtlaa'loe,
posterior part ; oqa'oe ; — qaoe,
anterior part; H. k*'ok''6'ne ;
— qtioa ; petsEqa'oa, wind pipe ;
k''6tsaqa'oa, collar bone; k''o-
k'oqa'oa, Adam's apple ; trak*-
qa'oa, neckring of bark; tlo'-
qoaqaola, — is sick ; — skyena,

— posterior part ; tlo'qoaskye-
na'la, — is sick.

neckring of Ha' mats' a, Tl. tla'kak-,
A. k-'fi'lamotl.

needle. L. k''Rna'i6, H. k'oa'qpa
( — P"> point). ■

for macerating bark, A. H.

tl'akoa'ne.

nephew, L. N. Hole', H. Ho'eI.

nest of bird, H. siwa'tse ( — atpe, re-
ceptacle) ; k-Elqaila'ti«e.

7iet {various kinds), A. tlakim, qa'-
ulEm, N. gyigy'e'tlEin, H.
yik"qk', k''okHoayai'6.

nettles, N. ts'E'ntsEiiqtlEm.

new, L. ii'ilisEm.

neiDS, N. is'e'tlwala (see Famous).

to nibble, L. k-'eni'ttsao.

niece, L. N. llole'k'as.

night, L. k-a'nuU, H. nekk, G. ga'-
nutl ; L. nEk'e'kie, midnight.

nine, N. H. G. muwo's.

nineteen, G. mouasgi'u.

ninety, G. mopEnkyask-'iT'popEna.

no [i, wi, ky'e], N. wi, not ; ky'e,
ky'e'us, no, none ; wi'lok% none
{obsolete) ; wi'Eiuk" 'asEla'soqtis,
with what he was not satisfied ;
■wi'k'as, wi'k''asEla, not to hate
enough; wi'utl, not to get what
one wants ; v> e'kyae, not quite
full { — kyae, top of box) ; wi'-
tsEm, not in time; wlo'sukuila,
making that there is no time to
escape; ia'qsum, bad; H. ky'e,
no; iakH, bad; G. we'ilimas,
weak.

it is not right, N. o'tsatla.

7ioise, N. H. — ala ; N. ba'quyala,
summer song (ba'qus, time when
no ts'etsa'ek'a is held) ; ts'e'-
k'ala, ts'etsd'ek a song; k'oe'-
k'oaqala, raven's voice; lia'sEla,
loud; kua'kunqs'ala, council;
haua'q'ala, baton; sa'oltala,
noise of falling objects ; tleana'la,
noise of falling to pieces; qE'-
nt'ala, to snore; dE'nqEla, to
sing ; H. tl iisa'la, bad tempered ;
tle'qala, to beat time; liai'lala,

1892.]

65

[Boas.

to scold ; ke'q'ala, noise of saw ;
G. Gue'tala, Tsimshian lan-
guage; H. — k-oala; N. 1s6'-
k'oala, noise of dancing apron ;
ao'lak'ula, lowvoice ; gyo'qgjo-
k'oala, noise of breaking; H.
aikH'ek'ula, good noise; G.
Heiltsa'k-oala, Eeiltsuk lan-
guage ; N. H. G. — kyala ; N.
he'ikyala, noise ; kumleqkyala,
noise; ts'e'koikyala, voice of
gull; ha'inakj'^alaso, hated ;13..
k"'omHsiuakyala, white man's
language ; ky'e'kyala, wooden
trumpet; G. awi'kyala, correct
language.

noise, N. H. ku'nqula ; N. Ku'm-
kumleqa'tse, name of rocks near
Ft. Rupert = noise place ; H.
kunqla'lis, noise place.

noon, L. nEk-a'la, H. k''a'ek-ea, G.
k''a'stisa.

Nootka Sound tribe, N. Tse'qtlis'atq.

north, N. gua'e, gua'lse ; guae'noq,
northern tribe ; H. all'E'l.

north wind, Tl. qaio'tl, A. yuya'la-
nok*.

nose, L. iii'nts'as, H. nniak, G.
Huma'q, N. — itlpe ; L. kwa'-
willpe, perforation of septum ;
N. tl'e'tsitlpe, skin of — ; H.
— illpa ; u'itlpa, bill ; tloqoetl-
pe'le, nose is sick ; tlE'nk-oitlpa,
point of — ; k'oa'k'oiilpa, per-
foration of septum.

nose ornament, Tl. kyu'kuis.

upper part of nose, H. dwak'a'ois.

nostril, H. Hi'uts'as (see Nose).

not, N. ky'e, G. ky'u.

notch, N. kaq ; k-aqaqlla', with two
points ; H. k'aqde, notch of ar-
row.

novice in forest, N. gyi'egyila
(=zmaking chief) ; d'e'k'Ematla;
tse'tlEla, — after his return
from the forest.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI.

O.

obsidian (?), Tl. tsk'uls.

ocean, N. H. tl'a'sak* ; llask-e'noq,
people of — ; tla'tlasik'oala, those
on — ; L. a'owekH, foam (?).

cesophagus, H. po'qtae (see Mouth).

often, N. — PES ; dok-ula'psEntlak-,
I see him — ; ts'Eqk"'a'pESEn, 1
am — sick; — Elk-; ts'Eqk-'-
E'lEk'En, / am — sick (see Ex-
pert).

oil, L. k'El?, H. tle'na.

olachen, N. H. tta'qun ; H. tsa'quila,
where — is always dried ; N.
ts'E'ml'Ek-, half dry; -wi'ot'En.

old man, N. k-'n'Mak"^, L. Do'uias ;
N. NomasE'nqelis, the oldest on
earth ( — Enq, edge);!!, no'mas.

old woman, L. N. H. tlEkua'ne.

old, L. k-e'ioll.

old {inanimate objects), N. k'a'lla
(see Long ago).

O'mamis, name of a place.

on,(l) — long object, N. G. o'kyena ;
N. k-'e'kyena, many on log ; G.
goa'kyena, to sit on long object.

(2) — flat object, N. o'tsue ;

k-a'sEltsue, to walk — ; goa'-
tsaoas, settee ; H. 5'tsoa; totsoa',
to walk over plank; goa'tsoa,
to sit on plank ; goa'tsaitl, to sit
on bed in house ; G. ka'ltsoa,
to walk on plank.

(3) — round object, N. ok'une.

(4) — a pile {on surface),

H. — llala ; dla'qolallEla, to
stand on planks ; goa'latlEla, to
sit on planks.

once, L. iiE'mp'ana.

one, N. nEmo'k'; NEm5'kuis, the
only one ; NEmo'kyustalis, the
only one who came up out of
ground ; H. niEn ; G. UOQ ;
raiskEui, one round object;
mitsq, — long object; mE'n-

140. I. PRINTED APRIL 17, 1 S93.

Boas.]

66

[Nov. IS,

Kqtla, — cup ; mEntsq, twenty
(one man).

one another, N. G. — ap ; N. ni;ik--
fi'p, to throio — ; G. alqa'p, to
kill — .

one eyed, H. k'oa'qsto.

only; N. 5 'ma.

open., N. ak' — ; ak'sla'Ia, open box;
ak a'tla, open mouth; a'k'etl,
open mouth in house; aqstu't,
to open.

opposite, N. — kyut ; nEqkyu'tis, the
one — outside; nEqkyii'la, —
rocky place ( — a, stone) ; nEq-
kyu'litl, — in house ; kwakyu'-
lis, the shorter one of two points
at mouth of river ; L. pE'nkyu-
taqste, chin (= below opposite
mouth) ; e'kyut'eqsteu, palate
(= above opposite mouth) ; hei-
tlkyuUsana, right hand (aright
opponte hand) ; K''6uikyu'iis,
rich one opposite on land ; H.
— kot ; liai'llkothia, right side of
body ; liai'ilkotkyane, right
hand; G. — kyul, adzkyut,
left side.

orator, G. ba'llEqtEqs.

ornament of ear, H. mo'koato,
distr. mu'mkoato ( — alo, ear;
mok, — tied (?) ).

other side of, !>. N. apsut, — sul ;
k'oi'sut, /ar other side.

otter, L. Tl. qu'mti, H. k'u'la ; G.
kutlsk'e'qta ; H. ky'a'ma, —
young.

overhanging, N. tla'k-'anuk.

our, N. sins.

outside, N. H. — us, is ; N. bEg'u's,
man in forest; aq'a'ikus, blood
on ground outside ; H. l]6'k"'us,
country bare of plants ; N. H.
— lis, kIs ; N. tu'qwuls, to
jump vpongroiind outside ; kui'-
iials, to fall — ; d'apic'ls, to flood
ground; L. Iti'wils, outside;

tsEqtsEtkoa'ls, swamp ; H. d'o-
k-olisEla, to look out of house;
k'usE'ls, wolf.

out of, L.N. — otll ; lo'otlto, to go out
of canoe ; k'o'qothsut, to take off
blanket; m. — otltsoa ; iQo'tltsoa,
to jump — : so'Utsot, to takeout
of box ; gyaqoiltsoa, to come — .

outside of house, H. G. — aqse ;
ts'oa'qse, heraldic column; go-
a'qse, to sit — ; G. go I'qse, to
sit — ; ky'ii'taqsut, to paint — .

outside of whole body, N. o'gwitae.

outstretched legs, N. ile'is {^^Cormo-
rant Island).

over, N. — llane ; k-a'tsellane, to
walk over log ; G. — llna ; k-a'-
tlna, to walk over log.

owl, H. tHtHni.

paddle, L. slwa'io, H. g'au'ma.

to paddle, L. N. se'quit ; N. lie'-
mEnatlEn se'qoa, / always — ;
H. g'au'sa.

pain ceases, N. 6'mal'et.

to paint, L. ky'ii'ta ; ky'a'taio, brush,
pencil; H. ky'a'ta ; ky'a'i'e-
noq, painter; ky'a'taqsut, to
paint outside of house; ky'ii'tl-
SEmt, to — outside of house ; ky'-
a'tgyot, — inside of box.

paint, white for face, L. k-uE'q.

red for face, L. k'ums, H.

gums.

black for face, H. ts'o'tsEtlEmk.

palate, L. e'kyuteqsieu (= above op-
posite mouth).

palm of hand, H. pfik 'atlkya'nO
( — kyane, hand).

panther, L. inaiui's, K. bEle', H.
natl'ai'a, G. maya's.

parents of twins, N. yikwi'tl.

part of, N. — k-tis.

1892.]

67

[Boas .

participle, N. — so ; — sue, the one,
who — .

passioe, — k' ; k"'a'mgyik', bit-
ten; hamaa'k', eaten.

parting of hair of woman, L. kn'e'-
Hila ; H. k-'aqtpa'ls.

pirtridge, L. k'uku'm.

to pass by, to go past, N. Ifi'k'a (la — ,
to go ; — k'a, reaching toicard);
ts'e'k'oe, passage.

passage where travelers meet, N. *
kyi'mkit.

past, N. — teis; Qua'kunateis, broken
canoe ; H. — otlle ; gyil'oko'lle,
broken canoe.

P'd'tsis, name of place.

to pay, L. k'o'na.

to peel off cedar bark, L. A. si'nga.

pelois bone, H. kwfv'kolEqtle ( — qtle,
land).

pencil, L. ky'a'taio (=: painting
instrument).

penis, N. oqsak'ti'oe ; raoqsak'fi'oe,
witli tied — .

people, L. ba'k'um, H. bEgua'num ;
N. — enoq ; Tlask"'e'iioq, peo-
ple of ocean; nia'q'enoq, pur-
suing secretly; H. ha'lq'enoq,
murderer; H. — itq, K-o'k'aitq,
Wille'tq.

perfect, real, N. aowi'la, rough sea ;
Or. awi'kyala, correct language.

perforation, N. H. koa — ; L. koa's-
koane, — of ear; koa'willpe,
— of nose ( — itlpe, nose); H.
koa'koathoa, — of ears ( — athoa,
ear); koa'koitlpa, — of nose.

pestle, H. mEkoa'io.

pilloiD, L. k'e'i'iiull, H. k'ai'noll.

pine, L. qa'qumis ( — mis, tree), A.
a'liHit.

pipe, L. H. wa'q'atse (= smoke re-
ceptacle), G. k*a'k-patsu (k'ak--
pa, smoke).

pipe stem, L. lla'noe, H. qtlqta'e
( — qta'e, mouth).

to pity, N. waialiHitEntla'soq, I —
Mm; -wa'iatigjalak', not pity-
ing any one.

place, N. • — lis; iua'lis, where always
wind.

N. — us, as. — las ; k'c'us,

wasli line {drying place); kn'e'-
tokwas, grassy — ; ko'lsElas,
where always feasts are given ;
sakwa's, cutting place ; gy'6'16-
tas, porpoise place ; goa'tsaoas,
settee {sitting on place); H. 1e-
gui'las, fire — ; alaea's, grave-
yard; Gr. tl'e'las, store {selling
place); ku'l'ilas, bed {sleeping

-).

N. — at ; ts'e'kuat, egg inland.

H. — eles ; tleae'jes, store.

H. — a'se, llq'ea'se ; lianea'se

s gy'iloa, place of canoes in
woods; gy'iloaaia'se, — of canoes
on beach.

H. — eaoq ; koe'saenoq, wJtere

always snoic ; iolaenoq, where
always wind.

where ahcays something happens,

— tEiiis, N. k-oa'iastEms, where
always whales ; gyu'qlEms, vil-
lage site; k-ui'lastEms, feasting
place; lia'k'oqt.Eais, fighting
place ; Gr. — tEma ; gyu'qtEma,
village site.

to plait a braid, L. k-'a'sk-Elqlle,
H. k-'a'tla.

platform of canoes, H. ha'wanak'k'.

of house, L. pa'eill, H. cHsaua-

i'tl ( — ill, in house).

to play, N. a'mtla ; hama'llala,
women — .

point, — pa ; N. wi'llpa, lance ;
Ts'i'lkyEinpa, feathers on top ;
mo'meqpa, white headed ; gua'-
pe, lowest house on river; nia'qpe,
end ; awi'tlpe, — of land ; ope,
point; raa'tilpe, point of Ma'-
tagyila; ainpa, sAarp — ; ie'inpa,

Boas.J

68

[Nov. 18,

dull (= bad point) ; k-'6'm-
pigyilis, richest inland; gyo'-
k'opasila, hoiise at point; e'i-
gyispalis, sand point; H. koo'ni-
paut, to break off — ; tlE'nk-oitl-
pa, point of nose ; ha'ntlEmpa,

— of arrow ; goa'pa, to sit on — ;
sE'msEmspa, Sisiutl (= mouth
at both ends); G. ssi'upa, sharp;
paspE'hiQpa, dull.

poison, N. wii'lagyilaCin song^^mak-
ing people die), A. H. au'qsole.

pole, — pEk-; N. iau'apEk-, mast
(r= wind pole); SEnlle'pEk',
flag staff; ts'e'qpEk', dancing
pole; moqpEk% heraldic column
(= tie pole, — to which blankets
are tied); ha'mspEk-, hamats'a
pole; H. yai'uaspEk-, mast
(= wind pole).

pole for roasting salmon, H. tro'ra-
sano.

of tent, H. tl'a'qsEin.

poor, N. wa'natle.

porcupine, N. me'Hite, H. nut, G.
nula'k'ame {=^ greatest fool) .

porpoise, N. gy'o'lot ; gy'o'lotas,

— place ; H. tra'tlEla, G. gyi'-
titl.

post of house, L. tlam, H. ts'o'witl
( — ill, in house).

carved, H. te'iHtsoe'tl.

potato, L. k-as.

potlatch, L. N. ia'k"oa ; ia'k-ola,
what is given in — ; Haaqk'ola'-
tlEmek-a, woman always giting
away presents in potlatch ; hii'q-
k olatl, always distributing
blankets; p'asa', to distribute
blankets ; p'asa'gyila, to make
potlatch ; p'e'p'ayala, to prom-
ise to distribute blankets; ma'qoa
{in songs), to give ten blankets to
each guest ; ma'qoagyila, to give
a feast during ichich ten blankets
are given each guest; ma'qola-

gyilis, maqsisla'lisa, to give ten
blankets to each person of all
tribes of the world; llfi'qdleleni,
to give feast during which twenty
blankets are given to the opposite
gens; -wri'laslla (= to make
great), to give feast during which
fifty blankets are given to guests ;
la'qt'ut, to give a feast to the
opposite gens ; la'ql'otpES, one
who always — ; ma'le (obsolete),
to distribute blankets ; hauia'la-
gyilatl, always distributing blan-
kets ; ama'qut, to give away
copperplates or other objects, a
pile of objects; araa'qulatl, al
ways giving — / H. ia'na, pot-
latch; tloola'qa, — dance ; tli-
E'nq, time of — ; Tl. k uitla'-
qalus, potlatch.

potlach, notice to friends that a pot-
latch will be given, N. tle'lala,
H. tlea'la.

invitation to potlatch, L. N.

tle'la, H. tle'lla.

powder, L. ts'o'laio.

to praise, N. a'miaqa ; a'miaqet, t7i,e
one praised ; H. k'antsamiqala'-
soe, God (= our praised one) ;
N. tsElo'k'a (see Famous).

precious, N. k''ai'uq.

topretend, N. — bulla; hama/bullEii,
/ — to eat ; me'qabutlEn, 1 —
to sleep.

pretty, N. aikj^a'oe (= good fore-
head); G. aikH s bEgua'num, a
— man.

puffin, H. owi'tlpa ( — itlpa, nose).

to pull, L. kH'i'miHit.

to pull canoe into neater, L. wi'Quif,
H. tluqsta'ui ( — sta, water; — ut,
V. a.).

to pull out from among, N. nEq'ak'-
a'la ( — ak'a, among).

to pull out hair, L. k'ula' ; k'ulai'6,
tongs.

1892.]

69

[Boas.

ptipil of eye, L. ts'u'is'olik", H.

ba'koanEmstoa (=; manin eye),
purpose, N. he'numa ; — numa ;

k-'ak'otla'numa, I come to learn,
to pursue, TLi. k'a'k'enit.
secretly, N. mii'qa ; ma'q'enoq,

killer whale (= knoioing to — ).
pus, L. tl'op.
to push canoe into water, H. tlqsta'ut

( — sta, water).
to push canoe ashore, H. tlqsiali'sa,

tlqsia'ut.
to put, N. muqtsa'la, — round thing

into box (muq — , round thing;

— tea, into ; — la, v.); muqwi'l-

SEla, — round thing outside on

ground; sEH'atlts'ut, ky'atsa'la,

— long thing into box ; lEq'a'tl-

tsut, to — blanket into box ; H.

gyetsoa'la, something long that

has been — into box.
to put on blanket, N. k-'6qtsa'la, H.

k-o'tia'it.
hook into water, L. Is'E'qslEat.

Q.

Qd'eqaes, name of tribe.

Qd'isla, name of tribe.

Qb'eas, N. name of extinct tribe.

quail, Tl. kui'lkan.

quartz, A. N. qu'ela.

quick, L. ha'nakue, H. halakyelak's;

lia'lakEla, to work — ; he'aala,

to walk — ; i'Ha, fast,
quiet, N. tEnu'lk'oatla, omatatla'la.
quilt, H. maknia'.
quiver, H. ha'ntlEmatse (^= arrow

receptacle),
quotative, N. — lawe.

R.

raccoon, L. Tl. N. H ma'yus ; Nuq-
nemis name, mayusosta'layilak';
A. kue'k-qt.

rafters, L. pu'qbala, H. owau'tlt'a
{running from ridge to side
•w«ZZs),kaiiaa'us {running length-
wise, horizontally over the last
named) .

rain, L. H. G. iu'koa; H. iukue'noq,
rainy country; iukoaila, it is
raining.

rainbow, L. aai'Htlala, H. miiisa'k'.

to raise, L. tla'H'it.

herring rake, L. tletai'o.

rapids, L. ts'a'la.

rattle, L. N. Tl. H. ia'tEu ; N. kua'-
qatED, tlokoala rattle.

raven, L. N. k'oa'wina ; k"oe'k-ua-
qala, raven's cry ; H. go'e, G.
ga'aq ; N. \Q'\sibVi\\s, flying from
one end of world to the other ;
lE'wagyila, heaven maker.

to reach towards, N. H. — k-a ; N.
la'k'a, to go past; k'oa'k"a, to
surpass ; kyi'mk-a, to meet ; H.
koe'k'a, to look along ; tsE'k'a,
to throw toward; tsEk'a'nut,
to throw at — .

to reach, N. k''5'tis, reaching to
earth.

real, N. H. ^kyas ; N. gyilEmkyas,
really feared; he'meskyas,
real chief ; bEgua'numkyaso,
— man ; ku'nquakyaso, what a
thunder! H. k-'e'kyas, large.

receptacle, L. N. H. G. — atse ; L.
N. wa'qatse, pipe; niEna'tse,
drum; na'k'atse, bucket ; is'Ep-
a'tse, small dish; N. a'watse,
foam place ; k-'o'latse, wooden-
kettle ; H. ha'ntlEmatse, quiver;
slwa'tse, nest; k-'Elqaila'tse,
nest; da'dok-ola'tse, armpits;
te'qatse, bladder; kH'e'patse,
large blanket basket; tsngua'tse,
grease box; kH'ElqsEuia'tse,
white — blanket box; okwala'tsC*,
woman's working box; niEna'tse,
di'um;t&'EY)A'[se, rfis7i;gy'autla-

Bons.]

70

[Nov. IR,

lo'tatse, Mile; G. ka'k-patse,
pipe ; gyeba'tse, tcooden kettle ;
gy'aiitliilo'tatsc, kettle.

to recover one's property, N. c'toqa.

red, L. N. H. tla'k'oa ; L. tla'koa-
lae'kH, evening sky ; tla'qsEin,
red blanket ; H. tla'oqsio, —
blanket ; llii'k'oeioa, red cedar-
bark head ring (— eioa, fore-
head); tlakqa'oa, redcedar bark
neck ring ( — qaoa, mck); tla'-
k-otas, alder; G. lla'qsto, red
blanket; L. N. A. tla'koa,
copper.

relatives, L. tla'la, L. N. niltlEm-
wivvut.

L. N. H. — Emp ; gagE'mp,

grandfather ; nEgu'mp, father-
in-law ; L. N. apE'mp, mother;
bm]), father ; gy'imp, sister-in-
law; H. vi.\x'm\), father; qtlEinp,
uncle ; G. — ap ; gaga'p, grand-
father ; kpf, father.

refuse, H. — aoa ; luimasa'oa, rest of
food; k'ok'oaka'oa, chips (=
refuse of chopping) ; kekeqa'oa,
sawdust; — qtlee (Jiindpart (?)) ;
lia'mts'aqlle'e, I'est of food.

to return, L. e'tsecta ; N. k'antlo-
gyiaqa'la, wJien I return (old
form); k'autlogyiaqe'ileto {,7iew
form).

to take revenge, L. k''ese'to.

rib, L. N. k-E'lEin. H. lia'kya
(— kya, backO)).

rich, N. k*'a'yainala ; k-'6'mallan,
lam — ; K''6'mpigyilis, richest
on earth; K''6'mkyu'tis, the
richer one opposite; K-'6mk-'-
omkili'kya, richest of all; K''o-
mo'k"oa, rich; K-'oniEna'kula,
getting rich; K*"6'moyue, rich
one in middle ; H. K'oniHsiwa,
European {rich at mouth of
river (?) ).

right, N. he'itlala, it is — ; hC-'ilkyut,

right side; br-ilkyutlEnullEme,
right side of face ; lieitla'lit, to
arrangebed; hu'Iligyihi, to cure,
to mend; lieili'gya, shaman;
H. lia'itlkot, right side; haile'-
tlatl, to cure ; hailc'kyn, sha-
man; G. ba'itlkyut, right side;
hail iky ala, shaman.

right, it is not right, N. o'tsatla.

rim, N. H. oe'sta (see Around).

hollow rim of lid of box, N. lia'-

lek'.

to rise, L. laq ai'kyeta ko'aiiila,
smoke rises (= goes up); kHaq-
pa'iJa it, river — ; N. la'iuse'a'-
gyilis, sun rises ; A. toatusEla'-
gyiiis, sun rises (see Down
river) .

rioer, N. H. wa, G. wap (= water).

road, L. t'e'nila ; G. k'Ti'iltowa, to
walk on — .

to roast salmon, H. tl'o'pa ; L. tl'o'-
puk', roasted salmon.

robin, N. Tl. H. ku'llEin.

to rock cradle, L. te'kula.

rock, N. — a ; wi'nak'oa, rocky
place (see Stone).

roe {unlaid), L. H. d's'lgyim (H.
k-'u'tE(?) ).

{laid), H. d'aso'k.

salmon roe, L. k-e'ni, H. kai'ne.

to roll up a thing, N. le'k-oa, L.
kH'i'lHSEtnt {to ioind a ball of
string).

roof, L. foo'k-.

roof boards, H. ha'was.

roots, N. L. tl'o'pike, H. llNVkum.

edible, L. nio'i'aqsten, qa'tEiii

(=mee'n, Qatloltq), ts'a'kyus ;
lliQsI'm, clover root; A. Qo'kum,
Indian rice ; I'o'qsrus.

rope of seaweed, H. sa'nap'at.

rope, L. ts'a'eqan, H. Is'a'iq.

large, heavy, N. ta'tuwiqoll.

of cedar bark, L. mu'koanoe,

H. milk'.

1892.1

71

[Boas.

rope of skin, H. k'o'tse (see Skin).

of spruce roots, L. tl'd'pikn,

H. tl'o'kum (see Root).

of cedar ticigs, L. tlE'nakya.

roucjh sea, N. p'o'lek'ola'mas, mak-
ing sea rough; auwi'la ; auwi-
lakyitlanuk, Jiaving rough weath-
er and sea ; H. lla'qola.

to speak with rough voice, N. tla'la-
wulak-ula.

round, L. ki'lHSEin, H. lo'qsEm ;
lo'qsEmitl, round thing on floor;
N. muk'ola, moon (= round
thing put down); pa'k'aqtlemo,
round thing is in box.

outside of round tiling, — kam,

— k-Ein,— sEni;L.pEnk-E'mnit,
to look down (pEn — , down ;
— k'Ein, outside of round thing,
face; — nit, v.); eikyak"E'iriHit,
to look up; N. o'sqEme. outside of
round object ; mamosk-aniEE'n-
koa, carrying four round ones ;
AiHtsumsk'amlill, covered with
haliotis in house; lo'sEmnit, to
uncover face; kua'kuqsEm, bis-
cuit; H. nask'Ema'la, moun-
tain with snow on top; ta'k'umt,
to cover face ; tra'skam, front
of box; o'hk'ame, outside of
round thing; ts'e'koisk"Em,
wash bowl; goa'sk"amils, to sit
outside on round thing ; tl'o'q-
SEmla, mountain bare of plants;
qau'sEtnt, to wash canoe; alnsi-
ma'la, blood on a round thing.

to run, N. ts'ae'llEla, — into house ;
H. gy'eqsesta'Ia, — around
( — ista, around); gy'e'qoalut,
— totcards.

river, N. tsiua'la, H. tse'iiEla.

sacred object, N. k-a'mina.
sad, L. tsiqe'la na'k'oe (^=hea7't is
sick).

sail, L. ia'oapEm, H. yai'uastEm ;
yai'uatsk, — hointed ; G. yai'-
wadzEiii {from : wind).

saliva, L. wa'petlaqo'ya (=^ water in
7nouth) .

salmon, H. G. niea' ; H. ma'agyila,
where always salmon; H. G.
luame'a, to catch — ; H. mame'-
asilas, where always houses on
beach for catching salmon; N.
nia'wa, salmon trap.

dog salmon, L. k'oa'qnis ; H.

goa'qauis.

.'<pring salmon, L. sa'ts'Etn, H.

hai'sEn, G. k aps.
eohoes salmon, Tl. tsawu'n, G.

tsu'En.

sockeye salmon, N. metli'k".

sp.f Tl. hanu'n ; sp ? A. tlo-

qo'lamis.

humpback salmon, N. G. ky'-

a'pe.

hooknose salmon, H. was, G.

Huma'q'i.

to catch salmon, L. ■wa'yala.
salmon, split, L. t'a'lEk'.

dried, L. ky'o'loq, H. qam'a's.

roe, dried, H. k'akuk.

salmon berry bush, L. k-'oa'llmis

( — -mis, tree),
salt, L. lEmsH ; tE'mp'a, salt taste

( — p'a, taste),
sand, N. eiky'es (=good beach); ei-

gyispalis (see Sen), sand point

on beach; G. aigyitsui's.
satisfied, N. niE'iillee, H. pa'iikia

(see Stout),
to save, N. na'Ia.
saw, H. keqse^ai'o; keq'a'la, noise

of — ; kekeqa'oa, sawdust,
to say, N. nekHsewe'tikn, tJiey —

to me.
scalp, H. kunuqtle'e.
scar, L. k-oa — ; k-oate'oae, — on

forehead; k'ositsa'Dii, — onhand;

k'oatE'miga, — on cheek.

Boas.]

72

[Nov. IS,

to scold, H. agya'qtala ( — qta,

mouth),
to scratch, L. tlti'qa, t'rii'i'qtsunak

( — tsana, hand),
sea, L. H. tKinsQ, G. cIeiuqs (?), L.
ao'waky (foam{'!) ).

in sea, — is ; N. tsa'ekis, secret

in water; k*'a'mis, crab; H.
ia'kHis, monster — ; k-a'lkun-
isis, body on bottom, of sea.

on sea, N. — tie ; nak'o'yuitle,

middle of something on sea.
sea egg, large, L. raEsc'k*, H. ts'E
kui'tsC'.

small, I.. Tl. H. fi'mtEm.

,^e%l, L. N. mu'kuat, ditr. me'em-
koat ; meme'koatk', eating — ;
A. H. G. sagu'm.

young, L. kHE'miasto, H. wu-

le'q.
sealion, L. N. G. tle'qen, H. mau'-
akya ; mau'akyantEM, sealion
island.

young, H. k'ta.

seamonster, H. lia'nak'atse {= canoe

receptacle),
sea otter, N. H. k-'a'sa ; N. k-'a'sas-
qEm, — blanket; H. k*'tlka'-
soil, — blanket ; G. a'ngusta.

young, H. tsl'sa.

S'-a snail (holoihuria) , Tl. H. il'las.

seaweed, dried, H. tlk'*ast.

to search among, H. le'lt'ak'a

( — ak'a, among),
secret, N. ts'u'k-a.

to see, N. do'k-oala ; d'o'qtsas, seer

{shaman seeing soul of dying

person)', G. do'k'ula ; H d'o'-

k-la.

self torture ceremonial, N. havvi-

na'tl.
to sell, N. Ia'q6y5, la'qut ; laqota'id,

something sold,
semiliqnid, L. k'E'nkya.
to send, H. ia'i)a.
settee, N. goa'tsoas (= sit in place).

seven, N. fi'lliLifi, G. mallo's ; masE-
mo's, — round objects ; * mats-
k'6's, — long objects ; matlqtla'-
us, — cups.

seventeen, G. matla'sgiu.

seventy, G. mallpEukyask-'a'po-
pEna.

to sew, L. k 'a'na ; k-'a'naio, thread;
H. g'a'na ; g'anama'las, thread.

shadow, L. gyagu'mas.

shaft of double headed harpoon, H.
ma'siull.

to shake, v. a., L. ia'wiHelitl, qoa'-
yusEla,N. k'ua'yakula( — akula,
motion {"'.)); nfi'natlis, shaking
his greatness (song).

, N. — iiila, — Hula; ya'iawinila,

ya'winila, shaking himself {host
at tsetsa' ek- a) .

shaman, N. Tl. paqa'la, L. N. nau'-
alak", he'ilikya {only when con-
juring disease = mender), H.
ts^a'ek'a, haile'kya, G. liaili-
gyila.

shame, H. ma'Hts'a.

shark, H. k'oa'k'oina.

sharp, L. a'inpa (= good point), G.
ssi'Hpa.

to sharpen, L. t'e'n'it.

sheets, L. wa'taio, H. k-'6'k-oegya
( — egya, back).

shellfish, H. kyfioe'k'am.

shinbone, N. — p'ekye, o'p'ekye ;
k-'6k'oqp'e'kye, knot on lower
part of tree (see Leg below knee).

sJiirt, L. k-'ESEiia'e.

shoe, L. t'e'paio, H. ke'uaq.

to shoot, L. lia'ntlitl, G. lia'ntla ;
ha'nllEm, arrow gun.

shore, far from — , L. tla'tlasatl (see
Ocean).

to go close to shore, L. la'gyilis

{=: to go landward).

short, N. tsE'kua ; IsEkua'la, short
river ; ts'e'tsakuila, to shorten
life ; L. tsEkuE'qst, a — man ;

73

[Boas.

tsu'qpilu, sJiort ( — pitu, small);

H. ts'Ek' ; qfi'pHo, a — man ;

N. nEuia'lis, sJiort Heed.
shoulder, L. tla'stlale, H. G. o'quina.
shoulder-blade, L. pa'lols, H. tla'k.-'-

OtED.

to show one's teeth, L. Hi's'it.

to shred cedar bark. A. tsqa.

a shrew, H. tlHSEla'k's (k's, woman).

to shut door, L. kH'E'mmit.

««icA;,N. L. ts'e'Hila;ts'e'Hilana'k"oe,
heart sick = sad; ts'ena'tola,
ear is — ; ts'iatsala, headache
(= sick inside); ts'E'qkan lie-
menatlama, I am continually
sick; ts'Eqk-'E'lkEtJ, ts'Eqk"'a'-
pESEti, I am often sick ; H.
tl'oqoa'la ; tl'oqoatoa'la, ear
is — ; tl'oqoetl'aqavia'le, mouth
inside — ; ll'oqk'ea'le, head — ;
troqoetlpe'le, nose ■ — ; tl'oqo-
ma'le, face — ; tl'oqstoa'le,
eye — ; tl'oqoaqa'ola, throat — ;
tl'oqoaskyena'la, neck near
nape — ; tl'oqeioa'laj'ore/iead — ;
tloqoaqtlali'.-Ela, inside belly — ;
tl5qoap6'ala, on chest — ; tloqo-
ala'so, in chest — ; tl'oqta'la,
mouth — ; ll'oqoana'la, all
over — ; tl5qoa'la s gyi'lEm,
tongue — ; G. ia'ke.

sick eye, N. g'ogurae'k'Eno.

side of a thing, o'nutse ; a'llanutse,
one beldnd the other ; H. asa'-
notsEqtle, leg above knee {side of
hind part) .

N. onullEtnala ; beilkyotlEnu-

tlEme, right side of face ; gua'-
nutlEmc, sitting at side of — ;
gyogyokonutlEmala, house on
each side of — ; gyo'gykoautlEm-

ala, something .

side of a flat thing = edge, H.
onaqe'.

sinew, L. H. acl'E'm.

to sing for pleasure, L. sa'lala, H.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI.

ne'iioya, G. lia'na ; lia'nqto'a,
— while walking.

to sing to dance, N. dE'nqEla, L.
k'E'mtEn (?).

singing master, N. na'k'at, cla'k'ola,
H. lui'Hts'as, distr. haia'ats'as ;

the three asnstants of singing i/iaster,
N. gua'nutlEme (= sitting at
side).

to sink angle, Ii. ts'E'qstEiitak'e'taio.

rioer sinks, L. kyo'tla.

Sintlae, N. ancestor of a gens ; sia-
tle'k -am, /ace 0/ — ; sintle'pEk",
flagstaff.

sinus of hair, H, tsi'kyE.

Si'siutl, Jabulous double-headed
snake, N. H. si'siutl, H. sE'm-
sEmspa {^= mouth at each end).

sister calls sister, L.N, nEme'niak'as
( — k-as, woman), H. ruEnu'-
yak's (— rk*s, woman).

sister, elder, L. N. H. G. no'la.

younger, L. N. H. G. ts'a'ya.

brother calls sister, L. N. H. G. wa'-
k'oa.

sifter in -law, N. H. gy'irap.

to sit, N. H. G. goa — ; N. goa'qsala,
— in canoe; goa'goagyilitl, — in
middle of Jiouse ; goa'rie, — in
corner of house ; gcia'goagilelas,
sitting down in house without
back support; goa'tsaoas, settee;
goa'nutlEme, sitting alongside ;
H. goa'tsaitl, — on bed; goa'-
sk'amill, — inside a thing;
goagoa'k'itl, — on top of; goa'-
Isoa, — on flat thing ; goa'latla,
to sit on planks; g< a'latlEla, sit-
ting down on chair, on planks ;
goa'qtoa, — on top, point of a
thing ; goa'pa, — on point,
front end ; goala', — on stone ;
goa'gyeua, — on long thing;
goau'ioa, — on point of a thing;
goa'qtlae, — on hind end; go-
a'qtis, — 071 beach; goa'sk'am-

140. J. PRINTED APRIL 17, 1893.

Boas.]

74-

[Nov. 18,

ils, — on round thing outside ;
goa'luqtleas, — on roof; goa'qp,

— in canoe ; goa'iitEma, settee ;
goa'qse, — outside of Jiouae ; G.
goa'itl, — in house; goa'qtoa,

— on top of, on point; goa'kyena,

— on long object; goa'sk-am
s I'e'sEm, — on stone ; goa'itlo-
wa, — under cover.

six, G. k-'Etl6'q ; k''Etla'sk"Em, —
round ones ; k"'Etla'tsq, — long
ones; k"'Etla'iqtla, — cups.

sixteen, G. k''a'tlagiu.

sixty, G. k''aUapEnk''a'p5pEna.

skales, H. gau'm.

skillful boatbuilder, H. a'tl'Eskio.

skin, L. N. tl'es ; tl'e'siape, — of
upper part of arm ; tl'e'lsepoe,

— of chest ; tl'e'tsEqtle, — of
crown of head ; tre'sEme, — of
face; tl'e'tsillpe, — of nose ;
tl'esi'ue, — of forehead ; ll'e'-
tsane, — of hand; tl'etsetlqa'oe,

— of inside of mouth ; tl'e'tsEq-
ste, — of mouth; H. k'u'tsE ;
k'uk'uskya'ne, — of hands;
k'utSEine'kye, — of back; k'u's-
me, — of face; k'ulsikyatlkya'-
ne, — of back of hand ; k'uk'ut-
sea'pe, — of upper part of arms;
k'uk'usqta'rao, — of legs above
knee; k'utsepo'a, — of chest;
k'uk'utsi'tsa, — of feet ; N.
k'uta'oll, skin blanket; G. tl'es.

of heels, H. amea'tltsitse.

to skin, L. sfi'p'a.

skull, L. qa'Liik'.

skunk, H. ia'qp'ala (= bad smell).

sky, N. lo'ua, na'la ; nena'lanuk,

changing {having) weather ; H.

lEwa'.
slabs of wood sewed to hand of hawin-

atl, N. se'quitEm.
slave, L. N. k"'a'kyu, H. k-'a'ko,

G. k''a'H5 ; N. k'akakuisla'-

lisla, making slaves all around.

slave, a whole tribe enslaved, N. c'iatl-
Ela {in song).

to sleep, L.N. me'q'it; meqabu'tlEn,
I pretend to — ; ky'e'sEa me'q'-
eqsta, / do not want to — ; H.
gy'a'tla; gy'atle'qste, wanting
to — ; G. ku'l'itl ; ku'J'ilas, bed.

sling, Tl. yE'nkn'aio.

slow, L. oya ; H. G. we'nala (= not
fast), to walk — ; aua'kya, to
work — .

small, N. L. amii'E ; ama'Enqe,
smallest (= edge of small);
ania'pitd, smaZZ/amaineiuEne'q,
small things ( — niEneq, small
distr.).

s., — piio ; N. tsuqpilo, short;

gyokpilu, — house.

distr., — niEneq ; N. gyokuiE-

neq, — houses; QuakunamEne'q,

— boats.

smallest, — Enqe (^ edge); ama'-
Enqe, smallest; ts'elseqk'E'nqe,

— dancers.

smallpox, N. tlEma'e {= boil), ia'-
knim {cause of evil).

to smell, L. ine'8Ela ; N. ainp'ala,
good — ; H. ainp'ala is we'sura,
good smelling man; ia'np'ala,
skunk {= bad smell) ; ua'qp'ala,

— of smoke; G. Hu'mk-ata.
smoke, L. N. koani'la ; Kuanilano'-

kume, w7io has most smoke {i. e.,
always giving feasts); H. ua'-
qEla ; ua'qpis, smoker; ua'qp'-
ala, smell of — ; uaqoaqtoa,
smoking in walking ; uaqoaq-
a'qtis, smoking on beach; uaq-
a'lse, pipe; G. k-ak-pa, to smoke;
k'ak'paqtoa, — in walking;
k-ak-patse, pipe.

hole, L. qsatla, H. waqa'wa.

smooth ; N. k'e'tsis, — beach; k-e'-
tsitl, — house floor.

snail, It. k'oa'ts'Ek', H. k'oa'tas.

snake, L. N. se'itlEm ; se'ilis, — in

1892.]

75

[Boas.

belly; H. si'tlEtn, G. k"a'k-El-

k'oa.
to sneeze, L. asHi'sit.
to snore, L. qE'nt'ala.
to snow, L. H. G. k'ue'sa ; H. k'ue'-

s&inoq,where it is always snowing,
snow (on ground), L. G. ne'e, H.

na'e ; nask'Ema'la, mountain

with snow on top.
soft, L. tElk-.
sole of foot, H. t'e'pEni.
solemn, N. beku'm ; Be'bekumlisila,

making solemn in house,
something in eye, N. gyisto'e.
son (see Child), H. liau'llse, only — ;

wala'qtle, youngest — ( — qtle,

liind); no'lak'ame, eldest — ;

g'au'ioa, second — .
cJiief's eldest son, N. tled'lE-

k'ame.
son-in-law, L. nEgu'inp.
song, N. ts'e'k'ala, winter song

(^Tsetsa'ek'a, noise); baquya-

la, summer song (= Ba'qus

noise); k''a'mtEin ; tsa'qalla,

— in quick measure,
soring, N. k"'ana'tla.
sorcery (see To bewitch),
soul, N. bEgua'e, bEq'una'e (bEg — ,

man),
sour, N. sa'k'a, H. ts'e'qp'a ( — p'a,

taste),
span, L. patl, H. op'E'nkH.
spark, L. anope'q'it, H. pe'gyak'ala.

spark spirits, N. niEnak-itl.

to emit sparks, L. tlE'msa.

sparrowhawk, H. I'i'Htegus.

to speak, male, N. ba'guala, H. G.

bgua'la (:= man's noise); bgo'-

pEs, good speaker.
, female, N. G. ka'kyala, H.

k'kyala (= woman's noise);

k'kyape's, good speaker.
N. ia'k*'antal ; ia'k*'egyatlE]a,

to deliver oration; ia'k''antenoq,

orator.

to speak with rough voice, N. tla'la-
wulak'ula.

good of one, N. ai'Hp'aqsta

(aiH, good; — p'a, taste; — qsta,
mouth (1)); ia'qp'aqsta, to —
bad of one.

N. Iia'sak'awasue, trying to

speak loud; eivva'Ia, to speak
about one's wishes {song).

to spear, L. sekya'.

spid&r, L. yi'k-a, A. H. baunia/qa.

spike {of spruce, etc.), A. kH'a'ma-
mo, H. niame'Em.

to spin, L. me'ta, N. k-'Emk-a'.

spindle, N. ni'lp'aqsto.

to spit, L. kui'c'it.

to split, N. kue'q'it, kua'qsant.

wood,N. tlE'uiH'it, H. koa'k- — ;

koak'ta'maluk, splint in thigh.

ca7ioe splits, N. ho'uqoa.

cedar bark, L. pE'q'it, A. pa'sa.

salmon, L. t'a'lek", H. ky'e'a.

spoon, N. ts'e'qtla, large — ; H.
g'otai'6, — made of mountain
goat; ky'a'tsenak*; tsya'laio,
large — ; G. bamdsai'6 (^ eat-
ing instrument).

spring of water, L. ts'E'tHEla.

of year, H. G. wia'gyioa.

to spudder, L. tsEo'quit.

squid, N. t'a'k-oa ; k"ak"o'mis, — in
cheek; t'a'ek'otl, where squids
are eaten ; H. tk"oa.

sp. (?), N. ky'i'nut.

squirrel, L. taml'nas, Tl. mal, H.
tsa'mi.

to stand up, N. dla'uis ; dlask'ama'-
tlin, / — facing sea ; dla'vvitl,

— i?i house ; dla'qoe, proper
place of each gens in feast ; H.
diaaa's, — outside; dla'qolatlEla,

— on top of a long thing ; dla'-
auwiti, — in Jiouse.

to stay at horne, N. nEk"a' ; nEk e's,
always — ; Nak-6'mgyilisila, al-
ways staying in their own country.

Boas.]

76

[Nov. 18,

star, li. t'o't'o ; ama'qemis ist'o't'o,
shooting — ; H. t'o'toa, G. Hi-
iiik-Eclzo'a.

starfish, L. N. k'atsk'.

steady. L. t'a'aq.

to steal, N. L. gyilo'Lla ; L. gyilo'-
tlik-, thief; N. gyilo'lle, — on sea.

steamer, N. he'k'ayala, H. qu'lleala
{=fire inside).

to steer, H. tla'lamla ; L. tlin'it,
— canoe, pressing paddle 'from
canoe; tlo'k'umH, — pressing
paddle towards canoe.

stem of canoe, L. a'kyiue.

to step on something, N. I'e'patla.

stepchild, L. k'oao (?), N. wawa.

stepmother, H. a'patso.

stern of canoe, L. N. 5'qlle ( = liind
part).

stick for spreading salmon, p. lla'-
qEtn.

" stick shoe," N. k''a'k*anas.

stomach, L. na'k'apoe, H. po'qums.

stone, L. N. H. G. t'e'sum ; N. t'e'-
sunitsE<», made of — ; t'e'sum-
gyilak', made — .

N. H. — a ; N. nEqkyu'ta, oppo-
site rocky place ; kya'k'a, found-
ed on stone; nEmo'k"oa, alone on
rock; wi'uakua, rocky place;
H. goala', to sit on — .

to stop a water course, N. tsu'pa;
tsutsupatsl'wae, stopped mouth
of river.

store, H. Ueae'les {=: baying house);
tle'ilks, storekeeper ; G. tl'e'las,
tl'e'lgis, storekeeper.

stores of dry salmon, L. heltle'laio.

story, N. nu'yam, distr., nu'nim ;
nu'qneiuis, name of all animals
in myths.

stout, L. pEntle'is.

straight, L. N. iiEk-a'la; nEk a'qala,
slow measure rhythm (== straight
down); H. ke'inakula, straight
ahead; N. \\i\y\m {in song).

strait, H. wuna'l'hus.

strap of basket, L. k''a'tliu, H
tEua'qoU.

to strike with fist, N. inin'1't ; mhi-
stek'E'rat, — face ; miH'i'kyent,
— back ; mi'nila, drummer ; H.
mena'; raiHpla'ut, to hend by
striking with fist; G. miiii'lis,
drummer.

against, N. t'in'a'tlEla.

H. a'lqa, G. alqa ; alqa'p, —

07ie another.

with palm, H. tla'sa.

a dog, H. watse'la.

with hammer, H. mokoa' (see

To bend).

strong, L. N. tld'k'uimis; tlo'kaiu,
cause of strength ; G. tloQ.

sturgeon, Tl. ha'nak'ois, H. k* 'ta'is.

to suck, H. tsa'ma ; tsa'mamis, to
suckle.

sugar, L. O'kyisila.

summer, IL. he'ianq, H. G. luli'nq
( — anq, time of).

sun, L. tle'sEla, N. a'ta, — as deity;
H. G. tle'Hsioala.

sunrise, N. toatusElagyilis ; H. lat-
usElagyilis (= goes down river
on earth) ; G. k''ekyo'ia.

sunset, L. la'peta, G. la'is.

superlatice, L. N. H. G. — k'ame ;
N. i'Hak'ame, fastest; gye'-
k'amc, greatest chief; no'lok'E-
mae, greatest fool ; no'lasnEk'E-
nittE, eldest child; nEmo'k-oa-
k-ame, all alone on rock ; H.
nd'lak'ame, eldest child.

supernatural, N. H. tlokoa'la.

to support, N. tla'tEla ( =r ^o make
stand) ; tla'lamiu, supporter.

.•surface of sea, N. H. — tie ; dlas-
k-anul'tlin, / stand facing sea ;
gyilo'lle, to steal on sea; tlatla-
siko'tlikH, Jiere is a canoe with
Tlatlasik'oala ( — kn, present;
— tie, on sea); H. k-auk-oansE-

1892.]

77

[Boas.

la'k-tle, canoe drifting to and
fro ; ma'tlela, to swim ; G.
haneilwa'paqe, canoe on water.

to surpass, N. k'( a'k-'a.

to sw allow, 'N.Vi'Ek'oWX&qpvn. ; nEk'-
E'k', swallowed ( := eclipse of
sun); H. k"'u'nquit.

swamp, L. tsEqtsEk-oa'ls ( — als, out-
side), na'nila.

sweat, N. k"o'sa ; H. k-6'Hpis, sweat-
ing.

to sweep, H. ky'e'tla.

sweet, L. Tl. aiep'a ( = good taste).

sweetheart, L. wa'tela.

when always high swell, H. t'o'qElis.

to swim, N. ma ; L. ma'nakula
( zi^fish motion); L. lE'mselaio
. (?); H. ma'ilEla {7nan, =:=sicim-
ing on surface); mama'lama,
children trying to swim ; H.
k'ola'la (fish), G. k'oa'la (fish).

T.

tail of quadruped, L. hats'E'qstee
(— qste, bottom), H. ha'ts'iqte
( — qte, bottom); N. nu'uaqste,
— of wolf ( = wolf's end).

of bird, H. na'kyaqllae

( — qtlae, hind).

offish, L. ts'a'sne, H. ts'ane't.

of whale, H. t'ek'aqte' ; white

tailed fox, ino'k-'uqt ( = white
tailed); A. kue'qt, raccoon.

to take, N. aq'e't.

tall, L. gyi'ltEqst (gyi'la, — long),

H. noa'kila.
tallow, N. k'a'tsek ; H. tl'a'tai, go'-

luk', — of mountain goat,
taste, N. H. — p'a ; G. N. ainp'a,

sweet; L. tE'mp'a, salt; H.

Is'e'qp'a, sour — .
tear, L. koa'kuistoe ; tse'tsaokula,

to weep,
to tease, N. me 'ilia.
to tell, L. ne'tlaso ; — myths, N.

no'sa.

temples, pElnutlEma'e ( = thin side
of face), H. pa'spEle' (see
Ear).

ten, G. k-'a'p5 ; k-'a'p'usk-Em, —
round ones; k''e'putsq, — long
ones; k-ap5 s bEgua'num, two
hundred.

thick, L. wok.

t?tief, L. gyil'o'tlik-.

thin, L. pE'lpiio ( — pito, small);
ka'tlais (person).

things lying about, L. t'a't'its, H.
mame'kyas.

to think, L. gye'gyek'a.

thirsty, L. na'k''eqst ( =ioanting to
drink), H. tso'setlqta ( ^ dry
mouth), G. tso'sEms, na'k'abu.

thirteen, G. yuduQgi'u.

thirty, G. yuduQpEnk''a'popEna.

thorn, N. k-'a'k-ane.

thou, L N. so'wa, yutl ; H. k'qso,
k-qsoa'eoa ; G. yi'qso.

thread, L. k-'a'naio ( = sewing in-
strument), H. g'a'nEma'las.

three, G. yudu'Q ; yudu'QSEm, —
round ones; yudu'tsq, — long
ones,
thrice, N. yu'duqp'ana.

throat, H. k*'u'nkoas (see Neck).

through,!^.. — sioa; tqsi'oa, to jump — ;
laqsi'oa, to go — ; maqso't, to
throio — .
to throio, N. ma'k'a ; maka'p, — one
another; mak-'a'io, stick of
shaman for throwing ( — ing, in-
strument), ma'mak'a, trying
to — ; maq'e't, to drop ; H.
maqsu't, to — through; maqso'-
stut, — up ; maqtla'lisa, — into
fire; ma'k''ak'a, — among;
mak'a'neqant, — along ; ma'-
qautlts'ot, — out of ; ma'qtsot,
— into; mak'a'qot, — down;
G. ma'Quit.

into canoe, N. lEkya's ; la'la-

kyutse, throwing every one into
canoe.

Boas.]

78

INov. IS,

to ihrotc," io throw song out of canoe,"
k-'amt'Emo'lllut, (k-'a'mlEm,
song ; — 5tlt, out of canoe ; — ut,
V. a,), (i. e., a singer in the
canoe wJiich goes to a feast greets
the host with a song).

into water, H. Hue'tltaut (^man,

animal), ts'aqsla'ut (a stone,
— sla, water).

to throw, H. ts'Ek-anu't, — towards;
Is'aqsiaa'lsa, — ashore ; ts'Eqa'-
litlila, — into house.

to throw copper, paddle, board {fiat
objects (?) ) into house, N. sEpa-
alitlEla.

thumb, L. N. k-o'ma, H. k-6'na, G.
k'auna' ; H. kona'Hsiise, big toe
( — Hsitse, /yoO-

thunder, N. ku'niQua ; ku'nualEla,
noise of — ; ku'nquakyaso, what
a — ! G. lu'qlisla.

thunderbird, L. N. KunkuuQuli'kya,
N. Is'o'na; ku'n'oas, homeof — .

tide {current), H. ts'a'la.

to tie, N. moq ; mo'qpEk-, heraldic
column {pole to which {blankets'\
are tied), L. mo'quit ; N. moq-
sak'a'o, with tied penis; G.
muk.

time of, — Enq; L. be'ianq, summer;
tsawu'nq, winter ; H. tliK'aq,
potlatch ; hai'nq, summer ; tsa-
wu'nq, winter ; G. hainq, sum-
mer ; tsonq, winter.

to be on time, N. lie'ilts'a (see

Right); wi'ts'a, not on time;
nio'sukuila, making thalthereis
no time to escape.

tired, N. nu'i'iiiEntleas, making
him — ; mE'ntret, tired of eat-
ing certain things ; H. tla'laso.

Tlame'latse, N. house in which tsc-
tsd'eka is held.

tobacco, L. N. H. lla'uk-.

to-day, L. qoana'laq, H. goa'k-'Ela-
ioq.

tocH, N. k-oa'k*oasitse ( — slt&e, foot),
H. k-oa'k-oaiisilse (— HsitsO,
foot).

tig toe, H. k"ona'Hsitse,

(= thumb of foot).

together, N. k-'ape' ; k-'a'peg"atl
gya'qEn, they will come together
to me; k"'a'peg-awasilis, they
toill come together to you.

N. lia'mk"olisEn, leatwithyou.

N. gyinlikyEle, parents tcith

children.

N. nEma'la, A. we'vpauk'na'si.

to-morrow, L. llE'nstla, H. tla'ns-
llats.

day after to-morrow, H. tli'nsG-

tlats.

tongue, L. H. G. gy'i'lEm.

tongs, for pulling out hair, L k'ulai'o
(= pulling instrument).

for taking stones out of fire, L.

Is'c'stlala ( — tlala, fire); H.
k'oe'sten.

tooth, L. N. H. G. gylgy ; N. gyl'-
gyatlEii, I have — ache; gyi'-
sEqstal, cover of box (= teeth
around (?) ).

N. (oHwe), — He ; k-aqne, hav-
ing lost a tooth (= notch tooth) ;
nae'nsHe, toith decayed teeth;
lopnepito, you have no teeth;
H. — Hsia ; ise't^eHsia, having
lost a tooth; le'k"'eHsia, having
lost all teeth; ha'pensia, chin,
beard (= Jiair tooth).

top of — , L.N.H. — qlle; L.ma'kyaq-
llaoAve, top of tree; k-'a'msiQtle,
lazy on top; tl'e'tsEqtle, skin
of crown of head; H. ga'luqtleas,
to sit down on top of — .

N. — oqtoe, H. G. — qtoa ; H.

goa'qtoa, to sit on — .

a pile, N. oky'c ; okuyalis, on

top of a pile on beach ; o'magya-
lis, highest of all{t)\ H. — koia,
— kyioa ; tokoia', to walk over a

1892.]

79

[Boas.

pile of planks ; goau'ioa ; G.

goa'gyioa, to sit on a pile,
top of basket, box, N. — kyae ; we'-

kyae, not quite full; H. ky'a't-

gyot, to paint inside of box.
torch, H. ano.
to tozich, N. tlo'pala ; mfi'kyapala,

— almost; makyiile'sela, al-
most touching roof,
towards, H. — alut ; tQua'lut, to

jump — ; gy'e'qoalut, to run — .
town, N. gyok , H. go'kula

{= houses),
trail (see Road), N. la'qso, to walk

on — ; H. to'wi.
trap for fish, N. mo'e ; ma'muqsila,

taking care of — ; G. a'mala.
trap for game, A. kHpaio, la'um.
to travel, N. e'iowa ; se'qoa, — in

canoe; k-une'sta, — about

( — esta, around); K'unesta'la-

gyilis, always traveling about,
tree, L. tla'qtlos, A. k-oa'as, H.

lEk-oa' (=fuel) ; k oaaiyo'k'ula,

lEk-oa'gyila, country full of

trees.
L. N. — mis ; k-'oa'tlmis, sal-
mon berry bush; qa'qumis, pine;

paa'qmis, maple (= leaf tree);

iaiaqpa'laaiis, fir; U'a'qomis,

alder (= red tree),
to tremble with hands, dancing, L.

qo'leqola.
tribe, N. H. le'lk-olatle, N. G. gyo'-

uklot ; H. go'uklot (= village

community),
to troll, H. k-'e'ma, do'koa.
to be troubled, N. no'tla, tsiaaqua'la

(in song),
trousers, L. k-qsis.
trout, L. N. k-o'la, Quitla'la, H.

tk-a'ne ; gole'sle, speckled — .
trumpet, N. ts'e'kokyala, H. ky'e'-

kyala ( — kyala, noise),
to try, N. wa'Hsala, let us try! ha'.

maa, trying to eat; Da'nak-a,

trying to drink ; kwa'na, to try ;
H. lia'mats'a, trying to eat.

Tsetsd'ek-a (winter dance), N. tse-
tsa'ek'a {= the secrets).

house in which — is held, tlame-

a'tse.

host giving — , ye'wiHila

{=z shaking himself).

Tsimshian, N. H. Gue'lEla {=north
people); H. Atla'itq, a tribe liv-
ing west of the Qae'qaes ; Mes-
ma'iniHt, tribe of MetLak-dhtla ;
Gue'tEla, — language.

Tsbnb'k'oa, a fabulous woman (ls'5'-
na, thunderbird ; — o'k"oa, fe-
male 0)).

turned upside down, H. k'pe'tla ;
k'pe'lla ill, — in house (see I'o
capsize).

to turn round, L. k-ui'sk'Emn'it
( — k'Em, /ace); mE'ls'it.

tide turns, H. ts'a'ista ( — sta, water).

twelve, Gr. matlgi'Ca.

tioenty, G. mEntsq.

twice, L. nia'llp'ana.

twig, L. ma'mee.

twins, N. tra'ieatse( — atse, young).

two, N. mall ; Ma'tsEraEnk'olawis,
always carrying two round ones
in each hand; G. malo'q ;
ma'sEms, — round ones.

two hundred, G. k apos bEgua'-
num ( = ten men).

U.

^igly, N. iakya'oe ( ^bad forehead),
uncle, N. k'ule' (addressed), H.

qtlEmp.
to uncover face, L. lo'sEmHit

( — sEm, face), H. I'E'lk-Emtl

( — k 'Em, /ace).
under, N. pEii'a ; pEn'a'tse, lower

side; be'benak-aua, the lowest;

— aboe, underneath; aoa'boe,

underneath ; halqabo'e, to kill

Boas.]

80

[Nov. 18,

— ; H. oa'poa ; wunka'poa,

bottom, lower side (= edge un-
derneath); esa'poa, lower side;
ma'taput, to fly under; toa'put,
to walk under cover,
unexpected, N. k-'oe'iiifa'astl, 7mp-

pening unexpectedly,
to unload canoe, N. mo'lltola ; H.
wa'mdtltut ( — otlt, out of
canoe),
unsteady, L. gj'E'lEla.
to untie, N. kui'tla ; k-ui'tlaqala,
to untie from trees (, — aqa,
down).
upper part of river, N. na'lae ; nE'l-
pe, Iiouse highest up river ; ne'-
nelgyas, country highest up
river; ne'ltse, up river,
up, N. — usta ; lagyusta'la, to ascend;
NEmokyuslalis, the only one
coming out of ground ; k-'e'Hus-
tal, washerwoman ( = hanging
up); gyalamustala, salmon first
ascending river ; tl'Epustala, to
ascend mountain ; gya'qusta, to
come up ; tsu'flustut, to hold up;
■wi'kyustoa, not to be able to hold
up against ; k-asustala, to walk
up ; H. G. — osteoa ; la'kosteoa,
to walk up; d'oqsoslewala, to
look up ; tQsoste'oa, to jump up.
to turn upward, H. d'a'lek'eila.
to urinate {male), H. kii'E'lk-oa.
to urinate {female), H. aia'sa.
urine, H. kniloqpe's.
useless, N. gyokk-'a'laam, — house;
H. a'mtla ; a'mtlask-am, a
strumpet,
uvvla, H. niE'sniES.

vein, H. haia'speatsee.
vertebra, H. k'o'tso (see Bone).
village, N. gyoq, H. gok', G. gyoq ;

N. gyoqlEuis, G. gyo'qlEma,

village site.

virgin, N. ky'ca'la.

to visit, N. e'wak'itq, whom every-
body visits.

volcano, A. lluinqama'qis.

to vomit, L. lia'qo it, N. ho'k'oa;
hauk'ua ! vomit!

W.

waisfcoat, k*'e'qsawok'.

to walk, N. k-a'sa ; k'a'sEltsue, —
on flat object; k'a'tsetlanc, —
on log; ka'seqala, — down;
ka'tsestala, — around; k-a'-
sustala, — up; k-asEiiqEntala,

— along edge; k atsnulsEntala,

— along long object ; k'ak'asky-
ina'la, — and find; L. la'ilEn
k-a'sat, I — ; k-ak>a'lagyilis,
walking together; k-aullanea'la,
to walk meandering; G. k'a'tl-
towa, — on road ; k-a'ldzoa, —
on plants; k-allna, — over
log ; k-a'tsislala, — around.

G. lalus, to walk down river;

la'qa, — down; la'kHiiwa, —
up.

N. tayukuinfi'la, — and find ;

Ifiyok-oa'lag^ilis, walking to-
gether ; H. lono'olsa, — along ;
toa'put, — underneath ; A. to'-
quit (N. = war dance).

G. si'Q'uit, — up river.

071 trail, N. ts'e'k'oa.

N. iiauqsa'yo, hauqsa'lo, — on

trail; hoqsla'la, — into water
( — sta, water).

H. uaqoaqtoa', to smoke walk-
ing ; G. ha'mstoa, to eat walk-
ing; lia'iiqtoa, to sing walking ;
k-a'k-paqtoa, to smoke walking.

sojtly, N. sE'ltala.

wall, L. tsa'k-am ; N. gyok-opa'sila,
— at point; H. gaiiwi'm.

wanting to, L. N. — eqst ; me'q'eqs-
lEu, 1 xcant to sleep.

1R92.]

81

[Boas.

not obtaining what one tmnts, N.

wi'utl.
tear, N. hd'utlo, to go to — ; H.

ts"e'kyatla.
dance, N. to'q'uit (see To

walk),
warm, N. ts'E'lqua ; ts'E'lquat,

place where it is warm ; H. ko'-

qoa, G. ky'u'qula.
to warm one's back, L. pEue'kyalitl

( — ekya, back),
warrior, N. winae'noq ; u'listalits,

great — {perhaps victorious).
to wash, L. tetek-EuiH'it, — face

( — k"Em, face); la'asta, — body

(= to go into water; la, to go;

— sta, water) ; tsE'ntsEiik-oa, —

hands; H. ts'o'tsoqma, qau'-

SEtnt, — face ( — SEiii, face) ;

ts'o'qoeta, — body ; niuqsta', —

body ( — sta, water); ts'6'k-oa,

— hands ; dei'seta, — with cedar

branches; ky'i'lpa, — clothing,
washbowl, H. ts'e'koisk-Em ( — k-Eui,

round),
watchman, L. k"'a'k ala (see To

hear),
water, L. N. wa'p, H. waa'm.
N. H. G. —sta ; N. k-'ola'sta,

water of life; tsuqsta, to jump

into — ; koa'asta, cup ; H.

llqsta'ut, to push canoe into — ;

tQsta, to jump into — ; nak'a'm-

sta, cup ( = drink water); G.

gyuqsta'is, house in — .
is, in sea, N. k''atsi's, bottom of

sea; na'nis, bear in sea; H.

k'alia'ois, anchor stone.

on water (see Surface).

leave, L. k'Ele'e ; aquma'le, breaking

wave ; H. gans'iuala.
we inclusive, L. N. no'guaniEnts,

H. no'guants, G. nogua'nis.
we exclusive, N. G. no'guanuq, H.

nogua'ntk'.
weak, G. we'Uimas (= not strong).

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 80C. XXXI.

weasel (Pittorious), N. gyegyi'lEin

(= climber),
weather, N. na'la ; nena'lanuk,

having — {i. e., being able to

change — ).
to iceave basket, L. yi'p'a.
cedar bark mat, Tl. ky'e'ta ;

ky'e'tamitl, weaving fr ame ; H.

tle'Huila.

rush mat. L. o'ta.

wedge, N. tlE'iukyaio, A. tla'nut.
weir for fishing, N. mo'a, A. ko'lem,

G. ina'meas.
icest, H. qa'is ; qa'eqae, tcestern peo-
ple,
tchale, N. H. G. k-'o-i'm ; N. k'oe'-

gji]eik',madea — ;k'oa'iastEms,

place of lohales.
Tl. t'oto'sk"amis {a. p. ('!) per-

7iaps = star face in sea),
ichetstone, L. I'e'kyaio.
whirlpool, L. k'o't'is ( — is, in sea),
whirlwind, L. lialo'pek"a.
whiskers, N. hapqste'e (= moxUh

hair),
to whistle, N. lio'uqna.
whistle, N. niEtse's, ■ — of hd'mats'a:

ts'e'koliyala, trumpet; A. k-oa'-

k''om61alcu'la, — of me'itla;

ky'e'kyala, trumpet ; k"6s, — of

tloola'qa; te'qatsk, — oftsa'ek a;

H. Hue'k'oa, — small,
tchite, L. mEla', H. mo'k'oa, G.

mo'qsto.
w7dte blanket, H. kye'IqsEm.
who is that? A., alv'oiqk-au.
wide, N. le'qo ; le'qois, widebeach.
icidow or widoicer, 7nourniiig, N.

jla'msila, G. g'oa'itlowa (=sit

ting in house) .
widow, N. bEky'a'sit (=: without

man),
loidower, N. Ic'Eky'a'slt (= without

woman),
wife, N. G. ganE'm ; N. ganE'mtl,

future — ; H. g'auE'tn.

140. K. PRINTED APRIL 18, 1893.

Boas.]

82

[Nov. 18, 1892.

icild, ha' matu' a growing — , N.Quii'sa.

wind, L. ia'la ; ia'oapsKin, sail;
iau'apEk-, mast; H. G. iuii'la ;
H. iua'lis, place where always
wind; iai'uaspEk", mast; iai'-
uastEm, sail; iai'iialsk, hoisted
sail; G. iai'uatsEm, sail; iu'p'iq,
mast.

north wind, N. ta'k'oa, H.

Ifak'oa'la.

uindpipe,'H.\'\elSKqa'b ( — qao, neck).

wing, H. ma'ilnialEm (see Tofli/).

first feathers of — , L. p'E'llEm.

hind feathers of — , L. ts'E'l-

knim.

winter, L.N. tsawii'nq, H. tsawu'nq,
G. tsonq ( — anq, time of).

wise, N. no'k-at ; na'katse, the
great wise one; no'k-amo, born
wise; nand'ak'aua, the wisest
one; H. no'ak -aua, the icisest one.

to wish, N. ii'Hula.

tcolf, L. a'llanEin (see Inland); N.
Nuqnemisname, Nun; Nunkje'-
qtoe, chief of — ; Mamalelck'ala,
ole'kyin, H. k'usE'ls, G. asila',
tl'EsyEgumi'H.

wolverine, N. ■wa'jrigj-a, ca't'bee.

woman, L. tsEta'q.

L.N.k-aky— ; N. G. ka'kyala,

woman speaks (= woman's
noise); N. k-aqk-ekya'la, — is
always talking; H. k-ky — ;
k'kyala, woman speaks; k-ky-
ape's, female talker.

N. — k-as; — k-a; DEme'mak-as,

sister ; k-ok'otsaqsEma'lak'a,
Koskimo woman ; hai'atlilak-as,
mending woman {^^ female sha-
man); Iso'tlemak'as, grand-
daughter; a'tak-a, pet daughter;
ne'nenk-as, bear woman; H.
— k s; mEnu'yak's, sister; tlasE-
la'k-sa, shrew; ts'6'qtlEinak-s,
granddaughter; g'auioa'qllek"s,
second daughter; hau'ldsek-s,
only daughter.

woman, N. H. — aqsEm ; N. Nim-
kca'qsEiu, Nimkish woman;
Gua'gulaqsEm, Kwakiutl wo-
man; H. Awi'wiky'a'qsEm,
Awiky'e'noq woman; Bi'bilqu-
la'qsEiii, Bilqula woman ; k'oe'-
k'oentenoqa'(isEiii, K-oehtenoq
woman; Tlallasikoa'qsEm, Tla-
tlasik oala woman; Heilts-ok'o-
a'qsEm, Heiltsuk' woman,

N. H. — uk'oa, — okoa, — in

names; N. A'nk'oalayu'k'oa,
making it cloudy ; Lalak-'aiyu'-
k'oa, made to go ahead of all ;
Tsono'k'oa, thunderbird wo-
manCi) H. Tlalellilayo'k-oa.

womb, H. uia'eollatse.

wondeiful! Tl. N. sa'kya?, aul'la
(=:; real).

iDOod on beach, L. k"'e'qatl.

dried, A. kya'p'as.

damp, A. ts'e'mos.

woodpecker, red-winged, L. sa'k-oala,
Tl. tla'tlanitl, L. tla'llante'k-,
H. lla'tlapekH.

wool of mountain goat, L. p'ii'lEm ;
pElpEla'sk-Eiu, blanket of — .

wool and fine hair, H. kya'iliEina.

word, N. wa'ildEm.

world, N. wFnakuis.

Y.

to yawn, L. ha'nila.

yellow, H. te'qa.

yes, H. la'a, G. kyaa'.

yesterday, L. lla'nsutla, H. tla'ntse.

day before yesterday, H. tlu'-

ntseedEa.

yeic tree, Tl. H. tlE'mk-a.

you, H. k-aek-soa'ea, G. yii'qso.

young man, L. N. ba'bakum, N.
he'illa.

young of — , N. H. — atse ; N. ma'-
matlatse, half breed (= yoimg
of European) ; k''6'tsatse,
— crab ; H. tsaea'tse, — beaver.

Feb. 3, 1893.] Ot> [Packard.

llie Life History of Certain Moths of the Family Cochliopodidiv, with Notes
on their Spines and Tubercles.

By A. S. Packard, Providence, R. I.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 3, 1S93.)

I am under special obligations to Miss Emily L. Morton for the eggs of
several species of this family, which gave me the opportunity of rearing
them and thus of observing the freshly hatched larvse of species of three
genera of this most interesting group, none having heretofore been de-
scribed, unless we except a very brief notice in Buckler's Larva, of the
BritisJi butterpies and Moths (iii, 76) of the frcbhly hatched larva oi Ileter-
ogenea asella, as follows: "As well as my strongest lens would show
them to me, these very small specks of creatures were of an ovate, round-
ish figure, dark brown above and pale greenish beneath — in short, minia-
ture representations, apparently, in all respects of the mature larva."

I was very eager to learn whether the freshly hatched larva of any of
this group was born in the form of the fully grown larva, and entirely
without abdominal legs, or whether its body might not be more general-
ized in shape and structure and with the vestiges at least of such legs.
The result appears to be that, the young larvse are, so far as known,
without traces of abdominal legs, and that while those of the more
specialized though primitive genera, as Adoneta and Empretia, are born
with the tubercles already nearly as much specialized as in the full-grown
larva, in the more modified genus Lithacodes (L. fasciola), the body is
much more cylindrical and simpler, and thus more modified than in the
foregoing genera, being wiihout tubercles, but with forked glandular setae.

Another result of great interest is that the shape of the young larva of
Adoneta and also ot Empretia, with their large tubercles bearing three
radiating setae or bristles, is such as to remind us of the larvae of the
Saturniida;, and to suggest one of two alternatives, viz., (1) either tlie Coch-
liopodidse have originated from the Saturniid« or forms allied to them ; or
(2) both the Saturniidse and Cochliopodidae have descended from a common
stem-form, and this perhaps some Notodontian.

At all events the systematic position (and in this connection I may say
that the pupal and imaginal characters bear me oui) of the group repre-
sented by Limacodes and its allies is very near the Saturniidne, and noi far
from the Notodontians. It would seem as if the oldest, most generalized,
or less modified forms, viz., the original ancestors, were the tuberculated
larvse of Euclea, Adoneta and Empretia, as they are more like the larvae
ot other Bombyces, particularly the Satui'niidje and Notodontians. On
the other hand the nearly smooth slug- worms, without hairs or tubercles
when fully grown (such as Limacodes and Heterogenea), seem to be the
most aberrant and modified, viz., have become the most adapted to the
peculiar mode of larval life emphasized by the term "slug-worm ; " these

rackard.] O^ [Feb. 3,

being caterpillars which have lost by disuse their abdominal legs, the tho-
lacic ones being greatly reduced in size, while by their sluggish disposi-
tion, by their slug-like, slow gliding mode of progression, and by the pecu-
liar coloration of such forms as the larval lleterogenea, which mimics the
red, swollen spots on the leaves of various trees, particularly the oak,
chestnut, wild cherry etc., we have, as the result of gradual modification
brought about by adaptation, perhaps the most strange and bizarre type
of Lepidopterous larva in existence.

Thus, as a result of adaptation, probably brought about by a series of
causes unlike those affecting any other caterpillars, we have larvae wliich,
as in that of L. faseiola and also the larvaj of Packardia, are entirely green,
oval in form, and which we have noticed might easily be mistaken for a
fold or bend in a leaf. These smooth bodied, unarmed slug-worms are
protected (1) by their oval shape, the expanded edges of the body appear-
ing to merge into the surface of the leaf; (2) by their sluggish almost im-
perceptible gliding motions ; (8) by their pale pea-green gi'ound color, with
faint yellowish or reddish shadings on the more exposed ridges and pro-
jections of the body. These and other wholly green ones may have been
eliminated during the struggle for existence from the earlier, tuberculated
genera by their resemblance to green galls or swellings on the surfaces of
leaves. That the larvae of Heterogenea, such as U. flexuosa and II. testacea,
are wonderfully similar to the red dipterous or aphidid galls on oak and
other leaves was first suggested to us by the late Mr. S. Lowell Elliott,*
and since then we have frequently verified his observations, and been
struck with the wonderful resemblance between tliese larvae and the
small reddish and greenish galls wliich appear late in summer on the
leaves at the time when the larvae themselves become fully grown. These
forms being thus protected from observation and harm, do not need the
armature of the other group, the tubercles and spines have disappeared
through simple disuse , while being without poison-bearing spines, they
have also lost by disuse the bright colors and conspicuous spots of the
armed genera. On the other hand, the larvae of Adoneta, Empretia,
Euclea and allied forms, with their remarkabh'^ bright colors and mark-
ings, and poison-bearing tubercles, feed conspicuously, the warning colors
and showy ornamentation repelling the attacks of birds. We are inclined
to the belief that the armed slug-worms were the earlier, from the proba-
bility that in the Coleoptera the earliest and most generalized groups were
IheStaphylinidae, and the carnivorous Carabidae, and allies, while the later,
most extremely modified forms were the Weevils and Scolytidae, in which
the larvae are footless. In the Diptera also it is not improbable that those
families 'with the most perfectly developed larvae, such as the Culicidae

* Compare the remarks of Mr. Poiilton on the meaning of the peculiar method of pro-
gression in the larvoe of Cochliopodid;c in Trans. Ent. Soc. of London, 1888, 5'Jl , wherein he
states that Mr. Tate could not remember any object which the larvtc of H. asdla resem-
bled. Mr. Poulton remarks that they "may suggest the appearance of some kind ot gall
on the surface of the leaf."

1893.] OO [Packard.

and TipulidfB, were the earliest and most generalized types, while the
Muscidse, with their apodous maggots present the extreme of modification
though not of specialization, and so with other apodous insects and apo-
dous Arthropoda in general.

To return to the Cochliopodidae : the great difference between the tuber-
culated and spinose and the smooth, unarmed genera show that the forms
were more or less plastic, and though all of them are born without abdom-
inal legs, yet after atrophy had taken place, the larvae of different genera
became exposed to quite different surroundings and stimuli, and responded
to such varied changes with t)»e result seen in the numerous genera char-
acterizing the eastern regions of North and South America, as well as
Southeastern Asia; Europe only possessing two species, and none being
yet known from the Pacific slope of North and South America.

It will, of course, be a matter of great interest to examine the embryos
of this family in order to determine how late in embryonic life the abdom-
inal legs disappear, for, undoubtedly, as in the embryos of such Lepidop-
terous larvae as have been examined by embryologists, each segment bears
a pair of temporary embryonic legs. Probably the legs are represented
by the transversely oval ventral areas or muscular folds on each segment
of the abdominal region in the slug-worms.

As a result of studies with larvae and moths I may add that the genus
Heterogenea is more largely represented in the United States tlian for-
merly supposed, and the genera Kronea and Torlricidia are with liiile
doubt synonyms of Heterogenea, the characters which I originally em-
ployed not being of generic value.

The Life History of Empretia stimulea Clemens.

I am indebted to Miss Emily L. Morton, of East Windsor, N. Y., for
the eggs of this interesting form. The larvae hatched July 9 to 13 at
Brunswick, Me., from the eggs sent a few days previous.

Egg. — As usual in the family, an irregular, oval, flattened, scale-like
body, with a very thin edge ; under a half-inch objective the shell is seen
to be thin, transparent, and without any markings. They are laid in an
irregular mass, partly overlapping each other. Length, 1^ to 3 mm. ;
breadth, 1 mm.

Freshly Hatched Larva. — Length, 1.3 mm. The body is broad and high,
about three times as long as high, but much more cylindrical than in the
full-grown larva. The head is pale and the body is pale straw-yellow.
The eyes are black and distinct. The prolhoracic segment is large, some-
what hood like, not bearing any visible tubercles, but with two obsolete
warts, giving rise each to three hairs. The other segments are in this stage
distinctly marked, especially dorsally and ventrally. On each of the
second and third thoracic, and the first abdominal segments is a pair of
high conical tubercles, which are moderately thick at base, and nearly as
long as one-half the thickness of the body, each giving rise to but three

Packard] O'^ [Feb. 3,

setae, which on the average are about three-fourths as long as the tuber-
cles ; the first (mesothoracic) pair are as large as the second and third, all
being alike in shape, length and size (Fig. 1).

Succeeding the three pairs of large high tubercles are five pairs (on seg-
ments 2 to 6) of tubercles which greatly contrast in size with those at
each end of the body, being very much smaller, only about one third as
high as the others, or about one-half as liigh as the others are thick in
their middle. On the end of the body are three pairs of large tubercles,
the first pair of these (on abdominal segment 7) being larger and thicker
than those on the thoracic and first abdominal segments ; those of the
pair on the eighth segment are about as large as the pair in front, but those
on the last pair (on the ninth segment) are about one-half as large and
long as those on the eighth segment. They all bear only three setae each.

The setae or hairs appear under a half-inch objective to only taper like a
simple seta, the tip, however, not being acute, neither very blunt ; but
under a higher power (^ obj. A. eyepiece), the points are seen to be
divided or forked, but with only two divisions. Fig. 2 represents a
tubercle highly magnified, showing the finely forked glandular setse, each
of which is moved by a retractor muscle {m).

Larva. Stage II. — Length, 5 mm. The three anterior pairs of tubercles
are paler, the largest (hinder) thoracic pair much darker reddish purple.
Between tlie first and second dorsal pair of tubercles are two parallel dorsal
rows of three pale dots, forming two short parallel broken lines. A yel-
low spot between the two larger tubercles, and in front is a fine trans-
verse tine connecting two yellow dots, and a similar smaller mark behind
the yellow spot. Threesimilar marks, i. e., a yellow median spot and two
transverse lines at the base between the abdominal tubercles. The brown-
and-vvhite edged lines nearly enclose each set of tubercles as before.
The body is green and straw or lemon color above, and greenish amber
low down on tlie sides.*

Stage III{'i). — (July 23.) Length, 6 mm. The ten anterior fleshy ap-
pendages are all pale lilac ; those in front the paler ; the second dorsal
pair about one-third larger than the first pair, and the third pair about
one-third larger than the second, and nearer together at their base ; the
latter are deeper purple, and are dark at the end. The large pair near
the end are al^o purple, and only slightly larger than the second anterior

♦Miss Mullffldt thus describes the young, probably in Stage 11, as she observed them
at St. Louis : " Late in August of tlie preseut year I found quite a colony, probably ten or
twelve, on a single leaf of the above-mentioned tree. They had but recently hatched,
but tiny as they were — not more than an eighth of an incli in length — tliey had all the
titberrlcs and other characteristics of the mature larva, except that tlie saddle-cloth-like spot
was deep yellow instead of green and the central dorsal spot pinkish gray. They had
perforated the leaf with small irregular lioles. Not thinking that they would readily
loosen their hold on the leaf. I carried it carelessly in ray hand, and when I reached the
house was much disappointed to find that but two larvse remained on it. As these
thrived and perfected their development to the point of enclo.sing themselves in cocoons,
it is evident that maple may be included in the list of their food-plants" {Bull. Biv.
Enl., 13, G3).

1893.] o7 [Packard.

pair. The small pair of dorsal ones near the end are greenish yellowish.
The two lateral ones in front on each side are about three times as large
as the eight on each side behind them, and lliey are purplish, while those
(the eight) behind are pale greenish.

On the back, beliind the first pair of appendages, are two parallel pur-
plish longitudinal patche-", with the pale wlutisli median line between
them, and behind them are two dark patches, also separated by the
median line. Between the second and third pair of appendages is a
transverse dark brown stripe, which passes around behind the appendnges
but does not meet behind, and behind it is a roundish yellowish median
patch ; behind this patch, between the bases of the two appendages, is a
short transverse white line. The tip of the body behind is lemon-yellow,
and on the second, third and fourth segments behind the third pair of
appendages is the saddle-like median spot. It has a median oblong lilac-
brown patch, bearing two transverse broken white short stripes edged
with brown. On each side of this patcli is a white border witli three
scallops externall}^ and edged with black, the black line forming three
scallops. The two large purple posterior appendages are partly sur-
rounded at base by a brown curved line, the two not meeting in front or
behind, and between the bases of the long conical fleshy tubercles are
two linear dark stripes. The rest of the body is pale greenish, with a
slight yellowish tint. The appendages have each slender purplish spines
of quite even lengtli. It is bright colored and showy, and must depend
on it'' spines for immunity from attack.

It feeds in this stage on the upper surface of cherry leaves, eating off
the surface, leaving large dark patches. Crushed one of the small ones,
and found the hairs painful and annoying to my hand.

S'age III or IV (?). — Length, 7-8 mm. The thoracic segments — i. e.,
all Ihe region i)eariiig the anterior tubercles or papulfE — is now dark red-
dish brown ; the third, or hinder thoracic tubercles, dark reddish brown,
and the yellowish dots and lines are obsolete, only the bright yellow spot
behind the third pair of thoracic tubercles being left. The two anterior
pairs of tubercles are much paler than the third pair and the pair on the
eighth abdominal segment. The last pair on the end of the body are pale
amber. Tiie lateral papulae or tubercles are still green. The yellow
dorsal region between the thoracic and abdominal papula3 is now yellow,
edged witli white on the side low down, and in front and behind are white
borders edged part of the way with dark reddish brown. In front of and
behind the "saddle " are two twin dark dots. The saddle is plain brown,
oval, cylindrical, bordered with white, which is edge 1 within with rosy,
and, on the outer edge, with dark brown, this border being interrupted
in front and behind, opposite the twin dark dots. All around, and at the
base of the large tubercles on the eighth abdominal segment, the back is
dark reddish brown with a median yellow spot, and behind on the next
segment are two large oblique oval white spots, meeting on the middle of
the body, and faintly tinged with lemon-yellow.

Packard.] ^O [Feb. 3,

Full-fed Larva. — Length, 20 mm.; breiulth, 7 mm. The body is very
thick and stout, nealy one-half as long as broad, the dorsal surface regu-
larly convex, being well rounded above, a little wider in front than be-
hind. The prothoracic segment, with no tubercles, forming a hood for the
head, which is dull amber colored with darker spots. The second thoracic
segment with four spinulose fleshy conical tubercles, the dorsal ones
slightly larger than the lateral ones. Similar ones on the third thoracic
segment, but they are a little larger. On the first and eighth abdominal
segments are two very large diverging horn-like processes, and armed with
coarse spinules, which like those elsewhere are simple, ending in a slender,
stiflF corneous black point. On the last segment is a pair of small tuber-
cles and a terminal pair of rust-brown flattened branches of singular
spinules. The body is rust-brown, with a livid hue, and the skin is gran-
ulated. Abdominal segments 2-7 are pea-green, bordered below with a
white lateral line, and enclosing a large dorsal round brown spot bor-
dered with whitish. Between the base of the horns is a small pale spot,
and behind are two nearly adjoining yellowish-white patches.

The shape of the stout spines on the tubercles of the full-grown larva
is represented by Fig. 3, a, which is, however, one of the smaller spines.
A singular spine is represented at Fig. 3, b ; it is clavate, and arises from
a papilla situated on the middle of the tubercle near the edge ; such clavate
setifi as these are very rare, the only other one observed was situated
on the middle of another tubercle below the group of papillse, which
extends to the end of the tubercle. A very remarkable spine, and one
which we believe is largely concerned in producing the poisonous and
irritating eft'ects resulting from contact with the caterpillar of this species,
is one situated in scattered groups near the end of the tubercles. A group
of three is represented at e. They are not firmly embedded in the cuticle,
but on the contrary appear to become very easily loosened and detached,
and they probably, when brought into contact with the skin of any ag-
gressor, burrow underneath, and are probably in part the cause of the
continual itching and annoyance occasioned by this creature. It will be
seen by reference to Fig. 3, e' , that the body of the spine is spherical
with one large elongated conical spine arising from it, the spherical base
being beset with a number of minute, somewhat obtuse spinules. This
spine reminds one of an old-fsxshioned caltrop, and a group of them con-
stitutes a formidable armature. The cuticle at the end of the tubercles is
granulated, each fine projection being the end of a vase-shaped papilla,
all being closely crowded together, as at c. The skin of the body between
the tubercles is seen to be finely shagreened, an appearance due to the
presence of fine clear teeth more or less curved and bent, which arise from
a very finely granulated surface, as at d. It will thus be seen to what an
unusual extent the diflerentiation of the spines and of the armature of the
cuticle itself is carried in this highly specialized form.

Miss Murtfeldt has called my attention to the variation in the larva; in
the length of the tubercles, in the intensity of coloring, and the presence
or absence of the cream-colored spots.

1893.1 ^"^ [Packard.

RECAPITULATION OF THE MORE SALIENT ONTOGENETIC FEATURES.

A. Congenital Adaptational Features.

1. The tubercles on the second and third thoracic and the first, seventh
and eighth abdominal segments three times the size of those on abdominal
segments 2-6 ; these tubercles being already diflferentiated at birth and
more markedly so than in Adoneta.

2. Head not capable of being withdrawn into and concealed by the pro-
thoracic segment.

3. The tubercles each bear only three two- forked glandular setaj.

4. The body is more cylindrical than in the later stages, and colorless.

B. Evolution of Adaptational Features.

1. In Stage II the form and general colors of the full-fed larva are
assumed.

2. The tubercles are now armed with numerous poisonous spinules.

Note. — From w^hat we now know of the congenital, as compared with
the later acquired adaptational characters of Cochliopods, it is evident that
tlie latter are acquired at an earlier stage than in most other caterpillars.

Larva of Euclea querceti (H. S.) (monitor Pack.).

The following description is based on over a dozen individuals, found
from August 25 to September 8 at Brunswick, Me., on the red or swamp
maple and the beech, most abundantly, however, on the former, and
alwaj's on tlie under side of the leaves.

Last Stage. — Length, 18 mm.; breadth, 5-6 mm.

The outline of the body seen from above is regularly elliptical, each end
being alike. Body with a broad dorsal, flat, plateau-like surface, not so
wide as the body, extending from one end to the other, and bearing a row
of high conical papilliform tubercles of unequal size. From this plateau-
like surface the sides of the body fall away nearly vertically down to a
slight ridge bearing long slender papuloe, and situated above the edge of
the creeping disk. The body is in general pea-green of two shades, a
lighter and darker, with a yellowish hue, assimilating it to the color of the
under side of the leaves of its food-plant.

A.long the body are two dorsal rows, wide apart, of high, elongated,
densely spinose conical tubercles, the spinules black on the distal half.
Those of the first pair, situated on the second thoracic segment, are green ;
those of the second and third pair yellowish ; those of the third pair are
larger than the second, and the second than the first. All these tubercles
are usually reddish on the distal half. On the next five segments is a pa-r
of small rounded tubercles ; the first pair, situated on the second abdom-
inal segment, the smallest, and the third pair the largest. The ridge
bearing these tubercles is orange, edged with yellow. Between the sec-
ond and third pair of large anterior tubercles is a rounded madder-brown

PROC. AMEK. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. L. PRINTED APRIL 18, 1893.

Packard] ""J [Feb. 3,

spot, and a much larger second one between the first and second pair of
small tubercles, which is a deep rust-red or brown-madder sipiarish ur
oblong patch ; a similar one lies between the fourth and fifth tubercles,
and a fourth smaller, more rounded one between the first and second
pairs of the large terminal tubercles. At the end of the body are three
pairs of high conical tubercles like those in front. The two anterior pairs
are the largest, and those of the posterior pair project out horizontally
backwards and are green, the others being yellowish. In tlie green
median dorsal space is a pale median dorsal line, edged distinctlj^ with
black, and the sides of the area are edged with black, and dilate near the
base of the tubercles, forming black blotches.

The outer side of the subdorsal ridge is edged with black in the same
way, and this system of black marks connects with a lateral series of polyg-
onal nearly circular black rings on the vertical sides of the body, and
each enclosing two pale, depressed, oval, green areas. There is a lateral
series of nine green, long, slender, pointed, spinulate tubercles. Nearly
each tubercle on the upper side bears a large pale brown patch like amass
of sand (under a high-power Tolles' triplet I cannot discover the nature of
this sand-like mass, which is wanting on the first two and last one). At
the end of the body are four conical, high, deep black pencils of fine
hairs ; one between the last and penultimate subdorsal tubercle and an-
other in front between the penultimate subdorsal and last lateral tubercle.
On the first thoracic segment are a few fine hairs ; it is green and not
spotted. The head is green, witli the mouth-parts dark. Fig. 4 repre-
sents a dorsal tubercle with its spines ; it is perhaps from too old a speci"
men to show the unicellular poison glands at the base of the spines ; »., a
single forked minute spinule ; ct., the cuticle at the base of the tubercle
containing clear roundish spaces with a raised edge. There seem to be no
caltrops or minute spines in the cuticle of this genus.

Two specimens living on the oalv were received from New York through
Mr. Simpson. One of them is colored as usual, but the subdorsal madder-
brown or reddish squarish spots between the papulae are dull and rather
faint. The other, larger, is quite diiferent in color from normal individu-
als. The body and dorsal papulaj instead of green are dull orange-red-
dish, while the reddish patches between the subdorsal papuUeare faint and
smaller than usual. The network of what are usually black lines on the
sides is rather reddish. The polygonal lateral areas include an upper
often dumbbell-shaped pile spot, and alowerdouble pale spot, the oblique
oval spot being supplemented by a pale dot just below and in front. The
posterior black conical tufi of hairs is much larger than the lateral ones in
front.

It began to spin a thin cocoon September 14.

Two full-grown larvae, apparently of this species, were found August 1,
on the back of a pear tree and received from J. H. Pearson, of Ports-
mouth, N. II. I will copy my description : Body oblong, flattened
beneath, couve.v above, with a slight subdorsal ridge on each side of the

1893.] "■*■ [Packard

back, giving a slightly quadrilateral outline to the animal in section. It
is pale ultramarine green, the fleshy conical spines or papulae being
deeper green. Of these papulae there are two subdorsal rows, ten in a row,
and otherwise as already described. The spinules of these papubie are
white at the base, with the distal end black. There is a row of lateral
spines similarly spinulated and of uniform size. The four pairs of square
spots are blackish, those of the anterior pair (on second thoracic seg-
ment) being rounded. They are more or less connected with dorsal
irregular lines and dots. On the side of each segment is a blackish ring,
lined within more or less distinctly with white, and enclosing a roundish
hexagonal green spot.

Remarks. — The larvae of the genus Euclea are wonderfully differentiated
and specialized as to their papillne and surface markings, as well as colors.
The object of this or rather the process by which these structures and
markings have gradually appeared, can, so far as we can now see, only be
explained by supposing that they are warning structures and colors, the
gay colors enabling the insect to be easily seen and the forbidding spines
preventing their being swallowed by birds after once being detected. On
the other hand, the more plain, unarmed larvae of Heterogenea are in-
stances of protective resemblance, as their lives are saved by their exceed-
ingly sluggish movements and their green colors, assimilated to the hues
of the under side of the leaves, in which they rest, for the most part
nearly nnmovable. Yet why should Euclea feed like Heterogenea and
allies on the under side of the leaf, and not on the upper, where it would be
readilj^ seen ?

Parasa chloris H. Sch. (P. fraterna Grote).

The larva, like those of many other Cochliopods, lives on the under
side of the leaf of its food-plants. It often, however, begins at the end
of a leaf and eats down to the base ; it remains on the under side, but
the hood bends over so as to be seen from above, but the color, exactly
like that of a brown sere part of the leaf, protects it. Several specimens
were kindly sent me by Miss Morton, September 4.

Full-grown Larva. — Length, 15 mm. The body is oblong, square ; when
seen in section it is somewhat trapezoidal, the dorsal surface being flat-
tened, though siill somewhat convex, s^nd one-half to two-thirds as wide
as the creeping disk or under side of the body. Posteriorly the body ends
in a long, slender, fleshy projection or " tail," which is somewhat spinose
and slightly forked at the end. Along each side of the dorsal area is a
row of short, thick, retractile tubercles which bear peculiar stout spines,
which are whitish, tipped with brown at the ends. Fig. 5, sp. represents
a part of one of these tufts of sharp spines, which are white, becoming
dark towards the ends ; ct., the spiny cuticle of the body, the spinules
being modified cuticular cells ; cV, the same seen from above. A few cal-
trops were to be seen. The third pair from the head is situated nearly on

Packard.] •''^ [Feb. 3,

the second abdominal segment, and is twice as large as the others ; those
on the eighth abdominal segment are much larger than the other abdomi-
nal tubercles (which are minute), and the spines on this pair are whiter
than those on the other tubercles. A brown line washed externally with
paler bounds the sides of the back. A lateral row of small tubercles bear-
ing spines is situated around the edge, the middle of each tubercle being
raised, convex. The spiracles are minute, while, somewhat raised, and
situated in a darker round area. Low down between the two rows of
tubercles is a row of smooth, kidney-shaped depressed spots. The head is
chestnut, the labrum paler. The under side or creeping disk is pale flesh
color edged above with a reddish stripe, becoming reddish brown above.
The body above is of a rich velvety dark flesli-red brown. Some individ-
uals are much darker than others. The under side of the " tail " is tlesh
colored, reddish above, and on top of a rich brown.

In this species the spiracles are plainly seen to be arranged, as in Lima-
codes scapha, on the side of the body rather low down, but above the edge
of the creeping disk.

In P. chloris {frnterna Grote) the tail like end of the body is longer and
better developed, and more movable and nutant than in the larva of
Packardia. It is slowly raised and lowered while the animal is creeping,
with the result that it must be deterrent to ichneumon and other insect
enemies. The " tail " is quite hirsute, and is flesh-colored below and at
the end, but on the upper side is brown like the body. It varies in length.
The "hood" or prothoracic segment is in this species larger and freer
from the second thoracic segment than usual.

On one of the larvae was observed an oval cylindrical ichneumon egg.

Life History of Adoneta spinuloides Herrich-Schaeffer.

Batches of the eggs of this Cochliopod were also very kindly sent me
by Miss Emily L. Morton, from New Windsor ; they hatched July 18 or 19.
The eggs are so flat, scale like and transparent, that they must be very
difflcult to detect on the leaf of the food plant. Thus the eggs must be
to an unusual extent free from attack of other insects or the gaze of birds,
etc.

In Stage IT, when feeding, the upper (never the lower) surfixce. says Mr.
Bridgham, is eaten, and all the contents, leaving only the lower skin of
the leaf, thus forming little pits on the surface.

Egg. — Very flat, rounded, oval, with very thin edges ; varying much
in size, some being twice as large as others, varying from 0.7 to 1.4 mm.
in length, and nearly as broad as long. The cast shell is thin, membrane-
like, not preserving its shape after the exit of the larva, and not showing
any markings. Though the eggs themselves vary so much, yet the larvae
whhin are of nearly the same size. This variation in size is very unusual
in insects and may be correlated with some interesting peculiarities of the
oviduct.

1893.] "'^ [Packard.

Tlie Freshly Hatched Larvee. — Length, 0.8 to 1.2 mm. The body is oval,
cylindrical, with both ends nearly alike. The dorsal tubercles are lar^;e,
prominent, conical ; those on the second and third thoracic and first ab-
dominal segments are large, conical, and twice the size of those on the sec-
ond and third abdominal segments, while those (in one of my specimens)
on tlie fourth segment are as large as those on the first or seventh segment,
but in another no larger than tliose on segments 2, 3, 5 and 6 ; those on
segments 5 and 0 are of the same size as those on segments 2 and 3; those
on segment 7 are as large as those on segment 1 ; tliose on segment 8 a
little smaller than those on segment 7 ; those on segment 9 of the same
size as those in the middle of the body. From each of these tubercles
arise three glandular hairs or seise, which are on the average about a third
longer than the tubercles themselves ; they are rather stout, tapering
slowly from the base to the tip, slightly curved, and divided at the end
(as seen under a i objective B eyepiece) into three short minute forks.

There is a lateral row of tubercles, one to each segment, beginning
with the second thoracic, which are smaller or about half as large as the
smallest dorsal ones, and each bearing three setse. The segments are
quite well distinguished. The head is white, about one-half or two-thirds
as wide as the body ; the latter is at first pearly white, and later with a
purplish shade on the back ; the skin is very finely granulated, and the
spines are blackish towards the tips.

Fig. 6. A camera sketch, from an alcoholic specimen, of the freshly
hatched larva ; both rows of dorsal tubercles are represented (author del.).
Fig. 7. A restoration of the same by Mr. Bridgham, corrected by the
author ; /, front view. Fig. 8, a. Third thoracic dorsal tubercle (or first
abdominal), bearing three spinules at the end, each terminating in three
short, minute, obtuse forks ; a', ends of four spinules ; from each fork or
branch a stria passes down to the base of the spinule.

The following description of Stage II has been drawn up from a specimen
stated by Mr. Bridgham (to whom I sent the eggs and freshly hatched
young) to have molted once, and from which he made his Fig. 215. The
drawing was made July 20, the specimen feeding on the scrub oak.

Stage II. — Length, 2.8 ; width, 1.4 mm. The larva is now at least three
times as large as before molting, and it would be difficult (as I have not
myself seen the larva alive in this stage) to believe that it could be in Stage
II, unless Mr. Bridgham had noted the fact on his sketch that it was drawn
"after the first molt." The larva has now assumed nearly the shape and
nearly the colors of the fully-grown larva, the tubercles even being a little
larger in proportion, and with the spines as numerous and as large as in the
last stage. The body is broad and flat, and the head is entirely concealed
by the prothoracic hood. The skin is finely granulated. The tubercles are
now completely difterentiated, and are indeed a little larger in proportion
to the body than in the full-grown larva.

Fig. 9 represents a small anterior lateral tubercle after the first molt ;
the unicellular poison cells not distinctly seen; a, a larger lateral tubercle.

Packard.] «^4: [p^,^ 3_

Fig. 10, tubercles of last stage ; a, tubercle with venomous spinules ;
b, space at the base of a tubercle densely covered with caltrop-like
spinules ; these caltrops are very easily loosened, and can readily work
under tlie skin ; c, end of a tubercle ; c', part of the base of a tubercle,
with the granulated cuticle near the base ; d, two caltrops enlarged ; e,
two venomous spines, with the unicellular gland in tlie expanded base of
the spine ; e', a spine of different shape on tlie same tubercle (autlior del.).

The second and tliird thoracic dorsal tubercles are a little slenderer and
smaller tlian the pair on the first abdominal segment. The pair on the
fourth abdominal segment are ueaily three times larger than those on
abdominal segments 2, 3, 5 and 6 ; tliose on segments 7 and 8 are of the
size of those on abdominal segments 4 and 1.

The ground color is a pale, delicate pea-green ; most of the tubercles
are green, but the large dorsal tubercles on first, fourth and seventh ab-
dominal segments are now rose reddish ; the others only tuiutly stained
with roseate.

It thus appears that all the essential characters of the fully grown larva
are assumed in the second stage, and at a period much earlier than in the
larvae of some, if not all, of the other Bombycine tamilits. This accelera-
tion of development of the adaptational characters of the larva seems to
occur also in Empretia, and probably in Litliacodia, and is perhaps com-
mon to the group. Additional observations are, however, much needed
on this interesting point.

The following description is drawn up from ten larvoe kindly sent me
by Mr. Fred. B. Simpson from New York. It feeds on japouica, and
will, he says, eat the wild rose.

Stage III. — Length, 4 mm. Body with the segments in this genus dis-
tinct. It is raiher narrow and elongated, nearly three times as long as
■wide. The back of the body is well rounded, forming a slight approach
to that of ordinary caterpillars ; the segments convex, and the sutures
between them deep and distinct ; the dorsal region is narrower than the
sides, which flare out somewhat ; in transverse section the body is some-
what trapezoidal. The prothoracic segment forms a true hood, which is
slightly bilobed on the front edge, and encloses the head when the latter
is retracted. The head is moderately large, pale green, and the region of
the mouth is darker, pale chestnut.

The three segments behind the first thoracic each bear a pair of large
high pear-shaped or high conical bright pale coral-red tubercles, densely
spinose and pappose. At the end of the body, on the three last segments,
are tliree similar pairs of coral-red tubercles, those of the last pair being
slenderer, more pointed, and projecting out backwards ; they are also
green, of the same hue as the body, but in the larger specimens they
become red. Between these two sets of large red tubercles are five pairs
of small green ones, wluch are one-third as large as the largest red ones ;
they are not situated quite so near together, and are all of the same size ;
the third pair are connected by a transverse greenish ridge; from this

or:

1893.] ^^ [PiKkard.

ridge to the back of the second segment, or between the first pair of red
tubercles is a broad, irregular patch of dull purple, interrupted between
the second and third anterior red tubercles by a transverse green line.

On the posterior half of the body is a patch formed of three purplish
patches connected together ; the third and last of the three portions form-
ing the patch, which ends before reaching the middle pair of the three
posterior pairs of tubercles. The sides of the body fall away precip-
itously, spreading out a little at the base or edge of the creeping ventral
disk. On this edge is a series of nine green pappose and spinose papilke
or tubercles, the anterior two or three and the last being very slightly
larger than the middle ones. Between the ventro-lateral and subdorsal
rows the sides are variegated with upright ridges connecting the lower
and upper tubercles. The sides of the body are dark pea-green, and the
dorsal region faintly yellowish green, the subdorsal papillae being yel-
lowish green and the lower ones dark pea-green.

In one slightly larger (4.5 mm. in length) the body above is stained
less red and purple than usual, the posterior purplish patch not yet formed,
and only represented by purplish points, while the third pair of anterior
papillae and the first and third pair of the posterior set are still green.
Also the subdorsal line along the tubercles are whitish yellow.

It thus at this stage varies considerably in coloration and in the distinct-
ness of the hues.

Stage IV. — Length, 7 mm. When in this stage it only differs from the
smaller ones in the dorsal purplish patches being more greenish in the
middle, and edged distinctly with darker and externally brighter tints.
Each segment, also, covered by the purplish patches bears a pair of minute
greenish warts, which are much less distinct in the smaller ones ; some-
times two of these warts are connected by a greenish line. Also in this
stage the last pair of dorsal papillae are red, and the middle papillae are
stained with bright red on the inside at the base, sometimes the red stain
being connected with the red border of the dorsal patch. In this and the
next stage the body is somewhat higher over the thoracic region, falling
away slightly posteriorly.

La»t stage {V), fully grown larvm. — Length, 12 mm. (The largest and
most distinctly marked larvae selected for description.) The body is of
the same shape as before, i. e., when one-half grown. The dorsal plateau
is as wide as the body, the sides falling away rapidly from the edge of the
plateau ; the sides of the plateau are rounded over, not forming ridges.
The two great patches on the yellowish plateau are pale purplish madder,
darker on the edges, and edged with bright brick-red or Venetian red,
while the papulae are bright cherry or vermilion red. There is a faint,
pale medio-dorsal line. The purplish patch begins on the front end of the
second thoracic segment and contracts deeply between the second pair of
papulae and again between the third pair, ending suddenly in a mucrouate
point situated between the sixth pair of papulae. The second patch begins
at a point situated between the sixth and seventh pair of papulte, contracts

rac-kard.] '^^ [Feb. 3,

narrowly between the ninth pair, ending just in front of and between
tlie penultimate or tenth pair. The first patch then is composed of tliree
sections or saddle-shaped dilatations, of which the last or third extends a
little way down the sides of the plateau, and there are two divisions of
the second patch, the first the larger, and extending down the sides of the
plateau, but not so far as the third division of the first or anterior patch.
Between the first pair of papulae is a greenish median, transverse spot,
and on each side of the first section of the purple patch are two greenisli
dots like a stunted exclamation mark. These dots appear to be modified
surface dorsal piliferous warts, but they bear no hairs. A few fine pllifer-
ous tubercles are scattered along the sides of the body. On the middle
section of the first or anterior purplish patch are four rounded, impressed,
modified, greenish warts, and on the third section there are six of them.
On the posterior or second patch the first and larger division bears four
such round greenish spots, with a darker centre representing an aborted
hair, and on the last division are two similar spots. The last two pairs of
spots are connected by a faint line of the same color. The three anterior
pairs of papulae which increase in size to the third pair are all bright, del-
icate cherry or vermilion red. The three last pairs are of the same coloj-,
except the last pair which are green at base ; of these three the middle pair
(the tenth pair of all) are longest and highest, being twice as long and
high as the ninth pair. The fourth and fifth pair are very small and
green, while the sixth pair are somewhat larger than the two pairs in front,
and the two pairs behind, and tinged with bright reddish. The papulae
are all densely spined, the spines stiff and sharp and blackish at the ends,
greenish at the base. On each side, low down, is a row of nine small,
spiny papulae, rather difficult to detect as they are concolorous with the
body. Directly below them are the minute, pale, circular spiracles. The
papulae are situated on a ridge, while the spiracles are just below it. Be-
tween the papulte is a pale lemon-yellow streak. The plateau is yellow-
ish green above and on the sides, while the sides are dark pea-green. The
skin of the entire body is finely granulated.

This larvae indicates in some points of its structure its descent and that
of the group to which it belongs, from the Attacinae ; these points are the
setiferous tubercles, and the distinctness of the segments from one another,
the sutures between them being well marked. Adoneta is one of the more
generalized forms, while Limacodes (scapha) and Heterogenea seem to
be the most modified, specialized or aberrant forms. Hence Adoneta,
etc., are more like the probable ancestors of the group than any other
genus.

Several singular microgaster cocoons occurred on some individuals,
being white and projecting vertically from the back.

1893.] •'* [Packard.

RECAPITULATION OF THE MOBE SALIENT ONTOGENETIC FEATURES.

A. Congenital Adaptational Features.

1. No tubercles on the prothoracic segment.

2. The dorsal tubercles on the second and third thoracic and first,
fourth, seventh and eighth abdominal segments double the size of those
on the other segments, the tubercles being already differentiated at birth.

3. The prothoracic segment not yet forming a hood, the head not re-
tracted within it so readily as in the last stages.

4. The tubercles each bear only three three-forked glandular setae.

5. The segments are more distinct than in the later stages.

6. The body is pearly white, slightly purplish on the back.

B. Evolution of Adaptational Features.

1 The body in Stage II assumes nearly the form and colors of the last
stage, the tubercles being armed with numerous spines, and some of them
tinted with red.

2. In Stage III, the colors and appearance of the full-fed larva are
assumed.

Larva of Phobetron sp.

Received from Miss Soule, of Jamaica Plain, Mass., September 10, on
maple. Length, 9 mm. Anterior pair of flaps (of which there are ten
pairs, five pairs being larger than the others), spreading out on each
side, and as broad at the »ud as long ; those of the four other pairs
directed backwards ; those of the second pair are one-half as large as the
third pair, and are flattened. The fourth pair are very small ; the fifth
pair slightly larger than the third. Tlie ninth pair are elongate, conical
pointed and pale in hue. The tenth pair are minute, directed horizontally
backwards and pale yellow. The upper surface of the body is muclx
flattened. The color of the body is pale sandy brown, becoming paler
towards the end of the body. Though young it appears to be quite differ-
ent from the ordinary larva of P. pithecium.

The spines and hairs of Pkobetrum pithecium present some interesting
peculiarities. Fig. 11, a, represents one of the flaps, which is connected
with the body by a very slight attachment at a t, situated at the base of the
flattened bilobed process, which is naked beneath ; the free lobe is fringed
with delicate plumose hairs ; b, represents the end of one of the smaller
flaps, clothed witli plumose hairs and naked at the end, which bears a
very long seta ; b', this terminal seta, enlarged still more, with a few thick
spinulate setse near the base.

Fig. 12, two of the plumose hairs from a flap ; all of the other processes
have similar hairs.

The last genus of the spinose Cochliopodids is Isa (Sisyrosea). Fig. 13
represents the end of one of the lateral tubercles of the first abdominal seg-

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. M. PRINTED APRIL 12, 1893.

Packard.] 98 [Keb. 3,

mentsof /. (Sisyrosea) inornnta. Fig. 14, a, end of the same still more en-
larged containing the supposed venomous glands; b, a group of three
minute spines altlie base of a tubercle, two of tliem containing the nuclei
of the poison-cells ; c, the basal minute spines at the base of tlie adjoining
tubercle, with the spiuulated cuticle {d) of the skin of the body between
them ; d', granulations of the skin, with two minute spines and a fine
hair-like seta ; d", portion of the cuticle, with minute forked spinules and
granulations ; p, a hollow spine filled with poison.

The Early Stages of Limacodes scapha Harris.

The young live on the under side of the leaf, eating holes out of the
middle.

Stige nCl) — Length, 3 mm. On Myrica gale, August 4, from Miss C. E.
Soule. The body is oval, much flattened compared with the full-grown
larva, being of the shape of a flat iron, the back being much depressed
instead of rising into a conical dorsal ridge as in the final stage. It is
square or docked in front and pointed at the end of the body. It is
greenish, with a slight amber-yellow tint ; but the much raised thick rim
or edge of the body is stained brick-red, both tlie outer and inner edge of
the red portion being scalloped, while a reddish bridge is thrown across
the depression just in front of the middle.

Stage IV, or that before the last. — Received, August 26, from Miss
Soule. Length, 6 mm. ; breadth, 3 mm. The body is still much
broader and flatter above than in the full-fed worm ; the dorsal surface
is broader than the ventral, the sides overhanging the creeping disk,
while the dorsal surface is broad and depressed, the sides rising or turned
up somewhat, while the sides of the body are deeply hollowed in. The
body is widest in the middle where there are two large, dark blood-red
patches which touch each on the median line of the body. Near the end
on each side of the body (on the third or fourth segments from tlie
pointed end of the body) are two pairs of small dark-red spots, connected
at the base on the reddish rim of the dorsal field ; and on the first pair of
spots at the base on the edge of the body is a clear white dot which
extends underneath. The edge of the dorsal depressed surface is some-
what stained irregularly with dirk blood-red ; the red accentuated at
intervals by four or five dark-red dots. On each side of the body are two
alternating series of round areas, as if stamped into the skin. On each
side of the body below are two rows of somewhat similar roundish im-
pressed spots. On each side above is a row of nine chitinous crescent-
shaped marks. These spots do not differ in hue from the body. The
prothoracic segment or hood is reddish in front and the shoulder of the
next segment is stained with red. The head is pale green, dark around
the eyes and mouth.

The specimen described below agrees exactly with Harris' figure (Corr.

1893.] ^J [Packard.

PI. iii. Fig. 8). It was found on Vaccinium corymhosum at Providence,
October 5.

Full-fed Larva . — Length, 15 mm.; greatest height, 7 mm.; breadth of
body, 8.5 mm. The body is short and high, quadrangular in transverse
section, bulging out a little near the creeping disli. The back slopes
rapidly down from the middle to each end, which is acute, ending in a
point or process, so that the caterpillar looks like a little rough skiff. The
head end is a little truncated, the head not seen from above, while the
posterior end is acutely pointed and held somewhat elevated from the
surface. Each side of the broad flat back is sharply ridged, and on the
outside on the lateral edge of the ridge is a row of eight small, square,
brownish spots. The segments are flat and continuous, the sutures obso-
lete, so that neither above nor on the sides is the body segmented, a char-
acteristic of the larvae of this genus, which as regards the caterpillar is
highly modified or specialized in shape and extei'nal structure. In the
middle of the back the ridge is slightly swollen and inside are two large
diflTuse pale-lilac patches ; there is a similar pair of patches near the end
of the body. Tlie head is brown and of the usual shape. The prothoracic
segment or hood has a V-shaped fissure or opening in front ; it is lilac
above, greenish behind. On each side of the body above is a series of
faintly impressed, oblong (vertically situated) impressed areas, each con-
taining a round pale-brown scar. There is a row of scars below the spira-
cles, and a row of smaller scars along the edge of the bottom of the body.
There are seven round pale-brown spiracles visible ; the eighth, if present,
I have been as yet unable to detect.

Tlie larva of this species differs generically from that of Lithacodia fas
ciold in the very broad dorsal plateau, which is as b)'oad as the body, the
sides being perpendicular, and either full or hollow, this being dependent
on the motions of the insect. The skin is smoother, less rough and granu-
lated than usual, and there are in general no minute setae or fine hairs,
except a few scattered hairs near the edge of the creeping disk.

The peculiar shining, glistening green color is half way in hue between
the color of the upper and under side of the leaf. There is a narrow,
threadlike yellow dorsal line from which a fine yellow line passes off at
riglit angles along the suture of three of the segments near the middle of
the body. On the third and fourth abdominal segments the lateral ridge,
which is well pronounced, is swollen and raised, and stained yellow, but
tinged with deep blood red on the top of the dorsal ridge. On the seventh
abdominal segment it is flattened and hollow, and there is a subtriangular
hollow, pale, yellowish brown, edged with deep red. All the four sub-
dorsal patches resemble the small sere and brown spots on the oak leaf,
whicii are generally yellowish brown and reddish ; the imitation in
color, as in other Limacodid larvae, being striking. The edge of the
creeping disk is whitish yellow. The body ends in a short, conical, tail-
like process, the tip of which is brownish, and on this process the two
subdorsal ridges and the two lower yellowish-while lines above the

Packard ] lUL) j-pelj 3^

creeping disk meet. On each side of tlie dorsal plateau is an alternating
row of impressed areas representing flattened and otherwise modified
warts, and on the sides are the spiracles, which are round and colored like
parchment. Below, alternating with the spiracles, is a row of minute
sunken warts, and above, also alternating with the spiracles, is a row of
ten oval or dumbbell-shaped pale spots, situated on a large subtriangular
impressed field. This field is seen under the microscope to be granulated,
while the surface of the body around them is singularly roughened with
minute raised, curved or new-moon-shaped granulations.

Larva of Packardia elegans (Packard).

The larvsE of this species frequently occurred on the leaves of the wild
cherry at Providence, in rather dense, dark pine woods near the banks of
the Seekonk river, during the last two weeks of September. The flexible
tongue-like tail, reminding one of that of Parasa fraterna, though not
perhaps homogenetic with that, is a good generic character, and it may be
an incipient deterrent movable organ serving to frighten away ichneu-
mons and tachinas.

Fall-grown Laroa. — Length, 14 mm. ; breadth, 5.5 mm. This larva is
allied to that of Limacodes fasciola, but differs generically in the long
tail-like prolongation at the end of the body. The body is oval, but
longer and narrower than usual, and rather high, with a rather narrow
but well-marked median plateau-like surface bounded by well-marked,
distinctly scalloped ridges, which are stained whitish lemon-yellow.
From this plateau the sides of the body fall rapidly off ; the surface of
each lateral region or declivity is steep and somewhat hollowed, and
about twice as wide as the median plateau (in L. fasciola the plateau is
about as wide as one of the lateral regions). The sutures between the
segments are indistinct, not so well marked as in L. fasciola. Along the
middle of the plateau is a row of pale, whitish-green, rounded spots
which extend nearly to the whitish ridge, and are centred by a slightly
raised, dark-green spot. It does not form a tubercle or flattened wart.
On each side along the middle of the lateral region is a row of ten similar
spots, and farther down is a submarginal row of irregular subtriangular
lemon-yellow spots, each situated directly below the dark-green centre of
the whitish spots above.

The sides of the body, viz., the margin above the creeping disk, are
slightly scalloped (the drawing well shows this), the points of the scallops
being under a high-power Tolles triplet seen to be well emphasized by
a minute piliferous tubercle, a little larger than the other granulations
which roughen the skin.

The end of the median plateau is greatly prolonged into a long, tail-
like, flexible, fleshy, acutely conical granulated process which is stained
cherry-red above, the only red on the body. The end of the creeping
disk is provided with fine short hairs.

1893.] lOl [Packard.

A moth appeared in the breeding box June 6, and another June 7 ; it
rested on the sides, with its wings depressed and the abdomen raised in
the air.

Cocoon. — Rounded oval, of the usual shape ; length, 6.5 mm. ; shorter
diameter, 4.6 mm.

My larva and also some excellent figures, with details, agree with Mr.
Dyar's description of the larva of P. eUgans in Can. Ent., Dec, 1891, 277.

I have two good figures by Mr. Bridgham of the larva of P. geminata,
which agree well with Dyar's description in Can. Ent., Dec, 1891, p. 277,
except that the tail is not slightly tipped with reddish. It was found
on the chestnut, September 16, and also on the wild cherry.

The Partial Life History of Lithacodia pasciola
(Herr.-Schaeffer).

I am indebted to Miss Emily L. Morton for the opportunity of studying
the freshly hatched larva of this species, as about the middle of June she
very kindly sent me the eggs from New Windsor, N. Y., which hatched
out at Brunswick, Me., July 18 or 19.

Egg. — Irregularly oval ; length, 1 mm. ; thin, scale like, and the shell
very thin and transparent. As they had dried on the paper on wiiich they
were laid, it is impossible to see whether the shell is marked with polygo-
nal areas or not.*

The Freshly Hatched Larva (Fig 15). — Length, 0.8 mm. The body
is wdiite, tinged with yellowish ; and the head instead of being white, as in
Adoneta and Empretia, is somewhat amber colored ; the eyes are black
and distinct ; the body is about four times as long as thick and slightly
thicker through the second and third thoracic segments than elsewhere.
The thoracic legs are unusually small. There are no tubercles, and the large
setfe appear to arise directly from the skin ; there are two dorsal and two
subdorsal rows, one of each on each side. The grandular setae (Fig. 16)

* I also received from ISIiss Morton the eggs of Phobelron pithecium and of Euclea quer-
ceii. Like tliose described in this paper, they do not present good generic or .specific
characters, enabling them to be readily identified. I give, however, the following de-
scriptions of them.

Egg of Phobdron pithecium. —-Tha sexes were mated July 3. The eggs are orbicular-
oval, flat, scale-like, rather large and of a more definite shape than usual ; 2 x 1.5 mm. ;
somewhat raised in the middle, but with very thin edges, resembling a shallow plate
turned bottom-side up. Some fortunately laid ou ghiss showed very plainly that the
very thin shell is covered with irregular, usually elongated polygonal markings; here
and there one being one-third smaller than most of the others. As usual they are laid in
an irregular group, partly overlapping each other.

Miss Morton writes me that the males seek their mates bet^veen nine and ten
o'clock in the morning, and that she never succeeded in mating a captive female at any
other time. She adds that the larva will feed on the chestnut, maple, hazel, oak, wild
cherry, and possibly on other trees.

Egg of Euclea querceti.—Qxnie regular orbicular-oval in outline ; thin, scale-like : 2 x 1.5
mm. ; the edge is quite definite, and the polygonal areas much as in those of Pfiobelron
pithecium.

Packard.] J-^-* [Feb. »,

are large and unusually thick and stout, and are only slightly enlarged
at the base ; on one side of each seta at tlie middle is a short, obtuse turn,
just beyond which it contracts, and the blunt end is forked ; the forks,
however, not spreading wide apart. They are all (those of both rows)
alike in shape and size and length from the second thoracic to, and includ-
ing, the ninth abdominal segment, and are about one-third as long as the
body is thick.

Tiie segments are distinct, and low down is a lateral series of minute
papilliform tubercles, one to each segment, and bearing a single minute
short hair.

This larva is very different from tliose of Empretia and Adoneta, and
probably is a fair type of the young or freshly hatched larvae of Limacodes
and Heterogenea.

The young larva was found feeding on the under side of a leaf of the
red maple at Brunswick, Me., August 12 ; it also occurred on the under
side of the leaf of the wild cherry in September, at Providence, and I have
received it from Miss Caroline G. Soule, of Jamaica Plain, Mass., where
it was found September 4, feeding on Gary a tomentosa.

Stage III C!). — Length, 5.5 mm. Tlie shape of the body is like an inverted
skiff, the fiat dorsal keel being about half as broad as the whole body,
which is oval in outline, the body ending behind in a dull point, which
bears two bristles. The larva is pea-green, much darker than tlie under
side of the red maple leaf, and a little lighter than the upper side. The
head is pale green, the jaws dull amber. The crenulated ridge along the
back is pale straw-yellow. There is a dorsal row of about eight roundish,
pale straw-yellow spots. All the tubercles, which are concolorous with the
body, bear short, stifi', dark bristles. There is a row of from six to eigiit
faint greenish-yellow rounded spots along the slope of the back, outside
of the crenulated yellowish line.

Stage /F(?). — Length, 7 mm. Body oval, flattened, in general rounded ;
the surface elevated into a dorsal region bounded by two keel like ridges,
the edge of each being serrated, each tooth bearing two obliquely situated
short spines which are green tipped with brown, the keel itself being
yellowish. Along the middle of the dorsal ridge is a row often whitish
spots with a greenish centre. Each spot is accompanied in front by two
lateral white dots. Outside and below each dorsal ridge is a row of
ten large white roundish spots, with dark centres ; below this row is a
series of white dots, and near the edge of the upper side is a row of
obscure white dots. The edge of the body seen from above is scalloped,
and on each scallop is a row of laterally projecting minute green spines,
the largest one of which is brownish. The body in general is pale green ;
the head paler, dark on the mouth parts, and the eyes are dark. The
surface of the body above is roughly granulated.

Several larvte living on the under side of the leaf of the wild cherry and
chestnut occurred at Providence during the middle and last of September.

Last Stage. — Length, 12 mm. ; width, 6-7 mm. The body is regularly

1893.1 [Packard.

oval in outline, rounded in front, and behind slightly produced. The
head is pale pea-green, the mandibles dark, the labrum whitish. The
prothoracic segment is as usual without markings. The rest of the body
is divided longitudinally into three regions : There is a median, elevated
plateau-like region, bounded by a well-marked irregular ridge ; from this
ridge the body falls off rapidly on each side to the lateral ridge overhang-
ing the creeping disk ; the surface of each lateral region may be steeply
inclined or somewhat lioUowed out, as it depends on the movements of
the larva. The segments are defined by well-marked sutures. The skin
is very rough, the soft, fleshy rugosities standing well up, and the sides
ofthe body are finely crenulated. The body is pale pea-green, the gen-
eral tint being like that of the under side ofthe cherry leaf, but more yel-
lowish. The rough edge of the plateau, i. e., the two parallel ridges
bounding it, the surface of the plateau being level, and not hollowed, is
lemon-yellow ; these two lemon-yellow lines are wavy, and they connect
in front on the second thoracic segment ; but behind, on the last segment
of the body, they do not quite meet. Along the middle of the plateau is a
median series of eleven irregular roundish lemon-yellow spots centred
by a depressed wart, each situated on a suture. On each segment and
each side ofthe sutural spots, in the middle of each segment, is a pair of
lemon-yellow dots. On each of the lateral slopes of the plateau are four
rows of lemon-yellow spots, the highest and first being a row of minute
transverse spots situated on the suture. Below this row is a series of
large transverse oval yellow spots centred by a depressed dark-green
point. This row is succeeded nearer the edge by a row of yellowish dots,
two on each segment ; one, the smaller of the two, situated on each
suture. The fourth row is on the margin of the body, and is a broken
series of short lines.

There is no red en the body. The end of the body is a rather narrow,
obtuse, slightly upcurved portion, being the end of the dorsal plateau.
There are no setae or coarse hairs above, but around the lower edge of
the body are sparsely scattered very short fine hairs. The spiracles are
situated just above the edge of the creeping disk. The dorsal setw of the
preceding stage are wanting in the final stage.

A figure made for me, by Mr. Bridgham, of a larva found feeding by
Miss Morton, September 4, on the walnut, in probably next to the last
stage, represents bristles, distinct sutures, and the segments as convex,
features which are not indicated in the full fed worm.

One example was ichneumoned. It will be noticed that in its last stage
this species loses its slight armature of minute bristles ; and it apparently
has no use for them, since I have been struck with the resemblance in the
shape and color of the larva to a simple sligh' fold in a leaf, so much
so that it might readily be mistaken for such a bend in the leaf by a pass-
ing bird ; and then the very sluggish motion of the creature would fur-
ther aid in the deception.

Packard.] 101 [Feb. 3,

RECAPITULATION OF THE MOUE SALIENT ONTOGENETIC FEATURES.

A. Congenital Adaptational Features.

1. Tlie larva is hatched without any tubercles.

3. The glandular hairs are of the same size and shape in the dorsal and
subdorsal rows; being short, with a tine at the middle, and forked at the
truncated end.

8. The body is more cylindrical than in the last stages and not skifi-like,
and the segments are distinct and simple.

4. The body is at first colorless.

B. Evolution of Adaptational Features.

1. The body becomes skiff-like when 5.5 mm. in length.

2. The color is pea-green, like that of the leaf it feeds on, with straw-
yellowish marks and spots.

3. The skin becomes rough and granulated, and the plateau distinctly
marked in Stage III or IV.

4. In the last stage the minute spines disappear.

Young Larva of Heterogenea sp.

Very near B.'s drawing, August 8, 1888, on the wild cherry. It must
be that species, as both want the anterior median reddish dorsal stripe.

My specimen, found on under side of leaf of wild cherry, September,
1890, only differs from Bridgham's figure in wanting the row of small
tubercles on each side ; these may be developed in the penultimate stage,
but my specimen is of the same length (5.5 mm. b}- 3.5 mm. wide). It
is closely allied to if not the same as the Heterogenea testacea found on the
beech. It differs from those, and an unpublished figure by Emerton,
however, in the line from the front edge of the second thoracic segment
to the cross being obsolete, and simply represented by a faint, small,
transverse discoloration, where two are represented in Bridgham's Fig. A.
The red Greek cross is not very well marked, as the arms of the cross are
very broad and triangular, and the base does not reach the end of the
body. But the colors are as in H. flexuosa, the general color purple
madder, with a longitudinally oblong pale Venetian-reddish patch con-
taining still paler spots, the whole margined with deep brickred, and
edged on the outside with yellow.

This and other Heterogeneas look just like a reddish patch often to be
seen on the under side of some of the cherry leaves and afford remark-
able examples of protective coloration.

Full-grown Larva op Heterogenea sp.

Occurred on the under side of leaf of oak at Brunswick, Me., Septem-
ber 6 (Bridgham's MS. Fig. 273).

1893.J lUo [Packard.

Length, 9 mm.; breadth, 5 mm. The body is broad, oval, somewhat
flattened, with two narrow dorsal ridges, which are a little wider apart on
the second thoracic segment, and in the middle of the body. The ridges
are irregular, wavy, crenulated and lemon yellow, uniting on the last
abdominal segment. From the ridges the sides of the body fall away at
a low angle forming a gentle declivity, on which are two alternating rows
of depressed lemon-yellow oval areas, bearing a minute depressed pit, a
sunken piliferous wart, without the seta. A series of scattered very min-
ute slender short hairs can be seen with a Tolles high-power triplet. On
the second thoracic segment the ridge and space between is filled with
bright red ; in the middle is a sunken pit, containing a small pale wart,
but not bearing a bristle. A larger subtrapezoidal red spot in the middle
of the body is edged with lemon-yellow, but the tubercle in its centre is
stained with reddish. Besides the median warts there are nine other
green ones along the middle of the dorsal ridge, one to each segment.
The segments are distinct enough to be counted. The general color is
pea-green, slightly more yellowish than the under side of the oak leaf.
The prothoracic segment is unspotted. The head is pale greenish, the
mouth parts pale chitinous. The skin of the body is in general rough and
corrugated, subgranulated.

FdLL-GROWN LaKVA of HeTEKOGENEA (TOUTKICIDIA) TESTACEA PaCK.

The larva (a (^) in shape much like that of the European Heterogeriea
asella, occurred September 8, on the under side of a beech leaf, at Bruns-
wick, Me. It spun its cocoon on September 10, and the moth appeared
on May 27 following.

Larva. — Length, 11 x 6 mm. Skiflf-shaped, being oval in outline, with
the front full and rounded, but also rather blunt at the end, not pointed.
Dorsal surface full and convex, neither angulated nor keeled, as it is in
Limacodes scapha. On the anterior and also the posterior third of the
body are two nearly parallel, slight, irregular ridges, which are not so
distinct in the middle of the back, and which send out a red line, and
spreading out in the middle of the body form a broad red loop nearly
reaching the side of the body. The ridge at each end is a rich, bright
Venetian red, edged externally with yellow. The space between these
ridges is filled in with pale Indian-red almost exactly of the color of the
reddish-brown withered spots on the leaves of the same tree, as I espe-
cially noticed ; the mark is, in other words, a large faded reddish blotch
like a Greek cross, extending from end to end of the body, the lateral
triangular expansion or arms of the cross nearly reaching the sides.
There is a median dorsal row of impressed rounded warts, which do not
bear bristles, lor there are no fine hairs or setae on the body. From the
dorsal ridges the sides of the body fall gradually away to near the edge of
the body, where there is a much thickened rounded bead or ridge over-
hanging the edge of the creeping disk. On the sloping side are two rows

PROC, AMER. PHILOS. 80C. XXXI. 140. N. PRINTED APRIL 13, 1893.

rackard.] l^t) [Feb. 3,

of impressed areas, the subdorsal consisting of a large transversely situated,
acutely oval depression, one on each segment on each side of tlie body,
and those of the second lower series are about one-tliird as large as the
subdorsal ones. Low down on the side of the creeping disk is a row of
small round impressed areas. In front the red lop of tlie cross widens a
good deal, ending in the front edge of the second thoracic segment ; while
at the end of the body, what corresponds to the foot of the cross is nar-
rowed to an obtuse point. The skin is corrugated and somewhat granu-
lated, and the body in general is pale green, being concolorous with the
under side of the beech leaf.

On each side are two rows of depressed areas, the upper row of ten
are oval, the smaller end pointing up, and tlie middle five on the purple
madder spot or arm of the cross are longer and narrower oval than those
in front or behind. The row of ten below are round sunken areas ; still
below, but quite near the second row, and alternating with those of the
second row, is a series often minute button-like round depressed marks ;
also most distinct on the purple madder of the arms of the cross. The
prothoracic segment and head are dull pea-green ; the head a little paler
and chitinous around the mouth-parts. The skin is rough, finely granu-
lated and punctured, but bearing no setae, except some sparse, minute,
slender ones around the edge of the creeping disk.

The spiracles are situated just above the edge of the creeping disk.

The " frass " or castings are irregular, short, barrel-shaped pellets.

Two larvae were found on the wild cherry in which the anterior median
line is broken up into three reddish spots. In one specimen the reddish
cross is much paler than usual.

(An unpublished figure by Emerton of a larva from Kittery, Me.,
August 27, 1867, is the same species.)

One found at Providence, on the oak, September 17, and figured by
Bridgham (285), is like the one above described, but the head of the red
cross is slenderer, and the whole cross is broader and larger in propor-
tion to the body ; the two arms of the cross are wider. In the middle of
the body on the plateau is a square, pale, sere brown and green spot.
Another specimen (Bridgham's Fig. 284) occurred September IG, on the
wi'chhazel.

The larva of this species feeds on the under side of the leaf as do the
larvaj of Packardia elegans and Lithacodia fasciola. They all eat brown
patches here and there, or small holes in the leaf.

The Larva op Heterogenea flexuosa Grote?

The following description was drawn up Irom a larva received from
Mr. H. G. Dyar, of Rhinebeck, N. Y. Mr. Dyar writes : "I am not sure
of the determination of L. flexuosa, as I never raised but one."

Length, 8 mm.; breadth, 4.5 mm. Body oval, thickest a little behind
the middle of the body. The median dorsal plateau is not well marked.

1S93.] 1^' [Pcackanl.

the two ridges bounding it not being very distinct, but nearly obsolete.
From the plateau, which is rather broad, the sides fall off at a moderate
slope to the edge of the body. The width of the plateau is about the
same as the body on either side. The body is pea-green, tinged with
yellow in front. The second thoracic segment or front of the body as
seen from above is mostly bright brick-red (Rubens' madder red), becom-
ing darker in the middle ; the red extends on each side to the front edge
of the segment behind, and extends back to the great central reddish
patch ; it encloses a rather large, green, sunken, rounded wart, and two
smaller, less distinct ones behind. There are no hairs or bristles on the
body. The great central patch consists of a large central orange or pale
Venetian-red spot extending along the plateau and including four median
oval, round, sunken warts, with a flattened button-like warllet in the
centre, and four oval warts which are depressed and acute at the smaller
end, each pair alternating with the median areas. This brighter red pla-
teau spot is surrounded by a large pale purple madder patch forming a
spot of the shape of an irregular Greek cross, which sends a broad arm to
each side of the body, reaching to and including the side of the lateral ridge
just above the creeping disk. The same patch sends a broad, triangular
posterior arm along the plateau, spreading out each side of it to the end of
tlie body and ending in a sharp point, which is at the foot of the cross.
The entire cruciform patch is edged with carmine red, and outside of
that, especially behind, with lemon-yellow.

Larva of Heterogenea (Tortricidia?).

Occurred on Vaccinium. Length, 9 mm.; width, 4.5 mm. In outline
seen dorsally to be oval-elliptical and produced behind into an upturned
point, which is obtuse at the end, with two seliferous tubercles. The
surface of the body is round and irregular, the back is raised into two
great, longitudinal, irregular, fleshy ridges, witli large, fleshy tubercles
of the same color, bearing short, stiff, dark setae which are pale at base
and black at tip. Each of these ridges is irregularly stained with pale
yellow. There are also two similar lateral ridges, the lowermost forming
the edge of the creeping disk. They are broken up into a series of coni-
cal, setiferous, fleshy tubercles, but are not stained with yellow. The
body is pale pea-green, the surface of the skin finely granulated. There
are no reddish murks.

Explanation of the Plates.

Plate I.

Fig. 1. Freshly haichedlarvsi of Umpretia stimulea. (Much enlarged.)
2. Tubercle of the same, bearing three forked glandular hairs.

Packard.! ■*■"" [Feb. 3,

Fig. 3. Spiaes, caltrops and cuticle of a fully fed larva of the same
species. (For further explanations of this and other figures,
see text.)

4. Euclea guerceti, a dorsal tubercle with its spines.

5. Parasa chloris, spines and spiny cuticle of fully grown larva.

Plate II.

Fig. 6. Freshly hatched larva of Adoneta spiuuloides.

7. The same, drawn by J. Bridgham.

8. Forked grandular hairs of the same, Stage I.

9. A lateral anterior tubercle of the same species. Stage II.

10. Tubercles and poison cells of the same species, last stage, with

caltrops and cuticle.
12. Plumose hairs of Phobetron pithecium taken from one of the

lateral flaps.

15. Liihacodia fasciola, freshly hatched larva.

16. Lithacodia fasciola, glandular hairs, Stage I.

Plate III.

Fig. 11. Phobetron pithecmm, a lateral flap ; and seta at end of flap ; last
stage.

Plate IV.

Fig. 13. laa inornata, a lateral abdominal tubercle.

14. End of the same still more enlarged, containing the poison, p.

(All the figures, except 7, drawn by the author with the camera.)

ings flmer, Pdilos. Sec.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 3.

L(5>.

rS7^^©<g? "^

Fig. 4.

Fig. .5-

Larvae of Cochiiopodes and their armature.

Pioceedlngs lliiiGr, Plillos, Soc

, No, UO. Plate

Larvae of Cochliopodes and their armature.

foimijo, m Plate

Larvae of Gochliopodea and their armature.

Proceedings Amer, Ptiilos, Soc

Larvse of Cochliopodes and their armature.

1893.J i-Vj [Dolley.

The Thyrsos of Dionysos and the Palm Inflorescence of the Winged Figures
of Assyrian Monuments.

By Dr. Charles S. Dolley.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 17, 1893.)

The generally accepted interpretation of the conical structure termi-
nating the thyrsos, carried by Dionysos and his Thyasos, is that it repre-
sents the pine or fir cone.

Notwithstanding the number of authors, both ancient and modern,
acquiescing in this interpretation, it seems to the writer entirely incon-
sistent with the present state of knowledge regarding the origin and
spread of the Dionysos cult, and the significance of the Dionysiac mys-
teries. Brunck.i Welcker, '^ Smith'' and others regard the fir tree and its
cones {y.ui'n)<f('>pn^.^ xujvoi;, Theoph.) as being dedicated to Dionysos in
consequence of the use of the cones and of the turpentine and resin ob-
tained from the fir trees (^Tzeoxv], Theoph.) in making wines.

Buchholtz* comes to the same decision regarding the pine (rri-u?'),
basing his opinion upon the same line of reasoning, and the authority of
Plutarch.^

The custom of flavoring wines with resinous substances was not con-
fined to the ancients, but is prevalent in Italy and Greece to-day,^ and a
careful review of the list of wines mentioned by Homer and earlier Greek
writers, and the statements of Theophrastus, Dioscorides and Pliny re-
garding turpentines and resins, goes to show that there is no sufficient
foundation for the above conclusion. It will furthermore be shown in the
following examination of the subject, that such associations as exist
between the Dionysos cult and the pine or fir tree are based upon consid-
erations having nothing to do with wine.

The epithet or surname Bacchus Q3d/.;(o?, Jcovuffo? j^dx/eco?) does not
occur until after the time of Herodotus (484 B. C). According to Lenor-
mant,^ the "name is derived from the joyous cries with which the young
god was accompanied, and it at first denoted the procession itself, or the
song which was sung in it, before it was applied to the god." It seems
possible that the term primarily referred to the thyrsos or rod carried by
the god and each of his followers.

The drunken, riotous characteristics of the mysteries were probably

1 Oriech. Anal., i, 42.

= Gricch. Goltcrleh., i, 424.

^ Diet. Greek and Roman Antiq., Article "Thyrsos."

*Hom.. Realien., i, 2, p. 266.

6 Symp. quxit., 3.

6The modern Greek uame y.parsX prjT(7v^(ixn Is applied to wines flavored with the
resin of the Aleppo pine, Pinus halepensia, Mill. See Heldreich, Die Nutzpflanzen Qriechen-
lands, pp. 14 and 41.

7 "Eleusinian Mysteries," by Francolse Lenormant, Contemp. Rev., Vol. xxxviii, p. 855

Dolley.] ll^ [Feb. 17,

added to the original cult by the Plirysiaiis and Phoenicians ;* moreover,
Euripides lays the scene of tlie Bacchanals in Thebes, a Phoenician set-
tlement. Creuzer* derives the word from the Piioenician and the Hebrew
7^23 {bachah). The religious ideas of the Phrygians were impressed
directly upon the Greeks, but originally derived from the SyroPlioeni-
cians. With the Greeks the Dionysos cult had taken form and symbol
long before the taste for artificially flavored wines arose, and. in fact,
before wine became a common drink. The symbols came along with the
cult, but having to a certain extent lost their original significance, so plain
to the dwellers of Asia, the Greeks endeavored to account for them, as
numerous writers have since, by giving them new and varied meanings.
Thus the tall, slender fennel stalk, with a cluster of male date flowers
fastened at the tip, as used by the Assyrian priests in the process of palm-
ification, became the symbol of fructification in its widest sense. Carried
in processions in honor of the deity of fruitfulness, it gave its name first to
its bearers, and then to the god himself, and finally, when, far from its
original home, the cult had lost its primitive purity, and its celebration
had degenerated into the orgies of a frantic mob, the name {^dy.yo<; = rod)
came to signify the frenzy of intoxication.

But to revert to our oltjections to the plea that the pine cone was sacred
to Dionysos because emploj'ed in flavoring wines, we find that the resinous
taste was not by any means imparted to wines by means of the products
of cone-bearing trees alone ; on the contrary, Theophrastus^" in his chap-
ter on resins^^ refers to the relative values of tlie different varieties of
gum resins, and places, far in advance of all others in public esteem, that
produced by the terebintli (the turpentine tree of the Bible, PiHtaclda
terebinthus L., or Tipp.v^fU)^ of Theoph.), a tree common in the Greek
islands and in Palestine, Egypt and North Africa, and belonging to an
order of plants totally distinct from the conifers. The modern product
of this tree is known in commerce as Chian turpentine, and comes mostly
from the island of Chios, which excelled in the quality and quantity of
this product in the time of Dioscorides and ancient liorae. The specific
name had been changed, at the time of Dioscorides, from riptu/^'h)^ to
zsf)ilirAht<;, and that writer refers to it as e?.aci» /jAarr/ov. According to
Pliny" the terebinth was used in wine making, by boiling the new wood
with the must. The same writer'^ quotes Plautus as stating that the
wines most highly esteemed among the ancients were those perfumed
with myrrh, a product of two distinct plants, neiiher of them conifers.
On the other hand, while the pitchy flavor was, without doubt, frequently
produced by the resin of cone-bearing trees, such wines were not specially
popular, nor were they considered wholesome, judging from the follow-

« Gerhard., MythoL, i, 495.
^Symbolik d. MylhoL, iii, 125.
'"ix, 2, 7 and 3, 1.

" Cf. Koch, Bdume und Strducher des alien Griedienlands, pp. 26 and 31.
'2iVa^///•6■^, xiv, 19.
'^xiv, 15.

1893.] Ill [Dolley.

ing statement : "The most wholesome wine of all is that to which no in-
gredient has been added when in a state of must ; indeed, it is still better
if the vessels even in which it is kept have never been pitched." ....
"New wines seasoned with resin are good for no one, being productive
of vertigo and headache ; hence it is that the name of crapula has been
given equally to new resined wines and to the surfeit and headache
which they produce." '* In the making of "crapula," iTpnjSUiTrj'^ uho'},^^
pine cones (^lTp6,3tXoi}) were certainly employed, being steeped in the
must, but it seems hardly probable that a custom not altogether prevalent,
and producing a product regarded as unwholesome, should have given
rise to the most common and characteristic Dionysiac symbol. Moreover,
the resinous flavor was frequently produced in the wines by smoking
either the grapes or the wine itself in wine lofts — apothecas^^ — in the
smithies or the chimneys. The Libanian grape produced a wine having
a natural odor of frankincense, and which was preferred in making liba-
tions to tlie gods.'^ Rhsetian and Allobrogian grapes had naturally a
strong flavor of pitch.'* At the time of Homer, Dionysos was unknown
as the god of wine. According to Herodotus*' not only was the name of
Dionysos, but also the various extraordinary rites accompanying his wor-
ship, introduced into Greece by Melampus.

Euripides in many places clearly points to a well-understood Eastern
origin of the cult, thus :

" Dion. And I have left the golden Lydian shores,

The Phrygian and the Persian sun-seared plains,
And Bactria's walls ; the Medes' wild wintry laud
Have passed, and Araby the Blest ; and all
Of Asia, that along the salt sea coast
Lifts up her high-towered cities, where the Greeks,
With the Barbarians mingled, dwell in peace.
And everywhere my sacred choirs, mine Orgies
Have founded, by mankind confessed a God
Now first in an Hellenic town I stand."

Or again :

" But ye, who Tmolus, Lydia's strength, have left
My Thyasus of women, whom I liave led
From lands barbarian, mine associates here.
And fellow-pilgrims ; lift ye up your drums,
Familiar in your native Phrygian cities."

Melampus is supposed to have received his knowledge of the cult from
Cadmus, who, with the Phoenicians accompanying him to BcBotia, brought
these rites either directly from Egypt or from Tyre.

General tradition points to the introduction of the Dionysiac mysteries

i^PUny, xxiii, c. 24.
»Dios., 5, 44.
i« Pliny, xiv, 16.
^T Ibid., xiv, 22.
i8/6if/., xiv, 3.
loii, 49.

Dolley.] Ll^ [Feb. 17,

into Greece from India — compare the Assyrian title of the sun god
Diannisti, "judge of men" (Fox Talbot), — by way of Parthia and
Thrace, and this seems to be confirmed by Strabo's'^" assertion that all
Greek music was of Thracian origin. The choragic monuments of Athens
show the intimate relation of music and the worship of Dionysos. The
worshipers of the god in Thrace were in fact known as Orpheans, and
with iheni the thyrsos-tip represented no longer a date-palm inflorescence,
and not yet a pine cone, but the heart of Dionysos-Zagreus, torn from
the young god by the Titans.'^'

As to the thyrsos, its primitive use in the Dionysiac processions was that
of a wand or stave, to be tossed by the hands or feet of the dancers ; thus :

" Pentheus. The Thyrsus— in my right hand shall I hold it?
Or thus, am I more like a Bacchanal ?
Dionysos. In thy right hand, and with thy right foot raise it."

For this purpose the light stalks of the giant fennel, the Ndpor^^ of the
ancients. Ferula communis L.,^'^ a native of the regions about the Mediter-
ranean, were admirably adapted, their structure being of so fragile a
character as to obviate any danger being done by such blows as might be
given by the rioters, as has been pointed out by Fe^.^^ The same plant,
and probably for similar reasons, was associated with Silenus, the com-
panion of Dionysos :

" Venit et agresti capitis Silvanus honore
Florenlis ferulas et grandia lilia qnassans."

Virg. Eel., x, 25.
(Sylvanus also came with the rustic honor of his head
Shaking the flowering fennels and the large lilies.)

The custom of twining garlands about the thyrsos was but an imitation
of nature. Pierre Loli, in his charming descriptions of Morocco, refers
more than once to these gigantic fennels, spreading over the country in
every direction, a "forest of yellow verdure," .... "the flower-clad
stalks of which are like yellow trees, and which Sive festooned by the great
white blossoms of the bind weed, such as we see in our gardens." This
very bind weed. Convolvulus smpium L.,'** was used in decorating the bac-
chantes and their staves, together with the ivy, there being a great resem-
blance between the leaves of the two plants.

From the above and many similar considerations, we are led to believe
that the early worship of Dionysos was free from the frenzied debauchery
of later days, and that the god's peculiar relations to wine were the result

sox, pp. 469-171.

«i Cf. De Gubernatis, Mythologie des Plantes, ii, p. 290.

22 Dierbach, Flora Mylhologica, p. 67 ; Heldreich, I. c, p. 40.

23 Fe<:', Flore de Virgile, p. Ivi.

^*J.U\iTT, Die Pjiauzenwelt in der Oriechischen Mythologie, p. 235; Euripides, Bacchinals,
702,

1893.] ^■'■^ (Dolley.

of corrupting influences afiecting the cult during its westward spread.
According to Piudar/^ Plutarch'-" and Appolonius.-Mnstead of the wild
and wanton Tliyasos depicted by Euripides, who, "at the appointed
hour, shoot their wild thyrsi in the bacchic dance," Dionysos was in the
earliest times accompanied by the Graces, and near the grove of Pelops,
at Olympia,^^ shared an aliar in common with them. In fact, while
tracing back the cult through Parthia and the East, we pass from the
home of the grape to lands where wine was the product of the date, and
if the cone-like structure tipping the thyrsos finally came to symbolize
the bacchic and wine-loving attributes of Dionysos, it was through a
substitution of the grape for the date, a combining of the Eastern symbol
of fertilization with the garlanded rod of the dancers, and a failure to
comprehend the significance of the cone-like thyrsos tip, which in reality
originally represented the dale inflorescence found in the hands of gods,
priests and winged figures on Eastern monuments.^*

That the Greeks and Latins were for a long time at a loss properly to
account for this cone-like tip, being in no position to understand the
import which the male date-palm inflorescence and the process of palmiti-
cation held in lands further to the East, where dates formed the staple
article of food, is shown by the substitution of various plants for the cone.
The shaping of ivy and vine leaves into conical form, or "entwining with
leafy greens the blades of javelins,"^" shows as little comprehension of the
real significance of the tliyisos on the part of the Greeks, as well as the
corruption into which the cull had fallen, as does the story of the death
of Orpheus the poet-guardian of the bacchic mysteries, at the hands of
the frantic throng of Ciconian matrons beside Hebrus' stream.

Without going into the question of the identity of Dionysos and Osiris,^'
or of Dionysos and the Priapus of Lampsacus, there can be no question
that the basis of Dionysos worship was the belief in his universal quick-
ening or procreative powers. The similarity of Osiris and Dionysos wor-
ship, the association of Dionysos with Demeter and the various symbols
of his worship — phallus, serpent, bull, goat, fauns, satyrs, and the seasons
of the year devoted to his festivals — all go to confirm the conclusion that
the original cult rested entirely upon the personification or deification of
the active propagative or creative powers of living nature. It is a signifi-
cant fact thai the Greeks held and still hold that pulverized date seeds
have the property of provoking and facilitating parturition.^^

25 01., xiii, 5-10, 20.
2« QuaesL, Gr., 36.
2'i?Aod., iv, 424.

-^ Pausanius, v, xiv, or Taylor's traiisl., ii, p. 42.

29 Cf. Edw. B. Tylor, " The Winged Figures of the Assyrian aud Other Aucient Monu-
ments," PruC. Soc. of Biblical Arch seology, Vol. xii, pp. 383-393.
a* Ovid, Metam., xi, 27, 28 ; iii, 667.

siCf. King, The Gnostics and Their Remains, 2d ed., 1887, pp. 321-323.
32 Orisard et Vanden Berghe, Les Palmiers Utile et leures Allies, Paris, 1889, p. 146.

PROC. AMEK. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. O. PRINTED APRIL 19, 1893.

DoUey.] ^1'* [Feb. 17,

In early art we find Dionj^sos frequently represented in association with
the palm tree, or its conventionalization, the pulmette.^^

At a later date, we find associated with the god some thirty odd plants,
chief among which are the ivy, the silver-leaved poplar, the grapevine,
the myrtle, the fig, the bind weed, etc.

Most of these plants, from the damp, shady character of their habitat,
or from their productiveness, were held to be symbolic of the dews or
moisture so essential to vegetation.

The aphrodisiac and stimulating qualities of wine naturally led 1o the
placing of the vine among the plants symbolic of the quickening, rejuv-
enating god. Certain plants evidently refer to the soft, florid skin of the
god, and to his general efieminate character.

In all the symbols of Dionysos, we find some obvious motive, except in
the case of the fir or pine cone, and we cannot admit any force to the
argument of Murr, Boetticher and others, that the association of the pine
with the god mi}' be traced to the Corinthian myth of Penlhens, hiding
among the branches of a pine tree from the frenzy of his mother Agave
and tlie furious bacchantes :

" Pen. Well said : against a woman who would fight?
I'll hide myself upon some shady pine." *»

It is curious that Milman, in translating this passage, calls the tree an
ash, by what authority I cannot even surmise. In Paley's text the word
i)A~rj^ is used to indicate the tree, i. e., the silver fir, Pinus picea (distin-
guished by Thcophr. as iX. appr^'J and i)-. Orih'.a, probably Pinus abies
and P. jticea,'-''''' but oddly enough this word was also used to refer to the
young bud of the palm.

Neither can any inference regarding the origin of the thyrsos tip be
drawn from the use of pine wood in the making of statues of the god, since
Pausanias'^^ describes the head found by the Methymnean fishermen, and
declared by the Pythian deity to be a representation of Bacchus, as being
made of olive wood. No one would, however, care to argue that the
olive should, on this account, be considered a Dionysiac symbol. It is
much more probable that the association of the pine with Bacchus was
based upon the gathering of tiie throngs upon the pine-clad hills :

" Dion. There's not a woman of old Cadmus' race.
But I have maddened fiom her quiet house ;
Unseemly mingled with llie sons of Thebes,
On the roofless rocks, 'neath the pale pines they sit."

33 I do not agree with Goodyear In the belief that the palmette is derived from the lotus
or any other motive than the palm.
*• Cf. translation, by James Thorjld Rogers, of JIuripides' Bacchanals.
3»See Daubeny, Trees of Ancients, p. 2R.
*"'X, c. 19; Taylor's translation, Vol. iii, p. 152.

1S93.] 115 [Eolley.

Or ibe customary use of pine torches in the Orgies :

" Chor. The while the frantic Bacchanal,

The beaconing pine torch on her wand,
Whirls around with rapid hand."

Or:

"TiR. As him shall we behold on Delphi's crags,
Leaping, with his pine torches lighting up
The rifts of the twin-headed rock ; and shouting
And shaking all around his Bacchic wand
Great through all Hellas."

It was, as Dyer points out,^^ not at all uncommon for the priests of the
temples "to combine and maintain with equal hand the various culls of
various divinities centred there." There was an early brotherhood of
tliis kind established between Dionysos and Apollo, accompanied at times
by an exchange of attributes and symbols, as is done by ^schylus when
he sings :

" Apollo, ivy-god and prophet bacchanal." ^

Or by the words of Euripides r^"

" Lord Bacchus, lover of the laurel tree."

We see the blending of the Apollo and Dionysos cult in the appellations
Dionysos meJpomenos^° and Apollo Dionysodotos. In the frequent transfer
of insignia of one god to anotlier, the tripod, originally a bacchic symbol,
is permanently turned over to Apollo — -(upr/ycxo) Tpi-uSs^ i/. Autvuaav^
"dedicated to a god by victorious choruses " *' — although given as a prize
at the festivals of Dionysos in the Attic dithyrambic contests*' and we
find it associated with the vine on the shields of warriors, pictured on cer-
tain Greek vases. *^ Again Bacchus was worshiped in the shape of
Apollo's bull/* as at Elis, S.^ie zaups*^ or in turn lends his crown of ivy
to Poseidon.'"'

Apollo as the god of light, Dionysos as the earth god, combine tlie
attributes of light, heat and moisture, the essentials of all organic life.
"We can, therefore, understand the close relation of their cults, and ex-
plain the presence of a dat.e palm tree alongside the oracle of Apollo.

37 studies of the Gods in Greece, Macmillan, 1891, pp. 29-36.
^^schylus Tr., 394 ; cf. Macrobius, Saturn, 18, 6.
39Macrobius, Saturn, 18, 6.
*" Pausanius, i, 2, 3, 4; xxxi, 3.

« Gerhard, Auserlesene Griechische Vasenbilder, etc., i, p. 115; cf. Mnller, Der tripodc dvl-
pliico, p. ii ; Awalthea, i, s. 127.
12 Athen, ii, 37, i/lxTjTrjptd'^ £> J:ir^U(T()<i, " the festival of victory."
«Gerhard, I. c., Tab. xxxi.
■M Gerhard, /. c, p. 114, Tab. xxxii.

«Plut. Qnxs. Gr., 36; Historia Namorum, pp. 33, 66; Ckuzqv Sy inhol , iii, 87-95.
« Gerhard, Tab. x ; Paus., vii, 20, 1 ; iii, 24, 6.

DoUey.] H'^ [Feb. 17,

The date palm, like the Dionysiac cult, was unknown to the early Greeks,
to which Victor llehu" refers as follows : "The Iliad never mentions the
palm, which was as foreign on the Anatolian coast as in Greece proper ;
but in the oldest and most beautiful part of the Odyssey, the palm at
Delos is described in words that express the admiration excited in the
Greeks of the Epic period by a figure so novel and strange in the vegeta-
ble world. Ulysses has approached Nausicaa on the strand, and flatter-
ingly beseeches her assistance :

" ' Never, I never viewed till this blest hour
Such fluished grace ! I gaze and I adore !
Thus seems the palm with stately honors crowned
By Phcebus' altars; thus oulooks the ground ;
The pride of Delos. (By the Delian coast
I voyaged, leader of a warrior host ;
But ah, how changed ; from thence my sorrow flows ;
Oh fatal voyage, sum of all my woes.)
Raptured I stood, for earth ne'er knew to bear
A plant so stately, or a nymph .so fair.'

The far-traveled Ulysses had nowhere else on earth seen a tree like this,
to the slender form of which he compares the figure of the royal maiden,
just as Solomon does in his song, 'This thy stature is like to a palm tree,'
and as the daughters of kings in the Old Testament bear the name of
Tamar, the date palm. The palm tree, the pride of Delos, is also men-
tioned in Homer's hymn to the Delian Apollo ; at its foot, clasping its
stem with her arms, Leto was said to have given birth to her glorious son.
The fame of the Delian palm grew with the increasing fame of the island,
both as a resort of Apollo's pilgrims and as an emporium, especiallj' as its
fame had been echoed in the Odyssey. In later times, palm leaves were
used at the four great festivals as symbols of victory. They were some-
times worn as wreaths on the head, sometimes carried in the hand

In the middle of the seventh century B. C, the tyrant Kypselus, ruler of
semi-Oriental Corinth, dedicated a bronze palm tree to the temple at

Delphi, where there were no living palms The Athenians also

erected a bronze palm tree at Delphi in honor of their double victory on
the Eurymedon, and another at Delos through Nikias. Palms are found
figured on the coins of Ephesus, of Hierapytna and Priansus in Crete, of
Karystos in Euboea, and on painted vases."**

From the evidence before us, I am convinced that the conical flower
cluster of the palm, as conventionalized in sculpture, and as the thyrsus
tip, was mistaken by the later Greeks for the pine cone, and that they and
subsequent writers have been ignorant of the peculiar relations of the
date palm to the primitive Dionysiac cult.

*' Wanderings of Plants and Animals from their First Home, by Victor Hehn, London,
1885, p. 204.

<8Cf. Imhoff Bloomer and Otto Keller, Thier-und Pflanzmbilder avf Munzen und Gem-
men des KluiSiscken Altertums, PI. i. Fig. 8; ii, 13 ; x, 2-4.

1893.] -^ -'■ * [Dwight.

Observations on the Psoas Parvus and Pyramidalis. A Study of Variation.

By Thomas Dwight, M.D., LL.D.,

Parkman Professor of Anatomy at Harvard University.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 17, 1893.)

Tlie only anatomist who has made observations as to the presence or
absence of the psoas parvus on a really large scale is the late Prof. Gruber,
of St. Petersburg. After him, at a considerable interval, comes Mr. Hallet,
and again, at an interval, Mr. Perrin. So far as I am aware no other anato-
mist has published observations sufficiently numerous to discuss.* As
evidence that this deficiency really exists, I may refer to the zeal with
wliich Theile's results on 20 bodies are quoted.

Perrin f found the psoas parvus in 32 of 113 subjects. Of these 32, 21
were males and 11 females. He states that the sexes were about evenly
divided in the whole number examined. He gives no details as to the
occurrence of the muscle on one or both sides.

Hallet X gives the results of two years' observations in the dissecting
room at Edinburgh, on about one hundred subjects each year. In his
first set of observations the psoas parvus was more frequently present than
absent, 61 to 54, and this proportion was preserved throughout the second
liundied subjects. He remarks that when it is present it is most fre-
quently found on one side, and that the right one. "In the first hundred
subjects dissected it was found as ofien deficient in the female as in the
male, but in the second hundred it was more frequently present in the
proportion of seven to six."

We come now to the only satisfactory statistics, those of Gruber. § He
gives first a series of observations of both sides of 450 bodies, of which 300
were male and 150 female. He made later observations for a particular
purpose on 300 subjects in which the sexes were equally divided. The
close correspondence between these two series is very remarkable.

First Series.

300 MALE. 150 FEMALE. 450 OF BOTH SEXES.

Present on both sides 142 = 47.3% 56 = 37.3% 198 = 44%

Present on neither side... Ill = 37 72 = 48 183 = 40.6

Present on right side "| 1 1

<*°ly ^^'[^47 = 15.7 ^^[23 = 14.7 ^^J.69 = 15.4

Present on left side i j

only 25^ ll-" 36^

* This paper was read December 2*', 1S92, at the meeting of the Association of American
Anatomists at Princeton. The context will show that one addition has been made since
the reading.

t Medical Times and Gazette, 1872.

I Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal, 1848, Vol. i, and 1849, Vol. ii.

§ BeobacMungen aus der menschlichen und vergleichenden Anatomie, Heft 1, 1879. I have
transposed Gruber' s figures so as to show the presence rather than the absence of the
muscle, and have substituted percentages for his rather crude proportions.

Dwight.] J-J-O [March 17,

Second Seriics.

150 MALE. 150 FKMALE. 300 OF BOTH SEXES.

Present on both sides 70^4(5.6% 59 = 39.3% 129 = 43%

Present on neither side 56 = 37.3 69 = 46 125 = 41.6

Present on right side ^ -i ^

"""^ ^1 i.24=16.1 l*^ 1.22=14.7 ^^\iQ = l5A

Present on left side i i

only 13 ^ 13 ^ 25^

The percentages are so nearly alike that there is no occasion to combine
the series. The subjects came from all parts of Russia, and were mostly
Sclaves. The following results are self-evident : 1. That, at least on one
side, the muscle is more frequently present than wanting, although in
more than half the cases it is wauling on at least one side. 2. That it is
more common in man than woman. 3. That the two sides are alike very
much more often than unlike. This is directly contradictory of Ilallet's
results. 4. That practically it is found asofien on one side as on the other.

Since this paper was first read the report of the Committee of Collective
Investigation of the Anatomical Society of Great Britain and Ireland has
appeared.* It shows that 457 bodies were examined and that the muscle
was wanting in 270 (59 per cent.), that it was present on both sides in 139
(30 per cent.), on one side in 48 (11 per cent.). It was found only on the
right side 27 times against 21 on the left. It was therefure more often
wanting than present. The sex was stated only in 171 instances. Both
muscles were wanting in 54 per cent, of the males, and in 65 per cent, of
the females.

The observations about to be reported were made at the Harvard Medi-
cal School. Those on negroes are not included in any series. As it often
happened that the observation on one side of a subject had been neglected,
or for some reason had to be discarded, I give first a series of observations
in which only the number of sides of bodies is considered. It comprises
608 sides, divided into 299 right sides and 309 left sides, and also by the
sexes. It shows that considering sides only, the muscle is more often
wanting than present ; that it is more common in man than in woman, and
that there is little difierence between the sides.

Frequence op Psoas Parvus in 608 Sides.

RIGHT. LEFT. TOTAL.

Male Present 89 8S 177

Wanting 102 121 223

Total 191 209 400

Per Cunt, present 4G.5 42.1 44.2

* Journal of Anat. and Pliys., Vol. xxvii, January, 1S93.

LEFT.

TOTAL.

30

63

70

145

100

208

30

30.2

118

240

191

368

309

608

38.1

39.4

1893.1 119 [Dwight.

EIGHT.

Female Present 33

Wanting 75

Total 108

Per cent, present 30.5

Both Sexes Present 122

Wanting 177

Total 299

Per cent, present 40.8

The next table shows the results of observations on both sides of two
hundred and fifty subjects.

Psoas Pakvus. Records op Both Sides op 250 Subjects, 165 Male,

85 Female.

male. female. both sexes.

Present on both sides 60 = 36.3% 20 = 23.5% 80 = 32%

Present on neither side 84 = 50.9 53=: 63.3 137 = 54.8

Present on right side -i -i ■!

""''^y 14 21 = 12.7 ^ ^12 = 14.1 19 ,'33 = 13.2

Present on left side j

only 7 '' 7 '' 14 ■^

Total 165 = 99.9 85=99.9 250=100.0

This shows the muscle decidedly less frequent than Gruber found it,
and a little more frequent than would appear from the English observa-
tions ; thus suggesting the influence of race.

In order to study the relative variability of muscles, to ascertain whether
the presence of one occasional muscle renders the presence of another
more probable, the pyramidalis was chosen as a starting point. It was
chosen because it is generally held that while it is present in a large
majority of instances it is not uncommonly wanting. Though this im-
pression is, I believe, general, there is, so far as I know, no large series of
observations on the pyramidalis excepting Hallet's. In his two hundred
subjects he found it wanting in the proportion of once in nine or ten.* In
the following table of observations at the Harvard Medical School, indi-
vidual sides only are considered.

Pyramidalis in 673 Sides.

EIGHT.

Male Present 180

Wanting 45

Total 225

Per cent, present 80

* Loc. cit. It is worthy of notice that in his first hundred it was wanting once in every
three subjects, and once in every fifteen in his second hundred.

LEFT.

TOTAL.

189

369

36

81

225

450

84

82

Dwight.]

120

[March 17,

EIGHT. LEFT. TOTAL.

Female Present 80 83 103

Wanting 34 26 60

Total 114 109. 223

Per cent, present 71 76,1 73

Both Sexes Present 260 272 532

Wanting 79 (SI 141

Total 339 334 673

Per cent, present 76.6 81.4 70

The above table of sides only shows the muscle present only in 83 per
cent, of the male sides, in 73 per cent, of the female, and in 79 per cent,
of those of both sexes, which, however, were unequal. It was somewhat
more common on the left.

The next table shows the results in the same series of two hundred and
fifty subjects which was used for the psoas parvus.

PrRAMIDALTS RECORDS OF BOTH SuDES IK 250 SUBJECTS, OP WhICH

165 Were Male and 85 Female.

MA7>E. FEMALE.

Present on both sides 125 =: 75.6% 58 — 68.1 %

Present on neither side .. . 25 = 15.1 22 = 25.9

Present on right side -,

only 5 I

Present on left side M^ — ^-^

only 10 J 5J

Total 165 = 99.7 85 = 99.8

5= 5.8

BOTH SEXES.

183 = 73.2%
47 = 18.8

20= 8.0

15 J

250=100.0

This shows, in addition to what was shown by the preceding table, that
the two sides were alike in 92 per cent.

We must now subdivide this series into smaller groups according to the
presence or absence of pyraraidalis and psoas parvus considered collec-
tively.

Records of Both Muscles on Both Sides in 350 Cases, op Which
165 Were Male and 85 Were Female.

GROUP.

A.

Pyramidalis and
psoas parvus on
both sides.

.SEX. NUMBER. PER CENT.

Male 48 29

Female 16 18.8

Both sexes 64 25.6

1893.]

B.

Pyramidalis on both
sides. Psoas par-
vus on one side.

Pyramidalis on both,
sides. No psoas
parvus.

D.

Pyramidalis on one
side. Psoas par-
vus on both sides.

E.

Pyramidalis on one
side. Psoas parvus
on one side.

Pyramidalis on one
side. No psoas
parvus.

121

Male.. .,
Female ,

ID wight.

NUMBER. PER CENT.

,18

Both sexes 27

Male 59

Female 83

Both sexes 93

Male 4

Female 0

Both sexes 4

Male

Female ,

Both sexes 2

Male 10

Female 4

Both sexes 14

10.9
10.5

10.8

35.7

33.8

36.8

2.4
0

2.4

1.1

6

4.7

5.6

G.

r

Male

8

4.8

N 0 pyramidalis.

Female

4

4.7

Psoas parvus on

—

both sides.

Both sexes

12

4.8

H.

1

Male

2

1.2

N 0 pyramidalis.

Female . .

2

2.3

Psoas parvus on

—

one side.

L

Both sexes

4

1.6

I.

'

Male

15

9.6

No pyramidalis. No

•

Female

16

18.8

psoas parvus.

—

Both sexes 31

12.4

These tables show, as would naturally be expected, that the largest
group (C) is that of two pyramidales and no psoas, and that this is the
largest in either sex. For the next largest groups we have to examine the
sexes separately, for we find that 29 per cent, of the men (A) have all four
muscles, while precisely an equal number of women (18.8 per cent.) (A.

PROC. AMEU. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. P. PRINTED APRIL 19, 1893.

Dvvight.] l^^ [March 17,

and I) have all foui, and none of the four. Only 9.6 (I) per cent, of the
men have all four wanting.

By way of a more exact method of determining what relation there may
be between the presence or absence of one muscle and that of the other, I
have put together all the cases of presence of both pyramidales, groups A, B
and C, into one series, and reckoned the percentages of instances of a psoas
parvus on both sides and on neither side, to compare them with the per-
centages of the normal series.

We find 125 men and 58 women, 183 in all, having both pyramidales ; of
these 48 men and 16 women have the psoas parvus on both sides. Calcu-
lating the percentages we find that 38.4 per cent, of these men, 27.G of
the women and 34.9 of the whole, have the psoas parvus on both sides,
against 36.3, 23.5 and 32 respectively as percentages of the whole series
of 250. We find, therefore, that a subject with two pyramidales is a little
more likely to have the psoas on both sides than one which has not. The
next step is to take as a basis the cases of no pyramidalis, and to find
whether in them the percentage of psoas parvus on both sides is dlBerent
from that of the entire series. We find that 25 men and 23 women, 47 in
all, had no pyramidalis ; of these, 8 men and 4 women, 12 in all, had the
psoas parvus on both sides, giving percentages of 32, 18.4 and 25.5 respec-
tively, against 36.3, 23.5 and 33 in the entire series, showing that subjects
with no pyramidales are less likely to have the psoas parvus on both sides
than others. Thus we seem to have found a tendency, though a slight
one, in variations by excess and variations by defect to go together re-
spectively.

By way of further comparison I have counted the number in these 250
subjects in which the palmaris longus was known to be absent on both
sides. I find this is recorded in 21 cases, and very probably occurred in
some others. Let us see wliether in these 21 cases there was a more fre-
quent deficiency of either pyramidalis or psoas minor than one would
expect. We find nothing of the kind. As for the pyramidalis we find it
was wanting in three cases only on both sides and once on one side. The
psoas parvus was present on both sides seven times, almost precisely the
percentage of the series of 250.

Finally I found among these 250 cases, 13 in which a sternal is was
present on one or both sides (twice on both sides and ten times on one).
This is what may be called an anomaly by excess. Let us see whether
the series of subjects presenting it was maiked by more than ordinary
frequency of the pyramidalis and psoas parvus. The result is certainly
remarkable, for it is the very reverse of what might be expected. In these
12 the pyramidalis was wanting on both sides in 4, and on one side in 3,
leaving it therefore present on both sides in only 5. The psoas parvus
was more normal, being present on both sides in 5, on one side in 1, and
wanting in 6. If we take these two muscles together we find that both
were absent on both sides 3 times, a percentage of 25, which is about twice
that in the entire series. It cannot be denied that this series of twelve

f23

1893.] J.^Jt» [D wight.

subjects with sternales is too small, and yet there is some reason to think
that a larger series would give the same result only more strikingly.
Thus there are three other cases of sternalis which could not be included,
because in each the record of one psoas was wanting. The first had 2
pyramidales, one psoas was wanting, the other unaccounted for ; in the
second and third both pyramidales and the recorded psoas were wanting.
As we have found that the two sides generally agree it is probable that
the unrecorded psoas was in all these instances wanting. In any case if
these could have been added to the series they would materially have
diminished the frequency of psoas parvus and pyramidalis when the sterna-
lis was present. The criticism may be made that the sternalis should not
be reckoned as an instance of excessive differentiation, for it is found with
abnormal frequency in anencephalous foetuses and there is reason in some
cases at least to look upon it as a displacement of some fibres of the pec-
toralis major. It is to be remarked, however, that it is in these monsters,
rather than in adults, that the deficiency of the pectoral is common. No
one would think of including them in a series for the study of the fre-
quency of variations. In normal bodies the sternalis may, I think, be
called an anomaly by excess.

These two sets of cases, namely those of absence of the palniaris longus
and presence of the sternalis, the latter especially, tend to disagree with
the conclusions reached on the series of the psoas parvus and pyramidalis.
None the less I am disposed to allow the series of psoas and pyramidalis a
certain weight. But granting that there is a tendency for variations by
excess and deficiency to go together respectively, the fact seems to be that
the tendency is a slight one and that probably the cause, whatever it may
be, that determines the differentiation of muscles must be considered as
acting in most cases on each independently of the others.

Again the only large series of observations bearing on this point is by
Gruber. It deals with the psoas parvus, the palmaris longus, and the
plantaris of 300 subjects equally divided between the sexes. His system
of tabulation is not easy nor altogether satisfactory. He discusses the rel-
ative frequency of defect of these mascles, but apparently from rather a
different standpoint. In no case were all three muscles wanting on both
sides. In three cases only were two of them wanting in both sides and
one on one side. Absence of palmaris and plantaris in the same subject
was also verj;- uncommon. In two cases both palmares and one plantaris
were wanting. In no case, apparently, were both wanting on both sides.

Ritter.] 1^4 [March 17,

On a New Method of Determining the General Perturbations of the Minor

Planets.

By W. F. McK. Ritter, of Milton, Pa.
{Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 17, 1893.)

In finding the general perturbations of the minor planets the special
difficultj^ arises from the large eccentricity and inclination of these bodies.
The methods used in case of the major planets fail when applied to the
minor, on account of want of convergence in the series. Astronomers
were content, therefore, for a long time, with computing the special per-
turbations of these bodies from epoch to epoch. Hansen finally succeeded
in eflfecting a solution of the problem, and his work entitled, Aiisein-
andersetzung einer Zweckmassigen Methode zur Berechnung der Abso-
luten Stoungen der Kleiner Planeten, contains all the formulae necessary
in the cases thus far occurring.

Instead of determining the perturbations of the coordinates, rectangu-
lar or polar, or of finding the variations of the elements, as had been
done by his predecessors, Hansen, in his mode of treatment, regards the
elements as constant, and finds what we may term the perturbation of the
time. Thus, in place of the time, he uses a function of the time, which
he designates by z ; so that if g^ is the mean anomaly at the epoch, we
have the mean anomaly at any time, in the disturbed orbit, given by
^o + TOpS, «Q being the mean daily motion, and being one of the constants.
If there were no perturbations we should have gQ-\- n^t, t being the time
elapsed since the epoch.

In effecting his solution of the problem, Hansen does not attempt to
give general and complete analytical expressions of the series. Instead,
he, at the start, converts the coefiicients into numbers, and multiplies the
series together, two and two, by the methods of trigonometry. Thus,
although we find, finally, the perturbations as functions of the time, that
is, have the general perturbations, yet, in applying the method to differ-
ent bodies, we must find the values of all the quantities involved for the
particular case under consideration. It would be a great advance if we
had at hand complete analytical expressions, of sufficient convergence, as
is the case with the larger planets.

Besides the method of multiplying series together by the methods of
trigonometrj', which Hansen calls "Mechanical Multiplication" — a
method he was the first to employ — he also adopts different angles with
which to express his arguments. Thus at the outstart he uses the eccen-
tric anomaly for both bodies. When he has computed the powers of the
reciprocal of the distance between the disturbed and disturbing bodies,
he transforms from eccentric to mean anomaly in case of the disturbing
body. And then, when he has expressions for the perturbing function
and the forces, he makes another transformation so as to be able to effect
the integrations.

1893.1 •*-'^^ [Ritter.

The transformations must be done with great care, and require a large
measure of time. In addition to the tedium arising from extended opera-
tions of this kind (which must be generally done in duplicate to insure
accuracy), many of the processes in various stages of the work are not
easily grasped, and certainty is often only secured by performing the
numerical calculations. Thus, then, although the method has been pub-
lished for a long time, it has been applied only in a very limited number
of cases. Watson, in the Preface to his Theoretical Astronomy, says :
"The refined and difRcuit analysis and the laborious calculations involved
were such that, even after Hansen's methods were made known, astron-
omers still adhered to the method of special perturbations by the variation
of constants as developed by Lagrange."

Hansen seems himself to have felt the force of these drawbacks on his
method, as in a posthumous memoir devoted to the larger planets he
abandons his peculiar method of treatment and uses that of Lagrange.

As far as the minor planets are concerned, there is no doubt that Hansen's
method, as left by him, is too long and difHcult to be practicable.

What we need now is some mode of determining general perturbations
that is easily applied and sufficiently short to attract the efforts of a larger
number of competent computers. Only in this way can the constantly
growing material be utilized. The new method of treatment will now be
given as briefly as possible.

If A be the distance between the disturbed and disturbing bodies,
Hansen has the equation

n _ ^ _ "HL

(~) = { 0-q cos (e'- Q) } ' [l-q,{cost'^ Q)] '

forfinding ( — V ( — ), etc.

Instead of the two factors of the second member, I have used a trans-
formation of them given by Hill, and have

n

(^y = N'' (iJf.a' -2a cos (£'- 0)) ^ (l + b'

n
-2 b COS (^' + Q)) ^

n

Where (i^a"- 2a cos (s' — d)\ " == ["^6 ^°^ -f b ^'^^ cos («' — Q)

2 'i

+ 6^J COS f (s — Q) -(- etc. J,

_ w
and similarly for (l -\. b^ — 2b cos (s'-f- Q)\ ^ .

Ritter.] l^t> [March 17,

The coefficients of both these factors are the La Phace coeflficientB, and
their values have been tabuUited. Thus the part of the work ruhitlng to

the determination of expressions for ( ^ ), ( — ), etc., is rendered

comparatively short and simple.

In finding J- in terms of the radii vectores of the two bodies and of the
cosine of the angle between these radii-vectores, the true anomaly of both
bodies is introduced. In the analysis we use the equivalent functions of
the eccentric anomaly for those of the true anomaly, and then, wlien
making the numerical computations, we cause the eccentric anomaly of
the disturbed body to disappear. This is accomplished by dividing the
circumference into a certain number of equal parts relative to the mean
anomaly, and employing for the eccentric anomaly its numerical values
corresponding to the various values of the mean anomaly.

Having found the expressions of / '^ V ( " ) , etc., in series, in which

the angles are the mean anomaly of the disturbed and the eccentric
anomaly of the disturbing body, the series are changed at once into others
in which both angles are mean anomalies. To efl'ect this transformation
there is need of functions called the J functions ; and a chapter is given in
which the expressions for these functions are found in a lorm convenient
for application.

When we have the powers of the reciprocal of the distance between
the disturbed and disturbing bodies, we next find the term expressing the
effect of the action of the disturbing body on the sun. Tliis is effected
without difficulty.

The expressions for the perturbing function and the perturbing forces
can now be formed. Instead of using the force involving the true anomaly,
the transformation of this, in which the mean anomaly appears instead of
the true, has been used. This is the method given by Hansen in his post-
humous memoir, in which he lias abandoned some of his former notions.
The disturbing forces employed are those in the direction of the disturbed
radius-vector, in tlie direction perpendicular to this radius vector, and in
the direction perpendicular to tiie plane of the orbit. The forces in these
three directions have been deduced from those in the direction of the

three rectangular axes. The force a ' °° is found at once from the per-

dg

turbing function by differentiating with respect to the mean anomaly, g.

To find the other two forces symbolized by a r. -^ , and o" ^°°, z being

dr dz

the coordinate perpendicular to the plane of the orbit, it is necessary to

multiply a number of series together, two and two, by the formula; of

plane trigonometry.

Having the values of the forces, we next find the value of a function

TF obtained by the integration of the expression

n. at dg dr

1 T'^^^" 7/

1893.] ^^* [Ritter.

A and B being two factors easily determined. W being kno\yn, the func-
tion W is next found by simple mechanical processes, and the perturba-
tions of z and of the radius-vector are found at once by the equations

n. dz = nj. W. dt

-dW
dy
X being a particular form for g.

The symbol d designates the perturbation of the quantity to which it is
prefixed.
The perturbation of the latitude is found by integrating the equation

d.^

cost _ ^ 2 ^ •

n.dt — ^- « dz'
where C is a factor found in the same manner that A and B were.

To find n.ds, or the variation of the mean anomaly, two integrations
are necessary ; in finding the perturbation of the radius-vector, and of the
latitude, one integration is needed for each.

I'he arbitrary constants introduced by these integrations are so deter-
mined that the perturbations become zero for the epoch of the elements.

In making an application of his formulae, Hansen selected the planet
Egeria, whose eccentricity is comparatively small, the angle of eccen-
tricity being less than five degrees. In making use of the formulae given
in the method here presented the eccentricity is considerably larger. The
convergence of the series is, however, all that can be desired. In com-
puting the perturbations of those of the minor planets whose eccentrici-
ties and inclinations are quite large, it may be necessary to divide the
circumference into a larger number of parts. In exceptional cases, such
as for Pallas, it may be necessary to divide the circumference into thirty-two
parts. In case of the applications made of the present method, sixteen
divisions have been used : this is the number employed by Hansen for
Egeria.

When a larger number than sixteen is used, the calculation of the

values of ( , ), ( ^ ) > ^tc., is longer; the process is, however, the

same in every case.

After the perturbations have been found it is necessary to have them
in convenient form for the computation of ephemerides, and there has,
hence, been added the method employed for doing this.

The writer has endeavored to present the whole theory in a manner
easily comprehended by those having a respectable mathematical educa-
tion, and in a compass such that the computations can be performed
within a reasonably short time. The endeavor throughout has been to
use convenient methods, not to devise new ones.

l-^O [March 3,

Stated Meeting, March 3, 1893.
Dr. Brinton in the Chair,

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Letters accepting membership were received from Prof.
George Lincoln Goodale, Cambridge, Mass ; Dr. Charles
Schiiffer, Philadelphia.

A circular from the Academic de Belgique, Bruxelles,
requesting subscriptions to a commemorative edition of the
works of Jean-Servais Stas.

The death of Prof. C. Schorlemmer, Manchester, England,
January 27, 1892, was announced.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Eoyal
Society of Victoria, Melbourne (1-^7); Tokyo Library,
Tokyo, Japan (136, 137, 138); Royal Zoological Society,
Amsterdam, Netherlands (137, 138); Naturwissenschaftlicher
Verein des Reg.-Bezirks, Frankfurt a. 0., Prussia (135-138) ;
Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, Giessen,
Hesse (138) ; Verein fiir Thliringische Geschichte und Alter-
thumskunde, Jena, Saxe- Weimar (138); Verein fiir Erdkunde,
Metz, Lorraine (138) ; Societa Italiana delle Scienze, Rome,
Italy (138) ; Natural History and Philosophical Society, Bel-
last, Ireland (138) ; University Laval, Quebec, Canada (137,
138, and Catalogue i-iv); Editor of Popular iSciertce Monthly,
New York, N. Y, (139); Wyoming Historical and Geological
Society, Wilkesbarre, Pa. (1^8); Enoch Pratt Free Library,
Baltimore, Md. (137, 138, and Catalogue i-iv) ; Mr. T. L. Pat-
terson, Cumberland, Md. (139); Texas Academy of Science,
Austin (137, 138, and Catalogue, i-iv).

Letters of acknowledgment (139) were received from the
Laval University, Quebec, Canada ; Natural History Society,
Sir John W . Dawson, Montreal, Canada ; Public Library, Marine
Biological Laboratory, Boston, Mass. ; Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Kingston, R. L; Historical Society, Providence
Franklin Society, Providence, R. L ; Mr. George F. Dunning,
Farmington, Conn. ; Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford,

1893.] i^y

Conn. ; Prof. W. Henry Green, Princeton, N. J. ; Dr. Charles
B. Dudley, Altoona, Pa. ; Dr. Robert H. Alison, Ardmore, Pa.;
Prof. Robert W. Rogers, Carlisle, Pa. ; Prof. Martin H. Boyd,
Coopersburg, Pa. ; Hon. Eckley B. Coxe, Drifton, Pa. ; Drs.
Traill Green, J. M. Moore, Thomas Conrad Porter, Easton, Pa.;
State Library of Pennsylvania, Harrisburg, Pa. ; Mr. John
Fulton, Johnstown, Pa. ; Linnean Society, Lancaster, Pa. ;
Wagner Free Institute, Judge Allison, Profs. Charles S. Dol-
ley, H. V. Hilprecht, Albert H. Smyth, W. H. Greene, Messrs.
Philip C. Garrett, Edward Hopper, W. W. Jefi'eris, G. de B.
Keim, Joseph D. Potts, L. A. Scott, Richard Wood, Philadel-
phia ; Prof. John F. Carll, Pleasantville, Pa. ; Rev. F. A.
Muhlenberg, Reading, Pa. ; Miss R. C. Longstreth, Sharon
Hill, Pa. ; Dr. John Curwen, Warren, Pa. ; Philosophical So-
ciety, Hon. Washington Townsend, Mr. Philip P. Sharpies,
West Chester, Pa. ; Wyoming Historical and Geological So-
ciety, Wilkesbarre, Pa. ; Mr. William M. Cauby, Wilming-
ton, Del.; U.S. Naval Institute, Annapolis, Md. ; Maryland
Institute, Enoch Pratt Free Library, Maryland Historical So-
ciety, Baltimore, Md. ; Smithsonian Institution, Anthropo-
logical Society, U. S. Geological Survey, U. S, Coast and
Geodetic Survey, Library Surgeon General's Office, Scientific
Library U. S. Patent Office, Weather Bureau, Col. Garrick
Mallery, Prof. Charles A. Schott, Dr. John S. Billings, Wash-
ington, D, C. ; University of Virginia, Leander McCormick
Observatory, Prof. J. W. Mallet, University of Virginia, Va.
N, C. Agricultural Experiment Station, Raleigh ; South Caro
lina College, Columbia; Historical Society, Savannah, Ga.
University of Alabama, University P.O.; Agricultural Ex
periment Station, Baton Rouge, La., College Station, Texas
Academy of Science, Austin, Texas.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Institut
Egyptien, Cairo ; Royal Society of South Australia, Adelaide ;
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney ; Royal Geo-
graphical Society, St. Petersburg, Russia ; Society Finno-
Ougrienne, Helsingfors, Finland ; Socidtd Hollandaise des
Sciences, Harlem, Holland ; K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt,

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 140. Q. PRINTED APRIL 30, 1893.

130

[March 17,

K. K. Naturhistorische Hofmuseum, Vienna, Austria; Deutsche
Seewarte, Hamburg, Germany ; K. B. Akademie der Wissen-
schaften, Munich, Bavaria; Wiirterabergische Commission
fiir Landesgeschichte, Stuttgart ; Messrs. Friedlander & Sons,
Berlin, Prussia ; Society of Antiquaries, Geological Society,
London, England ; Royal Irish Academy, Dublin ; Public
Library, Salem, Mass. ; American Chemical Society, New-
York, N. Y. ; Bureau of Statistics of New Jersey, Trenton ;
Pennsylvania Forestry Association, Dr. J. C. Ayer & Co., Dr.
Charles A. Oliver, Messrs. Henry Phillips, Jr., Julius F.
Sachse, Prof. M. B. Snyder, Philadelphia, Pa.; U. S. Fish
Commission, Hydrographic Office, Washington, D, C. ; Mr.
William Harden, Savannah, Ga. ; State Historical Society of
Wisconsin, Madison; Agricultural Experiment Stations, Kings-
ton, R. I., Blacksburg, Va., Lexington, Ky., Manhattan,
Kans., Fort Collins, Col., Laramie, Wyo.

Pending nominations Nos. 1249, 1250, 1253, 1255 and 1256
were read.

A motion to introduce electric lighting into the building
was after discussion withdrawn.

And the Society was adjourned by the Presiding Member.

Stated Meeting, March 17, 1893.
Mr. Price in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

A letter from Hon. Robert E. Pattison, Harrisburg, Pa.,
accepting membership.

A letter from Prof. Robert E. Thompson, Philadelphia,
resigning from membership at end of the current year, which
was accepted.

The Journal of the United States Artillery School, Fortress
Monroe, Va., was placed on the Proceedings exchange list.

1893.

131

Letters of envoy were received from the Meteorological
Office, London, Eng. ; Eoyal Irish Academy, Dublin, Ireland ;
Observatorio Astronomico Nacional, Mexicano, Tacubaya.

Letters of acknowledgment (139) were received from the
Theological Seminary, Andover, Mass. ; New York Academy
of Sciences, Columbia College, New York ; New Jersey His-
torical Society, Newark ; Prof. Charles F. Himes, Carlisle,
Pa. ; Eev. F. A. Muhlenberg, Reading, Pa. ; Department of
State, Washington, D. C; Prof. James B. Angell, Ann
Arbor, Mich. ; Col. William Ludlow, Gen. W. F. Raynolds,
Detroit, Mich.; State Library, Lansing, "Mich. ; Oberlin Col-
lege, Oberlin, 0. ; Prof. E. W. Claypole, Akron, 0. ; Univer-
sity of Cincinnati, Hon, J. D. Cox, Cincinnati Observatory,
Cincinnati, 0. ; Dr. Robert Peter, Lexington, Ky. ; Geological
Survey of Missouri, Jefferson City ; Academy of Sciences, St.
Louis, Mo. ; Historical Society, Chicago, 111. ; State Historical
Society of Wisconsin, Madison ; University of California,
Prof. Joseph LeConte, Berkeley, Cal. ; Lick Observatory,
Mount Hamilton, Cal. ; Prof. J. C. Branner, Palo Alto, Cal. ;
Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, Riverside, Cal. ; Free Public Library,
San Francisco, Cal. ; Academy of Natural Sciences, Daven-
port, la. ; State University of Iowa, Iowa City ; Washburn
College, Kansas Academy of Science, Topeka; Agricultu-
ral Experiment Stations, Las Cruces, N. M., Lincoln, Neb,,
Laramie, Wyo, ; University of Arizona, Tucson,

Accessions to the Library were reported from the K. Nor-
deske Oldskrift Selskab, Copenhagen, Denmark; Societe
Batave de Philosophie Expdrimentale, Rotterdam, Holland ;
Physikalische Gesellschaft, Berlin, Prussia ; Verein fiir Erd-
kunde, Metz, Lorraine ; K. B. Akademie, Miinchen, Bavaria ;
Messrs. Alphonse Pictet, Henri de Saussure, Geneva, Switzer-
land ; Societa Africana D'ltalia, Naples ; Direzione Generale
della Statistica, Rome, Italy ; Societe Languedocienne de
Geographic, Montpellier, France ; Mr. Manuel de Peralta,
Madrid, Spain ; Meteorological Office, London, Eng. ; Literary
and Philosophical Society, Manchester, Eng. ; Mr. Robert T.
Swan, Boston, Mass.; Free Public Library, New Bedford,

132

[March 17,

Mass. ; Scientific Alliance, New York, M . Y. ; Pennsylvania
State College, Harrisburg; Mr. Herbert Welsh, Philadelphia ;
Smithsonian Institution, United States Geographical and Geo-
logical Survey of the Eocky Mountains, Adjutant General's
Office, Washington, D. C. ; Artillery School, Fortress Monroe,
Va. ; Society of Natural History, Cincinnati, 0. ; Academy
of Science, Tacoma, Washington ; Agricultural Experiment
Stations, College Park, Md., Morgantown, W. Va., Little
Eock, Ark.

The following decease of members was announced:

Hippolyte Taine, Paris, March 5, 1893, set. 65.

William B. Rogers, Philadelphia, March 15, 1893, set. 55.

On motion, the President was requested to prepare an obit-
uary notice of Mr. Rogers.

Secretary Barker presented for the Transactions a paper by
Prof. Francis C. Phillips entitled, " Researches upon the
Chemical Properties of Gases," which was referred to Drs.
Barker, Marshall and Smith, a Committee to examine and
report upon the same.

A paper by Prof. A. S. Packard, entitled " The Life Histo-
ries of Certain Moths of the Families Ceratocampidie and
Hemileucidse, etc.," was presented by the Secretaries for the
Proceedings.

Prof. Snyder presented a paper by W. F. McK. Ritter,
"On a New Method of Determining the General Perturbation
of the Minor Planets."

Dr. Cope presented a paper by Prof. Dwight, on " Psoas
Parvus and Pyramidalis."

Pending nominations Nos. 1249, 1250, 1253, 1255, 1256,
were read.

According to notice, the stated business of the evening, the
question of withdrawing the Society's collections now on
deposit in other institutions, was taken up.

1893.] 133

The following minute of the meeting of Council was read :
Stated Meeting, February 10, 1893.

Present : Messrs. Morris, Brinton, Baird, Ingham.

In the absence of the President, on motion, Mr. Baird took the chair.

Minutes of the last meeting of Council were read.

Dr. Brinton, acting Clerk, read the resolution of the Society which was
referred to Council for action.

Dr. Morris read the resolution of the Curators, and gave his reasons for
holding that the collections of the Society should be retained and exhi-
bited in its present hall.

Mr. Ingham moved that all the collections of the Society be brought
back to the hall of the Society ; seconded by Dr. Morris.

Dr. Brinton spoke strenuously in opposition to the motion, and claimed
that it was contrary to the spirit of the act incorporating the Society.

Other remarks were made by the members present. Dr. Morris urging
the adoption of the motion as in accordance with the spirit of the Society.

The motion being put by the Chair, it was carried.

The Council was adjourned by the Chair at 9.30.

D. G. Brinton, Glerk.

Mr. Prime moved to lay the resolution of Council on the
table, but subsequently withdrew the motion in order that the
subject might be fully discussed. An animated debate ensued
participated in by Messrs, Houston, Prime, Brinton, Morris,
Cope, Jayne, Biddle, Du Bois, Barker, Field and others.

The Presiding Member stated certain reasons that in his
opinion rendered the return of the collections at the present
time desirable.

The question being put and a call of the yeas and nays
demanded, the motion was lost by a vote of 16 nays to 8 ayes.

And the Society was adjourned by the Presiding Member.

April 7, 1893.] LoO

PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICA:^ PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXXI. April, May, June, 1893. No. 141.

Stated Meeting, April 7, 1893.
Mr. Smyth in the Chair.

Letters of envoy were received from the Nederlandsche
Maatschappij ter Bevordering van Nijverheid, Haarlem, Hol-
land; Societa Italiana delle Scienze, Naples; Meteorological
Office, London, England ; Geological Survey Department of
Canada, Ottawa ; Academy of Science, Tacoma, Washington ;
Museo de La Plata, Buenos Ay res.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Insti-
tut Egyptien, Cairo (138); Societa Africana d'ltalia, Naples
(137); Prof. Gaston Maspero, Paris, France (136); Geological
Society of America, Eochester, N. Y. (139); Mr, Andrew S.
McCreath, Harrisburg, Pa. (139); Department of State,
Washington, D. C. (131-136); "Journal of the U. S. Artil-
lery," Fortress Monroe, Va. (137, 138, 139) ; Society of Na-
tural History, Cincinnati, Ohio (139) ; Oberlin College, Ober-
lin, Ohio (137, 138, Catalogue, Parts i-iv) ; Lick Observatory,
Mount Hamilton, Cal. (133); Mr. Everard F. im Thurn,
Georgetown, British Guiana (139).

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Institut
Egyptien, Cairo ; Nederlandsche Maatschappij ter Bevordering
van Nijverheid, Haarlem, Holland; Geographische Gesell-
schaft, Vienna, Austria ; PhysiologischeGesellschaft, Deutsche
Geologische Gesellschaft, Berlin, Prussia; Prof. H. von Ilelm-
holtz, Charlottenbnrg, Prussia ; Naturvvissenschaftliche Ge-
sellschaft, St. Gall, Switzerland ; R. Istituto Lombardo, Milan,

PBOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141. R. PRINTED MAY 18, 1893.

136

[April 7,

Italy; Society delle Scienze, Naples, Italy; Rassegna delle
Scienze Geologiche in Italia, Institut Internationale de
Statistique, Rome; R, Accadcmie delle Scienze, Turin; R.
Istitato Veneto, Venice, Italy; Institut de France, Paris;
Ilarleian Society, London, England ; Geological Survey of Can-
ada, Ottawa ; New England Historic Genealogical Society,
American Statistical Association, Boston, Mass.; Connecticut
Historical Society, Hartford ; Cornell University, Ithaca,
N. Y.; American Museum of Natural History, New York ;
Board of Directors of City Trusts, Engineers' Club, Messrs.
Henry Phillips, Jr., Herbert Welsh, Philadelphia ; Depart-
ment of the Interior, U. S. Fish Commission, Washington,
D. C; Academy of Science, St. Louis, Mo.; Lick Observatory,
Mount Hamilton, Cal.; Agricultural Experiment Stations,
Morgantown, W. Ya., Larami, Wyo.; Las Cruces, N. Mex.,
Tucson, Ariz.; Museo de La Plata, La Plata, Argentine
Republic.

Photographs for the Society's Album were received of Dr.
F. A. Genth and Prof. F. A. Genth, Jr., Philadelphia.

The death of Isaac Burk (March 30, 1893, eet. 77) was an-
nounced.

The Committee on Dr. Phillips' paper on "Gases" reported
it worthy of publication in the Transactions of the Society,
and was discharged.

Pending nominations Nos. 1219, 1250, 1253, 1255, 1256
were read.

Dr. Ryder presented for the Proceedings a paper entitled
" Energy as a Factor in Organic Evolution,"

Dr. Cope presented a paper by Thomas G. Gentry on " The
Higher Fungi of Philadelphia and its Neighborhood."

Dr. Cope offered the following resolution:

Resolved, That the Americfin Philosophical Society disapproves of the
terms of the bill, No. 163, presented by Mr. J. H. Fovv to the Legislature
of Pennsylvania, entitled "An act to proiiibit public exhibitions of men-
tal or physical deformiiies in certain public places," as opposed to the
interests of education and scientific research, and as injurious to the

1893.] -'■^*

interests cf the class of persons whose exhibition for compensalioc is for-
bidden by its terms.

On motion, the Society adopted the resolution and referred
the matter to the President, with power to make such repre-
sentations to the Legislature as he might choose, if in his dis-
cretion he saw fit so to do.

And the Society was adjourned by the Presiding Member.

Stated Meeting, April 21, 1893.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

A circular relating to the Hodgkins prizes offered by the
Smithsonian Institution.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from Mr. Samuel
Davenport, Adelaide, Australia (1^8) ; Socidte de Geographie
de Finlande, Helsingfors (L37, 138); K. Bibliothek, Berlin,
Prussia (Transactions, xvii, 1, 2) ; Socidtd de Geographie, So-
ciete Philologique, Marquis de Nadaillac, Profs. E. Levasseur,
G. Maspero, Paris, France (139); Comte Hyacinth de Cha-
rencey, St. Maurice-les-Charencey, France (139) ; Prof. Alex-
ander Agassiz, Cambridge, Mass. (139); Mercantile Library,
St. Louis, Mo. (Catalogue, Parts i-iv).

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Congres
Internationaux, d' Anthropologic, Archa?ologie prehistorique et
Zoologie, Moscow, Russia; Socidte de Geographie de Finlande,
Helsingfors; Nederlandsche Maatschappij ter bevordering van
Nijverheid, Harlem, Holland ; K. P. Meteorologisch Institut,
K. P. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin, Prussia ; Frau
Gerhard vom Rath, Leipzig, Saxony; R. Istituto di Studi
Superiori, Firenze, Italy ; Accademia di Scienze Morale e

l«^y [April 21,

Politiche, Naples, Italv ; Bath and West and Southern Coun-
ties Society, Bath, England ; British Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, London, England ; Natural Ilistorj and
Philosophical Society, Belfast, Ireland ; Ilarvard University,
Mr. A. McF, Davis, Cambridge, Mass. ; American Antiquarian
Society, Worcester, Mass. ; American Oriental Society, New-
Haven, Conn.; Historical Society, Buffalo, N. Y.; Mr. Lucien
H. Smith, Rochester, N. Y. ; Free Public Library, Jersey
City, N. J. ; College of Physicians, American Pharmaceutical
Association, Messrs. Finlc}'' Acker, Henry Phillips, Jr., Julius
Sachse, Philadelphia, Pa.; Office of Chief of Engineers, De-
partment of State, Treasury Department, Bureau of Educa-
tion, Washington, D. C. ; University of Virginia, Charlottes-
ville; California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco ; Agri-
cultural Experiment Stations, Storrs, Conn., and State Col-
lege, Pa.

The following announcements of deaths were made:

Esquiron de Parieu, Paris, died April 9, 1893, set. 79.

Thomas H. Dudley, Camden, N. J., died April 15, 1893,
set. 74.

The President was authorized to appoint a suitable person
to prepare the usual obituary notice of the late Mr. Dudley.
(Mr. William John Potts was subsequently appointed.)

The President announced that Dr. Ruschenberger had been
appointed to prepare the obituary notice of the late W. B.
Rogers.

Mr. Prime made some remarks on " The Present Revolution
taking place in Iron-making in the United States," and was
followed by Dr. Morris on the subject.

Dr. Ryder presented a paper " On the Mechanical Genesis
of the Fowl's Egg."

Nominations Nos. 1249, 1250, 1253, 1254, 1255, 1256, 1257,
1258 and 1259 were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

1893.] 139 [Packard.

The Life Eistories of certain Moths of the Families Ceratocampidm,
Eemileucida; etc., with Notes on the Armature of the Larvm.

By Alpheus 8. Puckard.

{Read before the Amerlaan Philosophical Society, March 17, 1S93.)

Family Ceuatocampid.e.

Judging by the larvie alone, this group is well circumscribed. The
most generalized forms are Dryocarapa and Anisota. In these there is no
"caudal horn," and the single median dorsal spine on the ninth abdomi-
nal segment in Dryocimpa is about one-third as long as that of Anisota,
■while in Sphingicampa the spine is reduced to a minimum. That the
larva of Dryocarapa is the simplest of the family is also shown by the
fact that the two rudimentary spines on the third thoracic segment are
shorter and less forked, and the other abdominal spines are shorter than in
the other genera.

The suranal plate has the shortest spines in Sphingicampa and longest
in Anisota, being of a length intermediate between these two genera in
Dryocampa, in which, however, they are still long.

Sphingicampa may be regarded as a transitional form connecting Dry-
ocampa and Anisota with Eacles and Citheronia,

Eacles in its first larval stage, as compared with that of Sphingicampa,
differs in the following respects :

The prothoracic segment is armed with spines ; the thoracic spines are
in Stage I forked at the end ; the caudal horn is much longer and slen-
derer, and also forked at the end ; also there is a single median spine on
the ninth abdominal segment. Eacles is peculiar in the abdominal seg-
ments being marked with two black transverse stripes.

Aglia tau, a connecting link between the Ceratocampidm and Saturniidce
and the type of a new subfamily, Agliince. In this European Bombyciue
moth we have surviving, side by side with the generalized Salurnia, a most
interesting form, which is a Ceratocampid in its earlier larval stages, the
larva in its last stage and the moth being very near the Saturnians,
although it does not spin a cocoon, and should be regarded as a Cerato-
campid. We could not have any clearer demonstration of the origin of
one family from another by direct genetic descent.

The transformations of this form, originally figured in Duponchel et
Guenee's Iconographie* (Tome ii), has been more fully elaborated by Mr.
Poulton.

Having received, through the kindness of Dr. Heylaerts, a j'oung larva
of Aglia tau in its third stage, I have been able to compare it with Eacles

* Gu6ai5e states that after attaining its full size : " Ella se retire a la surface de la terre,
entre des mousses et des debris de v^getaux qu'elle attache avec de la sole, et elle s'y
change en une chrysalide grosse, courte, d'uu brun fonce saupaudrj de grisatre, et dont
I'anus est termini par uue faisceau de pointes recourbJes.''

Packard ] ^^^ [March 17,

impcrialis in its third stage, a lliiiig Mr. Poulton could not do for want of
specimens. The resemblance between the two genera at this stage is
most striking, although the fully fed larvae are so different, Aglia passing
at a single molt (the third and last, this larva only hav'mg four stages),
from one family to another ! We know of no parallel case, or at least of
one so very striking and conclusive.* Thus the ontogenetic development
of this caterpillar epitomizes that of two families, whereas that of most
Bombycesis simply usually only an epitome of that of a subdivision of a
family, or of a small group of genera.

AgF,a tau in its third stage differs from Eades imperialis in its third
stage in having a pair of dorsal "horns" on the first and third thoracic seg-
ments, where E. imperialis has only minute ones on the prothoracic seg-
ment, while those on the second thoracic segment are as well developed as
those on the third segment ; those on the second segment are minute ; all
the " horns " are forked as in Eacles. The dorsal spines on the abdomi-
nal are simple and minute, like those on the second thoracic segment.
The shape of the head and of the anal legs is much as in Eacles, but the
suranal plate differs strikingly in being produced into a rather large,
spinulated spine, a feature not known to exist in any Ceratocampids.

It should be observed in regard to the large size of the prothoracic horns
of Agiia, that those of Citheronia regalis are quite well developed, being
about two-thirds as long as those on the two succeeding segments.

Upon examining the adult of Aglia, I find that its head and antenn;x?
are closely similar to those of Ilyperchiria io, and the Hemileucidas in
general ; the antennoe form a close approach to those of H. io, as on care-
ful examination wiih a good lens a second branch of the pectinations of
the male antennae can be perceived ; it forms a long, separate branch, but
is in the dead and dry specimens very closely appressed to the anterior
main pectination. In the venation of both wings Aglia shows a most un-
expected resemblance to that of Eacles imperialis ; like that and other
Ceratocampidae and the Hemileucid;e, having five subcostal branches,
while in the Saturniidae there are only four, the first one wanting in the
latter family.

Thus the moth belongs with the Ceratocampidae, while the larva after
the last molt loses all its spines and becomes very much like a Saturnian,
perhaps of the type of Telea, though it is without tubercles or spines, and
especially like a smootli lorui, the larva of Attacus betes Walker, figured by
Burmeister in his Atlas of the Lepidoptera of the Argentine Republic.
We therefore suggest that Agli'i tau should be regarded as the type of
a distinct subfamily of Ceratocampidae, and thus the latter group may be
divided into the two subfamilies, Ceratocampina? and Aglilnae.

* Over twenty years ago, in 1803, when first beginning ray studies on tlie Bombyces,
ray attention was attracted to tlie singular changes of Ar/ha tau and I compared the
younglarva to the full-grown larva of Citheronia regalis and pointed out that the latter
genus was an " embryonic form and therefore inferior in rank to the Tau motli " {Ainer.
^'aiuralist, June, 1870, and Our Common Insects, 52).

1893.1 ■^"*-^ [Packard.

At present both from their larval and their imaginal characters, and in
their spinning a cocoon we are disposed to consider the Hemileucid* as a
family closely allied to, though distinct from, the Ceratocampidae.

On examining the European genus Endromis, we are disposed to think
that the family Endromidse is a natural one. It would, however, bea vio-
lation of the principles of classification to include Aglia with it. The two
genera, both as regards their larval and their adult charactei's, are quite
distinct. I find that Endromis versicolora has the head, palpi and antennae
and the hairy abdomen very closely like those of our Hemileuca maia, but
the median vein of both wings divides into four branches, and the sub-
costal vein of the four wings divides into five branches, as in U. m«j«and
the other Hemileucidoe. Judging by the colored figures of the larva in Euro-
pean works, the larva of Endromis is smooth, with a small retractile head,
oblique bars, and a conical caudal horn. Tlie group Endromidse is a
branch of the Bombycine tree, parallel to but distinct from the Hemi-
leucidae, and stands above the latter, connecting the group and the Cerato-
campidse and Saturniidai with the higher families of the Bombyces, in which
there are four branches of the median vein, all the fiimilies mentioned agree-
ing with the Notodontidse in having but three. In its general shape, the
small retractile head, the mode of coloration, and the caudal horn, the
larva of Endromis appears to be remarkably near the Sphinges. Buckley
describes the cocoon as "composed of an open-worked reticulation of
coarse black or black-brown silk threads, with round or broad oval
interstices, as the fabric is extremely strong, tough and elastic, covered
externally with moss and birch leaves firmly adherent " (iii, 65).

It is interesting that in the transformations of RhescyiUlds erythrinm, as
figured by Burmeister, we have a parallel to the case of Aglia tau. The
fully grown larva is smooth-bodied and without the four long large thoracic
spines, and the caudal horns on the eighth and ninth abdominal segments
of tlie previous stage. The genus appears to belong to the Ceratocam-
pidae.

Although we are not yet acquainted with the early larval stages of En-
dromis, we do not see why the Sphingidse may not have sprung from a
form like this as much as from Aglia, as the shape and markings of the
full-grown caterpillar are much nearer a typical Sphinx than those of
Aglia. Moreover, taxonomically, Aglia is by no means so "closely"
allied to the Sphingidse as Mr. Poulton in his able papers would lead us to
infer. In its venation Endromis is much nearer, and the latter is a more
generalized or synthetic form than Aglia. From the Ceratocampidae the
families of Saturniidae and also of Hemileucidae may have originated, and
indeed all the Bombyces, unless we except the Arctians and Lithosidae,
may have evolved before the Sphingidae appeared. -ludging by the
characters of the head, the antennae, thorax, and especially the venation,
the Sphingidae are far removed from the Ceratocampidae, and their origin
from the latter family was at least remote, and tliere must be some lost,
extinct annectant forms which originally connected them.

Packard.] ■'■'**^ [March 17,

The LiPE Histouy of Dryocamp.v p.ubicunda (Fabr.).

Tlie unfertilized eggs laid in New York, July 15, were kindly sent rae
by Mr. James Angus, but they did not hatch.

Egcf^ — Length, 1.4 mm. Oval, a little flattened ; the shell yellow, thin,
parchment-like, the surface smooth, polished, under a one-half inch objec-
tive showing no traces of pits or polygonal areas. The shell is so thin
that unfertilized eggs collapse irregularly.

Larva Stage I and II. — The larva was found at Providence by Mr.
Bridgham about June 20. The following description is drawn up from
his excellent colored figures. He says it molts in a day after hatching,
and after the molt the larva is the same as before, except that the general
color of the body is a little darker, so that the following description will
provisionally apply to both stages.

Length, 5 mm. The head is rather large, rounded, no wider than the
body, and deep black. The body is of the same width throughout to the
ninth abdominal segment. The prothoracic segment a little wider than the
rest of the body. From the second thoracic segment arises a pair of thick
large horn-like tubercles, which are about as long as the thickness of the
segment bearing them ; they are greenish at the base and black beyond ;
the end is blunt, not tapering at all, giving rise to a hair on each side of
the end. All the tubercles on the other segments are in the form of small,
simple acute spines of nearly uniform size, those on the prothoracic seg-
ment being of the same size as those behind the succeeding segment. There
are three rows of spines on each side of the body, and the dorsal ones are
no larger than those of the subdorsal and subspiraciilar series. On the
eighth abdominal segment there are two widely separate dorsil spines,
and two shorter ones on the ninth segment. The body is pale yellowish
green, with a median dorsal and a subdorsal dark-green stripe, also a dis-
tinct lateral ridge low down, from which the infraspiracular spines arise.
The next stage was drawn June 25, "after second molt."

Stage J/(?). — Length, 7 mm. The head is now smaller in proportion
than before, but still black. The two horns are noic shorter than before in
proportion to the body, but otherwise the same ; the other spines are
slightly stouter. The six lines are noic reddish, as is the loioer (^infra-
spiracular) side of the body.

Five caterpillars were found feeding side by side on the under side of a
red maple leaf, August 12, at Brunswick, Me. They do not start when
irritated or use their horns.

Stage III (?). — Length, 8-9 mm. Head rounded, scarcely as wide as
the body, very dark chestnut to nearly black. Body cylindrical, not so
much flattened as in Anisota. On the first thoracic segment, which is
slightly narrower than the second, are two rounded black flattened coni-
cal tubercles, not piliferous, and two smaller flatter ones behind. Two
larger subtriangular subdorsal black tubercles give rise to three minute
short hairs. On the second thoracic segment are two long subdorsal black

1893.] 14.0 [Packard.

spines tapering to the end, which is slightly forked and setiferous, and the
spines are minutely spinulated ; the two horns are about two-thirds as long
as the body is broad. They are represented on the third thoracic segment
by two minute conical black tubercles, the homologous ones on the ab-
dominal segments being minute and greenish, tipped with black. Those
on the sides of each segment are larger, acutely conical and black. On
the eighth abdominal segment are four conical black tubercles, two dorsal
and two subdorsal, one on each side. On the ninth segment is a single
median conical tubercle, not quite so high as those on the eighth segment,
but larger at the base. Tlie subdorsal tubercles on this segment are
slightly larger than those on the eighth segment. The suranal plate is
subcordate, being excavated in front ; behind it is subtriangular, with two
black tubercles at the end, which are smaller than tlioseon the side in front
of the middle ; the suranal plate is greenish, like the prothoracic segment,
while the body is tinged with yellowish, with eight faint rather broad
whitish longitudinal stripes. The spiracles are black. The thoracic legs
are black. The anal legs are greenish, with a blackish patch on the out-
side near the planta.

In this and the next stage it continues to feed on the under side of the
leaf.

Stage 7F(?).— (After third molt, June 29 ) Length, 8 mm. The head
is still black, but the two horns are now wholly black, as long as the body
is thick, and spinulated. All the other spines are solid and black ; the two
dorsal spines on the eighth abdominal segment being two or three times
larger than the others. The body is now somewhat reddish above as well as
beneath, and the longitudinal stripes are reddish. The prothoracic spines
are now rudimentary and button-like.

Stage V (?). — (After fourth molt, July 5, Bridgham.) Length,
10 mm. The head is now gamboge yellow, smooth and polished. The two
horns as before, being rather slender and spinulated throughout. The
body is yellowish green, with faint darker green longitudinal stripes.
The tubercles are obsolete, except those on the eighth and ninth abdominal
segments, which are black and moderately large.

The following notes were made on caterpillars found in Maine and rep-
resent the two last stages of the larva.

Stage F(?). — Length, 20 mm. Head cherry red, about two-thirds as
wide as the body, smooth and rounded. Prothoracic tubercles arranged as
in the previous stage, but a little larger and more conspicuous ; in one ex-
ample the anterior and posterior dorsal ones are coalesced. The second
thoracic horns are black, not much more than half as long as the body is
broad. Ifow the white stripes alternate with the dark-green ones, which are
quite distinct, the black tubercles being situated partly on them. The
tubercles on the abdomen are longer and sharper than before, and on the base
in the middle of the suranal plate is a transverse black plate. The black
plate on the ends of the abdominal legs are larger and more conspicuous
than before.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 14L S. PRINTED MAY 18, 1893.

Packard.] J-" [March 17,

Note. — Being now somewhat more exposed when feeding, the head has
become of a bright cherry red color, and the body more striped ; the arma-
ture is longer and sharper, except the two most conspicuous horns of the
second thoracic segment.

Final Stage. — Lenglli, 35 mm. Tiie liead is considerably narrower than
the body, of a uniform pale clay oclire yellow. Tlie prothoracic segment
is armed with eight black tubercles arranged in a row across the front
edge, the lowest one being placed just above the insertion of the legs,
and being acute, while the others are more rounded and buiton-like.
The second thoracic segment bears two dorsal slender black horns, one-
half as long as the segment itself is wide, slightly tapering from the base
to the end, which is rounded and somewhat truncate. The third thoracic
segment with four black conical tubercles like those on the first segment.

The eighth abdominal segment is provided with three black tubercles
on each side ; the lowest one on this and the seventh segment being
larger and sharper than the corresponding ones on segments 1-6.
The ninth segment is furnished with a median sharp tubercle, apparently
of double origin, as it is slightly forked at the tip ; it is about two-thirds
smaller than the lateral ones.

The suranal plate is triangular, with the surface flat and rough, ending
in two black conical spines, with three on each side in front (in one
example two are wanting on one side, and the corresponding ones on the
other side are white).

The body is pale pea-green, washed with white on the back between
the seven dark-green stripes, one dorsal and three on each side, which
are wider and diffuse. The thoracic legs are pale tlesh, the abdominal
ones greenish. Anal legs large, triangular, rough and granulated, with
a few black and white conical spmes on the edge above the planta. The
fleshy lateral ridge is well developed and washed with a reddish flesh tint
on the eighth and ninth segments. The spiracles are jet-black and are
conspicuous. The body beneath is as deep, if not deeper green in hue
than on the upper side.

Life History of Anisota senatoria (Abbot and Smith).

The larvae hatched August 1 and 2.

Stage I. — Length, 3.5 mm. Head large, round, smooth, wholly black,
a little higher than wide ; when seen from in front a little wider than the
body. Prothoracic segment a little wider than the second thoracic seg-
ment, smooth, unarmed, but with a transverse dusky patch extending
across it. The second thoracic segment bears a pair of high clavate spines,
which are a little longer than the head is wide, and each bearing two ter-
minal bristles of unequal length. The spines are black, being of the
same color as the thoracic legs. The body is wholly greenish yellow, with
long, rather pale, yellowish-brown hairs arising from conical tubercles.
The end of the body is a little more yellowish than towards the head.

1893.] 14t> [Packard

August 4 the same larvae had become 5.5 mm. in length. The body-
was now green, with uo yellow tints, and the two horns are black. The
head is scarcely as wide as the body, and the hairs are greener and less
conspicuous.

Stage IF. — August 10-12. Length, 7-8 mm. Head, protlioracic segment
above and horns, with the suranal plate and anal legs jet-black. The
body is now dark green with yellowish-green lateral lines and black conical
acute warts. A median dorsal dark line ; a subdorsal pale yellowish-green
line, and below it a lateral tcider line of the same hue, separated by a very
narrow dark-green line from a broad lateral line which includes the lateral
swollen ridge, and a row of conspicuous black tubercles. Under side of
body dark green. The tubercles on the eighth and ninth segments larger
than those in front, suranal plate rough, tuberculated, black. Thoracic
horns large, long, black, nearly twice as long as the body is wide, and
one-third longer than the head is wide. Thoracic legs black ; abdominal
feet dark green, except the anal pair, which are black.

Stage III. — August 20. Length, 13 mm. The specific characters now
appear, so that the larva? may be easily identified. The head is slightly nar-
rower than the body. Prothoracic plate distinct, black. The thoracic
horns are black, one-third longer than the body is thick. The body is
dark yellowish green, or rather olive green, witib two narrow yellowish dor-
sal lines, and a subdorsal and a lateral yellowish line on each side. The
spines are a little longer and sharper than before, otherwise the larva is
as in 8tage IL

Partial Life History of Anisota virginiensis (Drury) (pellu-
ciDA A. and S.).

For the larvae on which the following descriptions are based, I am
indebted to Joseph Bridgham, Esq., who sent them from Providence,
July 1.

Stcoge II. — Length, 7 mm. Head large and full, dark umber, wider
than the middle of the body. The prothoracic segment is broad, with the
front and sides flaring ; upper surface dark chestnut. Body chestnut-
amber. From the second thoracic segment two very long, sparsely spin-
ulate, black horns arise, which are nearly half as long as the body ; they
are a little flattened at the tip, ending in two piliferous tubercles. There
are on all the other segments six rows of conical acute black tubercles ; the
eighth segment is armed exactly as the seventh. On the ninth is a single
median spine. The tenth segment or suranal plate is paler than the body,
and near the edge are six whitish tubercles ; and at the end are two long,
piliferous tubercles. The spiracles are distinct, being ringed with black.
The thoracic and middle abdominal legs are black ; the anal legs of the
same varnish-colored tint as the suranal plate. The skin of the body is
rough, with two lateral ridges, on the upper one of which the spiracles
are situated and on the lower a spine. Across each segment behind the

Packard.] J-^^ [March 17,

spine is a transverse row of small whitish warts, and other granulations
are scattered over the body. The caterpillar is dark, and a somewhat
conspicuous object on an oak leaf. It molted about July 14 or 15.

Stage 111. — Length, 15 mm. Head light chesiuut ; slightly narrower
than the body, which is much as before in color and appearance. The
two horns on the second thoracic segment are now much shorter in pro-
portion, being one-third longer than the segment is wide, or as long as the
second and third thoracic and first abdominal segments taken together.
The color of the body is the same, but the white granulations, very
unequal in size, are more distinct than before. The spiracles are wholly
black, and situated between two indistinct broken white parallel lines.
The black dorsal spines on the third thoracic and first abdominal segments
are smaller than those on the otiier abdominal segments ; those on the
eighth and ninth segments are of the same size and larger than ihose on
the other abdominal segments. The suranal plate and anal legs are of the
same color as the rest of the body. It molted July 23, having been about
seven days in this stage.

Stage IV. — Length, 21 mm. -Head as before, as wide as the body in the
middle. Some new marks now appear ; there is a broad, dorsal, dark,
longitudinal band composed of a series of square, dark patches, sprinkled
over with thickened white granulations, and a subdorsal band of the
same color, composed of oblong, dark patches, bearing a spine above, and
on the lower edge the black spiracle, situated on a white field. The skin
is of the color of beeswax. There is a median black forked spine on the
ninth abdominal segment. The suranal plate is as before, but the tuber-
cles are long and slender, rounded at the tip, and porcelain white. Tiie
two spines at the end of the suranal plate are tipped with black ; this
plate and the anal legs being paler than the body. The horns on the
second thoracic segment are now shorter than before, or as long as the
third thoracic and first abdominal segments taken together. Tlie other
spines are as before, those on abdominal segments 4-8 being larger than
those on the three segments in front.

For comi>arative descriptions of the final stage of this and of A. stigma,
by Dr. C. V. Riley, see our Forest and Shade IVee Insects, 125, 127.

Partial Life History op Anisota stigma (Fabr.).

For this larva, received September 12, I am indebted to Mr. James
Angus, of West Farms, N. Y.

Stage IV {">.). — Length, 25 mm.; length of second thoracic horns, 10 mm.
Head Indian red or dull cherry red. Protlioracic segment with six large
stout forked spines, where those of A. virginiensis are small, almost rudi-
mentary, and they are larger than in the final stage. Also the porcelain
white granulations are ranch larger than in A. virginiensis. The horns on
the second thoracic segment are movable and much longer than in the last
stage, being nearly twice as long in proportion. The spines on all the

1893.] -1-4:7 [Packard.

succeeding segments are of nearly the same size, being nearly one-half as
long as the body is thick ; those on the third thoracic segment are unevenly
forked and of the same size as those of the sixth and eighth abdominal
segments ; those on segments 1-5 being a little smaller ; those on
the third thoracic segment are more regularly bifid than the abdominal
ones, whicli have the smaller fork lower down. The single median spine
on the ninth segment is no larger than either of the two on the eighth
segment, and armed with white spinules. The suranal plate is rounded
with six black and several white spines, the basal black ones the largest.
The skin is of a peculiar blackish pitchy color. Spiracles black. The
thoracic and abdominal legs are dark pitchy ; sides of the anal legs red-
dish, like the suranal plate. Ho subdorsal or lateral pinkish stripe, like
those in A. virginiensis.

Last Stage. — Length, Si mm. ; of the second thoracic dorsal spines,
6.5 mm. The head is of the same color as in the previous stage. The
second thoracic spine is ab(Hit as long as the body is thick, and recurved ;
the other spines are more curved backwards and downwards than in the
previous stage, and their shape is very ditferent, the upper surfiice being
smooth, the spinules being collected on the under side ; the usually single
large spine being white, and beyond the middle, with smaller abortive
spinules on the side ; these spinules are larger on the spines of the eighth
and ninth segments; suranal plate reddish, its surface rough, with white
piliferous granulations ; near the base is a large black spine on each side,
and two black ones of about the same size at the end forming a fork.
Spiracles black. Thoracic and abdominal legs pitchy black ; sides of the
anal legs reddish. Skin dark, with more numerous white granulations
than in the previous stage.

It is quite different and easily distinguished from A. virginie7isis ; com.
pared with this species, the head is of the same size but the color quite
different, being dull cherry or Indian red, while that of A. virginiennis is
yellowish amber. All the spines are much longer ; those on the back of
the second thoracic longer, and those behind two or three times longer ;
that on the ninth abdominal certainly tliree times as long as in A. tirginien-
sis. The skin is blacker, and thus the granulations are more distinct, be-
sides being larger, while A. stigma lacks the subdorsal and lateral pink or
flesh-colored bands present in A. mrginiensis.* The spines on the suranal
plate are stouter and longer.

Life History of Sphingicampa bicolor (Harris).

Dr. H. S. Jew^ett has already {Papilio, ii, 38 and 144) fully described
the egg and the larval and pupal stages of this interesting insect, and
I have only to add some details omitted by him. My descriptions were
drawn up from living specimens, supplemented by examination of the

* Riley says that the body of A. pellucida is two-striped and that the spines are shorter
than in A. sligma.

Packard.] -^^O [March 17,

alcoholic specimens of the different stages. We luive, perhaps, a no more
interesting and beautiful caterpillar, whether we consider its peculiar
appendages, its rich and gorgeous coloration, or its defensive habits, and
tlie most careful!}' described details will not be superfluous in comparing
the different stages with those of its allies, Citheronia regalis and Eacles
impcrialis, and the allied South American forms. I am indebted to my
friend, Mr. W. N. Tallant, of Columbus, Ohio, for sending me a good
supply of eggs from whicli the second or July brood of larva? hatched.
The food plant is the honey locust (Gleditschia triacanthos), though Dr.
Jewett adds Oymnocladus canadensis, or Kentucky coffee-tree.

Egg. — Flattened oval, disk-like, each end alike. Length, 1.8 mm.; width,
1.5 mm. At first green in color, as the embryo grows, states Jewett, the
egg becomes biconcave and changes to yellowish brown, and from
thirty-six to forty-eight hours before hatching the head of the larva shows
through as a dark brown spot. The egg is about one-half as large as that
of Eacles imperialis, but of the same shape. The shell under a lens
appears smooth, like parchment ; under a one-half inch objective the sur-
lace is seen to be ornamented with very faint polygonal impressed areas,
Avhich are much fainter and less easy to detect than those of the egg of E.
imperialis. The swollen nucleus or bubble in each pol^'gon is very
indistinct.

It is interesting to compare the sculpturing of the shell with that of E.
imperialis and Citheronia regalis, the lormer being intermediate between
Sphingicampa and Citheronia. In E. imperialis the shell is sculptured a
little more distinctly with irregular polygonal imprints which are not so
closely crowded as in Citheronia, and the median raised nucleus or bubble
is pale but tolerably distinct. Length, 3 mm. ; width, 2.5 mm. In the
shell of the egg of C. regalis the polygonal impressed cells are easily
recognized under the microscope and faintly detected under a strong lens.
The cell imprints are much more distinct and more crowded than in the
two other genera, while the median nucleus or bubble is more prominent
and darker ; it varies in diameter in different cells, being from about a
third to a half as wide as the cell itself. The walls are quite irregular and
not always distinct.

Larva Stage I, — (Described four to five hours after hatching.) Length,
4 mm. The head is large, rounded, smooth, unarmed, except with a few
scattered tapering dark hairs ; it is blackish chestnut ; it is wider than
the body and slightly wider than the prothoracic segment, which is broad
and fiaring in front, as in Anisota. It is rather higher than wide, and on
the vertex slightly bilobed and is paler in iront than behind. The termi-
nal joint of the antenna is slightly bulbous and bears besides the tactile
bristle about three olfactory rods.

The body is subcylindrical, a little flattened, but not so much so as in
Anisota. The prothoracic segment is broad and flattened, smooth and
unarmed, except with about a dozen dark small hairs. On each side of
the seccnd and third thoracic segments is a subdorsal pair of remarkar

1893.] 14:9 [Packard.

ble movable spines, nearly two thirds as long as the body, ■which open
and close together like great arms, spreading apart, or directed forwards
and outwards more or less constantly while walking, the creature at this
age being rather active ; they are evidently at this period defensive
organs. They are stout, thick at the base, those of each pair close to-
gether at their base ; they slowly taper towards the end, and are armed
with 12-14 short, thick, blunt, dark spines ; at the end of the spine is a
remarkable bulbous expansion somewhat chestnut-shaped, being a little
flattened and subtriangular, broad at the end, from each side of which
arises a small slender tubercle bearing a blunt, stout spine about a
third longer than the tubercle. The appendages themselves are dark
chestnut, pale amber at base and on the outer third, but the bulbous tip
is dark reddish black. Those of the third thoracic segment are very
slightly shorter than the pair in Iront and in each pair the outer spine is
the shorter. These horn-like appendages are flexible, especially near the
end, and are sometimes bent over and around so as to form a decided bow
or curve, or even a nearly complete circle. Compared with those of Githe-
Tonia regalis, which they most nearly resemble, those o^ Fades imperialis
being forked at the end, the bulbous tips are a little longer, but still of
the same general shape and size.

Along the abdominal segments are six rows of very long and slender
conical tubercles, giving rise each to a single black seta, which is about a
third longer than the tubercle ; there are thus six piliferous tubercles on
each segment (1-7), the lowest of which, one on each side, is situated just
above the base of the legs, and has a double base, sending off posteriorly
at nearly right angles to the main tubercle a small lateral one, which
emits a black bristle.

On the eighth segment is a very large, stout, acute, bright-red horn,
which is borne either erect or directed a little forward ; it ends in two
long, slender tubercles, each bearing a bristle about as long as the tubercle,
and along the trunk are several large spinose tubercles, each ending in a
black bristle. The dorsal median tubercle on the ninth segment is
broader than long, being transverse, and bears two bristles. The suranal
plate is rather narrow, much narrower than long, and ending in two long
slender tubercles, each bearing a dark bristle, besides four other bristles.
The anal legs are provided with a dark patch on the side and bear long
bristles, while there are three black bristles on the base of each middle
abdominal leg. There are sixteen (possibly eighteen) crochets on each of
the abdominal legs. The body in general is pale green, with a slight yel-
lowish tinge.

There is a median linear dorsal line along the body, and on each side
are four narrow dark lines on a green ground, the two middle lines being
diffuse, and enclosing a dark band and bearing a row of bristles. The
freshly hatched larva spins a silk thread, which after a while is annoying
to the observer from its being in the way and adhering to the leaves of
its food plants.

Packard.] 1^^ [March 17,

The larva, July 17, just before moulting. — Length, 7 mm. Tlie head is
now small, black, one-half as wide as the body, which is filled out from
five days' feeding. The longest thoracic spines are scarcely one-third as
long as the body, and all are pale reddish amber at base and on the outer
third, the terminal knobs being black-brown. The caudal horn is also
pale reddish amber at base. There is now a definite, broad, white, lateral
stripe along the abdominal segments (not appearing in the thoracic),
which is bordered above by a dark, thread-like, brovvnish, spiracular
line, enclosing the spiracles which are minute and difficult to detect.
Above the spiracular line is a linear distinct white line, and above this
is the pale-green subdorsal stripe, diffusely edged on each side with a
darker tint. There is a median, small, rounded, amber-colored, dorsal
tubercle on the ninth segment, which is double, bearing two bristles.
The end of the suranal plate is reddish amber, bifurcate and bearing
black bristles. There is a dark patch on the outside of the anal legs.

Stage 11. — Moulted July 18 and 19. Length, 10 mm. The head is now
high, slightly angular on the sides ; black-brown with a light-brown
or greenish lateral stripe on each side, diverging from the light-green ver-
tex to the antenme, the two stripes varying from pale brown to green.
The great spines (both thoracic and caudal) are of about the same propor-
tions and colors as in Stage I, except that the eight thoracic spines, which
are still no shorter in proportion to the body, are not so much swollen at
the end, the bulb being shorter and broader, and the spines larger, mak-
ing a more decided fork, and thus resembling those of Eacles imperialis.
On each of the abdominal segments there is a posterior, transverse row of
six dorsal, distinct, piliferous, conical warts, there being only two minute
ones in Stage I. The anterior series of piliferous tubercles on each seg-
ment are now rather large, conical, t7ie two dorsal ones large and stout,
twice as large as the subdorsal and lateral ones, and all being lemon-yellow
(less greenish than before) bearing a terminal black spine, and with
a second piliferous tubercle growing out from the side.

The dorsal lines have almost disappeared, there being a subdorsal, pale,
almost whitish line, besides a faint, narrow, dorsal, greenish line. The
lateral ridge is now pro7ninent, and bright lemon-yellow, forming a distinct
broken line, bearing in the middle of each segment a very slender, black-
ish, piliferous wart. A dark reddish purple, narrow, spiracular line ;
between this and the 3'ellow line is a white stripe and another narrower
one above it, while still above is anotlier reddish purple line. Otherwise
tlie markings are the same, the suranal plate, however, is edged with
lemon yellow, Veing the continuation of the lateral yeilow band.

Thoracic and abdominal legs "green tipped with brown " (.Jewett).

In this stage upon touching or teasing the larva the thoracic spines
spring out, at the same time the head together with the thoracic region
jerk violently, as if to beat oflf an intruder. Also when two caterpillars
meet they evidently attack each other, butting and striking with their
horns, like two hostile goats, deer or cattle. It seemed evident, after

1893.] LOL [Packard.

repeated observations, that the great thoracic spines are of real defensive
use.

An examination of Fig. 2 will illustrate better than a prolix verbal
description the appearance of the spines in Stages I and II of this species.
They are all drawn with the camera, and it is to be observed that the
" horns " are more like those of Cither onia regalis than Eacles imperialis.
a, one of the horns on the second thoracic segment; a', the extremity
enlarged, showing the circular corrugations ; a", the same more magni-
fied ; a'", a terminal spine enlarged, showing its mode of insertion ; it
contains a central mass of minute globules ; 6, the first abdominal seg-
ment enlarged to show the position of the dorsal, subdorsal, supra-spirac-
ular and spiracular stripes, the latter enclosing the spiracle ; also the
position of the four spines, one dorsal, one subdorsal and two infraspiracu-
lar ; the spines are all minutely barbed ; c, a dorsal spine, bearing a
spinuieat its base; d, "caudal horn" or media-dorsal spine on eighth
abdominal segment ; ix, that on the ninth segment ; it is small, conical and
forked at the end, each fork bearing a long seta. All the foregoing in
Stage I. /, a "horn" from the second thoracic segment. Stage II; the
two terminal spines have entirely changed in shape, being larger and
longer, and bearing a tapering fine bristle ; a third smaller conical tuber-
cle has appeared near the base of one of the forks. The spinules on the
trunk now bear a bristle ; e, "caudal horn " of Stage II ; now large and
high, deeply forked at the end ; the spines or tubercles on the trunk ot
the horn now bear each a slender bristle.

Stage i/Z— Molted July 2(j, 27. Length, 13-15 mm. The head is
now high, the face subiriangular, not black as before, with a green
lateral stripe, but pea-green icith a yellow stripe on each side, shaded more
or less with black between the yellow V ; and on the outside, in one
example, the black is reduced to a diffuse patch inside, while in another
larva it is outside of the yellow V. The head is now nearly as wide as
the body.

The eight horns are still nearly half as long as the whole body and are
now paler than before, being reddish chestnut and yellow at base, with
black spinules and blackish at the tips, which are now not bulbous, only
irregularly forked. The spines along the body are larger and stouter
than before ; the tubercles at base are deeper yellow than before, tipped
with black, while the high, conical or (sometimes) rounded granulations
are snow-white. The lateral yellow stripe along the body is more dis-
tinct than before ; it is bordered above with pure white, and above this is
the linear dark purple spiracular line, shaded above more distinctly than
in the preceding stage with deep blue-green or verdigris green ; the
caudal horn as before being pink, with white spines bearing black bristles.
The larva also difiers from that of Stage II in the suranal plate, which is
more deeply forked, the forks being thicker, larger and with several tuber-
cles ; the sides of the plate are heavily spined and on the surface are
about six central, small, conical spines. Now the dorsal abdominal

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI, 141. T. PRINTED MAY 8, 1893.

Packard.] 1.0 ji [March 17,

spines are distinctly ivory-white on the outer side from the base up to the
dark tip. The spiracles are much larj^er llian before, distinctly interrupt-
ing the dark purple spiracular line which is paler than before.

iStage IV. — Molt not seen, but it probably occurred August 1 or 2.
Lengtl), 25-28 mm. The head is, as before, with two yellow stripes, one
<m each side, and bordered more or less on each side, esi)ecially in front^
witli black. The four pairs of thoracic horns are now but little longer than
the body is thick and are reddish flesh-color, dark at the slender forked
lips, and yellowish green at the base.* The "caudal horn" is now con-
siderably shorter in proportion than before, being about two-thirds as long as
the body is thick, and is of the same peculiar deep flesh red as the thoracic
horns. The sharp, stout, spine-like tubercles on the fourth and sixth
abdominal segments are slightly over twice as large and thick as the
other dorsal tubercles which are as in the previous stage, and bear a ver-
ticil of from three to five short blunt spinules ; they are now silvery white
on the outside (Jewett says burnished silver). The lateral yellow, car-
mine, white and blue bands are much as before. The increase in size of
this stage over the preceding one is noticeable.

In his account of this stage Jewett states that the head is "green,
bilobed, minutelj' pubescent," also that the thoracic horns had lost their
knobs at their extremities ; but this appears to take place at the time of
the second molt.

In a larva 20 mm. long, and probably of this stage, the lateral band is
tricolored, marked below with straw-yellow, the yellow enclosing the
base of the black spines. Jewett says: "The legs of some larvae are
green and of others brown. Prolegs of some green and in others green
tipped with brown. In some larvaj the stigmatal space has numerous
small, black tubercles on each segment ; in others there are no black
tubercles."

The following description of another larva, drawn up October 10, and
probably in the fourth stage, may be useful.

Stage IV (?) — Length, 24 mm. Body rather thick. Head remarkably
Sphinx or Smerinthus-like, as wide as the body, flattened in front, broad
below about the mouth, but narrowing towards the vertex, as in Sphinx ;
the skin rough ; with two lateral, rather broad, yellow lines, which arise
Irom the base of the antenn* and converging nearly meet on the ver-
tex ; across the upper division of the clypeus is a blackish band which
adjoins a black blotch on each side, and which touches the yellow line.
Labrum pale yellowish, blackish in the middle ; eye-patch and mandibles
black.

Prothoracic segments very slightly wider than the rest of the body in
front ; the front edge flaring and rising up somewhat collar-like ; this
edge armed with a single row of white tubercles, about ten on each side
of the segment, those above nearly adjoining at base and tinged with

* Jewett says the spines are " brown m some larvce and green in others."

1893.] iOO [Packard.

yellow ; those on the sides below pure snow-white ; behind the front
edge are four small but distinct white warts, two in the middle.

The second and third thoracic segments each with two widely sepa-
rated pairs of horns, not quite so thick as the caudal horn, eacli about
two-thirds as long as the segments bearing them are wide ; they are
slightly recurved and scattered over them are conical while tubercles
which are irregular and blunt at the end ; they are yellowish at base, near
the middle becoming dark pink and at tip reddish black-brown. On tlie
front edge of the second tlioracic segment between the horns is a row of
three conical sharp tubercles, with a similarand some minute ones on each
side, while on the third segment are two similar white warts.

Across the dorsal side of ttie abdominal segments 1-7 are two rows of
white, sharp, conical tubercles; two of those on the front edge of each
segment being longer and sharper than the others and directed backwards.
On these same segments (1-7) is a third set of curious tubercles, mostly
large conical and black internally, but on the outside shining opalescent
pearl or silvery white, and resplendent, glittering brightly by lamplight.
Of these curious spines those on the first abdominal segment are smallest,
and those on segments 4-6 are largest, being about one-third as long
as the caudal horn ; the pair on segment 6 being the largest. The "cau-
dal horn" on the eighth segment is large, with a few white tubercles,
those at the end of the horn being reddish ; the tip is slightly forked,
there being two minute tubercles ; all those on the sides of the horn bear
a short fine hair. In the middle of the ninth abdominal segment and in a
position homologous with the caudal hoiu, is a minute, sliort, median,
■white wart, which is reddish at the base. The suraual plate and hind
legs are very large, the surface rough and heavily warted, especially on
the edges ; the lower edge of the anal legs and suranal plate are inter-
rupted with black. The eighth and ninth segments and base of the
suranal plate are a little wider than the middle abdominal segments.
The suranal plate is a little longer than wide, subacutely triangular, liie
tip forked and ending in two rather large tubercles, which are greenish
at the end, blackish at base, with a little transverse median black stripe
in front.

The stigmata are deep flesh colored, with a slit in the middle, whitish,
especially at the end. The stigmatal line along the side of abdominal
segments 1-8 is whitish, edged above with purple, and still above washed
irregularly with livid greenish blue, while from the eighth segment to the
tip of the suranal plate the line is straw-yellow. Below, near the base of
the feet, is a lateral row ot sharp black spines ; there are several on tbe
sides of the thoracic segments and one rather large one under each
spiracle, with smaller sharp ones below. The thoracic legs are black ;
the middle abdominal legs large, greenish, with two or three alternating
rows of sharp black spines near the base, and also with fine white tuber-
cles like those on the rest of the body. Along the middle of the under
side of the body the skin is immaculate green.

Packard,] 10^ [March 17,

Stage V and last. — Length, 35-38 mm. (Jewett says from two to
two and a half inches when fiillj' grown). The head is now not anguhir
but rounded, thougli slightly narrowing and produced above ; dark pea-
green, considerably darker than tlie body ; with a broad yellow band
beginning on the antennae and foding out on the vertex. The ocelli are
black ; the mandibles black ; the anterior lobes of the labrum brown,
including the palpi. The head is about two-thirds as wide as the body,
the surface covered with line minute granulations arranged in groups
(only seen under a strong Tolles lens).

The body is thick ; the prothoracic segment short, and not so wide as
the second thoracic segment. It is unarmed, its front edge with a trans-
verse series of white bead-like warts set close together. Behind, the
body is thick, being of the same thickness as far as the eighth abdominal
segment. Second and third thoracic segments each with two pairs of
very large spines which are about two-thirds as long as the body is thick ;
the outer one of each pair is slightly shorter and slenderer than the inner,
but those of both pairs are alike in size ; they are roseate, pale coral-red
and not so near iti tint to the spines of the food-plant as in the young ;
when the caterpillar is at rest tliey are held close together in a recurved
position and in the grown-up larva when touched they are not moved or
the body jerked in response to such stimulus. They are adorned with
•white blunt spines, which are often tipped with black.

"The ' silver horns' on the fifth to the tenth segments are now one-
sixteenth to one-eighth of an inch long, bright pink inside and burnished
silver externally. The number of these 'silver horns' varies in different
larvae, some having them only on the seventh and ninth segments ;
others have them on the fifth, seventh and ninth segments ; still others
have them on the fifth, seventh, ninth and tenth segments " {Papilio, ii,
49). "I have now to add that this year I reared three larvae having these
silver horns on every segment except tiie twelfth ; still the imagines from
these three larvae did not differ from the ordinary form " (Jewett, Papilio,
ii, 144).

The horn on the eighth abdominal segment is now only about one-
fourth shorter and thicker than the thoracic spines, and is of the same
color and structure, the spiuules being conical, rounded, blunt, white, and
bearing a fine bristle.

On abdominal segments 1-7 are two dorsal rows of acutely conical
spines, which are recurved and directed backwards. Those on the fourth
and sixth segments are twice or thrice as large as those on the other seg-
ments (1-3 and 4 and 7) and provided with three or four blunt spinules ;
the spines themselves are roseate on the inner side, and externally bril-
liantly painted with a pearly silvery white, giving off all the colors of the
rainbow during the movements of the animal. The corresponding spines
on the other segments are painted in the same fashion though less bril-
liantly.

On the side of the body from the third thoracic horns to the eighth ab-

1893.] Ibb [Packard.

dominal spiracle is a bicolored stripe ; it is pure marble-white below, and
above rosy purple, and is interrupted by tlie wax-colored spiracles, which
extend above the upper limits of the reddish line. The suranal plate is
very large and long, deeply divided at the end, the two forks being, like
the surface, coarsely granulated with stout short conical spines ; the plate
is green, with the edge straw-yellow. There is a minute median spine
on tlie ninth abdominal segment. Each abdominal segment with two
dorsal transverse rows of white, bead-like, coarse granulations. Below
the bicolored lateral stripe is a black, double, conical spine on each seg-
ment, and underneath on abdominal segments 1, 2, 7 and 8 is a group of
unequal, smaller, black, sharp spines. The body beneath is granulated
with white, and also on the sides, as well as above.

The thoracic legs are black, partly greenish beneath ; the abdominal
legs, including the anal pair, are greenish, wilh a group of singular black
piliferous spines, while some of the spines are tipped with white.

The general color of the body is of nearly the same hue as the under
side of the leaves of the honey-locust, and thus colored it is partly assimi-
lated and protected by its color, while the horns are in general like the
spines of its food plants. On the other hand the gleaming silvery spines
certainly render the creature conspicuous, as well as the lateral parti-
colored band.

Tt would appear probable that the formidable spines of the grown-up
caterpillar save it not infrequently from being swallowed by birds ;
though the horns are probably of greater use in the earlier stages when
they are much longer and much more movable, in frightening away ich-
neumons and Tachinse. For example, even when 20 mm. in length, a
larva was seen when teased to spread apart its great arm-like horns, while
the full-fed ones did not notice such stimulus.

SUMMAKY OF THE SALIENT FEATURES IN THE ONTOGENY OP SpHIN-
GICAMPA BICOLOR.

A. Congenital Characters of the Larva; all appearing in Stage I.

1. The two pairs of enormous spines of second and third thoracic seg-
ments one-half as long as the body, and ending in a two-spined, large,
flattened, dark bulb ; freely movable and plainly defensive in function.

2. The large, reddish, spiny "caudal horn," on the eighth uromere,
ending in two bristles.

3. The double piliferous tubercle on the ninth uromere ; becoming
obsolete in Stages IV and V.

4. The abdominal region is longitudinally striped with dark and

whitish bands, but there are no transverse marks in Stage I or in later

stages.

B. Ecolution of Later Adaptational Characters.

1. The head slightly angular, face subtriangular, with a light brown
or greenish lateral stripe (Stages II-V).

Packard.] ^^^ [March 17,

2. Appearance of a transverse row of dorsal granulations on the liinder
end of each segment in Stage IF, persisting tliroiigh larval life.

3. The eight thoracic spines lose their bulbous tips, and become sim-
ply slightly forked in Stage III, and later.

4. The two dorsal spines of uromeres 1-7 are in Stage II larger than the
others ; in Stage III they become ivory-white externally, and in Stage
IV larger and silvery white on the outside.

5. In the last two stages the eight thoracic spines become very much
shorter in proportion to the size of the body and become less movable ;
as they decline in size and functional importance, the metallic, silvery,
dorsal spines on the abdominal segments become conspicuous and appa-
rently useful to the larva.

One larva, 36-37 mm. in length, ceased feeding August 7, and began
to pupate, but I did not carry any into the pupa stage.

What Dr. Jewett means by saying that "the larvae change only in size
during the last moult," we do not understand, as the increase, so far as
we have noticed, is gradual from Stage I to V, as in other larvae. The
brood which Dr. Jewett raised in Ohio, "began to quit feeding on the
2Uth of June, entering the ground within a few hours after ceasing to eat.
Then the}' pupated within an oval cell lined with a thin cocoon of silk,
the first casting its skin on the 24th. The pupa is at first bright green,
but changes to jet black in a few hours."

"Imagines began to appear on July 3, and had nearly all emerged by
July 10. The insect is three-brooded here, hibernating in pupa.
Although the large majority of each brood ft)llows the cycle of develop-
ment as described, yet a few of each brood are much slower in making
their changes. Thus a few of the brood did not complete their growth
till the end of July, and three pupae, formed June 26, are still alive (Feb-
ruary 28), having hibernated. Other pupte of the same brood disclosed
their imagines at various periods during July and August. This accounts
for the fact that larvae in all stages of development may be found at any
time throughout the summer till frost kills their food-plants" (Jewett).

Remarks on Sphingicampa Mcoler. — This is the most Sphinx-like of any
Ceratocampid or other Bombycid I know, resembling sphingid caterpil-
lars in the following characters :

1. The shape of the head and its markings.

2. The four thoracic horns (like those of Ceratomia) perhaps a case of
reversion in the latter.

3. The caudal horn.

4. The large, square, heavy anal legs.

5. The skin granulated with small white tubercles.

One can, when we take into account the larvse alone, well imagine
that the Sphinges are, as claimed by Mr. E. B. Poulton, descended from
the Ceratocampidae, though these may be only adaptative characters, and
not applicable to the imagines, which dillur in venation, in the tongue,
and in the proportions of the head pieces.

1893.] l0< [Packard.

The horns in Sphingicampa are not held spread out as in C. regalis, but
those of each pair are constantly held close to each other. The horns
and the six silvery, opalescent, shining tubercles probably become terri-
fying by the movements of the larva. The latter are turned on and throw
their light out suddenly like flashes and may thus have a deterrent effect
on their enemies.

Life History of Eagles imperialis (Drury).

The eggs were received from Mr. James Angus, and the larvae hatched
from them reared in Maine, so that their development, owing to the
cooler climate, may have been less rapid than in New York, where the
eggs were laid.

Egg. — Length, 3 mm.; breadth, 2.5 mm.; thickness, 2mm. Flattened
elliptical, each end alike, white, with an equatorial, smooth, distinct
ridge. The shell is white, the surface under a high-power triplet is seen
to be finely pitted, the pits being shallow and not closely crowded. Under
a half-inch objective the pits are seen to be shallow, and not often with a
definite raised edge ; often there is a boss or bead in the centre. Arising
from the spaces between the bosses are slender, short, very minute hairs,
originating from a swollen base. Under a one-fifth objective, as well as a
one-half and a triplet, I cannot distinguish between the microscopic struc-
ture and markings of imperialis and regalis.

The FresTdy HatcJied Larvm. — Some were seen drawing themselves out of
the shell June 30, at noon. Length in a few minutes after hatching
7-8 mm.; width of head, 1.5 mm. The tubercles and spines become erect
before the larva entirely deserts the shell.

The head is large and full, smooth, shining, nearly twice as wide as the
body behind the middle, but the prolhoracic segment is much wider than
the body ; the prolhoracic segment is above of the same color and the
surface shines like the head. The body is pale chestnut, with a slight
pinkish tint. All the spines are, before it entirely leaves the egg, shining
jet-black ; the five longest ones (four thoracic and one median abdominal)
bearing white hairs, the end hairs on all the shorter ones being black.
The thoracic segments are without transverse dark stripes, but on each of
abdominal segments 1-7 there are three transverse, distinct, conspicuous,
black dorsal stripes ; the first one in front of the spines is broken, and
wanting on the first abdominal segment ; but the two behind are un-
broken and extend a little below the position of the spiracles. The
spiracles are hard to detect as they are situated on an oblong or fourth
transverse black band between the two lateral spiracles. The eighth and
two last segments are not banded. The large anal legs are edged with
black behind. The thoracic legs are black.

There are four spines on each side of the prothoracic segment, all of
very unequal length ; the lowest one minute and bifid ; the one in front
of the spiracle stumpy and ending in five slender, papilliform, piliferous

Packard.] l^" [March 17,

tubercles. The subdorsal one is much longer and forked, wliile the
two dorsal ones are very long and slender, about as long as the head is
broad and deeply forked, each fork bearing a bristle. TJie two dorsal
tubercles on the second and third thoracic segments are enormously long and
very slender, being about half as long as the body. They are deeply
forked, each fork long and slender, and bearing a long bristle. The
tubercles on abdominal segments 1-7 are small and short, of nearly
equal length, simple except those of the iiifraspiracular row, which
are deeply forked. The single median tubercle on the eighth abdominal
segment is remarkably long and slender, about two-thirds as long as the
thoracic ones. There is also a single median forked tubercle on the ninth
segment, not half as long, liowever, as the one directly in front. The
suranal plate bears at tJie end two long fioe-branched piliferons tubercles.
All the tubercles are of nearly the same color as the body, the five long-
est ones, however, a little brownish near and at the end.

The four middle pairs of abdominal legs are shining black externally on
the outer half; otherwise they are concolorous with the body.

The following description is drawn up from some larvae at the end of
Stage I, living October 9 or 10 and reared by Mr. Bridgham : they were
about 7 mm. in length and had been kept for a number of days and died
before molting. The head is large, full and rounded, smooth and shining
honey-J'ellow ; nearly twice as wide as the body (actual width, 1.5 mm.),
rounded above on the apex ; the eyes and mouth-parts black ; labrum
whitish. The body is ochreous. The prothoracic segment is very broad
and flaring in front, nearly as wide as the head, bearing ten black spines,
of which the two dorsal ones are about as long as the body is thick, each
bearing three or four small, short tubercles, and ending in a long fork,
each branch bearing a long seta which is white at the base. The sub-
dorsal spines are a liule less than half as long and large as the dorsal
ones. The dorsal seccmd and third thoracic horns are very long and large,
being nearly twice as long as the middle of the body is thick ; the stalks
are knotted (not tuberculated), and deeply forked at the end ; each fork
thick and ending in a seta. Those on the third segment are slightly
shorter with a smaller fork than the two on the second thoracic segment.
Each abdominal segment is provided with six black spines ; the two dor-
sal ones about half as long as the body is thick, with two or three minute
warts ; they are forked at the end, the lower fork small, about as long as
the spine is thick, and not bearing a seta, while the other fork or tine is
directed obliquely upward.

The spines of the next row outside (subdorsal) are small and simple,
while the lateral row near the base of the legs is composed of branched
spines nearly as large as the dorsal ones, and with each branch ending in
a long seta. The caudal spine on the eighth abdominal segment is nearly
as large as those on the second and third thoracic segments, but with a
smaller fork, each ending in a seta. There is a median dorsal spine on
the ninth segment, about one-half as long and large as that on the eighth.

1893.] -»-^«^ [Packard.

with three branches, the two terminal forming an uneven fork. There is
no distinct suranal plate, only a subtriangular flattened area bearing
along the edge six black spines of very unequal size. Around abdominal
segments 1-7 is a double, black band, and the lateral and subdorsal
spines on these segments are connected by a black band, also enclosing
the spiracles ; these short bands alternating with long bands passing over
the body. The thoracic legs are black ; the abdominal legs dull ochreous,
with a large, black patch covering the outside. The anal legs are rather
large and square, ochreous, the hinder edge pitchy red.

It may be observed that the median dorsal spines on the eighth and
ninth abdominal segments are forked like those of H. io ; this and H.
maia being apparently earlier forms.

Stage II. — July 10, 11. Length, 13-15 mm. The head is as wide as
the thoracic segments (exact width, 2 mm.) ; it is chestnut brown, a
little darker on the sides above the eyes and on the clypeal region. The
spines on the prothoracic segment are much as before, hut stouter and
shorter. The dorsal spines on the second and third thoracic segments
are much as before but not quite so deeply forked ; they are dusky amber
wax at the base, and black beyond ; they are irregularly spinose from
base to tip ; each fork bears a white hair. All the other spines are black.
The "caudal horn" on eighth abdominal segment is stouter at base, the
trunk with larger, longer and more numerous spinules, which end in a
bristle which is not present in Stage I ; it is still evenly forked.

The subdorsal spines are now much shorter than before and simple and
conical ; while the lateral series, instead of being nearly as long as the
dorsal ones and deeply forked, are short and stout, ending in three short,
stout, piliferous spines.

The body is now dull chestnut, with dusky discolorations, but without
the decided black bands and spots of Stage I, the body being decidedly
darker. The black spiracles are surrounded by a diffuse black ring. The
thoracic legs are black ; the middle abdominal legs jet-black outside, on
a chitinized portion ; the anal legs are of the color of beeswax, with a jet-
black spot or wart at the tip, and a dusky patch on the sides ; these black
plates are larger and longer than in Stage I.

The descriptions of Stages III and IV were drawn up from a series
reared at my request bj' the late Mr. S. Lowell Elliott and preserved in
alcohol ; the colors are described from a set of drawings by Mr. Bridg-
ham. Mr. Elliott observed five stages.

Stage III. — (Preserved the third day after the second molt.) Length,
30 mm. ; width of the head, 3 mm. The head is narrow, about one half
as wide as the second and third thoracic segments ; chestnut brown with
two pale, longitudinal bands in front, each band ending at the base of the
pale antennae. The two dorsal spines on the prothoracic segment are much
sliorter than in Stage II, with much stouter lateral spinules, and with
shorter forks at the tip, and the spines on the trunk are shorter. The
two second thoracic dorsal spines are a little stouter than before, but are

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141. U. PRINTED MAY 8, 1893.

Paeknnl.] ^^^ [March 17,

nearly as in Stage 11, and are spinulated in the same way ; they are 4.5
mm. in length ; Ihey are pale on the basal half and dark brown on the
distal half; the corresponding spines on the third thoracic segment are a
little shorter. The dorsal and lateral spines on abdominal segments 1-7
are much smaller in proportion tlian in Stage II, the dorsal spine being
still unevenly forked. The "caudal horn " on the eighth segment is now
3 mm. in length, and is still regularly forked as before. The correspond-
ing single median sjnne on the ninth segment is minute and much smaller
than before. The two larger spines on the suranal plate are smaller than
before, each bearing four spines, and behind these on the edge of the plate
are four minute conical spines ; the plate is regularly rounded behind ; it
is dark brown in the middle, with paler rounded granulations. On the
side of the anal legs is a similarly ornamented distinct, narrow, triangular
field not developed in Stage II. The middle abdominal legs are tipped
with black as before. The body is more hairy than before.

The general hue of the body is at first pale yellowish brown (raw
sienna), with a large pale area around the dark spiracles. There are no
distinct markings. Towards the end of the stage the body in those feed-
ing on white pine becomes decidedly reddish, and in fact the color varies
from violet through all shades of golden brown and orange purple to
black. The horns are rosy-red at base; there is a broad, pale, diffuse,
subdorsal band on each side and the dark spiracles are rendered very con-
spicuous by the broad yellowish ring around Ihem.

Fig. 3. — Armature of Eacles imperialis. Stage I. a, a dorsal protho-
racic spine ; b, a subdorsal prothoracic spine ; c, a dorsal spine of the second
thoracic segment ; d, a dorsal spine of the third thoracic segment ; e, the
first abdominal segment, side view, showing the anterior and posterior
black band, and the position of the dorsal, subdorsal and infraspiracular
spines with the spiracle ; /, the suranal plate, in part, bearing the anterior
spine, ending in four setiferous tubercles and the two smaller, simple
spines at the end of one side of the plate; g, the "caudal horn" or
medio-d(»rs-al forked spine of the eighth uromere, seen partly from the
side ; g', end of the same, seen from in front, showing the two forks; h,
one of the dorsal spines on the ninth uromere ; all drawn with the camera
to the same scale.

Mg. 4. — Armature of Eacles imperialis. Stage II. a, end of one of the
dorsal prothoracic "horns;" b, one of the dorsal second thoracic
"horns;" c, the "caudal horn," or medio-dorsal spine on the eighth
uromere. Stage III. d, one of the second thoracic "horns;" e, the
" caudal horn" or medio-dorsal spine of the eighth uromere. All drawn
with the camera to the same scale.

Stage IV. — (Four days after the third molt.) Length, 40mm.; width of
the head, 4.5 mm. The characters of the full-grown larva are now nearly
assumed. The head is, in one specimen, twice banded with pale yellow-
ibh in front, in another the bands are nearly obsolete and the head almost
entirely dark chestnut. The two dorsal prothoracic tubercles are now

1893.] lt)l [Packard.

very short, not so high as broad, and end in a group of rounded conical
spinules ; those on the side of the same segment having the same general
shape. 77te second and third tlioracic segments, with the dorsal horns, now
much as in the full-grown larva, though a little slenderer ; length, 5 mm.;
they are more curved than before and directed backwards and provided
with numerous dense conical tubercles ; they are pale yellowish at base,
and rosy on the distal half, becoming black at the tip, which is still regu-
larly forked ; the two pairs are of the same shape and length. The ab-
dominal dorsal spines are much stouter and shorter in proportion than in
Stage III. The subdorsal (supraspiracular) spines are simple, conical ;
tlie lateral (infraspiracular) spines are very short, and composed of four
spines, llie "caudal spine " (single median dorsal spines on eighth abdom-
inal segment) is noio much stouter, more conical than before ; 2.5 mm. in
length and furnished with crowded spines, but still ending in a regular
fork. The suranal plate is as before, but the spines are shorter, and the
exterior of the anal legs are ornamented as before.

The hairs are now long and abundant, some of the dorsal ones longer
than the body is thick. The spiracles are very conspicuous, each being
surrounded by a broad green ring, outside of which is a yellowish ring,
which is margined with yellowish brown. The body is dark umberbrown ;
the reddish spines and the spiracles, as well as the reddish edges of the
suranal plate and anal legs, decidedly contrasting with the dark hue
of the body. The color of the spiracles varies in different individuals,
being sometimes mostly white or green or red. Also the yellow color
around it is sometimes large and of different width, sometimes being
reduced to a line.

The last stage differs from Stage IV in the shorter dorsal horns and
caudal horns, those on the sides also being decidedly shorter, and the anal
legs are larger, with a wider dark granulated area on the sides, and the
body is mucli thicker and heavier, while the head is pale.

Last {Fifth) Stage. — Length, 10 cent. (Described from one living on
the choke cherry.) Head one-half as wide as the body ; width, 7 mm.;
deep gamboge-yellow, and green on the side ; a double deep black frontal
line extending from the vertex, diverging below so as to leave a median
yellowish line on the upper division of the cl3^peus. The front division of
the clypeus (clypeus anterior), the antennae, and tie base of the jaws
yellowish. The thoracic legs and the horns on the second and third
thoracic segments and the anal legs with the suranal plate are all of the
same color, i. e., deep shining gamboge-yellow. The general color of the
body in the green individuals is a delicate pea-green (more usually the
individuals are brown or tawny), varying from the shade of the upper
side of the cherry leaf to that of the under side, being paler above along
the back and especially on the sutures than on the sides. The hairs are
long and slender and whitish, most of the dorsal ones as long as the body
is thick. There is a prothoracic plate of the same green hue as the body,
but with yellowish edges. Of the four horns on the second thoracic seg-

Packard.] J-^-' [March 17,

ment, the outer ones are half as long as the inner or dorsal ones, wliich
are 4.5 mm. in length ; those of the third thoracic segment are of the
same size as those on the second. There are four similar but much
smaller dorsal and subdorsal horns on each of the abdominal segments
(but they are shorter and more regularly conical than in Stage IV"), those
on each segment being of the same size, the two dorsal ones being almost
three times as large as the subdorsal ones, each dorsal one bearing three
terminal spines. Those on the thoracic segments are tuberculated. end-
ing in a forli. On the eighth abdominal segment is a median dorsal horn,
now shorter in proportion than in Stage IV, small and short, length 2 mm.,
nearly twice as large as the other dorsal ones in front, tuberculated and
slightly forked at the end, but not so regularly forked as in Stage If.
There is a minute median one on the ninth segment, and two minute lat-
eral ones on each side of the segment. Tlie spiracles are very large and
conspicuous, yellow with an outer ring of very dark green, which is
edged on each side with paler green ; those on the prothoracic segment
are without the deep-green outer ring. The suranal plate is regularly
triangular, gamboge-yellow, with a swollen, rough, coarseh^ granulated
edge, within which the surfticeis black, with yellow coarse granulations.
A similar narrow triangular plate on the anal legs. The middle abdom-
inal legs dark pea-green, with a deep ochre-yellow transverse band above
the black planta.

For a careful description of the egg and the larva in its first four stages
see Dr. J. A. Lintner's Ent. Contr., ii, 150. His larvaj molted four limes,
and he thought from the small size of the specimens after the fourtli molt,
that there might be a fifth one.

The fiflli and last stage differs from Stage IV in the shorter dorsal horns
and "caudal" horn; the tubercles on the sides of the body also being
decidedly shorter, while the anal legs are larger, with a wider, dark, gran-
ulated area on the outside. The body is also thicker and heavier, while
the head is paler.

It is noticeable that in this form, as in the Attacin*, there is a great
increase from one stage to another in the size or bulk of tlie body, while
the head does not increase in a corresponding ratio.

SUMMARY OF THE CHIEF ONTOGENETIC FEATURES.

A. Congenital Characters.

1. In Stage I there are three pairs of very long dorsal deeply forked
thoracic horns, nearly half as long as the body.

2. A similar median spine on the eighth abdominal segment, with one
half as long on the ninth.

3. The abdominal segments are transversely banded with black.

4. The lateral spines on the abdominal segments bifid and nearly as large
as the subslraple dorsal ones.

5. Body pale chestnut brown ; head light reddish.

1893.] ^^^ [Packard.

6. The spiracles minute and difficult to detect, as they are situated in
one of the transverse black bands.

B. Evolution of Later Adaptational Characters.

1. The forks of the larger dorsal spines disappear at the end of Stage III.
3. The dorsal thoracic spines become recurved in Stage III.

3. The dorsal thoracic and caudal horn become much shorter and stouter
in Stage IV, when the characters of Stage V (and last) are nearly as-
sumed.

4. In Stage II the dorsal spines on the prothoracic segment begin to
grow shorter and stouter.

5. In Stage II the large horns begin to be less deeply forked.

6. The transverse black stripes disappear at the end of Stage II.

7. The dorsal and lateral spines on abdominal segments 1-7 are much
smaller in proportion in Stage III than in Stage II.

8. Towards the end of Stage III the colors of the body become more
conspicuous and variable.

9. In Stage III the spiracles become particolored and very conspicuous.

10. The dorsal thoracic and the "caudal horn" become much shorter
in Stage IV, and not forked at the tip.

11. The hairs become long and abundant in Stage IV.

12. The body in Stage IV becomes much stouter and heavier than be-
fore, while the head has not greatly gained in size proportionately.

Life History of Citheronia regalis (Fabr.).

For the eggs I am indebted to Miss Morton, who sent them June 25
from New Windsor, N. Y. They hatched July 11. The eggs being in-
distinguishable in size, shape and color from those of E. imperialis, the
reader is referred for a description to those of the latter insect. The egg-
shell is so transparent that just before the larva hatches it can be seen
lying curved up on its side. The head is large and black, while the body
is pale, with distinct yellow sutures. Also the black thoracic legs are
visible, and the black spots, those on tiie thoracic segments, elongated ;
also the dark spines and certain large ochreous patches on the thoracic
segments.

Larva, Stage I. — Length, 6 mm. The head is large, wider than the
body, smooth and shining black all over, with a few fine dark hairs. The
body is cylindrical, black all over, with no stripes or spots of a lighter
hue. A pair of large, long dorsal horns on the first thoracic segment,
ending in a peculiar bulbous swelling, and on each side of the segment is
a smaller subdorsal spine one-third as long as the dorsal ones, which is
simple at the end, tapering to a point, bearing a short tine near the middle,
and ending in a stout bristle. On each of the second and third thoracic
segments is a pair of dorsal horns on each side, or four to each segment.
The outer or subdorsal horns are only a little more than half as long as

Packard.] i.\j4: [March 17,

the inner, but otherwise like the latter ; the trunks are spiny, the spinules
minute, sharp, nearly equal in size, there being about fifteen to each trunk
or stem of the spine. Tiie singular bulbous termination is flattened,
rather deeply divided, but somewhat like a chestnut in shape, but wider
in proportion, and each side is produced, ending in a blunt spinule, with
a stout tliick base ; the trunk is umber brown, but the bulbous extremity
is blackish brown.

On being touched the larva jerks its head and front body sideways vig-
orously.

Each of abdominal segments 1-7 has a pair of smaller sharp spines
about one-third as long as the longest thoracic spines, which are bent just
beyond the middle where it sends off a spur ; the end bearing a stout,
not very long bristle. Besides these there is a pair of subdorsal spines
and a lateral smaller one situated above the insertion of the legs, or six
spines to a segment. There is a single median spine on the eighth seg-
ment just like the shorter outer ones on the thoracic segments in shape
and color, and ending like them in a forked bulbous expansion. Also on
the ninth segment is a smaller, shorter, single median dorsal spine, but
regularly forked at the end, not swollen. On the tenth segment near the
base are two stout, short spines, ending in four branches. Behind them
at the end of the suranal plate are four minute spinulose piliferous spines,
which are black, all the others in front being brown. The large, broad,
squarish anal legs are corrugated on the side. All the legs, thoracic and
abdominal, are black. The specimens died before molting.

Fig. 5. — Armature of atheroma regalis. Stage I. a, the first abdom-
inal segment, showing the relative position of the spines ; sp, spiracle ;
b, one of the dorsal prothoracic "horns ;" c, one of the dorsal horns of
the third thoracic segment ; d, one of the dorsal abdominal spines, those on
segments 1-6 not differing in size or structure, near the base are two
minute blunt setae ; e-h, the armature of the last three abdominal seg-
ments ; e, the caudal horn ; e', the subdorsal spine of the same (eighili)
segment; /, one of the dorsal spines of the ninth segment, wliich
is evenly forked at the end ; g, one of the large lateral spines aris-
ing from the suranal plate (x); h, the end of the suranal plate. All the
figures drawn with the camera to the same scale.

The following description is drawn up from specimens bred at Provi-
dence, and described October 10. They fed on hickory, and were sent to
Mr. Bridgham from Georgia.

Stage 11 0). — (Probably Stage IT, as the increase in size between the
later stages is very marked.) Length, 25 mm. The head (width,
2.8 mm.) is rather large, rounded, as wide as the body, smootli and shin-
ing, mahogany brown, with two faint black shades converging towards
the apex. The body is somewhat slender, the skin smooth and dull flesh-
brown, with smoky blackisli marks, the spines and spinules a little paler
than the body and lipped with black. The prothoracic segment is broad,
the front edge raised and flaring, with a transverse row of six black spines.

1893.] l-Ot> [Packard.

four dorsal and one subdorsal ; of the four dorsal the inner two are about
as long as the body is thick, and sharp at the end, with long spinules ; the
two adjoining spines are minute. The four spines on the second thoracic
segment are much larger, the outer ones on the second and third thoracic
of nearly the same size, but the inner two on the third thoracic segment
are a little longer than those on the second.

The spines on abdominal segments 1-8 are of even size, and armed with
long spinules ; they are about two-thirds as long as the body is thick, and
end in two long diverging spinules. On the eighth segment, arising
from a large, fleshy base, is a much spinulated caudal spine, nearly half as
long as the large thoracic ones ; it is mostly black, but flesh-colored in
the middle. Behind it, on the ninth segment, is a median dorsal horn,
about one-third as large as that on the eighth.

The suranal plate is small, rough, bearing two large spines ; the end is
rounded, with two minute spines between the last pair of lateral spines ;
the anterior two of the spines on this plate are larger, but simpler than
those on the ninth abdominal segment, and end in four spreading spinules,
the main stem being nearly smooth.

The prothoraclc segment is blackish, reddish dark flesh color in tlie
middle ; the second thoracic segment is of nearly the same color, but the
third is entirely black. The stigmata are black, surrounded by a blackish
cloud, while in front is a velvety black oblique dash, and beneath a flesh-
colored oblique raised ridge or fold. All the legs, both thoracic and ab-
dominal, are black ; the anal pair are large, rough and black. There is a
large spine under each spiracle.

Stage III. — Length, 30-35 mm. Molted on the morning (9 a.m.) of
October 10. When first seen the color of the body was uniformly pur-
plish flesh color, with black markings. The head (width, 4 mm.) is dark
chestnut brown, with the clypeus and adjoining parts pale. It differs
from the preceding stage in the considerably shorter abdominal spines, while
their spinules are somewhat larger in proportion than in the previous stage.
The thoracic spines are about, or a little more than, twice as long as the
body is thick, and the abdominal spines are about one-third as long as the
body is thick. The lateral oblique fleshy fold on the abdominal segments
have a more distinct dark dash above than in the preceding stage. The legs
are black. The caudal spine is now about one-third as long as the larger
thoracic ones, being in the former stage about, not quite, one-half as long
as the longer thoracic spines.

By 2 P.M., October 10, the thoracic and caudal spines, at first pale flesh
color, became black, and the head and thorax, as well as the body gener-
ally, had turned darker.

It assumes, like E. imperialis and 8. bicolor, a Sphinx-like attitude, so
that this feature is possibly inherited by the Sphlngidae from the Cerato-
campidse or a similar group. The thoracic and caudal spines are some-
what sensitive to touch by an intruder.
Last Stage. — I will first describe an alcoholic specimen, 45-50 mm. in

Packard.] 1K)0 [March 17,

lengll), which at first I thought must belong to a fourth stage, or at least
one before the lust, but as the head is of nearly tlie same size as full-
grown specimens, I am inclined to regard it as simply a belated individual,
or one which had recently moiled, and luid not fed up so as t j till out to
its full size.

Length of body, 45-50 mm.; breadth of the head, 6.5 mm. The head
is yellowish brown, with a dark spot on each side of the head opposite
the apex of the clypeus. The two dorsal prothoracic spines are nearly aa
long as the head is wide, but without the long slender spinules of the
previous stage ; they are yellowish, but black on the distal third ; the
third or metathoracic pair are a third longer than the body is thick, and
like the others, with short, stout spinules. The abdominal spines are now
much shorter than before, with short spinules, though slightly longer
than in the fully grown examples. The " caudal spine" on the eighth
abdominal segment is as in the full-sized specimens. The general hue of
the body is as in the full-grown larva, but the thoracic dorsal black spots
are smaller, though the metathoracic segment in front of the horns is
deeply stained with black.

Full-grown Larva. — Length, 125 mm. ; thickness of the body, 20 mm. ;
width of head, 7 mm. The head is about one-third as wide as the body
rounded, smooth, free from liairs, and yellowish, not spotted on the
sides, and not banded as in Eacles imperialis. The body is cylindrical ;
the skin smooth and shining, not granulated, as in Sphingicampa and
Eacles. The two middle prothoracic spines are large and long, being
nearly as long as the head is wide, but the spinules, like those of the other
"horns," are now short, thick and acute, not long and slender as in the
previous stages ; length, 6 mm. ; they are yellowish and black on the
outer third. This and each segment of the body succeeding have six
well-developed spines, except the eighth and ninth abdominal, which
have each an addiMonal spine, the large median one. The two large
median horns on the two hinder thoracic segments are each about 20 mm.
in length ; the horns of the second row corresponding to the subdorsal
or supraspiracular row of the abdominal segments, being about half as
long (10 mm.) as the dorsal ones ; they are also yellowish and blackish
on the outer third. All the six abdominal spines of segments 1-7 are now
very small, slender and only about twice as long as the large dorsal
horns are thick at the base ; viz., 4 mm. in length. Unlike the full-grown
Eacles, the supra and infraspiracular spines are as well developed as the
dorsal ones. On the eighth and ninth abdominal segments the "caudal
horns" are supplemented by two small, slender spines, situated just
behind the large median horn. Whether these have any morphological
significance is doubtful ; they do not exist in Eacles. Length of the
"caudal horn " on the eighth segment, 9 mm. ; that on the ninth segment
being one-half as long. The suranal plate is triangular, the surface rough,
with two small tubercles on each side, but no spines. The anal legs
are very large, subtriangular, with the outer surface rough, and on the

1833.] -Lt)! [Packard.

lower edge above the plaiita is a group of seven or eight minute spines ;
a similar group of minute spines occurs near the end of the middle abdomi-
nal legs.

For the colors the reader is referred to the description and figure by
Riley, of the living animal, in the American Entomologist, i, 230. We
have not yet seen a full-grown living larva. The foregoing description
has been drawn up from four well-preserved alcoholic specimens.

This larva differs genericallj'- from Eacles in having well-developed
dorsal spines on the prothoracic segment ; while the lateral ones along
the abdominal region are also well developed, these being nearly obsolete
in Eacles. The genus Citheronia is unique in having seven spines on
the eighth and the ninth abdominal segments respectively. All these
characters are seen to be secondary and adaptive, and yet they are good
generic characters, showing that the acquirement or loss of generic char-
acters is due to adaptations to the surroundings. The specific characters
are well brought out by comparing O. regalis and G. sepulcralis.

RECAPITULATION OP THE SALIENT FEATURES IN THE ONTOGENY OF

CITHERONIA.

A. Congenital Characters of the Larva, as seen in Stage 1.

1. The three pairs of enormous spines ; the first or prothoracic pair but
little shorter than the third, and the middle pair about two-thirds as long
as the body, all ending in a swollen, triangular, two-horned flattened
bulb ; these appendages being deterrent and for offensive use in the earliest
as well as latest larval life.

2. Both the eighth and ninth abdominal segments bearing a high
median dorsal horn ; and these segments bearing seven, instead of only
five, spines.

3. Tlie lateral spines on the abdominal segments nearly as large as the
dorsal ones.

4. Body dark ; head dark in color.

B. Evolution of Later Adaptational Characters.

1. The bulbous tips of the thoracic horns dropped at the end of Stage

11 (?).

2. The thoracic horns become curved in Stage II or III (?).

3. The thoracic dorsal spines become much stouter, w^ilh much shorter
and stouter spinules at the last molt.

4. The mature larval features mostly assumed in Stage III.

5. The dark colors exchanged after the last molt for pale green, with
bluish tints.

6. The black dorsal thoracic spots and the lateral yellowish bauds most
showy in the last stage.

Attention should be drawn to the colossal size of this larva, as compared
with that of Sphingicampa and even Eacles, though the head is not so

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141. V. PRINTED MAY 10, 1893.

Packard ] Iw [March 17,

much larger. This is due, perhaps, to its sluggish life, greater digestive
and assimilative powers, so that a rapid acceleration of the growth of the
body lakes place ; owing to its protection from the attacks of birds it may
feed openly and continuously. It is thus like Sphingid and Attacine lar-
vae in its huge body and enormous appetite. The largest Cochliopod larvae
are the spiny ones, and the spiny or tuberculated Saturnians and Atta-
ciucC have thick, large bodies.

FAMILY HEMILEUCID^.

Notes on the Early Stages of Hyperchikia io (Fabr ).

At Brunswick, Me., the eggs were laid in confinement, June 5-7, and
the larva hatched June 25, or about three weeks afterwards. Another
year, larvoe in the second stage were observed July 16. For an excellent
but brief description of all the stages see Riley's Fifth Rep. Ins. Missouri,
135 ; also Lintner's Entomological Contributions, ii, 146. Both authors
state that there are six stages.

JSgg. — Length, 1.8 mm.; width, 1.4 mm. It is regularly oval-cylindri-
cal in form and slightly flattened", yellow during early embryonic life,
■with sometimes an orange spot on each side. Under a high-power triplet
the surface of the shell is seen to be very finely granulated (not smooth
and shining), and under a one-half-inch objective the surface is seen to
be divided into close-set, very small, slightly raised but flattened areas,
separated by narrow valleys ; the areas are very irregular, but often are
somewhat polygonal in outline.

Larva, Stage J. — Length, 5.5, when freshly hatched ; the head, 0.8
mm. in width. The body is uniformly yellowish brown ; the head and
spines are dark, blackish brown. All the feet, both thoracic and abdomi-
nal, are of the same color as the body. The spines are in four rows, i. e.,
there are eight on each segment, except on those bearing the abdominal
legs, when the smallest or infraspiracular ones are wanting. The eversi-
ble glands are well developed ; a pair on the first and a second pair on
the seventh abdominal segment ; they are situated behind the spiracle of
their segment and between the subdorsal and spiracular row of spines.
The spiracles are very small and hard to detect in this stage. The sub-
dorsal spines are about as long as the body is thick, the dorsal ones a little
thicker and longer; they end in usually fine setce, one of which is finely
barbed about as long as the spine itself. Both the subdorsal and dorsal
spines of the three thoracic and of the eighth and ninth abdominal seg-
ments are deeply forked, the forks of equal length and each bearing the long
bristle as well as four or five short ones. Those of the other segments are
not forked. The first thoracic dorsal and subdorsal spines are as long and
large as those on the two hinder segments. The spines are represented
in Fig. 6.

Fig. 6 represents the freshly hatched larva, drawn with the camera,
with the lateral, eversible glands (g).

1893.] LbJ [Packard.

Fig. 7 represents the armature of the three tlioracic segments. Pp, the
prothoracic shiekl ; I, II, II[, the bifid dorsal spines of tiie three thoracic
segments, about three-fourths or four-fifths as U)ng as the segments are
thick ; sd', sd", sd'", the bifid subdorsal spines ; s', s", s'", the spiracu-
lar spines ; the prothoracic ones throw off a bristle near the middle ; in
those behind this bristle is wanting ; they are inserted just in fruut of the
spiracle, tlie corresponding ones, however, on the abdominal segments
being situated just below the spiracles ; i', i", i'", the small infraspirac-
ular spines which are about half as long as the spiracular ones ; V, V,
I'", insertion of the thoracic legs.

Fi^. 8 represents the armature of some of the other segments. A, the
third thoracic and the first and second abdominal ; III, I', II", the dorsal
spines ; and the other lettering as before ; sp, the spiracle ; g, the lateral
eversible gland of the first abdominal segment. B, the sixth to tenth
(and last) abdominal segments ; faint traces of the spiracvilar and iulra-
spiracular yellowish lines are to be seen, hence the medio-dorsal, the
subdorsal, and the two lateral longitudinal lines of the larva in its second
stage are already indicated in the first stage. The abdominal legs each
bear eight ungues, or four on each side ; and all except the anal legs bear
a piliferous wart just above the planta ; sp, the rugose suranal plate, bear-
ing five piliferous warts on each side ; Ip, the lateral plate of the anal
legs, with three or four piliferous warts.

Stage II. — Length, 7 mm.; width of head, 1.3 mm. The head is chest-
nut-brown. The body is uniformly reddish amber-brown ; the spines are
blackish brown, with the spines black at the tip. The dorsal and subdor-
sal spines are now approximate in shape to those of the last stage, being
bulbous at base, and with radiating stout spimiles, but the latter are less in
number than in the fft h and sixth stages. The dorsal spines of the pro-
thoracic segments are bifid, the forks of the same length, and each bearing
a long hair ; along the trunk are pale scattered tubercles, each ending in a
long hair. The second thoracic dorsal spines have but one terminal pilifer-
ous spinule and a single lateral one, the other spinules ending in a sharp
black point. The third thoracic is like all the abdominal dorsal spines
which bear radiating spinules, not ending in a single piliferous spinule,
as in Fig. 9, vi.

Fig 9, sd'", represents a spine of the subdorsal series, the one figured
being that on one side of the third thoracic segment, but those on
the abdominal segments (except x) are like it, though most of the ab-
dominal ones have two or three small tubercles near the base which bear
barbed bristles, as at sdvi. All the long setoe bear a few minute barbs.

In Stage IV {1), when the larva is 20 mm. in length, the prothoracic
dorsal spines are nearly twice as long as the second thoracic ; the latter,
however, have more spines at the base than those in front, and the lateral
terminal are a little shorter than those on the first thoracic segment. The
two dorsal spines on the third thoracic segment are, in size and spinula-
tion, now exactly like those on the abdominal segments 1-9. The

Paeluud.] 1/U [March 17,

median double one on Uie eighth abdominal segment is thicker than the
single ones in front, also higher, and ends in two spines ; the lateral
spines are much more numerous than those in front. The spines of the
subdorsal series are alike on both the thoracic and abdominal segments.

Last Stage. — The shape of the dorsal spines of the larva in its tinal stage
is represented by Fig. 10. I, a prothoracic dorsal spine, ending in two
equal terminal piliferous spinules, with seven or eight just below it,
■while at and near the base are the long, pale spines, each ending in a
sharp black point ; IT, one of the second thoracic dorsal spines, the base
short, bulbous, with very numerous radiating spines, and a single ter-
minal, central piliferous spine, with a smaller one near it ; III, a bush-
like dorsal spine of the third thoracic segment, no piliferous spinules
present. The abdominal dorsal spines are all on the same type.* The
median spine on the eighth abdominal segment is about twice the size of
the other dorsal single ones in front, though no higher, and it spreads
more, having about twice as many spines on the sides. On the ninth
segment are two dorsal and two subdorsal ones, and behind these four on
the same segment is a median one. These types are already attained in
Stage II, though the spinules are fewer in number.

It is to be noticed that the characters of the full-fed larva appear in large
part in Stage II, and are almost fully developed in Stage III.

Fig. 11 represents the spiracle and lateral eversible gland of the full-fed
larva ; g, the eversible gland ; «^?, spiracle ; g', an eversible gland, en-
larged.

In the large dark (in alcohol) larva of Ilyperchiria, or perhaps of a
Gamelia, referred to by me in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xxv, 91, the
dorsal spines of the three thoracic segments are represented bj^ Fig. 12.
I, a prothoracic ; II, one from the second thoracic ; III, one from the
third thoracic ; VII, one from the seventh abdominal segment. It will be
seen that the spines of this species are rather more generalized than in
the mature H. io, and approximate those of the second stage of that
species ; the dorsal spine of the third thoracic segment ending in three
piliferous spinules, there being no piliferous spinules at all in the homolo-
gous spines of //. io ; the abdominal spines also (VII) ending in three
piliferous spinules, though the other spinules are much (about one-half)
less numerous.

Intermediate between those of H. io and the Mexican species is the
nemileuca artemis, from Las Cruces, New Mexico (Fig. 13), in which the
prothoracic dorsal spine is lilie the Mexican form, the second thoracic
dorsal spine like the prothoracic ones of U. io, and the third thoracic
dorsal tuft like the second dorsal one of Ilemileuca yavapai from Arizona
(Fig. 14). In this last species the dorsal tufis of the body, as a whole, are
intermediate between H. maia and //. io, but as regards the second
and third dorsal and tlie dorsal abdominal ones, it approaches much

*The spines have been somewhat flatteued in the auiiualcule box, but have been
drawn with the camera.

1S03.] J- < 1 [Packard.

nearer to H. io, as will be seen by an examination of the figures, the
second and third thoracic spines being alike In shape. Hence the most
generalized or primitive form, as regards its larval armature, appears to
be the genus Hemileuca, and H. maia is the most like the young larva of
Hyperchiria io ; then succeeds the Cordova larva, then the New Mexican
larva, while Hemileuca yavapai is more modified, Hyperchiria io being the
most so of any under consideration and this may have been the last to be
evolved.

The Young Larva of Hyperchiria io var. Lilith (Strecker).

About a dozen living specimens of these interesting caterpillars were
kindly presented to me by Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson, who had col-
lected them at Punta Gorda, Fla., where they were found in March
feeding on the mangrove. Tliey were described April 6. Mrs. Slosson
considered them as belonging to Strecker's var. Lilith.

Length, 20-25 mm. The body is yellowish green all over. The lateral
broad, reddish, spiracular band is as in northern specimens of H. io ; it
is broadly and distinctly bordered below with white. The head and all
the legs, both thoracic and abdominal, are straw-yellow. The spines in
general are bright, straw-yellow, more yellow than the bod}' ; the ends of
the dorsal ones on the prothoracic segment are black, while the ends of
the long spinules in general are more or less black, some merely tipped
with black.

This is apparently a case of acceleration of development, as the larva in
its second (or third) stage resembles in coloration the fall-grown northern
form of the larva of H. io, the markings, including the lateral reddish and
white spiracular line, being as in the full-fed normal larva of i?. io, and
the general color of the body and spines being yellow, instead of gray and
reddish, as in the normal H. io in its second and third stages.

Notes on Hemileuca maia (Drury).

Stage I compared with that of H. io. — In this stage maia is very similar
to io ; only the bifid dorsal tubercles or spines have shorter branches, the
spines themselves being a little shorter, while the longest bristle is longer,
the other bristles arising from the end ot the spines being fewer, indeed
only one, instead of three or four, as in the abdominal segments oi io.
The medio-dorsal spines on the eighth and ninth abdominal segments are
much shorter and with a shorter fork, but with as long or slightly longer
bristles arising from the forks. The larvte of the two forms are of the
same size.

Stage II {or Illf). — Maia in what appears to be the second stage differs
from //, io in its second stage in having much longer dorsal spines, with
very much longer spinules. Thus the generic characters appear in the
second stage, as in H. io.

Packiml.] ii^ [March 17,

The Larva of IIemileuca artemis sp. nov.*

Several full-grown larvae were received from Las Cruces, New Mexico,
kindly sent njeJune 15, 1891, by Mr. C. H. Tyler Townsend ; they were
found feeding on a species of long-leaved willow, and on a populus.
Mr. Townsend writes regarding these caterpillars :

" I am informed that in previous years this caterpillar has been ex-
tremely abundant here, almost denuding the cottonwoods {F. fremontei).
They are said to appear in force later in the season. I rather doubt thi.s,
but will look out for more."

Mature Laroa. — Length, 45 mm. The body is long and thick, of the
general shape and thickness of //. io, rather than of H. maia. Head
dull shining rod, about half as wide as the bod}' in the middle. Segments
of the body each with an irregular, deeply impressed, transverse wrinkle,
just behind the middle. A moderately large prothoracic plate, which is
irregular in shape and divided in the middle into two pieces ; it is dull
reddish lioney-yellow or chitinous in color. On the prothoracic segment
are eight large, high-branched spines, as large as any of the others on
the body behind ; they are black, with the spinules black at base, pale
flesh color beyond ; the terminal bristles are dark ; there are about 16-18
spinules on each spine, nearly as in U. maia, and tbe prothoracic spines
of ZT. io. The spines on the second thoracic segment are similar in shape
and lengtli to those in front, but slightly shorter and with a smaller num-
ber of spinules towards the end. On the third thoracic, to and including
the seventh abdominal segment, the two rows of dorsal spines are like
those of H. io behind the prothoracic segment, being short, thick, bushy
spines, with numerous radiating, yellow spmules, which are black at tip.
On the eighth segment there is a single, slightly larger one, with two
central spines, one on each side. Those on the ninth segment are like
tlie prothoracic ones, the median one being of the same size as the lateral
o les. There are no spines on the tenth or last segment. There is a sub-
dorsal and an infraspiracular row of spines like those on the first thoracic
segment along the sides of the abdomen, but on the thoracic segments
are two rows of infraspiracular spines. There is a rather large, broad, V-
shaped or short subcordate plate on the tenth segment of the same color

* Hemileuca artemis sp. nov. 1 ? with wings not fully expanded. At first doubtfully re-
ferred to H. juno, I find on comparison with my types in the Museum of Comp. Zoology
at Cambridge that it is quite different. Tlie head and body are larger. The thorax is
much more white, both on the prothorax and on the palagia, which are entirely white.
The disk of tlie mesolhorax is thrown ; the two tufts, (me on each side behind, are orange-
red, instead of claret- red as in juno, and the liairs between the Ibrelegs and those on the
fore femora are of the same deep orange-red as the thoracic tufls. Juno has more
reddish hairs on the end of the abdomen, where they are all white in artemis. The
fore wings are white, with a black-brown border all around, completely enclosing the
entirely opaque Ijlack-brown discal spot, which, in the uncxpanded specimen, does not
enclose (as it does in J/oio) a lunate white spot. The blackish costal edge is as wide as
the outer edge. The hind wings are apparently much as in juno and in grotei. It does not
agree with the description of grotei (Trans. Amer. Ent. Sac, ii, 192, PI. ii, Fig. £0, 1868).

1893.] 1 i 3 [Packard.

as the prothoracic p]ate, and a bristly, concolorous plate on the outside
of the anal legs.

The body is smooth, without the granulations of H. maia and without
the lateral reddish band of H. io. The body is pale, sea-greenish, with
irregular brown spots and slashes in the spaces between the spines of the
subdorsal rows, and they also occur lower down near the spiracles, which
are yellow, edged with dark brown. Thoracic legs dark honey-yellow ;
abdominal ones washed with cherry reddish.

The eversible glands were not everted in any of the six specimens, but
their position is indicated, as in H. maia, by an irregular oval, liver-
colored patch behind the first thoracic and eighth abdominal spiracles.

Fig. IS represents the dorsal spines of the three thoracic segments re-
spectively. I, one of the dorsal prothoracic spines, in which the spinules,
with long setae, are scattered along the whole length of the main trunk ;
II, one of the dorsal spines of the second thoracic segment, surrounded at
the base by a dense thicket of acute spinules, the latter not bearing a
terminal seta ; III, a dorsal spine from the third thoracic segment, form-
ing a short, broad tuft or clump of non-setiferous. but acute spinules, the
clump having a broad base, from near the centre of which arises a long
spinule, bearing a slender seta, like those near and at the ends of those in
front. The two dorsal rows of abdominal spines extend back to and in-
cluding the seventh uromere.

FAMILY LASIOCAMPID^.

On the lilattened and Scale-like Hnirs of the Lasiocampidm. — Dr. T. W.
Harris* describes an Acronycta larva, A. americana, as " beset with a
few long black bristles dilated at the end," and again says, "the long,
black, spear-headed hairs grow from the skin and not from warts." A
year or more ago, in examining the median dorsal tufts on the second and
third thoracic somites of the European Oastropacha quercifolia, I found
that they were composed of broad lanceolate oval scales, which were
opaque and dark steel purple in color, with the surface quite regularly
striated, though not invariably so. The striae do not appear to extend to
either end. They vary in shape and in size, some being narrow and
with a simple point at the distal end, while the majority are variously
notched or toothed, as shown in Fig. 15. They thus appear to be true
scales, like those on the wings of Lepidoptera, etc.

In the same species the lateral tufts along the body contain each a few
long hairs with flattened ends, the latter varying in shape from oval to
triangular, with the ends often very broad and ragged, with from one to
four very irregular teeth. No striae are perceptible, and the hairs through-
out are pale, colorless and transparent (Fig. 16).

* Entomolo(jLcal Correspondence of T. W. Harris, edited by S. H. Scudder, Boston, 1862,
PI. iii, Fig. 2. Tlie same larva lias also been figured in my Ouide to the Studi/ of In-
sects, Fig. 236.

174-

rnckanl.] -^ • ^ [March 17,

Fig. 15 — Scales from the dorsal thoracic tufts of Gastropaclia querdfoUa.

Fig. 16. — Hairs -with flattened ends, all from a single lateral tuft, a, a
hair ending in two slender points, the only one seen.

On examining the lateral tufts of Gastropncha americana, I found
some very long similar hairs flattened at the end and of extraordinary
form, usually projecting beyond the simple hairs ; some ending in regu-
lar lanceolate-oval shai)es, with the point much attenuated, others broader,
while some are oval and broad at the end, which terminates in a fine atten-
uated point, with usually three minute teeth at the base. Thej^ are
similar in shape to those of Qastropacha quercifolia.

On turning over the beautiful plates of Burmeister's Atlas of the Le-
pidoptera of the Argentine Republic, I found that the author represents
on Pi. xxii, Fig. 9, similar long hairs, much flattened and expanded at
the ends, with 3, 4 or 5 long slender teeth, in the larva of his Ulisiocampa
proxima,* which, however, seems to differ from Clisiocampa proper. The
hairs are visible to the naked eye, and are much more regular than any I
have seen, and are also striated, with beads or clear spots.

In G. americana, the scales forming the dorsal tufts both on the two
hinder thoracic segments and on the eighth abdominal one are very dif-
ferent from those of the European species ; they are dark and opaque, but
are long, narrow, flattened, very gradually increasing in width to the end,
which has a single notch, and from the single notch an impressed line or
stria extends along the middle for some distance.

Fig. 17. — Scales from the tuft on the dorsal tubercle of the eighth ab-
dominal segment, a, the setie X ^ in. obj.; b, c, similar ones Xl A
eyepiece.

Fig. 18. — Flattened hairs from the lateral tufts of the second and third
thoracic segments of G. americana, color pale brown.

These flattened hairs seem common to the family of Lasiocampidaj, and
should be looked for in the European species of this group. In Hetero-
pacha rileynna there are no dorsal scales, but some of those in the lateral
tufts have flattened ends, which are very long and slender, lanceolate-oval,
with the tip much attenuated.

Fig. 19. — Flattened hairs from the lateral tufis of the second thoracic
segment of //. rileyana.

I have been unable to discover these singular scales and flattened hairs
in Cliniocampa americana,\ox G. neustria of Europe, or in any other family

• Burmeister (p. 52) remarks : " Stoll has figured (.Suppl. de Cramer, PI. xix. Fig. 5) a
similar Uxrva witli tlie same hairs, d pabwite terminale, situated on tlie first and last
rings of the body." lie names it Bombyx cphonia (PI. xxxv, Fig. 0, of the same volume*.
Walker refers this species with doubt to tlie genus Oxytenis. Burmeister adds : " Some
other species of the genus Clisiocampa have the same hairs placed at the two ends of
the V)ody."

tin C. sylvatica the hairs on the lateral thoracic tubercles are tapering and finely
barbed, with scattered slender spikes like smooth simple setse.

In Tolype velleda there are no such scales or hiiirs with flattened ends as in Gastro-
pacha, those on the dorsal tubercles of the thoracic and eighth abdominal segments
being simple, tapering, with large scattering spike-like dark opaque setaj, these latter
being perhaps the homologues of the dark scales of Gastropacha.

1893.] ±i O [Packard.

of Lepidoptera, except in the hairy Noctuina or Noctuo bombyces, or
Bombycoidea. where the hairs with flattened ends probably occur in the
more hairy and penciled species. In the larva of the common American
Acronycta JiastuUfera, many of the barbed hairs forming the black pen-
cils are flattened at the end and black, but not striated.

Fig. 20. — Flattened setfe of various shapes, usually pointed, a, a small
one ; 6, its barbed base ; c, portions of the white barbed hairs ; <X, one
blunt and notched at the end ; all X i in. obj., and from tuft on the third
thoracic segment of A. hastuUfera.

These specialized and highly diff'erentiated setae, so like the scales of
adult Lepidoptera, appear to be of use in rendering the pencils and tufts
more conspicuous and stiff". The shortest and broadest, striated, scale like
setse occur on the low, broad, stout, dorsal median tubercles of Gastro-
pacha ; and, perhaps, add a repellant nature to these shiny dark metallic
tufis. At all events the occurrence of such scales is an interesting exam-
ple of the acceleration of development of the setne in these larval forms,
and it is not improbable that in the ancestors of the L isiocampidas they
were characters acquired during the later stages of their larval lifetime.

Partial Life History of Clisiocampa thoracica (Stretch).

Specimens in the third (?) stage were mailed April 28 from California
by Mr. L. E. Ricksecker, and received and described May 5. It was
feeding on willow leaves, but will eat sparingly of the eastern wild
cherry. It has the same habits as the eastern C. sylvatica, spinning a
web and living in clusters.

Larva, Stage 111(1). — Length, 10-13 mm. In this stage it closely resem-
bles G. sylvatica when next to the last molt, both in the shape and color of
the exclamation-point-like pale dorsal spots ; in having on each side an
ochre-brown subdorsal line, though it is more broken, and a distinct,
broad, lateral line, which is edged above and below with black. Below
this line, low down on the sides of the body, are two whitish, reddish-
yellow, wavy, irregular thread-lines, the lower one a little more distinct
and pale tawny. The upper of these two lines is present in C. sylvatica
(but the lower one is not present in Bridgham's drawing). The space
between these two lines is somewhat livid, with pale blue and black dots.

The head is pale blue, with fine black dots, which are thickest on each
side of the median line, and in the middle of each side. The prothoracic
segment is bluish, with a median black hair-line, with two converging,
lateral, black patches in front, and two shorter ones behind. The hairs
on the body are deep tawny, those on the sides, low down, mixed with
gray hairs.

Stage IV{1). — Length, 20 mm. Molted aboat May 10, observed from
May 11 to 16. The marks and spots, especially the blue ones, are much
more distinct than before. The black dots on the head are arranged more
regularly than before, forming a triangular area on the vertex and

FROG. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141. W. PRINTED MAY 10, 1893.

Packard.] ^*^ [March 17,

iucluding the median suture, while there are two areas on each side con-
taining the black dots, the lower group situated behind the eyes. The
3'ellowish-white dorsal, median, exclamation marks are on a black field.
The broad, now very distinct sky-blue subdorsal line is irregularly edged
Avith black and above and below with a distinct, ochreous, wavy line.
The blue line is, on the second and third thoracic segment, interrupted
by a conspicuous square black spot, and a similarly situated black dot in
the middle of each segment appears on the lower edge of the blue band,
being a local dilatation of the lower black edging of the blue band. The
eighth abdominal segment is slightly humped, and on the side the sub-
dorsal blue band ends in a squarish black spot. The two lower ochreous
lateral lines are distinct, the lower one extending along the base of the
legs. The hairs are now snuff-colored ; those on the sides, low down,
being mixed with whitish ones.

Stnge IV(1). — May 18 it molted again, its length being 18-31 mm. It is
now quite different from the former stages. The yellowish-white excla-
mation point is now less distinct, the dot often obsolete, and the mark is
now ochreous and white in the centre. The previously black dorsal
band enclosing the median series of exclamation marks is now partly
filled with blue specks, and contaim tracea of a much interrupted wavy,
deep reddish ochreous line. The lateral blue lines and sides of the body
in general are scarcely different from the former stages, though the red
thread lines are deeper in hue. The hairs above and on the sides are now
rather denser and more decidedly snuff yellow (the short, red, wavy
lines in the dorsal spaces arc new to this stage).

Final Stages of Clisiocampa tuouacica (Stretch).

Received living from Mr. Ricksecker, May 5, having been fed on wil-
low. Length, 28-30 mm. This belongs to the same stage as that de-
scribed May 18, in my notes, but the dot of the exclamation mark is less
distinct, the markings are more distinct, and the larva is larger, and they
feed better. The blue and snuff or deep ochreous wavy spots and short
lines are more distinct. Of the very irregular blue spots there are three
on a side of the dorsal space on each segment enclosed by the subdorsal,
reddish, ochreous lines. The second or lateral line is now, instead of
being reddish ochreous, decidedly yellowish ochreous. May 27, one has
molted to the last (?) stage. This larva is interesting as passing through a
sylvatiea stage with its dorsal exclamation mark.

The following description is drawn up both from living specimens and
blown ones loaned by Prof Rivers and named thoracica by him.

Full-fed Lr/roa.— Length, 45 mm. Head deep blue, with two series of
fine black dots along the top, and another broader series along the sides ;
with a clear bluish space between. The prothoracic or cervical shield is
more distinct than in any others of the California species which I have
seen, as it is freer from hairs and marked with blue ; it bears two black

1893.] -^ • * [Packard.

dots in front and one on each side. There are four subdorsal, ochreoup,
rust-red, fine, wavy, irregular lines, which are broken at the sutures and
enclose three slill slighter and much less regular more broken dorsal lines.
Near the front of each segment these three short dorsal lines more or
less unite to form a conspicuous oval, dull ochreous-red spot, irregularly-
centred with a paler hue ; the spots on the second and third thoracic seg-
ments being paler and running more into each other. The ground color
of the body is dull bluish, with black specks. The dot of the dorsal
ochreous exclamation mark is now nearly or quite obsolete, sometimes
represented by a few scales or irregular dots, and the main mark is itself
sometimes irregular and reduced in size. On each side, just behind each
exclamation mark, is a conspicuous black dot, and another similar pair be-
hind, making four conspicuous dots, the anterior two more distinct than
the others.

There are two irregular, subdorsal, wavy, Scotch-snuff-colored thread-
lines edged with black. The pale sky-blue field of the back of each seg-
ment is divided by the two black spots into three bluish patches on each
side of the dorsal area. Tlie sides of the body blue, speckled with black.
A lateral pale snufif line above the spiracles edged with black, which
gathers in the middle into a dot, which is situated above the spiracle. A
faint, double, flesh-colored, infrastigmatal line, verj^ irregular, sometimes
sending streaks towards the black spiracles, the lower of the two lines
forming elongated patches at the base of the legs, the two lines being
more or less confluent on the thoracic segments. In some specimens there
is only a short, broken, snuff-colored line at the base of the abdominal
legs ; and a snuff-yellow dot on each side of the first thoracic segment.

The body is less hairy perhaps than in any of the other species. There
are a few long, dark, dorsal hairs, with an undergrowth of fine ochreous
hairs, and on the sides of the body below the spiracles are lateral, whitish
gray, rather dense hairs, directed downwards. The hairs are longest on
the thoracic and eighth abdominal segment, the latter being well swollen
or humped on the back.

The body beneath is livid bluish, with pale flesh-colored patches on the
front of each abdominal leg, except the anal pair.

This species differs from C.fragilis or C. cahfornica in the rather less
hairy body, and the four subdorsal rust-red lines, enclosing the three dor-
sal, short, rusty, broken lines which in front of each segment form a dis-
tinct, short, oval, reddish spot ; and also in the distinct bluish cervical
shield.

Clisiocampa constricta (Stretch).

The following description was drawn up from blown specimens kindly
loaned me by Prof. J. J. Rivers, of the University of California,

Full-fed Larva. — Length, 46-48 mm. Head mottled with dull blue and
black spots, the spots not arranged in lines, as they are in G. thoracica.
The body is rather more hairy than in the other Pacific coast species, and

Packard.] J- < " [March 17,

there is no distinct cervical shield. There is a dorsal row of aljout twenty
ochreous rust-red patches, very irregular in sliape, connected by two
short parallel wavy lines of the same color. Each spot is situated on a
deep velvety black field, ending behind in two conspicuous large black
dots. From each red patch arise numerous hairs, forming a wedge-sliaped
ochre-yellow tuft. The ground color of tlie body is deep blue, spotted
and mottled with black. There is a lateral row, one to each segment, of
black dots, irregularly surrounded by ochrered. Just below is a row of
conspicuous short, thick tufts of white hairs situated near the front edge
of each segment. Below each black spiracle is an obscure flesh-colored
diffuse patch enclosing a small black dot, while beneath is a long Ijlack
patch. All the legs, both thoracic and abdominal, and the under side of
the body are livid blackish. The few dorsal hairs (the ochreous ones ex-
cepted) are black, those on the thoracic segments being longer than the
others, while the lateral and ventral hairs are grayish, with an intermix-
ture of ochreous ones.

The larva of this species differs from all the others of the genus known
to me by the large, conspicuous, ochreous-red, dorsal spots giving rise to
the peculiar wedge-shaped ochreous tufts, and by the lateral row of short
white tufts, while the body in general is much more hairy than in the
other species. No eastern species approaches it in these characters.

Cltsiocampa fragilis (Stretch) (?).

This larva, referred with some doubt to the above species, was received
from Mr. J. J. Rivers, who collected it in the Sierra Nevada. The fol-
lowing description was made from a blown specimen :

Full-groion Larva. — Length, 43-44 mm. Head bluish, mottled with
heavy coarse black spots, with a tendency in their arrangement similar to
that in G. thorncica. The cervical shield is very indistinct. The body is
pale blue, with black specks and very irregular fine ochreous-red lines,
more or less broken and confluent on the first three or four segments.
The species is at once distinguished by the dorsal row of long, narrow,
wliilish-blue, distinct spots, beginning with the second thoracic segment,
each spot extending nearly the whole length of the segment. On each
side of the same segments are two large, conspicuous, irregular spots of
the same color, beneath whicli is a band made up of broken, irregular,
ochre- red hairlines. The spiracles are situated in a broad bluish band.
Body beneath black, with pale flesh-reddish or ochreous patches between
all the legs, both thoracic and abdominal. There is a black dot near the
base of the four median pairs of abdominal legs. The hairs above are
rather denser than in O. thuracica, and ochreous ; those on the side are
ochreous running into gray, those on the sides of the thoracic segments
being whitish.

Tins larva is at once known by the conspicuous, long, dorsal, pale-blue,
almost whitish-blue spots, flanked on each side by two large, distinct,
irregular spots of the same hue, with the space between conspicuously

1893.] 1»" [Packard.

deep black. Also by the numerous close, broken, fine, dorsal, alternating
black and ochreous lines.

Two specimens of the same larva were collected by myself in the middle
of June at Virginia City, Montana. It has the same markings, but the blue
patches on the side are not so distinct, as they merge into the blue of the
side of the body. On this account the black spots between the two blue
patches is more distinct. In one example, however, the lateral blue spots
are present. The markings on the head and the irregular ochreous-red
lines on the anterior part of the body are just the same in the Montana
example.

Partial Life History of CLisiocAiiPA disstria Hiibner (sylvatica

Harris).

Of this caterpillar about a dozen described below were found on an
oak leaf at Providence, May 24.

Stage IIl(J). — Length, 10 mm. Head not so wide as the body, black.
The shape of the body is as in G. americana of the same age. The
lateral prothoracic and other thoracic piliferous warts as in C. americana,
but the markings are already very distinct. The prothoracic shield much
as in the other species. There are four large, conspicuous, lateral, black,
raised spots, two on the second and two on the third thoracic segment.
The body is blue above, with two contiguous, parallel, broken, black lines,
each dorsal bordered externally by a broken, deep, straw-yellow line,
which widens on the sutures. IViese black lines are wide, and in most of the
specimens so encroach on the blue band, on abdominal segments 1-7, as to break
it up into a median row of more or less pear shaped blue spots, which are
diagnostic of the species ; thus the specific characters appear in this stage.
Two lateral, linear, white lines enclosing a broad, blue stripe, the latter
edged with a fine, broken black line. Abdominal segments 8 and 9
dull, livid blue. The body beneath is pale, livid, whitish. The thoracic
legs are black ; the abdominal legs with a black spot on the outside near
the end.

The body is not quite so densely hairy as in C. americana, but the
hairs are ot about the same color, being p.ile brown above and whitish
on the sides of the body and beneath.

In these examples the row of dorsal spots are seen to originate from the
breaking up of the median blue band, owing to the encroachment of the
black border.

Life History op Clisiocampa californica (Pack.).

I owe to the kindness of Mr. Cockerell a mass of eggs received from
West Clifi", Ouster county, Colo , and which hatched at Providence, April
14-15.

Larva, Stage I. — Length, 3 mm. Head and body of nearly the same
proportions as in (7. americana, but decidedly thicker and stouter, though

Packard.] loO [March 17,

no longer. The color of the head and body are the same, being dull
black, the head somewhat polished. The hairs are white, uneven in
lengtii, and, as in C. nmericana, a few are yellowish gray. Tiie pilifer-
ous warts are distinct and rough. There is oa each side of the median
line of the body a row of about seven small but distinct, transverse, snuff-
yellow dorsal spots, beginning on the first abdominal and ending on the
seventh segment, there being more to be seen on the thoracic segments ;
they almost form a transverse linear spot, but are interrupted on the
median line, though often continuous on the hinder edge of the segment,
yet sometimes they are separate and the spots are narrowly triangular,
the apices pointing outward away from the median line of the body.

Stage (?). — Length, 25 mm. The distinctive marks of this stage is the
row of lateral, black, elongated spots, sometimes broken into two portions,
and then resembling a short, thick exclamation mark. There is a difiuse,
irregular, double black-brown dorsal band, enclosing on each segment an
irregular, elongated, pale blue dash, which is more or less spindle-shaped,
and ending in a point before reaching each suture. The clear, pale-blue
sides of the body are also speckled with fine black dots.

Also in the last (!) stage the short, irregular, sienna or deep ochreous
brown lines in the dorsal black bands become obsolete.

It ditters from the eastern (J. sylvatica in the dorsal median spots being
pale blue ; in the obsolete, ochreous, lateral lines, and in the much
larger, lateral dark spots, while the entire side of each segment is pale
blue, not gray below.

C. calijornica is in a more advanced larval stage than (7. sylvatica, and
should stand above it, the lateral black line disappearing, being broken
up into spots, and the dorsal ochre lines being obsolete. It is thus a
more specialized form. The larvae eat sparingly on willow and aspen,
living until July 15.

I received a bunch of eggs from Mr. Ricksecker, of Santa Clara, Cali-
fornia, April 7. Some of the larvae hatched on the journey east ; they
seemed unable to eat their way out. I assisted one by removing the un-
eaten rim, and as it came out the hairs were still moist and lay along the
back; several (those arising from one wart) stuck together before it was
able to extend the end of the body and to walk away. In four or five
minutes the end of the body became extended, and it began to walk. The
head and body are dull black ; the hairs grayish white ; the ochreous dor-
sal markings not yet to be seen.

The larvae described below were received from Miss Morton, June 4.
Do not eat willow, but feed on oak.

Stage 7/.— Length 10 mm. rafter first molt). The body and head are
of the same shape and proportions as in 0. americana and sylvatica, but
with the dorsal piliferous warts more distinct ; a pair of dorsal warts on
each segment, making two distinct rows, between which are two parallel
broken, irregular, snuff-yellow, thread lines, beginning on the third thor-
acic and ending on the seventh abdominal segment. The body is dull

1893.] lol [Packard.

livid blackish, with a dull bluish tint. The sutures are smooth and shin-
ing ; hairs reddish brown. The eighth segment is scarcely humped.

The duration of this stage was about 6-10 days, as it molted the second
lime June 10-14.

Stage III. — Length 14-15 mm. (after second molt). The body is now dis-
tinctly deep blue and black ; the two yellow-brown dorsal lines are still more
broken up. On the side of each segment the blue contains a distinct longi-
tudinal, somewhat pear-shaped black spot, preceded in front by a black dot,
like a short, thick exclamation point. The hairs are distinctly §nufi'-
brown. A dorsal median row of blue linear stripes, separated by the
sutures.

Rtmarks on Clisiocampa californiea. — In two alcoholic, full-grown
larvae, length 36-38 mm., which I collected near Virginia City, Montana,
the distinguishing marks are the two irregular, wavy, parallel dorsal fine
tawny red lines, which, in my alcoholic specimens, enclose a faint blue
median stripe, one on each segment, so that I think my Montana
" {1)fragilis " is only a variety of G. californiea. (In the third stage, Mr.
Bridgham's figure of the Coloradian specimens, the median blue stripe
is very distinct, becoming fainter in the fourth stage.) The parallel,
tawny, reddish lines are very irregular, sending otf short twigs and
branches, and on the hinder edge of each segment there are short, broken,
irregular, subdorsal, tawny-red lines. The body is unusually hairy, the
dorsal hairs being tawny reddish. The body beneatli is mottled and
irregularly streaked with blackish and paler lines and marks.

In Stretch's " {'i) fragilis " the two blue spots on each side, and in my
specimens, are merged into tiie blue of the side of the body, but in
another example they are distinct, and in the alcoholic Montana examples
tbey are wanting. I am, therefore, inclined to think that " {1) fragilis "
is only a variety of californiea.

In one alcoholic specimen from Montana, the two blue spots on the side
are just as in " (?) fragilis."

Notes on Variation and on a Variety of Clisiocampa californica.

The Californian species of Clisiocampa seem to vary more in the larval
state than our two eastern species, probably on account of the greater
variety of climate, especially G. californica, which occurs in Montana,
Colorado, Southern Nevada, and in the lowlands of California, thus ex-
tending over a vast region whose physical geography is very much varied,
while it has different food plants. It is not improbable that G. eonstricta,
in which the hairs and sides of the body are somewhat alike, has been
derived from G. californica.

In a blown larva loaned by Prof. J. J. Rivers, the following remark is
written on the label: "Supposed to ditler from G. californica." It is
probably only a variety, and allied to a blown larva labeled by Mr.
Rivers " Q) fragilis," and kindly lent me by him. The hairs, ochreous

Packard.] ioJi [March 17,

above and gray on the sides, are just as in C. californiea and "('!)fragih8,"
but the dorsal pale-blue lines are nearly obsolete, being, however, pres-
ent, though narrow, on the second and tiiird thoracic segments, and on
abdominal segments 4-7, The dorsal ochreous-red lines are present in
front, but obsolete on the posterior half of the body.

It is characterized by a narrow, distinct blue streak on the side of each
abdominal segment, extending from the lateral pale-blue stripe up into
the dark-brown subdorsal region. There is a minute blue dot in front of
the much more distinct streak, and these two spots are the remnants of
the two normal lateral pale-blue dots of G. cali/ornica and "(l)fragilis."

Larva op a Clisiocampa not californica.

Received from Santa Rosa, Cal., from E. L. Ricksecker, April 20. The
cast skin of the head of a larva of the first stage was found in the box.

Stage IL — Length, 3-4 mm. Head large, considerably wider than the
body, including the first thoracic segment ; black. Body dark, with a dis-
tinct, firm subdorsal and two lateral pale, snuff-yellow lines, the upper
lateral one being the more wavy and thread-like. The subdorsal lines
send in yellowish points or dilations along the sutures. A dorsal row of
dull blue elongated spots, that on the second thoracic segment larger and
shorter and broader than the others. The blue spots are wanting at the
end of the body, the one on the eighth abdominal segment not so distinct
as the others in front. The dorsal hairs are long and unequal, snuff-yel-
low brown ; those low down on the side being gray, and uniformly
shorter than those on the back.

Life History of Clisiocampa Americana (Harris).

From a mass of eggs found on the apple at Providence, and several of
which hatched April 14, one was seen, April 15, to make its way out of
the egg. The hairs, immediately after the shell is broken open, stand up
as erect and stiff as a few hours later, not being soft, flabby and matted
together as often seen in hairy or spiny larvae, such as the Attacinae.

A brood of larvte in the second stage and 5 mm. long was noticed in
the crotches of apple and wild cherry trees at Providence, April 26.

Larva, Stage 1. — Described when from ten to twenty-four hours old.
Length, 2-3 mm. Head moderately large, as wide as the second and third
thoracic segments, shining black, with numerous long, uneven white
hairs. The prolhoiacic segment is a little wider than the second and
third and tlian the head, and the lateral piliferous tubercle projects
so as to add to the appearance of the width of the segment. From
this segment the body narrows very gradually backward to the
end. The body is wholly dull black, clothed with white hairs which
arise from minute but yet distinct rough warts. While the sutures are
livid and the front edge of the prothoracic segment is also livid, I can
see no traces of any other colored spots like those of (7. californica.

1893.] 1^*5 [Packard.

Stage II. — Described May 13. Length, 4-5 mm. The body still de-
cidedly tapers to the end, though now the head is no wider than the body,
which is blackish, with a blackish dorsal line not yet turned blue ; the
sutures are brownish ; the hairs long and rusty brownish. The pilifer-
ous prothoracic tubercles are now small and not conspicuous as they
are in Stage III.

In some observed April 26 (length, 5 ram.), and belonging to an ear-
lier brood, the median dorsal black line was broken and on each side of
each segment is a black blotch. The dorsal hairs brownish, those on the
side gray, and some of those on the back tawny.

In another set of larvae, from the web on wild cherry, 5-6 mm. long,
described May 5, and apparently at end of second stage, the head is not
so wide as the body, and considerably narrower than the prothoracic seg-
ment. There is no blue about the body. The head and prothoracic seg-
ment are black. A distinct black dorsal line interrupted at the sutures.
On each side is an obscure similar dark line, but more interrupted and
the spaces between tlie sections longer ; below each section on each seg-
ment is a large, conspicuous, black, longitudinal, irregular, oval spot,
immediately below wliich is a wavy light line, and parallel to this is a
similar light line, below which is a fringe of whitish hairs projecting
from the body. The dorsal hairs are pale ash-gray, not distinctly tawny.
Abdominal segments 8-10 black, without markings. Some of the larvae
are much paler than most of the lot examined.

Stage III. — Length, 7-8, becoming 9-10 mm. Described May 13. The
body still tapers to the end. The lateral prothoracic tubercles are well
marked, and there is a pair of small dorsal ones on each succeeding seg-
ment of the body, bearing the usually tawny hairs, those on the sides being
white, with some black hairs. A distinct blue dorsal stripe, beginning on
the second thoracic segment and disappearing on the eighth abdominal seg-
ment; it is of the same hue as in the full-fed larva, and bordered with a
tine wrinkled white line. There are two lateral white thread-lines, the
upper one the more distinct ; towards the end of the stage tliese lines
change to a blue. Between these two lines is a row of minute black
warts. The larvae when in this stage vary much in the distinctness of
the dorsal median blue stripe. It molted May 30-22, the length of the
stage being about seven days.

Stage 1 V. — Length, 13-14 mm. The blue line is as in the full-fed
larva, but the lateral, linear, upright blue lines, one on each side of each
segment, have now appeared, and also the very irregular, short, thread-
like blue and yellow lines on the top and sides of the body. The lateral
prothoracic tubercles are still pronounced. It molted June 5-6 ; the
duration of the stage being about fourteen days. June 8, 9, 10, full-
grown larvae seen out of doors. June 14, they were spinning their
cocoons. The season was two weeks late.

In specimens of this stage, 22 mm. in length (described May 24), the
dorsal band is now continuous and firm, not broken, and pale blue. On

FROG. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141. X. PRINTED MAY 11, 1893.

Packard.] lo4: [Mnrch 17,

each side of the median line along the hack are faint, threadlike, fine,
sliort broken lines, only perceptible under a lens. Besides tlie continu-
ous pale-blue dorsal line, the distinctive marks are the two darker blue
spots, short and straight ; the one in front longitudinal and at, right
angles to the other, which is transverse and more distinct because situated
on a black field. The sides of the body are filled in with blue, containing
some fine ochreous lines, especially on the upper edge of the blue area
below the longitudinal blue mark. The ordinary spinulated hairs of G.
amcricnna are represented by Fig. 21.

A variety of the larva of Vlisiocampa americana observed at Providence,
June 5 and 6. — One full-grown larva has the white dorsal line twice as
wide as usual, and broken up into a series of exclamation marks. The
line is interrupted at the sutures and each stripe swells out at the posterior
end into a knob, and on the sixth abdominal segment it is short, and suc-
ceeded by a large, round, while spot, while on the first abdominal segment
the stripe is represented by two large round spots.

The Young Larva of Gastkopacha americana.

Found on an apple tree at Brunswick, Me., July 28.

Stage III {t). — Length, 17 mm. The head is rather small, about three-
fourths as wide as the body, rounded but flattened in front, blue slate-
gray, nearly concolorous with the body. The prothoracic segment is
much broader than the head, with a very large and prominent pale clay-
yellow or luteous lateral tubercle on each side, bearing numerous long
gray hairs. The second and third thoracic segments each with two dark,
flattened, button-like warts centred with grayish. The sutures at hinder
edge of second and third thoracic segments respectively are stained with
pale ochre-yellow or luteous, forming a transverse stripe which is partly
visible when the worm is at rest, but revealed more distinctly when it is
in motion. On each segment behind first thoracic are four dorsal pilifer-
ous warts, two most conspicuous on second and third, and others on the
side ; those on the abdominal segments four in number and arranged in a
square. From the first yellowish transverse dorsal streak is a longitudinal
subdorsal concolorous (yellowish) line, and below it a concolorous fine
hair-line between two dark lines. The body is dull, livid, bluish slate-
gray, mottled and finely spotted with blackish points and i)iliferous w^arts.
Along the side of the body the lateral tubercle, one on each side of sec-
ond and third thoracic segments, is large, but not so long and slender as
that on the segment in front, but yet they are unusually large and well
developed, and they are replaced on the abdominal segments by the large
fleshy lappets, bearing long, dense, fine, gray hairs, which are directed
downwards. There are as yet no traces of the dorsal tult of flattened
hairs present in the mature larva. On the eighth abdominal segment is a
decided rounded hump bearing two black flattened warts, from which
arise numerous fine black hairs. The dorsal hairs are in general black,

1893.] loo [rackard.

and about one-third as long as the body is thick. The thoracic and ab-
dominal legs are slate-gray, of the same color as the body.

Life History of Heteropach.\ rileyana (Harvey).

Tills caterpillar has been reared from the honey locust ( Oleditschia
triacanthos) by Mr. Pilate (Papilio, ii, 67), while Prof. G. H. French
writes that he has also fouiid it on that plant. In response to my request,
Mr. W. N. Tailaut, of Columbus, O., sent me early in August several
young larvfe, at Brunswick, Me., where its food plant flourishes ; and a
year later he kindly sent me the eggs and larvie of this interesting fi)rm.
Regarding its habits he writes me as follows : "Eggs deposited May 15.
We have two and probably three broods per year. Eggs generally laid
in a cluster or in a row or rows of twenty lo forty. In contineuient they
will be deposited on the leaves or branches, but in nature I think they are
always deposited on the bark, at least I have never found them on the
leaves." The eggs hatched during May 35 and 26, not all simultaneously,
and the description was made from the freshly hatched individuals, those
which had been out of the shell for about half a day not diftering from
one I saw creeping out of the egg.

£!gg. — Length, 1.5 mm. Cylindrical, though but slightly longer than
broad. The shell is of a peculiar bluish white, the surface not highly
polished, and under a Tolles triplet (about 13-15 diameters) it is not seen
to be pitted, but under a half-inch objective, small, faintly marked hex-
agonal areas can be seen which are quite irregular in shape and with a
thickened or raised central area. The surface of the shell is of a peculiar
porcelain te.xture and bluish white, with short, broad, curved, darker blue
streaks.

Larva, Stage I. — Just hatched. Length, 3 mm. The head is large and
about one-third wider than the middle of the body ; it is broad, being a
little wider in front of the middle than behind. It is of a pale horn color,
with a broad dark median band extending from beliind and ending at the
apex of the clypeus, where it spreads out somewhat, stopping at the
transverse pale band crossing the head, and which dilates at the end on
each side of the head. On each side of the dark band is a parallel pale
band which passes down to the middle of the front, and then curves out-
ward at a right angle, dilating at the end.

The side of the head is blackish, or rather the white portion leaves a
large, much curved black band. The head is clothed with long, rather
thick blackish and gray hairs.

The body gradually tapers backwards from the broad prothoracic seg-
ment which flares outward and upward in front. The segment is pale
horn color above, rather naked. On each side is a piliferous tubercle,
which is slightly larger than those on the succeeding segments, but not
so well developed and prominent as usual in the group ; at first pale, it
afterwards turns darker, and it bears mixed dark and gray hairs, more

Packard.] -l-oO [^farch 17,

numerous than those on the succeeding segments. A broad median dor-
sal band, enclosing a fine, narrow, more or less interrupted dorsal dark
line. On top of the second and third tiioracic segments is a broken trans-
verse fine black line, and on the same situation on each of the first eiglit
abdominal segments are four minute square black dots, sometimes coales-
cing to form two transverse lines. A broad lateral (almost subdorsal)
blacli band, consisting of a dark rounded oval patch, on each segment en-
closing a minute pale piliferous wart. Below tliis and on ihe under side
the body is pale livid flesh color, including the thoracic and abdominal
legs. The hairs in general are short, rather evenly and closely cropped,
and the dorsalonesof quite uniform length, not solong as the bodjns thick
and mostly black, while the lateral ones are gray and spread straight out as
usual in the group, touching, or nearly so, the surface ihe larva rests on ;
ihey are much more unequal in length than the dorsal ones. The anal
legs are large and long, rather slender, spreading wide apart.

atage II. — Length, 9 mm. All molted June 1. The head is now
scarcely wider than the body, which is now dull blackish brown. The
markings are nearly as before, the two parallel whitish lines turning out
at right angles opposite the ajiex of the clypeus, which is now white, and
the Iront of the head beyond the eyes is whitish. The head is hairy, with
dense gray hairs in Iront. The bcdy still tapers towards the end, and is
now dull black-brown striped with eight fine whilish lines ; of these the
iwo dorsal ones are very faint, while ihe single subdorsal line is distinct,
and in one or two, a day afier molting, already stained with reddish
ochreous ; below are two parallel lateral whitish lines, the lower of which is
wrinkled. On the eighth and ninth abdominal segments tlie two subdor-
sal lines are broken up into two dots on each segment. All the legs, both
Ijioracic and abdominal, are dark brown. Many of the short dorsal hairs
are black, those on the sides of the body longer and gray, as before. The
lateral prothoracic lul>ercles are well marked, a little larger than those
behind. In this stage nearly all the characteristic markings and colors
are assumed.

btaye HI. — June 4, 5, 6, 7, different ones molting on each of these days.
Length, 12 mm. Head brown, wiiJi the whitisii markings ntore distinct thun
before. The markings (spots and lines) are decidedly brighter and more
conspicuous than before ; and the body beliind tlie prothoracic segment is
rust red ochreous above. Prothoracic segment dark brown, with two yellow-
ish triangular dots or notciies on the outside of the dark dorsal tubercles.
Behind this segment the dorsal, median, ochreous, rust-reddish band is
distinct. Tlie two subdorsal lines enclosing or forming the baud are fine
and distinct ochreous rust-reddish and yellow, and tkey include on each seg-
ment a jxtir of long, somewhat icary black stripes, which are connected on
the second and thiid tiioracic segments, but separated by the sutures on
the abdominal segments, so that there is a pair to each of lliese segments.
The sides of the body are dark leaden biovvn, witli two distinct lateral
lines, and sometimes the lower bioken ^\hitish line is wanting. The

1893.] J-^ ' [Packard.

essential markings of the full-fed larva are now assumed. The clypeiis
is dark in the centre, white on the apex and edges. The whitish gray-
hairs are conspicuous and nearly conceal the tiioracic and ahdominal
legs. The two dorsal yellowish dots on abdominal segments 8 and
9 are now conspicuous. The larvae feed more or less concealed under
and among the leaves in the breeding bo.v, and this habit per^iists through-
out the larval life.

Stage 1 V. — June 15-16. Most of them had molted June 16.

Stage //(,?). — Summer brood. Length, 4.5-5 mm. Described Au-
gust 6. The head is moderately large, considerably wider than the body,
which tapers gradually to the end. Tlie head is densely covered with
long slender pale hairs of the color of the head, which, like the body and
legs, is a greenish yellow-brown or pale snuff color. It is not easily to be
seen while resting on the green leaf stalk of its food plant. The head is
broad, full and rounded, with a median longitudinal dark-brown band,
ending in front in a darker spot ; the bead on each side is brown, sending
a point forward towards the middle of the head, and a brown band along
the side of the head to the ocelli, from which another brown band extends
across in front to the side of the clypeus, which separates it from its fellow
on the other side.

The piliferous warts are minute, low, bearing several short, fine hairs,
so that the body is quite hirsute. Tlie lateral prothoiacic tubercles, in-
stead of being, as usual in the Lasiocampians, large and prominent, are in
tills larva scarcely larger than the others on the body. There is a faint
dorsal median brown line. There is a subdorsal row of thoracic and
abdominal piliferous tubercles, darker than the others ; also a broader,
darker lateral row of spots, each surrounding a broad, flat, dark, pilifer-
ous wart, connecting with the lateral dark band on the head. Below this
is a narrower, paler lateral spiracular line, enclosing the pale, inconspicu-
ous spiracles. The anal legs are broad and large, spreading widely. Both
the thoracic and abdominal legs are concolorous with the body, and are
densely hiiry.

In another larva, 7 mm. in length and better fed, with the body filled
out, the head was no wider than the body, as in the other, but the bands
and spots, especially the dorsal and subdorsil ones, were more distinct
than before. The subdorsal tubercles are flattened and enclosed in large,
oblong, dark, longitudinal spots. The spiracular line is broad and more
distinct, and below it, directly above the base of the legs, is a series of
dark gibbosities.

In a third larva of about the same age and size, the body is more red-
dish than in the others.

Stage III. — August 16-20, summer brood. Length, 17 mm. The
head is narrower than the body, dull slate-brown, like the brown por-
tions of the body. On each side of the vertex are two parallel, dull
ochreous brown stripes, soon becoming distinctly yellow, and opposite
the apex of the clypeus turning outward at right angles and following a

Packard] -^OO [March 17,

sinuous course, and ending on the side of tlic head. There is a V-shapted
yellow patch on the clypeus, which also sends an obscure yellowish line
outward, in a course ])arallL'l to the line above. The labrum is pale ; the
face very hairy, as is the whole head. The body is dull, dark manganese
or iron-brown. There is a dorsal, obscure, median, irregular, reddish-
brown line ; also two dull-yellow, nnrroxo lines on each aide of the body,
the upper one of the two being the subdorsal one, and more or less
stained with reddish. There is an obscure, broken, yellowish line along the
base of the legs bdow the dark spiracles. The prothoracic segment is
slightly swollen on the sides. The dorsal hairs are short and fine, but
along the lower part of the face, and ahrng the side of each thoracic and
abdominal segment, is a swelling from which arise dense, long, pale-gray
hairs directed downwards, much as in Gastropacha. The thoracic and
anal legs are dark livid, and the body beneath is livid. The surface of
the skin in general is rough and rather dull in color.

Stage IV. — Molted August 25 and described a few hours after. In
the larva of the previous stage the left (?) anal leg was injured and
shorter than the other; this defect was retained after this and the last
molt.

Length, at first, 17 ram. The head is now larger in proportion than
before, being a little wider than the body ; it is somewhat bluish brown,
with the markings as before, but much more distinct ; the two parallel
lines on the vertex not so difl'use and reddish as before, but nearly black,
and each enclosing a lanceolate-oval, distinct, fleshy, whitish spot of the
same color as the two sets of transverse, sinuous lines below. The face
below is pale carneous ; and on the sides and in front more densely hairy
than above.

The body is of the same shape as before, still tapering to the end.
Along the body extends a dorsal, reddish-brown, diffuse line as before,
but a new system of markings appears in this stage, consisting of a set of
four small light dots, two on each side of the dorsal median line. Tlie pro-
thoracic shield is now very distinct and concolorous with the head, and
the segment is slightly wider than those succeeding, while the lateral,
prothoracic, piliferous warts are still small. The subdorsal stripe is con-
colorous with the single dorsal one, but the lateral and infraspiracular
line at the base of the legs are now more yellow ; otherwise the bodj"- in
general is dark brown as before. On the end of the seventh and eighth
abdominal segments are two pale-yellowish spots, and on the base of the
suranal plates are two dark-yellow spots ; the surface of the plate itself is
concolorous with the prothoracic shield. All the legs are dark. The
hairs low down along the side of the body are whitish gray, dense and
depressed, partly concealing the legs, especially the middle abdominal
ones.

Stage V and Last. — Molted September 4. Described September 12.
Length, 82 mm. The head is as before. There is now visible, when the
larva creeps, what had not been noticed in the preceding stages, viz., a

1893.] ^oJ [Packard.

bright, transverse, deep-orange, irregular band in the sutures between the
second and third thoracic and the third thoracic and first abdominal seg-
ments. In the middle of each band is a black dot situated in the median
line of the body. When the larva is at rest and the segments contracted,
these two conspicuous stripes are not visible. They are evidently
warning or danger signals.like the showy, bright band of Gastropacha
americana.

The anterior corners of the protlioracic segment are dull orange-brown,
the segment itself being dull dark brown, with no lines. The median
dorsal rather bright tawny-brown stripe begins most distinctly on the
first abdominal segment, and extends uninterruptedly to the base of the
suranal plate. The subdorsal lines, one on each side, are brighter ochre-
ous orange, but are broken up, not only at the sutures, but by the trans-
verse wrinkles, of which there are usually about five to each abdominal
segment. The subdorsal lines or stripes are interrupted at the hinder end
of each segment, next to the suture, by an irregular, squarish, light,
tawny, ash patch, those on abdominal segments 7 and 8 being much
paler and more distinct than the others in front.

The lateral supraspiracular line is narrower than the subdorsal stripe,
less ochreous, with a little more pale yellow in it ; it is irregular and
broken, contains short, wavy, blackish lines and isolated dots, and dilates
a little at the hinder end of each segment, forming a linear, light, pale,
obscure yellowish spot opposite the light spots in the subdorsal stripe.
Spiracles distinct, dull carneous, surrounded by a blackish-brown ring.
An infraspiracular indistinct, wavy, narrow, tawny-yellowish, much-
broken line, most distinct under the spiracles. Still below this obscure
line the lateral ridge, which is quite broken, is marked with two obscure
tawny reddish, vertical slashes on each segment; one is single, and the
other is slightly V-shaped, the apex pointing upwards. The suranal plate
is ornamented in front by the end of the dorsal tawny or Scotch-snuff
brown band, broadly edged with ochreous yellow, the rest of the plate
being black-brown.

The anal legs are dark-brown, with no markings ; the middle abdomi-
nal legs are spread out laterally a good deal, so as to show from al)Ove
almost their whole length ; the legs themselves are, at base, livid lilac-
brown, the plantai pale livid, with a black chitinous streak on each side ;
these peculiar black chitinous pieces are narrow triangular, with the
slender very acute apex pointing upwards, and are distinctly visible from
above. The dense hairs arise from the longitudinal folds of skin situated
over the abdominal and thoracic legs and corresponding situations on the
other segments.

The Young Larva of Artace rubripalpis (Feld). (A. pukctis-
TRIGA (Walk.).)

A batch of eggs was kindly sent me by Prof. Roland Thaxter, from
Cullowhee, N. C, early in July, the larvae hatching July 9. The larva;

Packard.]

190

[March 17,

were fed with oak, maple, raspberry, willow, poplar, hazel, rose, sumach
and fir leaves, but they did not eat them. On being taken up, tlie freshly
hatched larvic spun a thread by which they let themselves down.

Egg. — Round, with the surface granulated ; of a dirty wiiite, clouded
with reddish brown. They are laid separately in an irregular bunch.

Larva directly after Hatching.— {F\g. 22.) Length, 3 mm. The head
is large, as wide as the prothoracic segment, dark brown, with two trans-
versely oval light-gray spots above ; along the front edge of the epicra-
nium is a broad gray stripe, and at the base of the labrum is a transverse
less distinct pale band.

The prothoracic segment is very large, slightly wider than the head, and
from this segment the body tapers to the end. On each side of the pro-
thoracic segment, and projecting outwards, is a large piliferous amber-
colored tubercle, which is three times as large as those behind it on the
succeeding segments. Between these are two minute dorsal piliferous
tubercles. On each side of the second and third thoracic segments is a

lateral amber-colored piliferous tubercle, while the dorsal tubercles be-
tween are rather larger than the lateral ones. On the abdominal seg-
ments the dorsal tubercles are amber-colored, becoming dark on the ter-
minal segments, while the lateral tubercles are dark, concclorous with
the body. The hairs are gray and dusky, those on the large lateral tuber-
cles the longest and curved forwards in front of the head. Behind these
the longest hairs are a little longer than the body is thick. Tiie body is
dark. On the abdominal segments the dorsal tubercles are amber-colored,
becoming dark on the terminal segments, while the lateral tubercles are
dark, concolorous with the body. The hairs are gray and dusky, those
on the large lateral tubercles the longest, and curved forward in front of
the head. Behind these the longest hairs are a little longer than the body
is thick. The abdominal legs are long and slender, spreading outward
beyond the body. The eighth pair of dorsal abdominal tubercles are a
little larger than the others.

In general appearance, viz., the large, broad, first thoracic segment, the
body tapering backward from it, and the large prominent lateral piliferous
warts, one on each side of the segment, this larva is a true Lasiocampid,

1893.] li^l [Packard.

with its characters rather more exaggerated than in Clisiocampa, and per-
haps much as in Gastropacha.

Some details of the freshly hatclied larva are represented in Fig. 23.
ant, antenna ; mx, maxilla ; tl, a thoracic leg ; al, an abdominal leg,
showing the planta and crotchets ; aV, another leg; s, a spiuulate seta.
(Author del.)

Explanation of the Pl.vtes.

PliATE V.

Fig. 1. Dryocampa ruhicunda. Larva in Stage II. The line under the

figure should be nearly one-half longer. Bridgham del.

2. Sphingicampa bicolor. Armature, Stage I. For explanation of
details and of lettering, see tlie text.

Plate VI.

Fig. 3. Eacles imperialis. Armature, Stage I.

4. Eacles imperialis. Armature, later stages.

Plate VII.

Fig. 5. Citherorda regalis. Armature, Stage I.

6. Hyperehiria io. A freshly hatched larva, showing the eversible

glands (</), etc.

7. IlypercMna io. Armature of the three thoracic segments,

Stage I.

Plate VIII.

Fig. 8. Hyperehiria io. Armature of the last thoracic and abdominal
segments, 1, 2, 6-10, Stage I.
9. Hyperehiria io. Armature of the sixth abdominal segment.
Stage II.
10. Hyperchiri<i io. Spinulated dorsal tubercles of each thoracic
segment, final stage.

Plate IX.

Fig. 11. Hyperehiria io. Eversible gland, with the adjoining spiracle,
sp. ; g', a gland enlarged.

12. Hyperehiria, sp, from Mexico. Armature of final stage ; dor-

sal tubercle of each thoracic and of the seventh abdominal
segment.

13. Hemileuca artemis. Spinulated dorsal tubercles of each thoracic

segment, final stage.
PROC. amer. philos. soc. XXXI. 141. Y. printed may 11, 1893.

Kyder.] iJZ [April 7,

Plate X.

Fig. 14. Remileuca yavnpni. Spinulated dorsal tubercles of each thoracic
segment, final stage.

15. Gastropacha quercifolia. Scales from dorsal tuft on second

thoracic segment of the mature larva.

16. Gastropacha quercifolia. Flattened hairs from the lateral tuft

of the second thoracic segment of the larva.

17. Gastropacha americana. Flattened hairs from the lateral tuft

on eighth abdominal segment of the mature larva.

Plate XI.

Fig. 18. Gastropacha americana. Flattened hairs from the lateral tuft
on second and third thoracic segments.

19. Heteropacha rileyana. Flattened hairs from the lateral tuft on

the second thoracic segment of the mature larva.

20. Acronycta hastulifera. Flattened hairs.

21. G lisiocampa americana. Normal hairs, densely spinulated.
23. Artace rubripalpis. Freshly hatched larva. Bridgham del.

Note. — All the figures, except 1 and 33, were drawn by the author with
the camera.

Energy as a Factor in Organic Eoolution.

By John A. Ryder.

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 7, 1893.)

The fact that the energy developed by living bodies is correlated with
cosmical energj* is now a recognized canon of physiology. To give the
proper emphasis to the part played by the energy developed within organ-
isms, as a factor in the development of their own forms or morphogeny, is
the purpose of the present paper. To define exactly the kinds of energy
displayed and the mode in which its effects are produced in particular
cases is another part of the subject to be dealt with. The definition of
these subjects renders necessary the introduction of a few new terms, in
order to avoid awkward circumlocution, to achieve brevity or directness
of expression, and to eliminate the riskof indefiniteness in the use of words.

Haeckel very felicitously proposed the term phylogeny to express the fact
that a certain tendency directed the drift or trend of development of a
being along a line parallel with that of the series of forms ancestral to it.
The being in the course of its development briefly recapitulated that of
the ancestral series to which It belonged. This, in substance, is the fa-
mous fundamental biogenetic law first suggested by F. Mviller.

Proceedings flmer. Pliilos, Sac,

No, HI, Plate I

Young Larva of Dryooampa and Ar

MATURE OP SphINGICAMPA.

Proceediogs ker, Philos, SoC:

Armatuue op Eaclks imperiat.is.

Akmatukk of Citheronia regalis and of Hyperchiria io.

Proceediogs ken Philos, Soc,

Armature op Hypekchiria to.

Proceedings ker. Pliilos. Soc

No.Ul. Plate IK,

Armature of Hemileuca and of Hyperchiria.

Proceedings ker, Ptiilos, Soc

Armature of Hemileuca yavapai and Scales of Gastropacha.

Proceedings ker, Pliilos, Soc,

(I, No, Ml, Plate II,

yy

i

II

I; !f

Flattened Hairs of Caterpillars, and (22) Larva of Artace.

l^OZ.] 103 [Ryder.

Hoeckel also proposed for the process of the development of the indi-
vidual the term ontogeny, genesis of the individual being. The displays
of energy, in time and space, controling the process of development,
both racial and individual, that is, the phylogenetic and ontogenetic pro-
cesses, are now admitted on all hands to run more or less closely parallel.
When old characters tend to reappear very early in ontogeny, it is explained
that this is a case of reversion, atavism or palingeny. If, on the other
hand, a new character tends to appear very late in the ontogeny, it is
explained that it is because such a feature was late in appearing in the phy-
logenetic or racial hi&tory, it is therefore said to have arisen from compar-
atively recent variations of the type form, or to be ecenogenetic. Tlie
regis'ration upon the germinal matter of organisms of these developmental
tendencies to reappear in a certain sequence and relation, in time and
space, comprehends what is generally understood by the term heredity.

Hereditary phenomena are therefore ontogenetic, and in so far as the
latter repeat an ancestral history they are phylogenetic. That is, the ener-
gies of individual development reflect or e|)itomize in the sequences and
relations of their display those which have attended the evolution of the
race.

Thus far the use of these terras, which have become current and well
understood in biological literature, seems to be justified, in that they stand
for a formula which is so largely true in spite of occasional discrepant
facts that we must accept these words as brief or shorthand expressions
for two great biological principles.

Adaptation of the organism to its conditions of life is now, as it always
has been, a very difficult subject. Some have supposed it to be due to
variation of the potentiality of the germinal matter derived from the two
sexes, or to Amphimixis, and that the individual variations thus produced
that were unfitted for survival were eliminated by natural selection.
Others have maintained that there is more or less evidence of the occur-
rence of direct adaptation or adjustment of the organism to its surround-
ings with accompanying variation, and that consequently the energies
developed within and without the organism had to do with the pro-
cess of adaptation and the origin of variations. The development of
adaptations was, therefore, according to this latter view, a resultant con-
sequent upon the interaction of two sets of forces, namely, those developed
within and also those developed without the organism. Natural selection
in this case was also supposed to be operative as the agent eliminating the
unfit. Weismann, Lankester and others have defended the first view.
Ii*ckel, Cope, Spencer and even Huxley (the latter with some reserve,
perliaps) have supported the latter opinion. Darwin himself was inclined
to the last to ascribe a certain influence to external agencies, and also to
use and disuse, in doing which he showed his leaning towards what has
since his death been regarded as the more distinctly L imarckian view of
the origin of variations.

Prof. Cope has sought to establish a recognition of the factor of energy

Ryder.] i Ji [April 7,

as developed in tlie motions of organisms and their parts as an agency in
the modification of the forms and proportions of their hard parts. In
tliis he has distinctly followed Lamarck, Spencer and the writer, and to
tills agency he has applied the terra Jciaetogenesis, which may also be
written kinetogeny in order to make its Anglican spelling conform to that
of the very useful terms proposed by ILeckel.

Unfortunately this term, kinetogeny, does not embrace a consideration
of all the forms of energy that concern the problem of adaptation. My
only reason, therefore, for invading this field of terminology is that there
appears to be a need for another term which shall be more comprehensive
and which shall apply to all the forms of energy involved in a study of
adaptive processes, namely, the potential or static and the actual or
kinetic. This will embrace both the energy of rest or equilibrium and
that of motion or lack of equilibrium. The most general term that can
be used for this purpose seems to be ergogeny, the etymology of which is
apparent. This general term, ergogeny, will include not only kinetogeny,
but also its antithesis, statogeny.

If an organism suflFers morphological modification in consequence of
the display of the energy of motion, any modification thus caused would
be developed kinetogenetically. If, on the other hand, an organism were
modified in such a way that the energies developed by it were in a condi-
tion of statical equilibrium, and, moreover, if its specific form depended
upon the maintenance of such a statical balance, then any formal modifi-
cation thus caused and maintained would be developed statogenetically.
If it is meant that energy has been c.mcerned in producing a certain mod-
ification without specifying the kind of energy, such modification may be
said to have been produced ergogeneticaUy. Concrete illustrations will,
liowever, be necessary in order to give a clear notion of the very real dif-
ference that exists between the two processes, namely, kinetogeny and
statogeny, embraced under the still more general term of ergogeny.

If the motion of the developing parts of an organism condition their
structural modification in a definite and precise way, as in the case of the
development of vertebral centra, of the vertical rows of scales on fishes,
or the fractures across the fin rays of certain fishes, as I have shown else-
where,* then the effects so produced are developed ergogeneticaUy. In
that such effects are the result of the expenditure of energy in the form
of motion they are also developed kinetogenetically.

If, on the other hand, the process is one in which the energy developed
is a consequence of growth itself, and is dependent merely upon the gross
physical and statical properties of the living matter itself, such as the
varying surface-tension of different parts of the surface of the plasma,
then the problem becomes one, not of motion, but of the want of motion, of
forces in equilibrium or a statical one. Such conditions of statical equi-
librium of surface-tensional forces of the adjacent surfsices of the cells of

*" Proofs of the Effects of Habitual Use in the Modification of Animal Organisms,"
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, Vol. xxvi, Nov. 21, 1889.

1893.] 1J5 [Ryder.

the early stages of segmenting eggs are known by the thousand to the
skilled enibryologist.

In that these cannot at first be overmastered by either phylogenetic or
ontogenetic forces, or by both combined, proves that the forms so devel-
oped are, therefore, the resultants of the energy represented by the phylo-
genetic and ontogenetic or the sum of the liereditary forces working in
antagonism against a recurring statical condition of the substance of the
germ. This statical condition reasserts itself at the close of every seg-
mentation, so that there is a recurrent conflict between these two sets of
forces at every step of development. In fact, the round or oval form of
the egg is a statical condition of the geiminal mass dependent wholly or
partially upon its own surface-tensional properties. That this is gradually
overcome in the course of the ontogenetic process is well known, but it
is also a fact that no known form of animal or vegetable development is
exempt from the influence of the interference of statical forces of equi-
librium, mainly those of surface-tension. In so far, therefore, as the form
of the early stages of the development of an embryo are thus interfered
with, such modifications are statogenetic. The great generality of this
principle, therefore, becomes apparent. The generality of statogeny is,
in fact, coextensive with that of phylogeny and ontogeny. But this is
not all. Every statogenetic state alternates with a kinetogenetic state,
since every new statogenetic condition is heralded by a kinetogenetic one.
It is this incessant organic and organizing seesaw of processes that is
comprehended under the still more general term of ergogeny.

Such must, therelore, be my excuse for adding this new set of terms to
those already in use, since they represent a series of processes of such
universality as to be of an importance second only to those of phylogeny
and ontogeny. To illustrate in detail the great variety of phenomena
with which ergogeny and its forms, kinetogeny and statogeny, have to
deal would much transcend the purposes of this paper. Only sufficient
additional examples will therefore be given to show the far-reaching char-
actei of these principles.

In the motion of Amceba proteus, kinetogenetic phenomena either alter-
nate rhythmically with statogenetic phenomena, or perhaps more correctly,
both constantly accompany one another in the course of the movements
made by this very simple organism. The chemical processes within the
Amo3ba by means of which its surface-tension is constantly being disturbed
are kinetogenetic, since this equilibrium or statical Inilance of the plasma
is thus recurrently overthrown. This leads to a temporary rupture of the
surface layers of molecules and an intrusion of new molecules from within
to repair the rent. When this is accomplished a statical equilibrium is tem-
porarily restored only to be followed by a recurrence of motion or over-
throw of statical equilibrium. This leads to the more or less fitful or
interrupted motion seen in these organisms. These alternating and con-
flicting processes also determine the figure of the organism at every instant,
so that ergogeny becomes, in the lowest forms, through its elementary

Ryder.] 1^^ [April 7,

types of kinetogeny and statogeny, form-determining or morphogenetic.
Tlie development of the figure of the body of Amosba proteus is also par-
tially conditioned by cohesion to adjacent sui faces, and is also, to some
extent, pulled upon as a semifluid mass by gravity and flattened. The
vortical flux of its own particles through themselves also elongates it in
the direction of its own motion. This causes the anterior end of the
organism to present a tense, rounded outline, while its posterior end is
wrinkled, papilliform or uneven. The vortical flux of particles in tiie
centre of the body of the organism flow fastest while they gradually move
slower towards the surface where the ultimate and outermost layer is at
rest. Thus in every detail of its morphology do we discover that Amwha
is absolutely the creature of energy conditions. Its shape at every instant
of its existence is determined ergogenelically as we may speak of the
form -conferring forces developed from within as distinguished from those
of gravity, adhesion and cohesion that are operative from without. Even
the ideally perfect form of vortex motion of the particles of its substance
is disturbed and distorted by the interaction of this complex set of forces.
Moreover, since the physical properties of the different species of Amce-
boids are very diflerent, their kinelogenelic and slatogenetic characteris-
tics differ correspondingly, so that their behaviors are very different for
this reason. The profound ditlerences of form presented by their pseudo-
podia are to be partially accounted for on this ground, and partially on
the ground of the difteriug physical constitution of their substance.

The phenomena of motion of plasma or cells may be generally compre-
hended under the term eytokinetic, their statical conditions under the
term eytostatic. In the same way the active and resting stages of nuclei
may be regarded as karyokinitic and karyostatic. The motion and rest
of the centrosomes of cells may be named as their astrokinetic and astro-
static conditions. These six terms, one of which is already in use, are pro-
posed in order to connect the phenomena of cell division with ergogeny in
general. The origin of the motion of the Amoeba is to be sought in its
own plasma ; it is therefore eytokinetic. The alternating periods of qui-
escence of Amffiba are cytostatic ; its spherical form in the encysted con-
dition is the lesult of a perfect cytostatic equilibrium in every direction.
These results are also ergogenetic ; that is, the changes of configuration
due to motion are kinetogenetic ; those due to a condition of temporary
statical equilibrium are statogenetic.

Osmotic processes in combination with surface tension and reciprocal
pressures developed against adjacent structures develop the most mani-
fold changes of configuration. If osmotic pressure is the same in every
direction williin a cell or a mass of cells, a spherical figure results such as
that of Volvox. If, on the other hand, the equal internal pressures are
antagonized from without by unequal pressures at diflerent points corre-
sponding modifications of figure are developed. This is iliuslrdled in the
most manifold ways in the cells of plants and animals. Such modifica-
tions thus caused are largely statogenetic.

1893.] 1"* [Ryder.

If motions of hard parts upon each other tend to alter or deform the
modeling of the surface in a particular way, as seems to have been the
case with teeth, the process is kinetogenetic. If the basal part of the
conical surface of a pointed tooth have its enamel organ folded under
constraint during growth in a conical matrix into which it expands by
growth more rapidly at its basal region than the walls of this matrix ex-
pand, the result is partly kinetogenetic and partly statogenetic.

If the development of a blastoderm be conditioned by surface and in-
terfacial tension in such wise as to cause it to conform to the configuration
of double curvature of the yolk mass upon which it extends itself, the
result is mainly statogenetic. If an embryo be pressed down into the
blastoderm as the result of constraint from above during its growth, and
the surrounding non-embryonic area is thus caused to be reflected over it
more and more as growth of both embryo and blastoderm go on, an
amnion is developed. This process is kinetogenetic so far as the growth
and reflection of the blastoderm is concerned, but statogenetic in so far
as the permanent molding and retention of the figure of the amniotic cavity
is concerned. It fin-rays are fractured or segmented in a regular lashion
and in response to the exigencies of the motions of the tin, sucli a result
is kinetogenetic. If the calcifiable matrix developed about a notochordal
axis be regularly segmented at points alternating with the intervals be-
tween the myotomes by the agency of the motions to which such an axis
is subjected during use, the result is again kinetogenetic. If an originally
globular egg be distorted into an ovoidal body withiu a tubular oviduct
due to circular pressure, as happens in birds and insects, the result is
almost purely statogenetic. An empirical mathematical formula may
therefore be written for every variation in the shape of the common hen's
egg for a curve which shall account also for its shape.

If, as in the case of the double monsters developed in meroblastic eggs
due to karyokinetic disturbances, there is a strong iuterfacial tensional
attraction between the germ and yolk substance, it is impossible to shake
the first blastomeres apart as in the case of holoblasiic eggs, so that fused
embryos or monsters only can be produced from such meroblastic ova.
Such a result is statogenetic, that is, statical conditions in the meroblastic
egg so far override the ontogenetic processes that fused monsters only are
liere possible, whereas in holoblasiic ova in which the blastomeres can
be completely separated two or more distinct embryos can be produced
from what had begun its development as a single embryo.

So universal is this interference of the statical conditions of the plasma
of segmenting ova with the ontogenetic processes, that not a single meta-
zoan organism can be named the development of which is not thus marred
in some way or other. It is often a long time relatively after development
has begun that there is any obvious delineation of the embryo. In fact,
this cannot take place until the statical energies of surface-tension which
have kept the egg globular are overridden. In so far as the ontogeny of
any organism is mari-ed by statical conditions of energy-display, its em-

Ryder.] 1 ^^ [April 7,

bryonic form is also modified. lu so far as such statical interference
affects the figure of the organism tliej'^ are morphogenetic or form-deter-
mining. In so far the figure of a developing being is disturbed or modi-
fied by statical agencies its figure may be said to be subject to statogenetic
inrtuences. No existing larval form lias escaped the influence upon its
own shape of a constantly active statical etiuilibrium of its own substance.
There is, therefore, a constant struggle going on during development be-
tween the pliylogenetic and ontogenetic forces, determining the sequence
and relations of the successive cleavages of the egg and the statical equi-
libria that obtain amongst its several parts. Statogenetic processes are,
therefore, as constant and universal as the pliylogenetic and ontogenetic.
One may even go so far as to say that possibly the relations thus tending
to be established by statical conditions may tend to become transmissible
as hereditary tendencies. Such indeed is the view upheld by Prof. E. B.
Wilson in his remarkable paper on "The Cell-lineage of Nereis." * I have
myself seen no less than three consecutive recurrences of the same stati-
cal conditions in a fish egg, none of which can, for this reason, be defi-
nitely proved to be purely ontogenetic.

The lacetted eyes of insects are usually hexagonal, but not invariably
so. I have found triangular, quadrangular and hexagonal fjicets in the
eyes of Tachinus. Now these different forms are due to disturbances of
the statical conditions obtaining between the individual ommatidia during
growth of the eye. If the pressure is the same from every direction lat-
erally during growth, a cylindrical eye w^ould result. It the lateral pres-
sure is the same from six points at equal distances apart around each e5'e,
tlie regular hexagon will result; should any two opposite pairs of the six
pressures be less than tlie pressures from the other two pairs irregularities
in the hexagons'will appear. If cylinders are grouped so that the side of
every one touched the sides of six others, which may be done by bringing
their tops into rows in three directions, and if now each cylinder be in-
creased in diameter, there will be pressure developed in six directions
diverging at equal angles of 60° from one another, a hexagonal configura-
tion of tlie ends of the cylinders would ultimately result, provided thsy
were formed of plastic material. The same thing sometimes happuns
when a plastic and nearly homogeneous mass cools and contracts, when
cracks appear in the mass generally dividing it into pentagonal and hex-
agonal prisms, as happened in case of the cooling of intruded mass of
molten basalt in the Giant's Caus^eway in Ireland. A series of cylinders
arranged so that every one shall touch six others is also most economical
of space, and in the processes of growth is the natural result of a statical
equilibrium due to equal pressure from six directions in a plape. If a
series of cylinders be brought into rows in two directions only, and so as
to touch tlieir neighbors at only four points, quadrangular columns would
result were the diameter of every cylinder increased against four others,
provided all were composed of plastic material. In these ways have the

* Journ. Morphology, Vol. vi.

1893.] IJJ [Ryder.

vai-ious forms of the facets of the compound eyes of insects arisen. So
too the reciprocal marginal interference of the growth at six equidistant
points of the scutes of such forms as the extinct Glyptodonts, has devel-
oped in sucli scutes a hexagonal configuration. In these cases growth is
the kinetogenetic factor, and the statogenetic factor is the struggle to
bring about an equilibrium of marginal pressures during growth, as a
consequence of which a hexagonal figure results.

The development of a cylindrical form of the body is also a case where
an equilibrium is concerned that is largely statical in character. The
tense condition of its fluid-containing cavities, such as the alimentary
canal, will confer upon such an organ a cylindrical configuration ; so also
in the case of blood vessels. It is indeed probable that the very form of
the blood corpuscles or disks is discoidal in virtue of a statical equilibrium
of their substance within the fluid plasma in which they are immersed,
and that there is a double vortical flux of the substance of these disks
from the centre to the periphery on both faces, or the reverse. This vor-
tical flux is probably maintained by the exigencies of metabolism and calls
for the incessant exhibition of a tendency tow^ards a condition of statical
equilibrium. In this way we may conceive that the thousands of millions
of red blood disks coursing through our vessels are enabled to not only
maintain their flattened configurations, but to also thus greatly increase
the areas of their surfaces and be thus rendered more efflcient agents in
the processes of oxidation and deoxidation. Here is a statical condition,
as we may suppose, that has been adaplively developed through tiie
direct expenditure of energy, by the matter of the corpuscle itself. In
other words, our red blood corpuscles have, in the first place, and with
llie utmost probabilitj', acquired their present configuration ergogenetic-
ally. If this is true in the case of the blood disks of ourselves, it is prob-
ably also true of the blood disks of all other forms.

The globular form of the egg is a statically developed condition, so is
that of the more or less nearly globular morula and also of the blastula;
but in the latter internal osmotic pressure is also a factor. Even the brain
shows in its earliest form the tendency to develop as vesicles under stat-
ical conditions. Here its growth is the kinetogenetic factor, and the ten-
dency for the hemispheres to be at first globular vesicles is owing to the
statical influence of the substance composing their walls. Later, as these
vesicles grow, they press upon each other along the median line when they
present a flattened aspect towards one another from the operation of the
same causes, and we at last have developed the "hemispheres" of anato-
mists. In this way it results that a single somewhat globular body is
formed, made up of two halves. Under constraint within the membranous
cranial walls the latter conform to this pressure of the growing brain-
globe within and conform to its shape, so that a somewhat globular cra-
nium results. Following in detail the evolution of the fissures of the brain,
even these are developed kinetogenetically through growth ; the pallium
or cortex under restraint within the skull grows and shows a tendency to

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141. Z. PRINTED JUNE 30, 1893.

Kyder.] --UU [April 7,

liave its wall folded into ridges, with intervening fissures that tend, for
assignable mechanical laws, to join one anollier at an angle of 120°, as
first pointed out by the late Dr. A. J. Parker, and, as it seems to me, cor-
rectly attributed by him in part to ergogenetic influences. It may also be
sliown tliat the heart, in the course of its development, gives evidence of
being subject to the morphogenetic influence of ergogenJ^

The spiral or torsional form of many of the articuhir faces of the ends
of bones in the limbs of terrestrial vertebrates can probably be shown to
be associated with the development of torsional stress in locomotion.
That such torsional stress is actually developed during the locomotion of
terrestrial vertebrates has been conclusively proved by Prof. Allen from
a careful study of the work of Muybridge upon animal locomotion. Upon
every hand, therefore, there is evidence of structure that has been devel-
oped in conformity with the conditions of the expenditure of animal
energy. I have myself called attention to the fact that digital reduction
first began in the hind limbs or in those subjected to the greatest stress, in
leaping, b}' land vertebrates. The forelimbs show this tendency later and
in conformity with the fact that they cannot become the channel for the
dissipation of such large amounts of energy, impulsively, as the hind
ones. Digital reduction and specialization is therefore to be regarded as
having been induced and begun ergogenetically.

In the course of other work I have had occasion to call attention to the
fact that the foundations of the skeleton were in every case laid down in
certain comparatively inactive, or, as I have elsewhere expressed it, ameta-
bolic tracts. These tracts were either external, protective non-plasmic
envelopes or they were developed between the organs. In both cases
they tend to take the form of intercellular or circumcellular matrices, or
as matrices laid down between organs. Metabolism is nil in them every-
where because of the non-plasmic and the non-metabolic character of
their substance. Such matrices, therefore, present from the lowest pro-
tozoa up to the highest metozoa tolerance of inert foreign matters within
their substance. !Such matrices being colloid, they often attract inert cal-
careous or silicious matters that are held in solution in the circulating
fluids as deposits, just as such deposits are seized and held under labora-
tory and non-vital conditions by colloids in the presence of hypersaturated
solutions. In other words, there is here a tendency to revert to a statical
condition on the part of these inert salts, which thus lend to crystallize
within such a matrix and within the living body. These matrices are
thrown out as a protection, or as the result of irritation of cell tracts, or
to increase the volume of an organism ; the colloids of which they are
composed attract the inert calcareous or silicious salts that pass through
the living and adjacent plasma and a statical equilibrium is thus restored.
The skeletal maiilx thus calcifies, as we express it, whereas the trutli is
that «/e are probably dealing with a phenomenon that differs but little in
its essential nature Irom one that may be imitated in the laboratoiy. The
process is one that ultimately develops a st.ttical equilibrium when the

1S93.] -^^l [Rydor.

matrix is saturated witli inert silicious or calcareous materials. This may-
be especially well shown in regard to the wonderfully complex shells of
Radiolarians, Foraminifera, the spicules and skeletons of sponges, the
shells of the eggs of birds, the calcification of bone and cartilage, etc. I
therefore very much question whether there is a single skeletal structure
anywhere to be met with, the development of which does not take place
in some measure statogenetically. Especially is this true of the configur-
ation of the skeletons of such complex objects as Radiolarians, Foramin-
ifera, etc., where surface tension cooperating with the process of the
gradual statogenetic saturation of the matrix gives to them their wonderful
complexity and beauty. While such phenomena as those of the genesis
of the heterocercal or upwardly deflected condition of the axis in the tails
of fishes, or the downwardly deflected condition of the axis in Ichthyo-
sauri are almost purely kinelogenetic, tlie multiplicity of factors concerned,
statogenetic as well as ontogenetic and phylogenetic, must always be con-
sidered and each given its due weight and importance in achieving the
morphogeuetic result. That there is an absolute conflict between sta-
togeny and kiuetogeny on the one hand, and of phylogeny and ontogeny
on the other, in the case of the development of the ova of multicellular
forms admits of no doubt. All metazoa pass through larval stages in
which the statical condition of equilibrium of the plasma of the egg is
gradually, in a great measure, overridden by the hereditary energies rep-
resented by phylogeny and ontogeny. That there still remain traces of
the efiects of kinetogeny and statogeny in the adult organism cannot be
denied in view of the facts to be derived from the shapes of tissue ele-
ments, and even of organs, as the foregoing paragraphs show.

These few observations and reflections will, I think, at least make it
clear that the terms ergogeny, and its forms of kinetogeny and statogeny,
are justified, and that they stand for what constitutes a very important
part of the machinery of organic evolution, the generality and importance
of the influence of which is certainly not less than second to that of phy-
logeny and ontogeny. The energy factor or ergogeny left entirely out of
consideiation must therefore seriously cripple the symmetry and com-
pleteness of anj^ general theory of organic evolution.

Appendix.

The introductory chapters to Hasckel's great work on the Radiolaria,
forming part of the series of Cliallenger Reports, contains much that is
suggestive in relation to the subject of this paper. Also papers by Dreyer
and others in the Jenaisclie Zeitschrift, in reference to the ergogenetically
developed forms of the tests of Radiolarians, Rhizopodsand Foraminifera.
The botanists have long since appreciated t)ie importance of this subject,
and Eerthold's rrotoplasmechanik is an especially suggestive work. Sachs
lias also contributed to the subject. Much that is suggestive is also to be
found in the Principles of Biology of Herbert Spencer, though his facts

Ryder.] ^^^ [April 7,

are not invariably to be depended upon, owing to the very different inter-
pretations now to be given man,y of them. Papers by Cope on the me-
chanical development of the structure of the hard parts, teeth and joints,
are to be found in tlie Avierican Naturalint, Journal of Morphology and
Proc. Amcr. Philos. Soc. Prof. Hyatt has also published several import-
ant papers on this subject, especially in reference to Molluska. Suggest-
ive papers have also been published in this connection by Dr. W. H. Dall,
while Lang has considered the development of the shells of univalve
mollusks from a mechano-physiologlcal standpoint in his Lehrbuch d.
Vergleic7iende7i Anatomie.

Purely physical papers by Plateau, Mensbrugghe, Quincke and others
are also important as well as the experimental and biological results pub-
lished by O. Biitschli and H. Virchow.

The subjoined list of papers by the author of the foregoing paper em-
braces the principal part of wliat he has published upon the ergogenelic
development of morphological characters in the animal kingdom :

On the Laws of Digital Reduction, Am. Naturalist, 1877, pp. 603-607.

Nature, xvii, 1877, p. 128.

On the Mechanical Genesis of Tooth-forms, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences,
Philadelphia, 1878, pp. 45-80 (Abstr. by C. N. Peirce).

Dental Cosmos, xx, 1878, pp. 465-472.

Further Notes on the Mechanical Genesis of Tooth-forms, Proc. Acad.
Nat, Sciences, Philadelphia, 1879, pp. 47-51. Review of by E. D. Cojie,
Am. Naturalist, 1879, pp. 446-449.

On the Origin of Bilateral Sj^rametry and the Numerous Segments of
the Soft Rays of Fishes, Am. Naturalist, xiii, 1879, pp. 41-43.

The Gigantic Extinct Armadilloes and Their Peculiarities, With a Res-
toration, Pop. Sci. Monthly, xiii, pp. 139-145. 4 figs. [Discusses the
mechanical genesis, degeneration, and coalescence of vertebral centra.]

The Significance of the Diameters of the Incisors of Rodents, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1877, pp. 314-318.

On the Position of the Yolk-blastopore as Determined by the Size of
the Vitellus, Am. Naturalist, 1885, pp. 411-415.

On the Availability of Embryological Characters in the Classification
of the Chordata, Am. Naturalist, 1885, pp. 815-819 and 903-907.

On the Genesis of the Extra Terminal Phalanges in the Cetacea, Am.
Naturalist, 1885, pp. 1013-1016.

An Outline of a Theory of the Development of the Unpaired Fins of
Fishes, Am. Naturalist, 1885, pp. 90-97.

The Origin of the Amnion, Am. Naturalist, 1886, pp. 179-185.

On the Origin of Heterocercy, etc., Ann. Rep. U. S. Com. of Fish and
Fisheries for 1884, pp. 981-1085, PI. ix, 18S6.

A Theory of the Origin of Placental Types, etc.. Am. Naturalist, 1887,
pp. 780-784.

'On the Homologies and Early History of the Limbs of Vertebrates,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1887, pp. 344-386.

1»93.] ^^''J [Ryder.

On the Development of the Cetacea, etc., A.nn. Rep. U. S. Com. of
Fish and Fisheries for 1885, pp. 427-485, PI. iii, 1887.
' A Physiological Theory of the Calcification of the Skeleton, Proc. Am.
Philos. Society, xxvi, 1889, p. 9.

The Polar Difierentiaiion of Volvox, etc.. Am. Naturalist, 1889, pp.
218-221.

The Quadrate Placenta of Sciurus Jiudsofiius, Am. Naturalist, ]889,
pp. 271-274.

The Origin of Sex, etc., Proc. Am. Philos. Society, xxviii, 1890, pp.
109-159.

The Placentation of the Hedgehog and Phylogeny of the Placenta,
Am. Naturalist, 1890, pp. 376-378.

A Geometrical Representation of the Relative Intensity of the Conflict
Between Organisms, Am. Naturalist, 1892, pp. 923-929.

On the Mechanical Genesis of the Scales of Fishes, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sciences, Philadelphia, 1892, pp. 219-224.

The Principle of the Conservation of Energy in Biological Evolution ;
A Reclamation and Critique, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia,
1892, pp. 455-468.

The Inheritance of Modifications Due to Disturbances of the Early
Stages of Development, Especially in the Japanese Domesticated Races of
Gold-carp, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1893, pp. 75-94.

The Mechanical Genesis of the Form of the Fowl's Egg.

By John A. Ryder.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, April 21, 1S93.)

The configuration of the outline of the hen's egg is determined appar-
ently by mechanical means while the egg-membranes and shell are in
process of formation within the oviduct.

The conditions, after the passage of the ovum or yolk proper into the
oviduct, seem to he about as follows :

1. In the upper part of the oviduct the albumen is laid down upon the
yolk by the activity of the albumen-secreting structures forming the wall
of the duct. This albumen is laid down in successive layers, as is proved
by the structure of the albumen and chalazse, when these are coagulated
by heat and then cut into thin sections. This lamination of the albumen is a
result of the mechanical relations that the yolk sustains to the surrounding
albumen-secreting surfaces, and this structure of the albumen is mechan-
ically caused. The chalazae are produced as the first deposits of albumen
in the oviduct behind and in advance of the yolk. The twisting of the
chalazffi is mechanically caused fur the reason that the twist of the chalaza

Ryder.] ^^4 [April 21,

at opposite poles of the yolk is in opposite directions. This could not
occur except under conditions of rotation of the yolk or true egg during
the early steps of its passage down the oviduct. The lamiuie of the cha-
laz;c are in a continuous spiral scroll such as is developed by a thin lam-
ina rolled upon itself, such as a scroll of paper. This would seem to
prove that a rotation of the forming egg was necessary in order to give
rise to the phenomena described.

2. The membrana putaminis is deposited in the lower portion of the
oviduct. Its fibres are cemented together where they cross one another,
showing that they must be formed in a plastic condition. The putaminis,
moreover, is laminated, showing that, like the yolk, it is a secretion, the
laminiie of which are deposited in succession. It finally covers the entire
egg and albumen as a secondary egg envelope, and possesses certain char-
acteristic traits of figure, firmness and elasticity.

3. From the beginning of the process of tlie development of the sec-
ondary egg envelopes in the oviduct there is circular constraint around
the yolk and albumen owing to the tubular shape of the oviduct
itself. The walls of the latter, press upon the contained egg somewhat
after the manner of a broad elastic girdle. This pressure around the egg
elongates the whole mass in the direction of the long axis of the oviduct.
If this pressure of tiie elastic walls of the oviduct were not associated
with peristalsis of the oviduct, in other words, were the forming egg to
remain at rest within the duct, it would be deformed only from a spherical
to an elliptical figure. This restraint is least at the ends of the mass
where it tends to be extended into the lumen of the duct. This elastic
annular compression of the forming egg within the oviduct may be re-
garded as the true cause of the deformation of the hen's egg towards a
stable elliptical configuration, while still in the plastic state.

4. After the completion of the membrana putaminis a third homogeneous
laj'er is deposited upon the latter in which the shell is formed. This shelly
deposit consists at first of isolated circular nodules of calcareous matter,
that only become fused together at a late stage of their deposition ; when in
fact they commence to become crowded against one another and pressed into
close contact as they enlarge from within outward. Previous to this fusion
the shell is flexible, if an egg is prematurely laid with an imperfect shell, as
every farmer's boy knows. After the fusion of these minute calcareous
plates the shell becomes rigid, as seen in a fully matured egg. It is probable
that a certain ditferential of pressure has been maintained at opposite ends
of the egg during the formation ofthe membrana putaminis, the matrix of the
sliell, and the shell itself that is instrumental in giving to the hen's egg
and birds' eggs in general their particular forms. This differential of pres-
sure at opposite sides of the elastic girdle formed round the egg by the
oviduct is caused by the physiological necessity of propelling the egg
down the oviduct, or, in otlier words, is due to tlie fact that the egg is
moved along by forces developed within the wall of the oviduct itself.
As this difi'erential of pressure increases on one of the sides of the oviducal

1893.]

205

[Ryder.

girdle round the egg will tlie form of the Litter depart more and more
widely from the figure of a true ellipse and become more and moreovoidaj
or egg-shaped.

The problem of the development of the figure of the hen's egg is one
that may be very easily dealt with mathematically. In fact, judging from
the great variety of variations of form presented by eggs it is probable that
a different equation would be required for every case, thus showing that
the forces operative in the process were themselves variable, a result
which is a priori most probable. The pressure preventing the passage of
the elliptical mass down through an elastic tube must be developed

largely in the form of friction, and the resistance of the walls of the ovi-
duct to dilation. To overcome this a greater pressure must be exerted on
the elliptical egg-mass at a point above its minor axis thanbelow the latter.
This will tend to squeeze part of its substance, since it is at last enclosed
in an elastic capsule before shell formation takes place, into the lower or
larger end of the mass. In this way the ovoidal form of the egg seems to
have first arisen. The mechanism by which this is accomplished can,
liowever, be best understood by means of a diagram showing the manner
and conditions under which the forces involved cooperate.
If the wall of the oviduct Oo is supposed to conform to the shape of

Ryder.] ■^^^ [April 21,

tl>e egg and to be clo«e(l in front and behind it. in a longitudinal section
of the egg in place in tlie oviduct, we should obtain a diagram* somewhat
liiie tiie foregoing. The major axis of tlie egg coincides with x, which pro-
duced is also coincident with the closed lumen of the oviduct. Tlie minor
axis ?/ is transverse to the oviduct. If it is sought to move the egg within
the oviduct, dilated as it is, at the point where the egg lies, a certain pro-
pulsive force must be developed annularly by the circular fibres in the
wall of the duct. This requires that the force exerted from x' to y shall
be greater than that exerted from x to y, else the egg will not be moved
along X in the direction of e. This implies that the annular muscular coat
in the wall of the oviduct shall contrrict with greater energy from x' to
p tlian from x to y, but as a matter of fact tiie egg is not elliptical so that
the major axis x is cut into unequal parts, x' o and o x by the axis ?/.
Since tliis true, if the annular muscular coat of Oo be of the same thick-
ness tiiroughout its length by the verj^ conditions which now obtain in
respect of the statical equilibrium of the figure of the egg, it would, upon
the simultaneous contraction of those parts of the wall of the oviduct in
contact with it, be impelled down the latter, or in the direction of e. We
stated above, however, that so long as the egg contents were not confined
to a rigid envelope and wei'e at rest within the duct that the figure of
equilibrium would be an elliptical one through the long axis x of the
mass. Now this is just what does not happen and we can only seek tlie
cause for such a departure from the elliptical figure in the added propel-
ling force which must be applied at one side of y in order that the mass
may be moved at all. If the fluid mass is not rigid the very application
of the greater force on one side of y will cause the elliptical figure of the
longitudinal section of the mass at rest to pass into an ovoidal one the in-
stant the mass is put into motion. This simple statement of the facts as
to the conditions which obtain will make it self-evident that the force
which causes an egg to become ovoidal within the oviduct is developed as
a differential of force manifested between two immediately adjacent an-
nular segments of the duct and on opposite sides of y.

The geometrical demonstration of this fact is so simple that it will pre-
sent no difficulty to any one familiar with the rules of elementary geometry.
If two lines a' a and b' b be drawn parallel to x through ?/, so as to toucli
at either end the outline of the semicircumference of the egg and ordi-
nates be then erected, as ac' and b c' and a' c" and b' c", four rectangles
will be formed which will completely exhibit the quantitative antagonism
of the forces developed symmetriciilly upon either side of y or of x. The
two rectangles, a' d' c" o and b' d" c" o are greater in area than the rec-
tangles a d' c' 0 and b d" c' o on the other side of y. Tlie sum of the
diagonals a' o and b' o of the first pair to the left is greater than that of
a. 0 and b o oi the second pair to the right of y, therefore the sum of the
former as representing the propelling energy developed by the pressure

'This diagram has been constructed from the outline of a hen's egg very carefully
I)lotted. It therefore represents an actual contour.

1893 ] -^^ < I Ryder.

of the oviduct from x' to y must be greater tlian the sum of the first pair
representing the resistance developed by the walls of the oviduct from
y to X. It is this diflFerence of annular pressure thus developed between
x' and y along the curve and y and x along the remainder of the same
curve that is responsible not only for the energy which propels the egg
along the oviduct, but which also deforms it while in a plastic condition,
before rigid membranes are deposited over it, and causes it to permanently
assume the ovoidal figure so familiar to every one in the form of the hen's

Pursuing the analysis further, the composition of forces developed from
x' to y would take the direction c. Those from y to x would take the di-
rection d. A similar set would be developed from the two inferior quad-
rants below x, but these we may neglect, since they are of the same value
exactly as the pair of antagonistic energies already considered and devel-
oped above the axis x. Since c > d the tendency will be for the mass to
be propelled in the direction of e and there will thus be a second compo-
sition of antagonistic forces in the direction ofe which will not only propel
the egg along the oviduct, but also tend to deform the egg-mass prior to
its becoming encased in a rigid egg-shell.

The development of the figure of the eggs of birds is therefore in all
probability a purely dynamical problem or one in which energy is applied
in a definite manner to the plastic surface of a mass in statical equilibrium
within the oviduct. The moment motion is set up to propel the egg
through tbe duct the forces operative in determining the figure of the as
yet unformed shell depend upon the physiological activity and condition
of tone of the muscular walls of the oviduct which must first deposit the
membrana putaminis, the figure of which as a somewhat elastic closed
membrane is determined as here supposed. This in turn definitely deter-
mines the figure of the shell, which is deposited upon it. In this way it
can be shown that the interplay of energies developed by the soft parts or
oviduct have determined the conformation of a hard part or of the shell.

The shell itself is, however, deposited by a process involving the devel-
opment of a statical equilibrium which is finally satisfied when the devel-
opment of the shell has been completed. What is meant here is that the
shell-matrix is a non-cellular colloidal body which has a strong attraction
for soluble, inert, earthy substances such as lime salts, circulating in the
fluids of the bodj'. These being particularly abundant, partly as excreta,
in the vicinity of the cloaca, near which the shell of the eggs of birds is
formed, the source of the supply of these matters is not far to seek. These
soluble but inert salts are attracted by this colloidal matrix which they
finally saturate when the shell may be said to be completed.

The shell of the eggs of birds has therefore probably been developed
statogeneticaliy, while the figure of the shell has been developed kineto-
cenetically. Both factors are, however, ergogenetic, that is, form and
structure has here been developed by the expenditure of energy.

Tliat there has been great variation in the mode of exhibition of the

PROC. AMEE. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141. 2 A. PRINTED JUNE 30, 1893.

Ryder.] ^^8 [^prji 2],

kinetogeiietic factor in the development of the shells of eggs is proved by
the fact that the latter vary in form very widely. So much is this the
case that a distinctly different algebraic formula would have to be worked
out for every variation of the form and size of eggs laid by even the same
bird. If the very slight disturbances of the counterpoise of the energies
on either side of the axis y which condition and determine the figure of
such a body as a hen's egg are sufficient to produce the remarkable vari-
ations which we may see by the thousand in any marketplace, how slight
must be the disturbances of the interplay of the living energies tliat need
to be set up in living bodies in order to produce the endless number of
variations that they present. If the figure of the hen's egg is dependent
upon the mode and condition of the equilibration of forces developed
within an oviduct, what reason is there to doubt that plastic organisms
are so modified, only in ways a thousand times more complex and difficult
to unravel and explain.

The application of the principle here developed is very extensive. It
applies also to an evplanation of the oval and ovoidal forms of the eggs
of many animals that are manifestly due to causes operating in much the
same way. Those of many insects at once occur as a case in point. The
elongated blastocysts of mammals growing under a condition of annular
constraint within a tubular uterus or uterine tubule are other cases that
illustrate the same doctrine. The foregoing discussion also clearly ex-
plains why it is that the blunt end of the hen's egg comes down the ovi-
duct as its foremost portion and not the sharp end, as one would be led to
suppose, were it not positively established that such is not the case.* It also
makes it evident that variations in the figure of the eggs of birds are due
to the exhibition of varying quantities of energy and to different condi-
tions of activity of the walls of the oviduct during the formation of the
secondary egg envelopes, in the thus protracted process of oviposition.

One may be further permitted to surmise that in its nearly completed
state in the oviduct that the prolonged and at first voluntary retention of
the egg in the latter by the parent distinctly tended to cause the deposit of
the third and last homogeneous matrix into which calcareous infiltration
occurred automatically as suggested above. The retention of the egg in
the oviduct caused it to act as an irritant when a second and last basement
membrane, the matrix of the future shell, was thrown down in the ovi-
duct comparable to that of the basement membrane or zona deposited
around the ovum as the vitelline membrane in the ovarian follicle. Tlie
evolution of the eggshell itself may, therefore, with the utmost show of prob-
ability, be traced to a voluntary and more or less intelligent desire of the
female parent to protect its potential ofispring for a time within her own
body. In carrying out this protective instinct which preceded the habit
of nest-building, concealment or burial of the whole laying was resorted
to, as still practiced by reptiles, such as alligators and turtles. The entire
brood or nestful were also at first laid at once and concealed, and a

* The evidence for tins was first adduced by Nathiisius, Zoolog. Anzcigcr, Vol. viii.

1893.] ZOJ [Ryder.

crude egg-burrow only, without subsequent parental care, as in the case
of Pityophis, was constructed. We can thus understand that the often
elaborate and intelligent nest-building habits of Aves were preceded
by the far cruder and hastier and simpler nesting habits of the Reptilia,
which, on account of the phylogenetic relations between the two groups,
should, on a priori grounds, be the case.

The origin of the eggshell of the eggs of birds and reptiles may there-
fore be traced to physiological causes acting automatically under the con-
trol of those instincts or intelligent eftorts at self-preservation and
protection extended by the parent to the young even wiiile still in the form
of the outwardly and apparently quiescent condition of the egg. The pro-
longed retention of the eggs in the oviducts must have begun in reptiles
where the whole laying of a season is found to occupy the oviducts atone
time. Such prolonged retention would distinctly tend to develop a shell
owing to the operation of agencies that we can in a great measure trace
and specify as above. Such a retention of the ova within the oviduct for
a period would also distinctly tend to develop the amniote placental and
viviparous forms of development, provided the retention of the eggs was
from any cause prolonged. There is, in fact, much evidence to indicate
that eggshells or secondaiy egg envelopes were, in the first place, evolved
because of the prolonged retention of the eggs within the oviduct by the
wary female for purposes of protection. Such a prolonged retention of the
eggs in the oviduct was only the prelude to the evolution of placental
viviparity and to the highest forms of parental care as exemplified in the
human species. Both processes were, therefore, adaptive as they were
also manifestly superposed in the order of their development. The
mechanical genesis of the amnion was begun in fishes, and was completed
amongst higher forms. Its conditions have been in part traced by the
present writer and Dr. T. W. Shore. In the same way the successive
steps of the evolution of the allantois may be traced. It may accordingly
be shown that the lines of demarcation between egg-laying and vivip-
arous vertebrates are in large measure arbitrary, and that if the evolution
of these processes be carefully studied, direct and obvious connections
can be established between both. Not only is this the fact, but there also
now exist sufficient data to establish upon a tolerably firm foundation the
doctrine that the various types of placentation are developed as the results
of direct mechanical and physiological adaptation. The evidence for this
appears quite as clear as that which has been adduced above in regard to
the dynamical method and mechanical conditions under which the form of

Baur.] -^10 [May 5,

Not(s on the Classification and Taxonomy of the Testudinata.

By G. Baur, University of Chicago.
(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 5, 1S03.)

I. The TypE op Hydtiomedusa tectifera Cope, with General Ob-
servations ox THE Genus Hydromedusa and the Classifica-
tion OF the Pleurodika.

Through the kindness of Prof. E. D. Cope, I have received for examina-
tion the type specimea of Hydromedusa tectifera Cope. The carapace is
totally different from that figured by Boulenger * as Hydromedusa tectifera.

1. Osteological Differences. — In the diagnosis of Hydromedusa Boulenger
states the number of neural bones as seven, and in the figure mentioned
seven are shown. In the type specimen there are only six neural bones,
allowing pleuralia 7 and 8 to meet in the middle line. The neurals are
much more slender than in the specimen figured by Boulenger. The first
neural is 39 mm. long and extends to the second pleural, excluding neu-
rale 2 from pleurale 1. The first neural measures 6 mm. in front and 15
mm. behind. The second neural is only in connection with pleurale 2.
The sixth neural bone is placed between the fifth and sixth pleuralia. The
pleuralia C do not meet in the middle line, but are separated by the sixth
neural and the seventh pleural of the right side, which touches the sixth
pleural of the left. The first peripheral (marginal bone) is completely
excluded from the second pleural ; it is placed between the nuchal and
the second peripheral. Notwithstanding the carapace measures over
curve 29 cm. in length, it is not fully ossified ; there are small fontanelles
on the side between the pleurals and peripherals and also between the
plastron and the peripherals.

2. Differences in the Dermal Shields. — The first vertebral shield is very
much longer than broad (58 mm. : 31 mm.); where it meets tiie posterior
cervical shield it is 32 mm. broad ; the breadth of the posterior end of the
second cervical shield is 68 mm. There cannot be any doubt that the
specimen figured by Boulenger as U. tectifera belongs to a diflerent
species from the type. What name it ought to receive I am unable to de-
termine.

Boulenger considers the specimen figured by Waglerf as Hydromedusa
maximiliani and that figured by Peters % under the same name as identi-
cal species, which he also considers as H. tectifera.

I'here seems to be no doubt that the specimens figured by Peters and Wag-

* Boulenger, G. A., Catalogue of the Chelonians, London, 1S89, p. 211.

+ WaLfler, Job., Natiirliches Si/slrm dcr Amphibien, PI. iii, Fig. 25-42, 1830.

J Peters, W., " Zur Osteologie dor Ilydromedusa maximiliani," itilll. Arrhiv., 1?39, pp. 280-
2^9, PI. xiv. I may mention here that this paper originally api)earod as Peters' Disserta-
tio Inauguralis, under the title " Observationes ad Anatomiam Cheloniorum," with one
plate (Berolini, 1838).

1893.1 ^-'--L IBaur.

ler belong to two different species. This is at once seen from the structure
of the squamosal and frontal.

In the specimen of Peters the posterior ends of the frontals are very
slender and not connected with the very slender inner branches of the
squamosals. In the specimen of Wagler the posterior ends of the frontals
are well developed and united with the inner branches of the squamosals.
There is a frontosquamosal arch in Wagler's specimen, but there is only a
supraoccipito-squamosal arch in the specimen of Peters.

Unfortunately, the skull of the type of Hydromedusa tectifera Cope is
not preserved, and it is therefore impossible to determine whether one of
the specimens figured by Peters and Wagler belongs to this species. In
spite of the papers of Dr. Giinther and Boulenger on the subject, it is
now again as undecided as ever. Further studies have to decide about it.

The characters of the genus Hydromedusa Wagler. The skull of Hy-
dromedusa shows a peculiarity which separates it widely from its allied
forms, Chelys and Chelodina. In Hydromedusa the posterior nasal open-
ings are of enormous size and the pterygoids form their posterior and inner
border. In other words, the palatines have no inner process at all to con-
nect the vomer (Peters). This seems important enough to place Hydro-
medusa in a separate family, Eydromedusidm, with the following charac-
ters :

Hy dromed usidw.

A slender parieto squamosal-, or supraoccipito-squamosal arch. Posterior
nasal openings bounded by maxillary, palate, pterygoid and vomer; frontals
double; nasals free ; premaxillary double.

I also propose to establish separate families for both C/ielys and Chelo-
dina, with thefollowing characters :

ChelyidcB.

A strong parieto -squamosal arch. Posterior nasal openings bounded by
maxillary, palate and vomer ; frontals double, no free nasals ; premaxillary
single.

ChelodinidcB.

No parieto -squamosal arch nor supraoccipito-squamosal arch. Posterior
nasal openings bounded by maxillary, palate and vomer ; frontal single,*
nasals free ; premaxillary double.

The other genera of the Chelyidoe, in the sense of Boulenger, are :

Rhinemysf Wagler, 1830 = Phrynops Wagler, 1830=Hydraspis (Blgr.)
-j- Rhinemys (Blgr.).
Platemys Wagler, 1830.

• Baur, G., " The Pelvis of the Testudinata," Jnurn. Morph., Vol. iv, 1891, p. 352.
fBaur, G., "Note on the Genera Hydraspis and Rhinemys," Am. Nat., May, 1890,
p. 485,

IJaur.] -"^1-^ [May ft,

Emydura Bonaparte, 1836.*

EUeya {QvAy part, 18(57) Boulenger, 18S9.

These I place all in one family which I call Rhinemydidm.

Rhinemydidm.

A slender or broad parieto-squamos%l arch. Posterior nasal openings
bounded by maxillary, palate and vomer ; frontal double ; nasals free ; pre-
maxillary double.

The ChelyicUe, ChelodiuidiB, Rhiaemydidae and Hydromedusidoe form
one natural group of the Pleurodira, which has been already established
by me in 1887,f but without proper name. I propose to call it

Chkltoidea. X

Fifth and eighth cervical vertebrce biconvex ; no m,esoplastron ; no quad-
ratojugal; vomer present and complete.

The second group of the Pleurodira, which contains the families Pelo-
medusidfe and Podocnemididae, may be called

Pelomedusoidea.

Second cervical biconvex ; a mesoplastron ; quidratojugal present ; vomer
rudimentary or absent.

PelomedusidcB.

Quadratojugal without connection with parietals.
Pdomedusa Wagl., Sternothmrus (Bell) Gra3\

PodocnemididcB.

Quadratojugal in connection with parietals.
Podocnemis Wagler; Pcltocephalus, Dum. and Bibr.
Erymnochelys Baur.g

Intermediate Extinct Family Bothremydidm.}

Vomer well developed ; no free nasal bones ; dentaries coossified ; small
mesoplastron present.
January 16, 1893.

* This genus was proposed bj' Bonaparte, in 1S36, in his Chelonioram Tabula Analytica,
p. 7, and njt in 1838, Arch. f. Nat, i, p. liO, as stated by Boulenger.

fBaur, G., " Osteologisc lie Notizeu iiber Reptilien," Fortsetzung, ii, Zool. Anz., No. 214,
1887, p. 101.

I In the Zool. Anz , No. 285, 1388, 1 liad given the names Amesoplastralia and Mesoplas-
Iralia to the two groups, among which I placed at this time several fossil forms which
do not belong there.

jBaur, G., " The Gensra of the Podocnemididoe," Am. Nat., May, 1890, p. 483 (Zool. Anz.,
No. 285, 1883; No. 296, 1888;.

IIBaur, G., "Notes on Some Little Known American Fossil Tortoises," Phila. Ac. Kat.
Sci., 1891, p. 424.

1S93] ^lO [Bam.

II. Notes on Some Types of the Testudtnata Collected by Spix
AND Preserved in the Zoological Museum at Munich.

Rhinemys. — In my note on the genera Hydraspis and Rhinemys {Am.
Naturalist, May, 1890), I have staled that the number of the neuralia in
Rhinemys rufipes Spix, the type of Rhinemys, was not yet known. I
have now examined tlie type specimen and have found that the number
is seven. All the pleural ia 1-7 are separated by the neurals ; the pleu-
ralia 8 alone are in contact.

Emys erythroeephala Spix, 1834.

An examination of the type specimen shows that this species is identi-
cal wiih Podocnemis vnifilis Troschel, 1818 ; the name Podocnemis erythro-
cepluiia has therefore to be used.

Emys amazonica Spix, 1824.

This species is nothing but the Podocnemis sextuherculata Cornalia and
the Bartlettia pitipii Gray, and the name Podocnemis amazonica has to be
used therefor. The skull shows so considerable difterenccs from the other
species, of Podocnemis that it seems justified to accept Gray's generic
term Bartlettia for this form.

The type specimen has six neuralia ; in the specimen figured by Bou-
lenger seven are present.

I have to state here that these facts were fully brought out already by
the late Prof v. Siebuld. The labels written by him give Spix's original
names and Troschel's and Gray's names are added respectively.

I am greatly indebted to Prof R. Hertwig for the permittance to exam-
ine these interesting types and to Inspector Will for assistance given
during the examination.

JMuxchen, August 1, 1892.

III. The Genera of the Trionyciiid.e.

The generic name Trionyx was established by E. GeoftVoy St. Hilaire
in 1809* (or 1808 f). Schweigger :j; had introduced the name Amydam a
MS. handed to the French Instilut in 1809.

Geoflroy mentions the following species :

Trionyx subj^lanus Geoftr.

" mgyptiacus Geoffr., Testudo triunguis Forskal.
" stellatus Geoffr., Testudo cartilaginea Boddaert.
" cariiiatus Geoffr., one of the American species.

*Geoffroy St. Hilaire, E., " Memoire sur les Tortues molles, iiouveau genre sous le noiu
de Trionyx et sur la formation ties Carapaces," Ann. Mas. Paris, xiv, 1S09, pp. 1-20, 1^1. 1-5

tGeoftroy St. Hilaire, E., "Sur les tortues molles," Paris Hoc. Phil. Bull., i, 1808, pp,
833-367 (not seen).

I Schweigger, " Prodromus monographise Chelouiorum," KiJnigsbergcr Archiv. fiir
Katurw. and Math., Bd. i, Kouigsberg, 1812, pp. 271,^272.

Baur.] ^11 [May 5,

Trionyx javaniciis Geoffr., Testudo cartilaginea Bocklaert.
" coromnndelicus Geoffr., 7'es(udo punctata Laccpede.
" georgicus Greoffr., 2'estudo ferox Schneidei:
" euphraticus Geoflfr., Testudo euphratica Daudin.

In 1830 Wagler* divided the genus 'Trionyx Geoffr. into two genera —
Trionyx and Aspidonectes.

Asjndonectes is thus characterized : "Thorax cartilagine flexibili limba-
tus ; digiti tres palm;e planta?queunguiculati ; " and the following species
are named : Trionyx mgyptiacus Geoffr., Trionyx javanicus Geoffr., I'es-
tudo ferox Penn., Trionyx muticus Les., 'Trionyx earinatus Geoffr.

Trionyx is characterized thus : "Thorax limbo osseo mobili auctus ;
digiti Aspidouectis ;" and the single species Testudo jmnctata L-Acip. is
noted.

One year later, in 1831, Gray f divides also the genus Trionyx Geoffroy
in two divisions — Trionyx and Emyda. Among Trionyx he names
T. ferox Merr., 1\ muticus Les., T. cegyptiucus Geoffr., T. indicus Gray,
1\ hurum Gray, T javanicus Geoffr., T suhplanus Geoffr., T. eupfiraticzts
Geoffr. Among Emyda he names Trionyx (Emyda) punctata Lacep.

The characters of Trionyx are : "The margin of the shields cahilagin-
ous and the sternum narrow." Those of Emyda: " Margin of the siiield
with a series of small bones in front and behind; limbs covered, when
withdrawn, by the valves on the side of the sternum."

It is evident that Trionyx Gray is the same as Aspidonectes Wagler, and
Emyda Gray the same as Trionyx Wagler ; the name Emyda Gray can
therefore not be admitted. Besides the name Emyda had already been
used by Rafinesque {Analyse de la Nature, Palerme, 1815, p. 75) for Emys
Dum. A few months later Gray |: published a "new edition " of his
Synopsis Reptilium. He now separates Emyda com.pletely as a distinct
genus from Trionyx. Meanwhile he had seen Wagler's paper, and he
states in the Additions and Corrections, p. 78, " Dr. Wagler keeps the
generic name of 'Trionyx for my Emyda and uses that of Aspidonectes for
my Trionyx.''

In 1833, Bonaparte ^ follows Wagler, using Trionyx and Aspidonectes.

In 1835, Dumeril et Bibron || propose the new names Oymnopus for
Aspidonecttsy^dg\{iY and Cryptopus for Trionyx Wagler, which, of course,
cannot be accepted.

• Wagler, Dr. Joh., NatiirlicheH System der Ampliibien, Miincheti, Stuttgart uiid Tiibingeii,
1830, p. 134.

•fGray, J. E., " A Synopsis of the Species of the Class Reptiliu," pp. IS, 19, Appendi.^ to
Vol. i.K of Griffith's .Anwicti Kingdom, London, 1831.

i Gray, John Edward, Synopsis Reptilium; or, Short Descriptions of the Species oj' Reptiles,
Parti, "Calaptracta," Londou, 1831, pp. 44-50.

§ Bonaparte, C. L., Saggio el'una Distribuzioiie Melodica degli Animali Vertebrali a Sangue
Freddo, Koma, 1832, p. 13.

II Dumeril, M. C, et G. Bibron, Espetologie Generak, Paris, 1835, Vol. ii, pp. 472, 499.

1893.] -J^^J ir.aur.

Fitzinger divides, ia 1836,* the genus Trionyx into five sections :
Section 1. Trionyx, s. str.

" 3. Aspidonectes.

" 3. Platypeltis.

" 4. FelocUscus.

" 5. Amyda.

The characters of Trionyx, s. str., are : "Ossicula marginalia distincta.
Os cervicale vertebralibus conjunctuni, in tola superficic rugosum. Ossa
costalia postica contigua." This section contains T. granosus Schweigg.
{T. punctata Lac.)-

The characters of Aspidonectes are : " Ossicula marginalia nulla. Os
cervicale vertebralibus conjunctum, in tota superficic rugosum. Ossa
costalia postica contigua." (" Vertebralia septem ; costalia utringue
octo.") This section contains T. javanicus Geoffr., T. cegyptiacus Geofl'r.,
T. Jiurum Gray, T. indicus Gray.

The characters of Platypeltis are: "Ossicula marginalia nulla. Os
cervicale vertebralibus conjunctum, in medio tantum rugosum. Ossa
costalia postica contigua." ("Vertebralia sex, costalia utringue sep-
tem.") This section contains T. brogniarti Schweigg., T. ferox Schweigg.

The characters of Pdodiscus are : " Ossicula marginalia nulla. Os cer-
vicale a vertebralibus separatum, in medio tantum rugosum. Ossa cos-
talia postica contigua." This section contains T. sinensis Wigm., 7'. la-
bi'itas Bell.

The chuvsLCters of Amyda are: "Ossicula marginalia nulla. Os cervi-
cale a vertebralibus separatum, in medio tantum rugosum. Ossa costalia
postica interposito vertebralibus discreta." This section contains T. sub-
planus Geoffr., T. muticus Lesueur, T. euphraticus Geoffr.

Bonaparte J follows mainly Fitzinger, but uses the generic names
Amyda Schweigg. and Trionyx Wagler.
"Amyda Schweigg.

f Ossa costalia postica contigua.

1. Aspidonectes Fitz.

2. Platypeltis Fitz.

3. Pelodiscus Filz.

ff Ossa costalia postica interposito vertebralibus discreta.

4. Amyda, Fitz.
Trlonyx Wagler."

In 1844, Gray § gave the following synopsis of the genera :
"A. Sternum broad, wiih valves over the feet. The margin of the shield
supported by bones.
1. Emyda. Head moderate, sternal callosities five

* Fitzinger, Leopold, " Eutwurf einer sj-stematischen Anordnung der Scliildkriiten,"
Ann. Wien. Mas , i, 1836, pp. 119, 120, 127.

Bonaparte, C. L., Chdoniorum Tabula Analytica, RcQiffi, 1836.
§ Catalogue of the Tortoises, Crocodiles and Amphisbxnians, London, 1814, p. 46.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141. 2 B. PRINTED JUNE 29, 1893.

Baur.] Jib [May 5,

B. Sternum narrow at each end. The margin of the shiekl expanded,
flexible, thin. Sternal callosities four.

2. Tyrse. Head moderate, ovate, narrow in front ; lips thin. Ribs

eight pair, forming a disk with the vertebrae when young.

3. Dogania. Head very large, dilated behind, narrow in front ; lips

thin. Ribs eight pair, not united in a solid disk until late in
life.

4. Chitra. Head dilated behind, broad and short in front ; lips very

large, swollen. Ribs eight pair.

5. Trionyx. Head moderate, ovate, narrow in front. Ribs seven

pair."

The following species are placed with the different genera :

Einyda — E. punctata, E. seuegalensis.

Tyrse — T. gangetica, T. javanica, T. perocellata, T. nilotica, T. rafeht.

Dogania — D. subplana.

Chitra — Ch. indica.

Trionyx — T. ferox, T. muticus.

Gray did not accept Fitzioger's classification, because, he says, the
characters given by him "alter with the age of the animals" (p. 50).

It may be noted here that in 1843 Fitzinger* had separated the Aspido-
nectes javanicus Wagl. under the name of Potamochelys, without giving
any characters.

In 1854, Peters f established the genus Cycloderma for Cydoderma frcn-
atum Peters.

The last work we may mention, before discussing the question, is that
of Agassiz.:}:

He retains the following genera :

Trionyx Wagler {Emyda Gray).

Chitra Gray.

Dogania Gray.

Cydoderma Peters.

Aspidonectesy(?ig\. {2'r. javanicus, T. agyptiacus, T. spinifer, A. asper,

A. nuchalis, A. emoryii).
Plaiypeltis Fitz. (type, Tr. ferox Schwe'xgger, 2V. gangeticus Cav.).
Amy da Ag. (type, T. mtUicus Les.).

It is now the time to discuss the value of the different genera proposed.
There is no doubt about Trionyx Wagler, for this genus has to stand with
Testudo punctata Lacep. as the type ; Emyda Gray and Cryptopus D. et
B. are synonyms of it.

* Fitzinger, L., Sj/stenia Reptilium Vindobana', 184S, p. 30.

t Peters, W., " Ueber die auf seiner Reise nach Mosambique bcobaehtcten Schildkroten,"
Jkrl. Acad. Monatsb., I!r51, pp. 215, 216.

J Agassiz, Louis, Contributiops to the Natural History qf the United States, Vol. i, Boston,
1857, pp. 394-397.

1893.] ^1' [Baur.

The question now is, "What is the type of Aspidonectes Wagler?

Since Aspidonectes javanieus = Testudo cartilaginea Bodd. is fully fig-
ured by Wagler, PI. ii, Figs. 1-12, and this species is also placed in Aspi-
donectes Fitzinger, I consider it as the type of Aspidonectes.

Besides this species, three others are mentioned by Fitzinger with Aspi-
donectes :

T. cpgyptiacus Geoflfroy = Testudo triunguis Forskal.
2\ hurum Gray.
T. indiciis Gray.

None of these belong to Aspidonectes.

Aspidonectes contains besides the type, Trionyx formosus Gray and
Trionyx phayrei Theob.

Aspidonectes Wagl. may be characterized thus :

Posterior nares reduced in size by the inner and posterior extension of
ihe maxillaries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw with a strong longitudinal
symphyseal ridge {fide Boulenger). Eight pairs of pleuralia, last pair in
contact in the median line ; a single neural between the first pair of
pleurals.

1. Type, Testudo cartilaginea Boddaert.

2. Trionyx formosus Gray.

3. Trionyx phayrei, Theob.

The genus Platypeltis was established by Fitzinger for T. brogniarti
Schweigg. and T. ferox Schweigg. Agassiz retains the genus Platypeltis
with Testudo ferox Schweigg. as type. But the species considered as
Testudo ferox Schweigger, by Agassiz, does not represent this species at
all, but a new one, which I have called Platypeltis agassizii ; * and this
species belongs to a different genus than Platypeltis Fitz.

The Platypeltis Fitzinger is the same as Aspidonectes Agassiz. The type
of Platypeltis Fitzinger is Testudo ferox Schneider. To this genus belong
the following American species :

Trionyx spiniferus Les.
Aspidonectes asper Ag.

" nuchalis Ag.

" emoryii Ag.

The genus Platypeltis Fitzinger (name only) may be characterized in
this way : Posterior nares not reduced in size by the inner and posterior
extension of the maxillaries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without a
longitudinal symphyseal ridge ; seven or eight pairs of pleuralia, last pair
in contact in the median line ; a single neural between the first pair of
pleurals.

The question now is. To what genus does the form belong described by
Ag&ss'iz as Platypeltis ferox and named hy me Platypeltis agassizii? By

*Baui', G., " Notes on ttie American TrionychidLe," Am. Nat., Dec, 18S8, pp. 1121, 1122.

Baur.] -^lO play 5,

the study of difFerent skulls I have found that this species Aspidonectea
has to be associated with Trionyx triunguis, T. sinensis, T. calif or nianas,
T. sinnhoei and 2\ euphraticus.

The following generic names have been applied to these forms since
Fitzinger, in 183(5, besides the many names given by Heude :

Pelodiscus Fitzinger, 1836 (2'. sinensis Wiegm., T. labiatus Bell), =;
Ami/da Fitz., 1836 (7'. euphraticus, 2\ triunguis).
Tyrse Gray, 1844 {T- triunguis, T. sinensis, T. euphraticus).
liiifetus Gray, 1864 (2\ euphraticus).
Landeinania Gray, 1869 (?'. sinensis).
Fordia Gray, 1869 (2'. triunguis).
Fotamocheli/s Gray, 1870 (2". sinensis).
Oscaria Gray, 1873 (2'. swinhoei).

Of all these, Pelodiscus is the oldest, and I shall therefore introduce it
again.

Pelodiscus Fitzinger (name only).

Posterior nares reduced in size by the inner and posterior extension of
the maxillaries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without longitudinal
symphyseal ridge ; seven to eight pairs of pleuralia, last pair in contact in
the median line ; a single neural between the first pair of pleurals.

Type, Aspidoneetes sinensis, Wiegm.

Other species : P. triunguis Forsk.
P. swinhonis Gray.
P. euphraticus Daud.
P. agassizii Baur.
P. calif or nianus Rivers.
The genus Amyda Fitz. contains the three species Trionyx cartilaginew,
T. muticus and T. euphraticus. Of these, 2'. euphraticus has already
been placed in Pelodiscus.

The Trionyx cartilagineus was placed in a special genus by Gray, with
the name Dogania, in 1844. Trionyx muticus was kept in Amyda by
Agassiz, in 1857. Both these genera have to be retained, each with ji
single species.

Dogania Gray, 1844.

Posterior nares reduced in size by the inner extension of the maxilla-
ries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without a longitudinal symphyseal
ridge ; eight pairs of pleuralia, all separated by neurals ; a single neural
between the first pair of pleurals.

Type, Trionyx subj)lanus GeofFr.

Amyda Fitzinger, 1836 (name only), Agassiz, 1857.
Posterior nares not reduced in size by the inner extension of the max-
illaries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without a longitudinal symphys-

1S93.] 219 [Baur.

eal ridge ; seven to eight pairs of pleuralia, all separated by neurals ; a
single neural between the first pair of pleurals.

Type, Trionyx muticus Les.

There is one group left, consisting of three species, which cannot be
united with any of the preceding genera, but which come nearest to As-
pidonectes and to Pelodiscus. This group consists of the Trionyx gangeti-
cus Cuvier, Trionyx leithii Gra}- and Trionyx hurian Gray. I shall use
the generic name laola for this group proposed by Gray in 1873 for Tri-
onyx leithii.

Isold Gray.

Posterior nares reduced in size by the inner extension of the maxilla-
ries. Alveolar surface of lower jaw without a strong longitudinal sym-
physeal ridge ; eight pairs of pleuralia, the posterior ones meeting in the
middle line ; two neurals between the first pair of pleurals.

Type, Trionyx leithii Gray.

The Trionyx indicus Gray, placed by Fltzinger with Aspidonectes, has
been separated by Gray as long ago as 1844 under the generic name of
Chitro,. This genus, as well as Pdockelys Gray (1864), Cycloderma Peters
(1854) and Cyclanorhis Gray (1852), I accept in the way as they have
been used by Boulenger in the British Jfuseum Catalogue.

I give now a table of the different genera, with the type species and
their original locality, and also the names of the other species with their
original localities.

Trionyx Geoffr., 1809 (name), Wagler {Emyda Boul.).

1. Type, Testudo punctata hactiixde, 1788.

Exact locality of type not known, India.

2. Trionyx vitaita Peiers, 1854.

Locality of type, Goa, West Coast of British India.

3. Trionyx scutata Peters, 1868.

Locality of type, Pegu, British India.

Cycloderma Peters, 1854.

1. Type, Cycloderma frenatum Peters, 1854.

Locality of type, Zambesi river. East Africa.

2. C. aubryi A. Dum., 1856.

Locality of type, Gaboon, West Africa.

Cyclanorhis Gray, 1852.

1. Type, Cryptopus senegalensis Dum. et Bibr., 1885.

Locality of type,* Senegal, West Africa.

2. G. elegans Gray, 1869.

Locality of type. West Africa.

*The real type of Cyclanorbis is Cyclanorhis pelirsii Gray, 1852, from Gambia.

Baur.] '^-'^ IMay 5,

Aspidoneetes Wagler, 1830 (name), Anpidonectes Fitzinger (part.) (7Vi-
onyx, i, B. 2, Boulengcr).

1. Type, Testudo cartilaginea Boddaert, 1770.

Locality of type, Java.

2. A. formoswi Gray, 1869.

Locality of type, Pegu.

3. A. phayrei Theobald, 1868.

Locality of type, Araccan range, west of Pegu,

Plalypeltis Fitzinger, 183S (name) {Trionyx, ii, Boulenger, part).

1. Type, Testudo ferox Schwelgger.

Locality of type, Savannah river, Ga.

2. r. spimfer Les.

Locality ol type, Wabasli river, Ind.
8. P. asper Ag.

Locality of typo, Lake Concordia, La.

4. P. nuehalis Ag.

Locality of type, Cumberland river, Tenn.

5. P. emoryii Ag.

Locality of type. Lower Rio Grande river, Texas, near Browns
ville.

PeZorftscMS Fitzinger, 1836 (name) (Trionyx, i, B. 3, Boulenger, part.).

1. Type, Aspidoneetes sinensis "Wiegm., 1834.

Locality of type, near Makao.

2. P. swinhoei Gray, 1873.

Locality of type, Shanghai.

3. P. eupJtraticus Daudin, 1802.

Locality of type, Euphrates.

4. P. triungnis Forskal, 1775.

Locality of tj'pe, Nile.

5. P. agassizii Baur, 1886.

Locality of type. Western Georgia.

0. P. cnlifornianus Rivers.

Locality of type, Sacramento river, near Sacramento, Cal.

Dogania Gray, 1844 {Trionyx, i. A., Boulenger).

1. Type Trionyx suhplanus (xeoffr., 1809.

Locality of type, probably, Ganges.

Amyda Fitzinger, 1836 (name), Agassiz, 1857.
1. Type, Trionyx muticus Les., 1827.

Locality of type, Wabash river, Ind.

Isola Gray, 1873 {'Trionyx, ii, B. 1, Boulenger).
1. Type, Trionyx leithii Gray.

Locality of type, Poonah.

1893.] -^^1 |Uaur.

2. I. gangetica Cuv.

Locality of type, Ganges.

3. /. hurum Gray, 1837.

Locality of type, Ganges (probably).

Chitra Gray, 1844.

1. Type, Tnonyx indicus Gr-Aj, 1831.

Locality of type, Ganges, Pinang.

Pelochelys Gray, 18G4.

1. Type, Pelochelys cantorii Gray, 1864.

Locality of type, Pinang.

2. P. cummingii Gray, 1864.

Locality of type, Philippines.

3. P. poljakowii, Strauch.

Locality of type, Fu-tschau.

It may be seen that in the circumscription of the species I have nearly
completely followed Boulenger. This, however, is only provisionary. I
am fully convinced that Boulenger has gone too far in contracting species.
This I may especially say in regard to h's Trionyx sinensis, triungiiis and
subplanus. Further detailed studies have to decide about this question.

I do not believe at all that the system proposed here is finished ; but I
think that it gives a more correct idea of this diflRnult group of tortoises.
Much remains to be done yet for an exact knowledge of the Asiatic and
African forms. But it is only by an exhaustive study of the osteological
characters that any light can be brought here.

January 15, 1892.

IV. The Species op the Genus Pseudemys.

The genus Pseudemys was established by Gray* in 1855. The species
referred to it were I'estudo concinna LeC, Emys hieroglypliica Holbr.
{Pseudemys (?) Meroglypldea Gray) and Testudo rmbiventris LeC. (Pseu-
demys serrata Gray). Two years later, Agassiz \ gave the generic name
Ptychemys to the same group, distinguishing the following species :
Ptychemys rugosa Ag. (Testudo ruiiventris LeC).
" concinna Ag.

" mobiliensis Ag.
" JiieroglypMca Ag.

" decussata Ag.
It is evident that Ptychemys Ag. is a synonym of Pseudemys Gray. As
the type of this genus I consider Testudo concinna LeC.

*Gray, J. E., Calal. Shield Rept. Coll. Brit. Mas., Part i, " Testudinata," London, 185.5.
t Agassiz, Louis, Contrib.Nat Hist. Vn. States, VoL i, Boston, 1857.

999

Baur.] ^— ^ [May 5,

Pseudemys concinna LeC, Gray.

This species was described by LeConte* under the name of Testudo
concinna LeC. LeConte sa3's : "Inhabits the rivers of Georgia and
Carolina, where the beds are rocky. I have never seen thein below
Augusta on the Savannah, or Columbia on the Congaree." We have
therefore to consider specimens from these localities as typical.

The upper jaw in this species is smooth, not notched, and without lat-
eral cusps ; the lower jaw is serrated and has a sharp median cusp on the
symphysis. This species is characterized by its broad and low shell and
its small head.

Pseudemys hieroglypliica Holbrook.

This species was described by Holbrook, in 1836, in the fiist edition of
his Herpeiology (Vol. i, p. 47, PI. ii). The type now in the collection of
the Philadelphia Academy came from the Cumberland river, Tenn.

A species very close to Pseudemys concinna LeConte, but distinguished
by its elongated, narrow shell and its head, which is still smaller. The
yellow stripes and dots on the head and neck are also very much more
expressed than in Pseudemys concinna LeConte.

Pseudemys labyrinthica Lesueur, MSS., C. Dumeril.

Boulenger places this species as a synonym of Mnlaclemys geograpJdca,
but there cannot be any doubt that it belongs to Pseudemys It was origi-
nally described by C. Dumeril, in Gatalogue methodique de la Collection des
Reptiles, Paris, 1851, p. 13. The tj^pe specimens collected by Lesueur
came from the Wabash river. 111., probably from New Harmony.

That it cannot be Malaclemys geograpJdca is at once seen from the de-
scription of the jaws : " Machoire inferieure dentelee, munie ason extre-
mity anterieure d'un crochet venant se loger dans une petite echancrure
de la superieure." Dumeril correct!}' compares it with P. hieroglyphica
Holbr., and says : "Cette E. differe de la precedente [hieroglyphica] par
la forme de sa carapace, dont I'ovale est moins allonge, et par I'elevation
quelle presente sur la ligne vertebrale, qui est au contraire d^primee dans
I'E. hieroglyphique, et enfln par le volume preportionellemeut plus con-
siderable de la tete."

This species shows the coloration of head and neck of P. hieroglypldca,
but the head is larger and the shell more as in P. mobiliensis, but by far
not so large.

I have examined two heads of this form, from Illinois, preserved in
alcohol ; it is mentioned as Pseudemys concinna LeC. by II. Garman in
"Notes on Illinois Reptiles and Amphibians" (Illinois State Laboratory
of Nut. Hist., ])p. 185, 186). Tliis species is said to be found at jMt. Car-
mel, 111.

* LeConte, J., "Description of the Species of North American Tortoises," Ann. Lye.
Nal. Hist., New York, Vol. iii, Febr., 1830.

1893.] '^■^3 I Baur.

Pseudemys floridana LeC.

la 1830, LeConte described a tortoise from the St. John's river, in East
Florida, under the name of Testudo floridana. This species was recog-
nized as distinct by Holbroolv, in 1842, and figured (PI. viii). Agassiz
stated that it has to be considered a synonym of P. concinna LeC, and
it seems that all recent authors have followed him.

There is no doubt that this species is distinct from Pseudemys concinna
LeC. and P. mobiliensis Holbr.

The description given by LeConte is very good. The species is at
once distinguished by its oval form and the great elevation of the cara-
pace and its color. The carapace is not emarginate in front. It has a
very dark-brown color, with numerous irregular lines of yellow. The
marginals are also dark brown and have only one vertical median yellow
line and are without the yellow concentric lines so characteristic for P.
concinna and P. mobiliensis. Tlie carapace is much more arched than in
P. mobiliensis and nearly forms a half circle. The skull is also larger
than in this species and the jaws are not serrated. This species seems to
be restricted to Florida and Southern Georgia.

Pseudemys texana, sp. no v.

Agassiz mentions specimens of his Ptychemys mobiliensis "from Guada-
lupe mountains, Pecos river, Texas, and New Leon, near Cadereita,
Mexico," and also young specimens collected in Texas by Mr. G. Stolley.

I have examined different specimens of this so-called Ptychemys mobili-
ensis, from Texas, and reach the conclusion that it belongs to a new spe-
cies of Pseudemys related to P. rubiventris LeC, which may be called
Pneudemys texana. As typical specimen of this new species I consider a
stuffed specimen, No. 246, of the Philadelphia Academy, collected by
Dr. Hermann in San Antonio, Texas.

Pseudemys texana, sp. nov.

Shell very thin behind, posterior border serrated, longitudinally rugose ;
nuchal long and slender ; upper shell brown, with yellow reticulations
similar to Pxeudemys concinna; shell not much elevated. Plastron emar-
ginaled behind, yellow or with brown markings.

Skull small, similar to P. rubiventris ; upper jaw notched in the centre,
with a rounded tooth on each side, not so prominent as in P. rubioentris.
Lower jaw similar to P. rubiventris. The coloration of the head quite
different from the other species. A yellow longitudinal spot behind the
eye ; above this, a yellow line ending in a long longitudinal spot above
the temples ; from the lower posterior portion of the eye a yellow line
appears, sending a branch upwards in front of tympanic cavity, and con-
tinues behind on the neck. Three very strong yellow and some slender
yellow stripes on lower face of neck.

Locality of type, San Antonio, Texas.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 141, 2 C. PRINTED JUNE 29, 1893.

Baur.] ^^^ [May 5,

There is a shell of the same species in the Philadelphia Academy, No.
247. It has the Smithsonian Institution number 7173 and was collected
near Old Fort Cobb, I. T. The soft parts, limbs and head are preserved
in alcohol at the Smithsonian. The two specimens mentioned by Agassiz
are also at the Smithsonian (No. 80, Guadalupe mountains, Pecos river,
Texas, and No. 76, New Leon, near Cadereita, Mexico) and belong to
this species.

I consider Pseicdemi/s texana as the representative of Pseudemys in the
southern portions of this country west of the Mississippi — Texas, Indian
Territory, Northern Mexico.

Pseudemys ruhiventris LeC, Baur.

This species has been first mentioned by Say,* who described it erro-
neously as Emys serrata Daudin, in 1835. LeConte f introduced it as a
new species under the name of Testudo ruMce>itris LeC, the "red-bellied
terrapin, vulg." According to LeConte, it inhabits "in rivers from New
Jersey to Virginia, chiefly in such as are rocky." He says that they are
very numerous in the Delaware, near Trenton ; specimens from this
locality may be considered as typical, therefore.

In this form both jaws, especially the lower one, are strongly serrated ;
the upper one is notched mesially and has a cusp on each side ; the lower
jaw has a strong, median, serrated cusp and a notch on each side of it.

Pseudemys alabamensis, sp. nov.

In the collection of Mr. Gustave Kohn, of New Orleans, La., I found
two specimens from Mobile, Ala., which are closely allied to P. ruhiven-
tris. They are at once distinguished, however, by their much more
arched shell. This species has been noted by Agassiz as Ptychemys mo-
biliensis. It is, however, totally different from this, having the structure
of the skull of Pseudemys rubiventris LeC. The shell is much more
arched than in P. rubiventris ; the coloration is like that in the latter
form, but the plastron is yellow, or yellow with brown reticulations or
dots.

Locality of types, Mobile bay, Ala. Collection of Mr. G. Kohn, New
Orleans, La. This species exists in diflerent museums, with the name P.
mohiliensis Holbr.

Pseudemys mobiliensis Holbr.

The types of this species are from Alabama and are Nos. 341 and 243
of the Philadelphia Academj^ collection. I have examined the types and
found that they are very close to P. conciniia LeC. The skull agrees ex-
actly with that of P. conciana, but is considerably larger. Tliere is no
notch in the upper jaw and no lateral cusps ; the lower jaw only has a

*Say, Thomas, " On the Fresh-water and Land Tortoises of the United States," Joum.
Acad. A'a<. Sc, Philad., Vol. iv, Part 2, 1825.
t LeConte, J., I. c.

1893.] ii-jO [Baur.

sharp median hook, but no lateral notches. The upper jaw is very finely,
the lower one strongly, serrated. A number of spechnens in Mr. Kohn's
collection from Mobile bay, Ala., and New Orleans, La., agree with the
type.

Skull like Pseudemys concinna LeC, but larger ; shell very much more
arched, especially in front, than that of P. concinna ; coloration as in the
latter form. Animal much larger than P. concinna, the upper shell reach-
ing a length of 385 mm. (over curve).
We have, therefore, the following species of Pseudemys :
Pseudemys concinna LeC.

hieroglyphica Holbr.
labyrinthica C. Dum.
floridana LeC.
mohiiiensis Holbr.
rubiventris LeC.
alabamensis Baur.
texana Baur.
These forms can be arranged in two series.

A. Both jaws strongly and coarsely serrated ; upper one notched me-
sially, with a cusp on each side. Lower jaw with a median cusp.

1. Pseudemys rubiventris LeC, Baur.
Tj-pe from Delaware, near Trenton.

2. Pseudemys alabamensis Baur.
Syn., PtycJiemys mobiliensis Ag. (part).

Type fi;om Mobile bay, Ala. In the collection of Mr. G. Kohn,
New Orleans, La.

3. Pseudemys texana Baur.
Syn., Ptychemys mobiliensis Ag. (part).

Type from San Antonio, Texas. No. 246 Philadelphia Academy.

B. Generally lower jaw only strongly and coarsely serrated ; upper
without median notch, no cusps on the sides. Lower jaw with a
median cusp.

1. Pseudemys concinna LeC, Gray.
Type from upper parts of rivers of South Carolina and Northern

Georgia.

2. Pseudemys mobiliensis Holbr., Baur (non Ag.. non Boul.).
Type from Mobile, Ala. Philadelphia Academy, Nos. 241, 242.

Syn., Einys orthonix Wied.

3. Pseudemys floridana LeC, Baur.
Type from St. John's river. Eastern Fla.

4. Pseudemys hieroglyphica Holbr., Gray.
Type from Cumberland river, Tenn. No. 217, Philadelphia

Academy.

5. Psetidemys labyrinthica (Les. MSS.) C Dum., Gray.
Type from Wabash river. 111. Museum Natural History, Paris.

-^^6 [May 5,

Stated Meeting, May 5, 1893.
Vice-President, Dr. Ruschenberger, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

Letters of envoy were received from the K. Sachsische Gesell-
schaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig; Bath and West and
Southern Counties Society, Bath, Eng. ; Eoyal Statistical
Society, Meteorological Office, London, Eng. ; Texas Academy
of Science, Austin.

Letters of acknowledgment (139) were received from the
Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Altenberg, Ger-
many ; Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg, Germany ; Profs. Aris-
tides Brezina, Matthew Much, Friederich Miiller, Vienna,
Austria; Societ6 de I'Histoire de France, Paris; Sir John
Evans Hensel, Hempstead, England; Philosophical and Literary
Society, Leeds, England ; Royal Astronomical Society, Victoria
Institute, Royal Society, Royal Institution, Zoological Society,
Institution of Civil Engineers, Royal Statistical Society,
Royal Meteorological Societ}'-, Mr. C. Juhlin Dannfeld, Lon-
don, England ; Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne,
England; Sir Lowthian Bell, Northallerton, England; Rad-
cliff'e Observatory, Prof. J. J. Sylvester, Oxford, England;
Mr. Alfred R. Wallace, Parkstone, Dorset, England ; Academy
of Science, Rochester, N. Y.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Zoolo-
gisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, K. K. Naturehistorische Ilof-
museum, Vienna, Austria ; Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg,
Germany ; K. Siichs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig;
Ministero di Agricoltura, Industria e Commercia, Rome,
Ital}^ ; R. Osservatorio Astronomico, Turin, Italy; Royal In-
stitution, Meteorological Council, Royal Microscopical Society,
London, England ; American Academy of Arts and Sciences,
Cambridge, Mass. ; Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences,
Yale University, New Haven; American Museum of Natural
History, Messrs. J. Wiley k Sons, New York, N. Y. ; Smith-
sonian Institution, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Mr. J. C.

1893.] -^^^

Menclenliall, Washington, D. C. ; Prof. Alexander Macfarlane,
Austin, Tex. ; University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; Univer-
sity of Nebraska, Lincoln ; Agricultural Experiment Stations,
Amherst, Cambridge, Mass. ; New Haven, Conn. ; Newark, N.
J. ; Morgantown, W. Va. ; Byran, Tex. ; Lafayette, Ind. ;
Lincoln, Neb.

Mr. Fraley moved that the letter in reference to the Halde-
man Indian collection be referred to the Curators, to report
to the Society. Eemarks were made by Dr. Morris, Mr.
Prime and Prof. Cope. The Chairman observed that no
objects should be loaned, according to a By-Law of the Society,
except for the purpose of study. The motion was carried.

A portrait of the late Matthew Carey was presented to the
Society, on behalf of the Hon. Henry Carey Baird.

On motion of Curator Dr. Morris, the Secretaries were re-
quested to return to Mr. Henry C. Baird the thanks of the
Society for the gift of the portrait of Matthew Carey.

Prof. Cope presented a paper for the Proceedings, by title,
" Notes on the Classification and Taxonomy of the Testudi-
nata," by G. Baur, "University of Chicago.

Pending nominations for membership, Nos. 12-i9, 1250,
1253, 1254, 1255, 1256, 1257, were read.

Dr. J. Cheston Morris presented a communication from the
Curators, which was received and referred to the Ha'l Com-
mittee for reply.

Dr. Morris moved that the Curators be authorized to dis-
pose of such objects as are of no value to the Society.

Discussion by Dr. Brinton, Prof. Cope, Mr. Fraley, Mr.
Prime, Dr. Morris. The motion was adopted.

Prof. Cope requested information about the programme of
the Sesqui- Centennial Celebration.

Dr. Brinton grave information as to the action of the Com-
mittee appointed for the purpose.

Eemarks were made by Prof, Cope, Dr. Brinton, Dr. Morris,
Mr. Fraley on the publication in reference to the proceedings
of the Society in the public papers, with reference to the
report of the proceedings of the Society at a previous meeting.

And the meeting was adjourned by the presiding member.

■^^8 [May 19,

Slated Meeting, May 19, 1893.
The President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

In the absence of all the Secretaries at the opening of the
meeting, Mr. Lyman was appointed Secretary pro tern.

Mr. Cramp, a newly elected member, was presented to the
President, and took his seat.

Letters of envoy were received from the Royal Geographical
Society of Australasia (Victoria Branch), Melbourne; Geologi-
cal Survey of India, Calcutta ; Universitc Royale, Lund,
Sweden; K, K. Astronomisch-Meteorologische Observatorium,
Triest, Austria ; Mus^e Guimet, Bureau des Longitudes, Paris,
France.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Royal
Geographical Society of Australasia (Victoria Branch), Mel-
bourne ; Finska Litteratur, Salskapet, Helsingfors ; Lund Uni-
versity, Lund, Sweden ; M. W. Pleyte, Leiden, Holland ; Ob-
servatorio Marittimo, Trieste, Austria ; Naturwissenschaftliche
Verein, Bremen, Germany ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft,
Zurich, Switzerland ; Academic N. des Sciences, Bordeaux,
France ; Socidte N. des Sciences Naturelleset Mathematiques,
Cherbourg; Societe de Borda, Dax ; Academic des Arts et
Belles-Lettres, Dijon ; Union Geographique du Nord de la
France, Donai ; Societe des Sciences Naturelle et Archteologi-
ques de la Creuse, Gucret; Societe des Sciences Naturelles, La
Rochelle ; Comite de Redaction des Annales de la Facultc^
des Sciences, Marseille ; Musee Guimet, Museum d'Histoire
Naturelles, Societd Zoalogique de France, Societe D'An-
thropologie. Bureau des Longitudes, Societe IST. des Anti-
quaires de France, Paris ; Societe des Antiquaires de la Mori-
nie. Saint Omer ; Societe de Geographic, Toulouse, France ;
Societe de Geographic, Lisbon, Portugal ; Geological Society,
Manchester, Eng. ; Natural History Society, Montreal, Canada ;
Boston Public Library ; Academy of Sciences, New York ;

1893.] 229

Mr. Burnet Landreth, Bristol, Pa. ; Mr. William John Pott?,
Camden, N, J.; Franklin Reformatory Home for Inebriates,
Prof. E. D. Cope, Messrs. Alexander E. Outerbridge, Joseph
Wharton, Philadelphia; U. S. National Museum, Prof.
Edward Goodfellow, Washington, D. C. ; Agricultural Experi-
ment Stations, Geneva, N. Y. ; Raleigh, N. C. ; Lake City,
Fla. ; Brookings, S. Dak.

The donations to the library were announced.

The minutes of the Council meeting of the 12th of May
were read. The resolution

That the Council recommend to the Society the appointment of Messrs.
Meehan, Houston and Price as a Committee to Examine the Catalogue of
the Martindale Library, in order to ascertain if any books contained
therein are important to complete our list, and if so, to purchase the
same at a cost not exceeding $100 — provided the money can be obtained
from the income of the Michaux Fund, or by subscription.

recommended by the Council was considered.

Mr. Prime moved that Dr. Rothrock be added to the Com-
mittee. Carried.

Mr. Prime moved to amend by striking out from the last
clause the words, " or by subscription." Carried.

The resolution so amended was carried.

The business of the election of new members was taken up.

Nominations Nos. 1250, 1253, 1251, 1255, 1256, 1257, 1258
and 1259 were read, spoken to, and balloted for.

Prof. Barker and Mr. Price were appointed tellers by the
President.

Prof. Cope made a communication in regard to some stone
implements occurring in Marj^land, on the Potomac, the
simplest yet found by him in forty years collecting. The
locality is two or three miles from the Potomac, is one-half
mile to one mile in length, in material that is supposed to
be derived from the Triassic and that has apparently been
carried by floating ice. The locality is traversed by a small
stream, with small hills on each side. There is a bed of red-
dish clay, up to six feet in thickness, filled with cobble-stones,
many of them broken, and many worked ; and some of them

'^'J^ [May 19,

have the external portions of the original shape entirely
removed. Some of the most numerous class of them were
exhibited, and have a portion of the original surface ; others
have a small portion of it ; and others none at all. Many
hundreds have been carried away by inhabitants of Wash-
ington, and many by Mr. W. 11. Holmes, of the Bureau
of Ethnology there. Tlie method of manufacture was de-
scribed ; showing that the fractures could not be natural, but
must be artificial. The question is. What are these objects? In
Europe similar objects are reckoned as made by the earliest
men, and are found at the lowest bed of the cave deposits.
They are not polished. Now in Switzerland, for example,
the paleolithic man is quite definitely associated with certain
extinct animals. The later paleolithic man was an artist,
while the following neolithic men were less artistic. Now,
however, the Washington men insist that these ruder imple-
ments are only the imperfect or rejected implements of later
men, merely the residue and rejected work of neolithic men ;
and in part the effect of weathering. One reason given why
the more perfect implements are not found with them is, that
the better ones have been carried away. The evidence in
America is less perfect than in Europe, yet it is against sup-
posing that the makers of the imperfect implements also had
better ones. None of the better ones have been found in the
whole region. The geological part of the investigation by
the Washington men has been well done. At Trenton, how-
ever, they are thoroughly opposed by the good authority of
Prof. F. W. Putnam. The history of man in America may
be affected by the result of the discussion ; but not that of
European man. In America, too, the study of the caves has
not been stutlied so far as in Europe ; and the cave deposits
give much the most trustworthy evidence. Mr. Clarence B.
]Moore has made important discoveries in Florida. He found
a ramus of the lower jaw of a dog in a shell heap there this
past winter. The shell heaps are post-Columbian. But this
dog does not appear to be the present domestic dog. The jaw
has three premolar teeth, instead of four, a deficiency which is

1S'J3.] Jidl.

rare in the recent domesticated or wild do2[s. TLiere are also
otlier peculiarities. Probably it is an extinct species, and it
is a normal healthy specimen.

Prof. Ryder made a written communication for the Pro-
ceedings, entitled, " The Adaptive Forms and the Vortex
Motion of the Substance of the Red Corpuscles of Verte-
brates." He gave orally the substance of the paper.

The tellers reported the following named to have been duly
elected members of the Society :

2218. Hon. Charles P. Daly, New York, N. Y.

2219. Prof. Isaac H. Hall, New York, N. Y.

2220. Gen. Isaac J. Wistar, Philadelphia.

2221. Mr. Edward Vincent d'Invilliers, Philadelphia.

2222. Prof. Waterman L. Hewitt, Ithaca, N. Y.

2223. Dr. Justin Winsor, Cambridge, Mass.

2224. Dr. William Hyde Appleton, Swarthmore, Pa.

2225. Prof. James E. Rhoads, Bryn Mawr, Pa.

Mr. Blodget obtained unanimous leave to make a commu-
nication. He had prepared a series of ten maps to show the
resources of the State of Pennsylvania for the Chicago
World's Fair. The maps are some thirty inches by twenty
inches. Bituminous coal, oil and other products are repre-
sented on the series of maps, showing their past and present
importance. The true capitalization of the yearly industrial
earnings of the State he finds to be about ^10,000,000,000.
The results have been reached by five or six months' labor.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

aAN 29 1894

I

Sept. 1, 1893.] ^''^

PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT P11ILADELPHI.\ FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXXL July to Decemker, 1893. No. 143.

Stated Meeting^ September 1, 1893,

ERRATUM.

Faoe 132, thirteenth line from top, should read:
"The President was authonzed to appoint a suitable person
to prepare the usual obituary notice."

An invitation from the New Haven Colony Historical
Society, New Haven, Conn., to be present at the dedication of
the new building erected as a memorial to James E. and Caro-
line A. English, to take place September 28, 1893, at 8 p.m.

A circular from the Congres International de Zoologie,
Paris, relative to the prizes which will be awarded by the
Congres.

A circular from the Anthropological Society of Washing--
ton in regard to the Citizenship Prizes to be awarded for
essays on specified subjects.

A letter from the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Wash-
ington, D. C, requesting certain numbers of the Society's
Proceedings and Transactions to complete their set.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 143. 2 D. PRINTED NOV. 15, 1893.

ilAi^ 29 1894

Sept. 1, 1893.] ^'^

PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMEKICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXXI. July to December, 1893. No. 142.

Stated Meeting^ September i, 1893.
Prof. Albkrt H. Smyth in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :
Acknowledgments of election to membership were received
from

Prof. Isaac H. Hall, New York.

Gen. Isaac J. Wistar, Philadelphia.

Mr. Edward Vincent d'Invilliers, Philadelphia.

Prof. Waterman L. Hewitt, Ithaca, N. Y.

Prof, Justin Winsor, Cambridge, Mass.

Prof. William Hjde Appleton, Swarthmore, Pa.

President James E. Rhoads, Bryn Mawr, Pa.

An invitation from the New Haven Colony Historical
Society, New Haven, Conn., to be present at the dedication of
the new building erected as a memorial to James E. and Caro-
line A. English, to take place September 28, 1893, at 8 p.m.

A circular from the Congres International de Zoologie,
Paris, relative to the prizes which will be awarded by the
Congres.

A circular from the Anthropological Society of Washing--
ton in regard to the Citizenship Prizes to be awarded for
essays on specified subjects.

A letter from the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Wash-
ington, D. C, requesting certain numbers of the Society's
Proceedings and Transactions to complete their set.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 143. 2 D. PRINTED NOV. 15, 1893.

234 [Sept. 1,

The following communication was read and referred to the
Curators :

American Historical Association, Smithsonian Institution,

Washington, D. C, August 2, 1893.
The Secretary of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia, Pa. :
Dear Sir : — I am desirous of obtaining for the use of the American
Historical Association definite information regarding the collections of tiie
various Historical Societies in the United Slates. I have been informed
that under the supervision of your Society an interesting collection of
historical objects has grown up. May I ask your assistance in furnishing
m'e with a few lines explaining the scope of the collection, with a little
history of its growth, and the names of those who have been and are now
most conspicuous in its development. If a catalogue of the collection has
been published, ma}'' I beg that you will furnish me with a copy.
I am, sir, yours very respectfully,

A. Howard Clark,
Assistant Secretary of the American Historical Association, Curator Hist.
Coll., U. S. N. M.

Letters of envoy were received from the Geological Survey
of India, Calcutta ; Royal Society of New South Wales, Syd-
ney ; Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors, Fin-
land; Fondation de P. Teyler van der Hulst, Harlem, Holland;
K. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen ; Universite
Eoyale, Lund, Sweden ; Naturforschende Verein, Briinn, Aus-
tria; Verein flir Erdkunde, Dresden, Saxony; Wetterauische
Gesellschaft flir die Gesammte Naturkunde, Hanau, Hesse ;
K. Siiclisische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leipzig, Sax-
ony ; Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der Gesammten Naturwis-
senschaften, Marburg, Prussia ; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein,
Osuabriick, Prussia ; Royal Observatory, Greenwich, England ;
Zoological Society, Meteorological Office, Statistical Society,
London, England ; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge, Mass. ; Meteorological Observatory, New York ; Di-
reccion General de Estadistica, Mexico, Mexico ; Observatorio
N. Argentino, Cordoba, Argentine Republic.

Letters of acknowledgment (Trans, xvii, 3, and xviii, 1) were
received from the Geological and Natural History Survey,
Ottawa, Canada; Public Library, Boston, Mass.; INIuseuin of

1893.J ^^5

Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. ; American Antiqua-
rian Society, Worcester, Mass. ; Yale University, New Haven,
Conn. ; University of the State of New York, Albany ;
Buffalo Library; New York Historical Society; Astor Li-
brary, New York; United States Military Academy, West
Point, N. Y. ; New Jersey Historical Society, Newark, N. J. ;
Academy of Natural Sciences ; Franklin Institute, Philadel-
phia ; Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. ; Univer-
sity of California, Berkeley ; State Historical Society of Wis-
consin, Madison ; Kansas Academy of Science, Topeka.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Anthro-
pologische Gesellschaft, Profs. Franz Pitt v. Hauer, F. S.
Krauss, Vienna, Austria (139) ; Anthropologische Gesell-
schaft, K. Bibliothek, Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, K. P. Me-
teorologische Institut, Physikalische Gesellschaft, Berlin, Prus-
sia (139) ; University of Bonn (139) ; K. Sachsische Meteoro-
logische Institut, Chemnitz (139) ; K. Sachsische Altertums-
verein, Verein fiir Erdkunde, Dresden (139); Prof. Otto
Bohtlingk, Leipzig, Germany (139, 140) ; K. P. Geodatische
Institut, Potsdam, Prussia (139) ; Naturwissenschaftliche Ver-
ein fiir Schleswig-Holstein, Kiel, Prussia (139) ; Verein fiir
Vaterlandische Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg, Stuttgart (139);
Prof. Robert W. Bunsen, Heidelberg, Germany (139) ; Society
de Geographic (131-134), Naturhistorische Gesellschaft (139),
Schweizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Berne (139) ;
Prof. Carl Vogt, Geneva, Switzerland (139) ; Societe Vaudoise
des Sciences Naturelles, Lausanne (139, 140) ; Mr. Samuel
Timmins, Arley, Coventry, England (139, 140); Philosophi-
cal Society, Cambridge, England (139, 140) ; Sir Rawson W.
Rawson (139), Institution of Civil Engineers, London, Eng-
land (131-139); Geographical Society, Manchester, England
(139, 140); R. Geological Society of Ireland, DubHn (139,
140) ; Royal Observatory, Prof. James Geikie, Edinburgh,
Scotland (139, 140); Society d'Histoire et d'Archeologie,
Chalon-sur-Saone, France (137-140) ; Society N. des Sciences
Naturelles et Mathematique, Cherbourg, France (136); Uni-
versite de Lyon (139, 140) ; Redaction de " Cosmos," Paris,

-^•^t) [Sept. 1,

France (131-136, 139) ; Yale University, New Haven, Conn.
(139) ; Prof. G. L. Goodall, Cambridge, Mass. (137-139) ;
Prof. James Ellis Humphrey, Weymouth Heights, Mass, (137-
140) ; Kentucky Historical Society, Frankfort (137) ; Instituto
Fisico Geografico Nacional, San Jose de Costa Rica, Central
America (138) ; Museo Nacional, Santiago, Chile (137).

Letters of acknowledgment (140) were received from the
Geological Survey, Ottawa, Canada ; Universite Laval, Hon.
J. M. LeMoine, Quebec; Dr. Alfred R. C. Selwyn, Montreal;
Canadian Institute, Toronto ; Bowdoin College Library, Bruns-
wick, Me. ; Experiment Station, Orono, Me. ; Society of Nat-
ural History, Portland, Me. ; Prof. Charles H. Hitchcock,
Hanover, N. H. ; Amherst College Library, Amherst, Mass. ;
Marine Biological Laboratory, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Boston ; Society of Natural History, Massachu-
setts Historical Society, State Library of Massachusetts, Messrs.
T. M. Drown, Hamilton A. Hill, Robert C. Winthrop, Boston,
Mass. ; Museum of Comparative Zoiilogy, Prof. G. L. Goodall,
Mr. Robert N. Toppan, Cambridge, Mass. ; Free Public Li-
brary, New Bedford, Mass.; Rev. Edward E. Hale, Roxbury,
Mass. ; Essex Institute, Salem, Mass. ; American Antiquarian
Society, "Worcester, Mass. ; Rhode Island Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Kingston, R. I. ; Providence Franklin Society,
Rhode Island Historical Society, Providence ; Mr. George F.
Dunning, Farmington, Conn. ; Hartford Theological Seminary,
Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford ; New Haven Colony
Historical Society, Profs. 0. C. Marsh, H. A. Newton, W. D.
Whitney, New Haven, Conn. ; Prof James Hall, Albany,
N. Y. ; Society of Natural Science, Bufialo Library, Buffalo,
N. Y. ; Profs. T. F. Crane, B. G. Wilder, Ithaca, N. Y. ; Astor
Library, American Museum of Natural History, New York
Historical Society, New York Academy of Medicine, New
York Hospital, Profs. Joel A. Allen, Daniel Draper, Henry F.
Osborn, John J. Stevenson, New York, N. Y. ; Vassar Broth-
ers' Institute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. ; Prof. W. LeConte
Stevens, Troy, N. Y. ; Oneida Historical Society, Utica, N. Y.;
U. S. Military Academy, West Point, N. Y. ; Free Public

1893.] -^tJ*

Library, Jersey City; New Jersey Historical Society, New-
ark ; Profs. W. Henry Green, C. A. Young, Princeton, N. J. ;
Dr. Robert H. Allison, Ardmore, Pa. ; Prof. Robert W.
Rogers, Carlisle, Pa. ; Prof. M. H. Boye, Coopersburg, Pa. ;
Hon. Eckley B. Coxe, Drifton, Pa. ; Dr. Traill Green, Prof. J.
"W. Moore, Rev. Tlioraas C. Porter, Easton, Pa. ; Mr. Andrew
S. McCreath, Harrisburg, Pa. ; Prof. Lyman B. Hall, Haver-
ford, Pa. ; Mr. John Fulton, Johnstown, Pa. ; Linnean Society,
Lancaster, Pa.; Mr. P. F. Rothermel, Linfield, Pa.; Dr. F. A.
Muhlenberg, Reading, Pa. ; University of Pennsylvania, Li-
brary Company of Philadelphia, The Medical Hews, Wag-
ner Free Institute of Science, Academy of Natural Sciences,
Historical Society of Pennsylvania, Numismatic and Antiqua-
rian Society, Mercantile Library, Admiral E. Y. Macauley,
Hon. James T. Mitchell, Hon. Henry Reed, Profs. John Ash-
hurst, Jr., E. D. Cope, F. A. Genth, Jr., H. V. Hilprecht, E. O.
Kendall, J. P. Lesley, John M. Maisch, Albert H. Smyth, Drs.
John H. Brinton, Persifor Frazer, George Friebis, John Mar-
shall, George R. Morehouse, Isaac Norris, Charles A. Oliver,

C. N. Peirce, W. S. W. Ruschenberger, H. Clay Trumbull,
William H. AVahl, Messrs. Arthur E. Brown, R. Meade Bache,
Charles Bullock, Thomas M. Cleemann, Patterson Du Bois,
Robert Patterson Field, J. S. Harris, Francis Jordan, Jr., Wil-
liam W. Jefiferis, Henry Phillips, Jr., Franklin Piatt, Theodore

D. Rand, J. G. Rosengarten, L. A. Scott, Talcott Williams,
Charles Stewart Wurts, Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael, Phila-
phia ; Prof. John T. Carll, Pleasantville, Pa. ; Mr. Heber S.
Thompson, Pottsville, Pa. ; Rev. George W. Anderson, Rose-
mont. Pa. ; Dr. John Curwen, Warren, Pa. ; Mr. Philip P.
Sharpies, Hon. Washington Townsend, West Chester, Pa. ;
Mr. William M. Canby, Wilmington, Del.; U. S. Naval In-
stitute, Annapolis, Md. ; Enoch Pratt Free Library, Baltimore,
Md. ; Mr. T. Leeper Patterson, Cumberland, Md. ; Smithson-
ian Institution, U. S. Naval Observatory, Anthropological
Society, U. S. Weather Bureau, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Sur-
vey, Library Surgeon-General's Office, U. S. Geological Sur-
vey, Dr. J. S. Billings, Prof. S. F. Emmons, Dr. W. J. Hoff-

238 [Sept. 1,

man, Trof. Charles A. Schott, llr. W. B. Taylor, Washington,
D. C. ; University of Virginia, Charlottsville ; Journal U. S.
Artillery, Fortress Monroe, Va, ; Agricultural Experiment
Station, Morgantown ; Prof. J. W. Mallet, University of Vir-
ginia, Va. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Ealeigh, N. G
Georgia Historical Society, Savannah ; University of Alabama
Tuscaloosa ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Baton Eouge
La. ; Texas Academy of Science, Austin ; Museo Oaxaquefio,
Oaxaca de Juarez, Mex. ; Observatorio Astronomico Nacional
Tacubaya, Mex. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Las
Cruces, N. M. ; Prof. E. W. Olaypole, Akron, 0. ; University
of Cincinnati, Cincinnati Observatory, Society of Natural
Science, Cincinnati, O. ; Oberlin College ; Kev. Henry S.
Osborn, Oxford, O. ; Kentucky Historical Society, Frankfort ;
Dr. Kobert Peter, Lexington, Ky. ; University of California ;
Prof. Joseph LeConte, Berkeley, Cal. ; Lick Observatory;
Mt. Hamilton, Cal. ; Prof. J. C. Branner, Palo Alto, Cal. ;
Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, Riverside, Cal. ; Prof. George David-
son, San Francisco, Cal. ; Geological Survey of Missouri, Jef-
ferson City ; Academy of Sciences, St. Louis, Mo. ; Arkansas
Agricultural Experiment Station, Fayetteville ; Purdue Ex-
periment Station, La Fayette, Ind. ; Historical Society, Chi-
cago, 111. ; Academy of Natural Sciences, Davenport, la. ;
State University of Iowa, Iowa City ; Wisconsin State His-
torical Society, Madison ; Agricultural Experiment Station,
Lincoln, Neb. ; State Agricultural College, Manhattan, Kans. ;
Academy of Sciences, State Historical Society, Washburn
College, Topeka, Kans. ; Agricultural Experiment Station, St.
Anthony Park, Minn.; Tacom a Academy of Science, Tacoma,
Wash.

Letters of acknowledgment (1-il) were received from
Dr. Charles B, Dudley, Altoona, Pa. ; Dr. Robert H. Alison,
Ardraore, Pa. ; Prof. James E. Rhoads, Bryn Mawr, Pa. ;
Dr. Charles F. Himes, Carlisle, Pa. ; Prof. Martin H. Boye,
Ooopersburg, Pa. ; Hon. Eckley B. Coxe, Drifton, Pa. ; Drs,
Traill Green, J. W. Moore, Thomas C. Porter, Easton, Pa. ;
Mr. Andrew S McCreath, Harrisburg, Pa. ; Mr. John Ful-

1893. J -^^y

ton, Johnstown, Pa. ; Linnean Society, Lancaster, Pa. ; Nu-
mismatic and Antiquarian Society, Historical Society of Penn-
sylvania, Academy of Natural Sciences, Library Company of
Philadelphia, Hon. Joseph Allison, Prof. John Ashhurst, Jr.,
Messrs. K. Meade Bache, Henry C. Baird, Cadwalader Biddle,
Patterson DuBois, Jacob B. Eckfeldt, Robert P. Field, Dr.
Henry Hartshorne, Prof. H, H. Houston, Messrs. William A.
Ingham, E. V, d'Invilliers, Francis Jordan, Jr., Prof. J. P.
Lesley, Dr. John Marshall, Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael, Drs.
Isaac Norris, Charles A. Oliver, C. N. Peirce, William Pepper,
Messrs. Franklin Piatt, Theodore D. Rand, J. G. Rosengarten,
Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, Prof. Benjamin Sharp, Rev. H.
Clay Trumbull, Prof. James Tyson, Messrs. W. P. Tatham,
D. K. Tuttle, Samuel Wagner, Philadelphia ; Prof. John F.
Carll, Pleasantville, Pa. ; Mr. Heber S. Thompson, Pottsville,
Pa. ; Rev. F. A. Muhlenberg, Reading, Pa. ; Dr. W. H. Apple-
ton, Swarthmore, Pa.; Philosophical Society, Mr. Philip P.
Sharpies, Hon. Washington Townsend, Prof. J. T. Rothrock,
West Chester, Pa.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Govern-
ment Geologist, Adelaide, Australia ; Royal Society of N. S.
Wales. Hon. Arthur Renwick, Sydney ; New Zealand Insti-
tute, Wellington ; Tokyo Library, Tokyo, Japan ; Madras
Observatory, Madras, India ; R. Asiatic Society (China
Branch), Shanghai, China ; Societatea Geographica Romana,
Bucuresci ; Societates pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors,
Finland ; Societe Physico Mathematique, Kasan, Russia ; K.
Mineralogische Gesellschaft, Comite Geologique, Biblioth^que
Geologique, Societe de Geographic, Prof. Serge Nikitin, St.
Petersburg, Russia ; K. Norsk. Oldskrift Selskab, K. Danske
Yidens-Rabernes Selskab, Copenhagen, Denmark ; Bataviaasch
Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen ; Friesch Ge-
nootschap van Geschied, etc., Leewarden, Frieslaud ; Musee
Teyler, Haarlem, Holland ; Academic R. de Belgique, So-
ciete R. Malacologique de Belgique, Bruxelles; Naturfor-
schende Verein, Briinn, Austria ; K. K. Sternwarte, Prag, Bo-
hemia ; I. R. Accademia degli Agiati, Roveredo, Tyrol ; K. P.

240 [Septl.

Geologische Landesanstalt und Bergakademie, Berlin, Prussia ;
Yerein fiir Schlesische Insektenkunde, Breslau, Prussia ;
Sachsiscbe Meteorologiscbe Institut, Chemnitz, Saxony ;
Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft " Isis," Yerein fiir Erd-
kunde, Dresden, Saxony ; K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften,
Gottingen, Prussia ; Wetterauische Gesellschaft fiir die Ge-
sammte Naturkunde, Hanau a.-M. ; Gesellschaft zur Befor-
derung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften, Marburg, Prus-
sia ; Bayerische Botanische Gesellschaft, Munich, Bavaria ;
Dr. P. Steiner, Neuwied, Germany ; Naturwissenschaftliche
Yerein, Osnabriick, Prussia ; Yerein fiir Yaterliindische
Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg, Stuttgart ; Commission Inter-
nationale de la carte Geologique d'Europe, Prof. E. Renevier,
Lausanne, Switzerland ; Societe Neucbuteloise de Geographic,
Neuchatel, Switzerland ; R. Accademia di Scienze, etc., Mo-
dena, Italy ; Accademia del Lincei, Prof. Guiseppi Sergi,
Rome, Italy ; Societe Linneene, Bordeaux, France ; Societe
Languedocienne de Geographic, Montpellier, France ; Prof.
Dr. Jules Oppert, Paris, France ; Societe de Geographic, Lis-
bon, Portugal : Philosophical Society, University Library,
Cambridge, England ; Royal Polytechnic Society, Cornwall,
England ; Philosophical and Library Society, Leeds, England ;
Zoological Societ}^, Meteorological Office, Linnean Society
London, England; Natural History and Antiquarian Society,
Penzance, England ; Universite Laval, Quebec, Canada ; Nova
Scotia Institute of Science, Halifax; Agricultural Experiment
Station, Bangor, Me. ; Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
American Philological Association, Massachusetts Historical
Society, Capt. J. W. Norcross, Miss Cornelius Horsford, Bos-
ton, Mass. ; Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College,
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. ; Essex
Institute, Salem, Ma.ss. ; Rhode Island Historical Society)
Providence ; Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford ; Yale
University, American Oriental Society, New Haven, Conn, ;
Albany Institute, Albany, N. Y. ; Buffalo Library, Buffalo,
N. Y. ; Hamilton College, Clinton, N. Y.; Academy of Sciences,
Meteorological Observatory, American Geographical Society,

1893.] -^41

Profs. J. A. Al]en, Isaac H. Hall, Mr. Cortlandt F. Bishop,
New York, N". Y. ; Mr. William John Potts, Camden, N. J
Free Public Library, Jersey City, N. J. ; American Chemical
Society, Easton, Pa. ; Pennsylvania State Weather Service
Zoological Society, Pennsylvania Hospital, Prof. George F
Barker, Dr. D. G. Brinton, Prof. E. D. Cope, Messrs. Herbert
Welsh, Joseph Wilcox, Philadelphia ; Peabody Institute
Baltimore, Md. ; Departments of Labor, Agriculture, U. S
National Museum, Messrs. J, W. Fewkes, Lester F. Ward
Washington, D. C. ; Leander McCormick Observatory, Char-
lottsville, Ya. ; Yirginia Historical Society, Richmond ; Agri
cultural Experiment Station, Raleigh, N. C. ; Col. Charles C
Jones, Augusta, Ga. ; Geological Survey of Arkansas, Little
Rock ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Knoxville, Tenn.
Geological Survey of Texas, Austin ; University of Califor
nia, Berkeley; Mercantile Library Association, San Francisco
Cal. ; University of Cincinnati ; Archaeological and Histori-
cal Society, Columbus, O. ; Academy of Natural Sciences
Davenport, la.; Washburn College, Topeka, Kans. ; Observa
torio Astronomico N. de Tacubaya, Chapultipec, Mex. ; Di
reccion Geadral de Estadistica, Mexico, Mex. ; Direccion Gen
eral de Estadistica, Guatemala, C. A. ; Observatoria N. Arjen
tino, Buenos Aires, S. A.; Museo Nacional, Santiago de Chile
S.Ar

The following donations to the Cabinet were received :

A photo-lithographic copy of the certificate of member-
ship of the American Philosophical Society of Robert Stret-
tle Jones, presented by his grandson, Robert J. Fisher, Wash-
ington, D, C.

A phototype (framed) of the old " Liberty Bell," presented
by Mr. F, Gutekunst, Philadelphia.

Photographs for the Society's Album were received from
Dr. Isaac H. Hall, New York ; Mr. Henry C. Baird, Dr.
Charles A. Oliver, Philadelphia ; Dr. F. A. Muhlenberg,
Reading, Pa.

The following deaths were announced :

Anthony J. Drexel (Philadelphia), died June 30, 1893, set. 60.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 143. 2 E. PRINTED NOV. 15, 1893.

^4^ [Sept. 15,

Col. C. C. Jones (Augusta, Ga.), died July 19, 1893, ast. 62.

Eobert Cornelius (Philadelphia), died August 10, 1893,
set. 84.

Prof. William U. C. Bartlett (Yonkers, N.Y.), died May 11,
1893.

The President was authorized to appoint a suitable person to
prepare the usual obituary notice of Mr. Cornelius.

List of deficiencies, part third, was laid before the Society.

The University of Missouri wrote that its Library had been
destroyed by fire, and requesting that certain of the Society's
Proceedings should be replaced.

On motion the matter was referred to the Librarian with
power to act.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Stated 3Ieet{n(/, September 15^ 1893.

Prof. Albert H, Smyth in the Chair.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Observ-
atoire Phys. Central de Russie, St. Petersburg (139) ; Tasch-
kent Observatory, Taschkent, Turkestan (13Vi); Societas pro
Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors, Finland (136-138) ; K.
Norske Videnskabernes Selskab, Throndhjem, Norway (1.''9);
K. Universitetet, Lund, Sweden (139) ; K, Svenska Vetenskaps
Akademien, Stockholm, Sweden (1-10) ; Societe Ro^^ale de
Geographic, Antwerp, Belgium (139); K. Zoologisch Genoot-
schap " Natura Artis Magistra," A msterdam, Netherlands (140) ;
Colonial Museum, Fondation de P. Teyler vander Hulst, Har-
lem, Holland (139, 140) ; K. Bibleotheek, The Hague, Hol-
land (139, 140) ; K. K. Sternwarte, Prag, Bohemia (139', 140) ;
Anthropologische Gesellschaft (137, 138) ; K. K. Central An-
stalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus (140) ; Profs.
Friederich Miiller (140), Gustav Tschermak (136-139), Vienna,
Austria ; K. Preuss. Geol. Landesanstalt und Bergakademie,

1893.] '^I'J

Berlin (140) ; Verein fiir Schlesische Insektenkunde, Breslau,
Prussia (139) ; Verein fiir Geographic u. Statistik, Frankfurt
a.-M. (lo8, 139) ; Geographische Gesellscliaft, Haonover, Prus-
sia (139); K. Sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Prof.
J. Victor Carus, Leipzig, Saxony (139, 140) ; Verein der
Freunde der Naturgeschichte, Mecklenburg, Germany (189);
K. Stern vvarte, Munich, Bavaria (140) ; Verein fiir Vaterlan-
dische Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg, Stuttgart (136-139, and
Trans., xvii, 1, '2) ; Prof. Carl Vogt, Geneva, Switzerland (140) ;
Biblioteca N. C, Florence, Italy (139); R. Accademia del
Lincei (140); Prof. G. Sergi, Rome, Italy (139, 140); Osserva-
torio Astronomico, Academic R. des Sciences, Turin, Italy
(139); Societe d'Emulation, Abbeville, France (140); Society
Linneenne, Bordeaux, France (140) ; Societe d' Anthropologic
(135, 138, 139), Minister^ des Travaux Publics (140), Marquis
dc Nadaillac, Profs. Hovelacquc, Moscart, Mospcro, Paris,
France (140); University Library, Prof. J. P. Postgate, Cam-
bridge, England (140) ; Philosophical and Literary Society,
Leeds, England (140) ; Royal Society, Victoria Institute, R. Me-
teorological Society, Society of Antiquaries, R. Geographical
Society, Linnean Society, Mr. C. Juhlin Dannfeld, London, Eng-
land (140) ; Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester,
England ( 140); Natural History Society, Newcastle-upon-Tyne,
England (140); Radcliffc Observatory, Sir H. W. Acland, Ox-
ford, England (140); Royal Society of Edinburgh, Scotland
(140); Mr. Horatio Hale, Clinton, Ontario, Canada (140); New
York State Library, Albany (135-140) ; Geological Society of
America, Rochester, N. Y. (140) ; Prof. George Stuart, Philadel-
phia (l-iB, 137, 139); Dr. W. H. Appleton, Swarthmorc, Pa.
(137-140) ; Philosophical Society, Washington, D. C. (140) ;
State Agricultural College, Michigan (139, 140) ; Kansas State
Agricultural College, Manhattan (139); Bishop Crescencio Car-
rillo, Merida de Yucatan, Mexico (139, 140); Central Meteor-
ological Observatory, Mexico (140).

Letters of acknowledgment (141) were received from the
Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa ; Historical and Scien-
tific Society, Winnipeg, Manitoba; Bowdoin College, Bruns-

'^'*4 [Sept. 15,

wick, Me. ; Maine Historical Society, Society of Natural His-
tory, Portland, Me. ; Prof. C. H. Hitchcock, Hanover, N. H. ;
Vermont Historical Society, Montpelier; State Library of
Massachusetts, Boston Society of Natural History, Massachu-
setts Historical Society, Atheneeura, Marine Biological Labo-
ratory, Prof. T. M. Drown, Mr. Robert C. Winthrop, Boston,
Mass. ; Harvard College, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Profs. A. Agassiz, G. L. Goodale, Mr. Robert N. Toppan,
Cambridge, Mass. ; Free Pablic Library, New Bedford, Mass. ;
Essex Institute, Salem, Mass. ; Prof. Elihu Thomson, Swamp-
scott, Mass.; Ames Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.;
Agricultural Experiment Station, Kingston, R. I. ; Providence
Franklin Society, Rhode Island Historical Society, Provi-
dence ; Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford ; Yale Uni-
versity, New Haven Colony Historical Society, New Haven,
Conn.; Agricultural Experiment Station, Storrs, Conn.; New
York State Library, Albany, N. Y. ; Society of Natural
Science, Buffalo, N. Y. ; Prof. Edward North, Clinton, N. Y. ;
Profs. J. M. Hart, J. W. Oliver, B. G. Wilder, Ithaca, N. Y. ;
Meteorological Observatory, Ames Museum Natural History,
Ames Geographical Society, Historical Society, Profs. Isaac
H. Hall, John J. Stevenson, New York ; Vassar Brothers' In-
stitute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y. ; Geological Society of America,
Rochester, N. Y. ; Prof. W. Le Conte Stevens, Troy, N. Y. ;
Oneida Historical Society, Utica, N. Y. ; Free Public Library,
Jersey City, N. J. ; Historical Society, Newark, N. J. ; Prof.
Charles A. Young, Princeton, N. J. ; Prof. H. D. Gregory,
Philadelphia ; Agricultural Experiment Station, Newark,
Del.

Donations to the Library were announced.

Mr. W. P. Tatham presented to the Society, on the behalf of
Mrs. MifiElin Wistar, a handsomely bound collection of letters
to the late Dr. Caspar Wistar, accompanied by the following
letter :

To THE President and Managers op

The American Philosophical Society .
Oentlemen: — The IMauuscripts described ia the accompanying list have

1893.]

245

been selected from the papers of Prof. Caspar Wistar, M.D., who was
the fourth President of your ancient and honorable Society.

Among them are letters in English, in French, in German, and in
Latin, from some of the most learned men of science of their day. The
direct information that they convey may be of little value ; it is not from
writings of the early years of this century that we look for scientific in-
struction. But some of the letters are from men so eminent, that they
cannot fail to be of interest both in what they tell us of their authors, and
in the history of scientific discovery. And the fact that Dr. Wistar's tal-
ents were so honored, and his friendship so valued by great and learned
men in distant countries, at a period in our history when America at-
tracted little attention among the nations of the earth, will perhaps be
gratifying to his successors in this Society, and to American scholars in
general.

I beg of you to accept these letters as a memorial of Prof. Wistar's son,
my late husband, Dr. Mifflin Wistar, who inherited a love of his profes-
sion and a love of his fellow-men, and who died in 1872. No descendant
of Prof Wistar now survives.

I am, gentlemen, most respectfully yours,

Esther F. Wistar.

September, 1893.

* The following is a catalog of the letters, etc., presented :

1. Geneva, July 19, 1794. Letter from Dr. Sylvestreto Dr. Caspar Wistar. (French.)

2. Charleston, May 20, 1796. DeBeauvoir to Dr. Wistar, proposing a scientific journey
in Georgia.

3. Richmond, April 2.5, 179S. Same to same, describing the discovery of a skeleton of
an elk in Virginia. (French.)

4. North Carolina, May 13, 1797. Letter from Rev. Samuel Spring and Samuel McCorkle
to Robert Patterson.

5. New York, February 14, 1792. From Dr. Samuel L. Mitchell to Dr. Wistar, describ-
ing a new invention of distilling fresh water fromi salt.

6. New York, June 30, 1798. Same to Jonathan Williams, describing geological discov-
eries in New York.

7. Boston, October 12, 1799. Notice of Dr. Wistar's election to the Historical Society of
Massachusetts.

8. Paris, Aprils, 1801. Printed Prospectus of a work of G. Cuvier, on Quadrupeds, re-
ceived by the American Philosophical Society from the author.

9. Washington, Mississippi Territory, August 21, 1805. Letter from Samuel Brown to
Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States, describing discovery of large bones.

10. Paris, November 1.5, 1807. Letter from Dr. Delile to Dr. Wistar, relating to poison of
the Upas Tree. (French.)

11. Paris, November 24, 180S. Same to same, informing Dr. Wistar that the writer is
engaged in a work on the Flora of p:gypt, at the Government's expense. (French.)

12. Di-ssertation on Upas poison, referred to in No. 10. (French.)

13. Paris, October 21, 1809. Letter from Dr. Delile to Dr. Wistar, sending the said dis-
sertatiim. (French.)

14. Paris, September 14, 1810. Same to same. (French.)

15. Paris, October 10, 1808. Report ol G. Cuvier to the Institut National, Classe des
Sciences, Physiques et Mathematiques, on a collection of fossils sent by Jefferson.
(French.)

10. Paris, November 14, 1803. Letter of thanks for the above from Cuvier to Jefferson.
(French.)

246

[Sept. 15,

On motion, the sincere thanks of the Society were tendered
to Mrs. Mifflin "Wistar for her valuable gift, for which the
Society ordered suitable acknowledgment should be made.

The deaths of Edward Hopper, August 7, 1893, a3t. 82, and
John M. Maisch, September 10, 1893, set. 63, were announced,
and the President authorized to appoint suitable persons to
prepare the usual obituary notices.*

Mr. Lyman read a paper on " The Great Mesozoic Fault in

17. Paris, May 27, 1809. Letter from Andre Miehaux to Dr. Wistar, referring among
other things to his work. (French.)

18. Paris, November 29, 1S09. Same to same. (French.)

19. Paris, September 7, 1810. Same to same, introducing Monsieur Borges. (French.)

20. Paris, Decembers, 1811. Same to same, introducing the Abbe de Correa de Serra.
(French.)

21. Paris, January 28, 1812. Same to same. (French.)

22. Paris, June 26, 1814. Same to same. (French.)

23. Paris, September 17, 1816. Same to same. (French.)

24. Paris, December 18, 1817. Same to same. (French.)

25. No date. Same to same. (French.)

26. No date. Same to same, sending the iirst volume of Michaux's book on the trees of
the United States.

27. No date. Instructions from the American Philosophical Society to Mr. Andrew
Miehaux, for exploring the country along the Missouri and thence westwardly to the
Pacific Ocean.

28. Francker (Holland), July 31, 1809. Letter from A. G. Camper about fossils collected
by his father, the late Professor of Anatomy, Pitrus Camper.

29. Francker, November 10, 1809. From same to Dr. Wistar, about same, etc.

30. Francker, June 2, 1815. From same about same, etc.

31. Francker, June 20, 1816. From same to Dr. Wistar, about an alligator skeleton, etc.

32. Paris, December 4, 1811. From D. B. Warden to Dr. Wistar, introducing Correa de
Serra.

33. Boston, September 27, 1813. From I. Correa de Serra to Dr. Wistar.

34. Lexington, August 20, 1814. From same to same.

35. St. Petersburg, October, 1813. From Dr. Tilesius to Dr. Wistar, about skeletons, etc.
(Latin.)

36. St. Petersburg, October, 1813. From same to same, about fossils, skeletons, etc.

37. St. Peter>burg, January 27, 1814. From same to same, accompanying a box of casts
of skulls, bones, etc. (German.)

38 New York, May 1, 1815. Notice of Dr. Wistar's election as an honorarj- member of
the New York Literary and Philosophical Society.

39. Bethlehem, June 2, 1816. Letter from John Heckewelder to Dr. Wistar, about the
publication of a book, etc.

40. Bethlehem, July 1, 1816. From same to same, about said book.

41. Bethlehem, April 26, 1817. From same to same.

42. March 3, 1815. Report of the Committee on Dr. Wistar's Memoir on the Othmoid
J '.one.

43. January 19, . Report of the Committee on Dr. Wistar's Paper on Fossil Bones.

44. Philadelphia, July 22, 1830. Letter from the President of the American Philosophi-
cal Society, asking for the loan of Dr. Wistar's portrait in order to have it copied and
liuug in the Hall of the Society.

* The President subsequently appointed Dr. Charles S. DoUey for Dr. Maisch.

1893.

247

New Jersey," after the conclusion of which the author, in
answer to a query by Mr. Williams as to whether he could
suggest any other name for the Newark group, stated that
Montgomery shales would be more suitable, because the beds
occur more fully and have been studied more thoroughly in
Montgomery county (Pennsylvania) than in any other like
district ; but that the beds are probably of two various ages to
be properly called by a single name.

New nominations Nos. 1260, 1261, 1262, 1263, 126-4 were
read.

Mr. Williams moved " that a Committee of five members
be appointed to consider a plan for preparing a Cooperative
Index of all Transactions."

After discussion, the motion was deferred until the next
meeting of the Society, notice of same to be placed on the
card, and the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Stated Meeting^ October 6, 1893.
President Fraley in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

A letter from Hon. Charles P. Daly, New York, accepting
membership.

A letter from the Naturhistorische Verein der Preussischen
Pheinlande, Westfalens und des Regierungs-Bezirks Osnabriick,
Bonn, Prussia, inviting the Society to attend the celebration of
its Fiftieth Anniversary, held May 23 and 24, 1893.

A letter from the Niederrheinische Gesellschaft fiir Natar-
und Heilkunde, Bonn, Prussia, inviting the Society to attend
the celebration of its Seventy-fifth Anniversary, held July 2,
1893.

Letters of envoy were received from the K. Akademie der
Wissenschaften, Vienna, Austria ; Naturforschende Gesell-
schaft, Bamberg, Bavaria ; K. Geologische Landesanstalt und

248 [Oct. 6,

Bergakademie, K. P. Meteorologische Institut, Berlin, Prussia ;
Verein fiir Schlesische Insektenkunde, Breslau, Prussia ; K,
Saichsisclie Gesellscbaft der AYissenschaften, Leipzig, Saxony ;
Verein fiir Vaterliindische Naturkunde, Stuttgart, Wiirtem-
berg ; Societc des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, Bordeaux,
France; Musce Guimet, Paris, France; Smithsonian Institu-
tion, Washington, D. C; Mr. William John Potts, Camden,
N. J.; Academy of Natural Sciences, Davenport, Iowa ; Di-
reccion General de Estadistica de la Kepublica Mexicana, Mex-
ico.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Society of Victoria, Melbourne (139) ; Royal Societ}^ of N. S.
Wales, Sydney, Australia (139); K. Vetenskaps Akademiens,
Stockholm, Sweden (111) ; Royal Society of Sciences, Upsal,
Sweden (140); K. Dauske Videnskabernes Selskab, Prof.
Japetus Steenstrup, Copenhagen, Denmark (139, 140) ; Royal
Zoological Society, Amsterdam, Netherlands (139) ; K. Zool-
isch-Botanische Genootschap, The Hague, Z. Holland (139,
140) ; Imperial Academy of Science, St. Petersburg, Russia
(139) ; K. K. Naturhistorische Hofmuseum, Drs. Aristides
Brezina, Friederich S. Krauss, Matthasus Much, Vienna, Aus-
tria (140); Naturforschende Gesellscbaft des Osterlandes, Alten-
berg, Saxe- Weimar (140); Deutsche Geologische Gesellscbaft
(139, 140), Editor of Naturwissenschaftliche Wochensclirift
(140), Gesellscbaft fiir Erdkunde (140), Berlin, Prussia ; Verein
fiir Erdkunde, Dresden, Saxony (140) ; Physikalisch-Medicin-
ische Societiit, Erlangen, Bavaria (139, 140); Oberhessiscbe
Gessellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, Giessen, Hesse (139,
140); Pb3'sikalisch-Qj]konomiscbe Gesellscbaft, Konigsberg,
Prussia (139) ; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Metz, Lorraine (139,
140); Instituto di Studi Superiori, Firenze, Italia (140); R.
Osservatorio dell' Universita, Torino, Italia (140); Academic
des Sciences et Belles-lettres, Angers, France (139) ; Societe
Ilistorique du Cher, Bourges, France (139); Sociute des
Sciences Naturelles et Archeologiques de la Creuse, Gueret,
France (139); Prof Leon de Rosny, Paris, France (139); Mr.
Samuel Timmins, Arley, Coventry, England ^(141) ; Bath

1S93.]

249

and West and Southern Counties Society, Batli, England (140,
Ittl) ; Eojal Meteorological Society (141), Victoria Institute
(141), Linnean Society (141), Royal Astronomical Society (141,
and Trans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1), Prof. William Crookes (141),
Mr. C. Juhlin-Dannfelt (141), Dr. W. H. Flower (140), London,
England ; Literary and Philosophical Society, Geographical
Society, Manchester, England (141); Royal Observatory, Edin-
burgh, Scotland (141, and Trans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1); Massachu-
setts Agricultural College, Amherst (141), Dr. Justin Winsor,
Cambridge, Mass. (137-140); Prof. James Hall, Albany,
N. Y. (141); American Geographical Society, Prof. Isaac H.
Hall, New York (137-140); Prof. C. W. Shields, Princeton,
N. J. (141) ; Wyoming Historical and Geological Society,
Wilkesbarre, Pa. (141); State Library of Pennsylvania, Har-
risburg. Pa. (Trans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1); Mercantile Library
(141), Prof. E. D. Cope (141), Mr. E. T. D'Invilliers (137-140),
Mr. G. de B. Keim (141), Prof. Albert H. Smyth (14 L),
Prof. George Stuart (135, 141), Philadelphia; Prof. James E.
Rhoads, Bryn Mawr (137-141) ; Agricultural Experiment
Station, Newark, Del. (139, 140) ; U. S. Naval Institute, An-
napolis, Md. (141) ; Maryland Institute, Enoch Pratt Free Li-
brary, Baltimore, Md. (141); Mr. T. L. Patterson, Cumber-
land, Md. (141); Smithsonian Institution (544 packages),
Bureau of Ethnology, Surgeon-General's Office, U. S. Weather
Bureau (Trans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1), Anthropological Society,
U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, U. S. Geological Survey,
Col. Garrick Mallery, Rt. Rev. John J. Keane, Profs. S. F.
Emmons, Charles A. Schott, Drs. J. S. Billings, Albert S.
Gatschet, W. J. Hoffmann, Mr. W. B. Taylor, Washington,
D.C. (141) ; University of Virginia, Leander McCormick Ob-
servatory, Charlottsville, Va. (141); U. S. Artillery, Fort
Monroe, Va. (141); Prof. J. W. Mallet, University of Vir-
ginia, Va. (141); N. C. Experiment Station, Raleigh (141);
Canebrake Experiment Station, Uniontown, Ala. (141) ; Uni-
versity of Alabama, University P. 0. (141) ; State Experi-
ment Station, Baton Rouge, La. (141) ; Academy of Sciences,
Austin, Texas (141); Society of Natural History, Prof. T. H.

PKOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 143. 2 F. PRINTED NOV. 15, 1893.

250

[Oct 6,

Norton, Cincinnati, Ohio (1-il) ; Oberlin College, Oberlin, O.
(141); Agricultural Experiment Station, Knoxville, Tenn.
(1-il); Purdue Experiment Station, LaFayette, Ind. (141);
State Agricultural College, Michigan (141); Academy of
Natural Sciences, Davenport, la. (141); Washburn College,
Topeka, Kans. (141) ; State Historical Society, Madison, Wis.
(141); Colorado Scientific Society, Denver (141); State
Agricultural College, Fort Collins, Colo. (137, 189, 140,
141); Academy of Science, Tacoma, Wash. (141); Experi-
ment Station, Lincoln, Neb. (141); University of California,
Prof Joseph LeConte, Berkeley, Cal. (141); Prof. J. C. Bran-
ner, Palo Alto, Cal. (141); Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, Eiverside,
Cal. (141) ; Prof. George Davidson, San Francisco, Cal. (141);
Obi^eratorio Astronomico de Tacubaya, Mexico (141); Bishop
Crescendo Carrillo, Merida, Yucatan, Mex. (141).

Accessions to the Library were reported from the K. K.
Militar-Geographische Institut, Vienna, Austria; Naturfor-
schende Gesellschaft, Bamberg, Bavaria; K. P. Meteorolog-
ische Institut, Berlin, Prussia ; Verein flir Erdkunde, Cassel,
Prussia; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Emden, Prussia; Ober-
hessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, Giessen,
Hesse; Geographische Gesellschaft, Hanover, Prussia; Physi-
kalisch-CEkonomische Gesellschaft, Konigsberg, Prussia; Ver-
ein flir Kunst und Alterthum, Ulm, Wiirtemberg; Socicte
des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, Bordeaux, France ;
Academic N. des Sciences, etc., Caen, France ; Societe de I'His-
toire de France, Prof. Paul Topinard, Paris,- France; Socidte
d'Agricultnre, Lyons, France ; Instituto y Osservatorio de Ma.
rina, San Fernando, Spain ; Societe de Geographic, Lisbon,
Portugal ; Rousdon Observatory, Devon, England ; Depart-
ment of Public Works and Mining, Halifax, N. S.; Natural
History Society, Montreal, Canada ; Roj^al Society of Canada,
Ottawa; Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston, Mass,;
Scientific Alliance, Prof. J. A. Allen, New York, N. Y.; Mr.
Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia; Smithsonian Institution,
Antiiropological Society, Dr. Elliott Coues, Washington, D. C;
Georgia Historical Society, Savannah ; Public Library, St.

1893.]

251

Louis, Mo.; Michigan Mining School, Lansing; University of
Wisconsin, Madison ; Mr. Alton H. Thompson, Topeka, Kans.;
Nebraska State Historical Society, Lincoln ; Colorado Scien-
tific Society, Denver ; Agricultural Experiment Stations,
Kingston, R. L, Madison, Wis.

A photograph for the Society's album was received from
Mr. Eobert P. Field, Philadelphia.

A circular from the Friesch Genootschap voor Geschied-,
Ondheid en Taalkunde, Leeuwarden, Friesland, announcing the
death of three of its members.

The Secretaries reported that the paper by Prof. Gentry
was undesirable for publication, and it was ordered to be re-
turned to its writer.

Dr. Ruschenberger read an obituary notice of the late Wil-
liam Barton Rogers.

Prof. W. B. Scott, of Princeton, N. J., presented a paper for
the Transactions entitled, "On the Mammalian Fauna from the
Deep River Beds of Montana," of which he gave an oral
synopsis.

On motion, the President was authorized to appoint a Com-
mittee of three members to examine and report on same.*

Dr. Brinton read a paper on " The Central American
Native Calendar."

In answer to a query by Dr. Morris, Dr. Brinton made some
remarks on the meaning of the Mexican Calendar.

Pending nominations Nos. 1260, 1261, 1262, 1263 and 1264'
were read.

At the call of deferred business, the motion of Mr. Williams,
offered at the last meeting, was taken up and considered.
The motion was as follows :

" Resolved, That a Committee of five members be appointed to consider
a plan for preparing a Cooperative Index of all Transactions."

The subject was discussed by Messrs. Smyth, Brinton, Cope,
Prime, Phillips, Morris and others, and was explained by Mr.
Williams.

* Dr. Cope, Dr. Ryder and Mr. Lyman were subsequently appoiuted as such Com-
mittee.

^^^ [Oct. 20,

Dr. Horn moved to amend the resolution so that it should
read as follows: '■^Resolved, That a Committee of five mem-
bers be appointed to consider the expediency of preparing a
plan of a Cooperative Index of all Transactions and if expe-
dient to report such a plan to the Society."

Mr. Williams accepted the amendment.

The question was put on the motion as amended and the
resolution was carried by a vote of seven ayes to six nays.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, October 20, 1893.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Dr. James E. Rhoads, of Bryn Mawr, was presented to the
Chair and took bis seat.

Accessions to the Library were reported from tbe Govern-
ment Geologist, Adelaide, Australia ; R. Societatis Scienti-
arum, Upsal, Sweden ; xS^aturwissenschaften Verein des Reg.-
Bez. Frankfurt a. O., Prussia; Direzione Generale della Statis-
tica, Rome, Italy ; R. Accademia de Scienze, R. Osservatorio
Astronomico, Turin, Italy ; Union Geographique du Nord de
la France, Douai ; Societe de Geographic, Paris, France ; Geo-
logical Survey of Canada, Ottawa; Historical and Scientific
Society of Manitoba, Winnipeg ; Vassar Brothers' Institute,
Poughkeepsie, N. Y.; Ferry Co., Hoboken, N. J.; Mr. Henry
Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia; Board of Public Charities, etc.,
Harrisburg, Pa.; Surgeon-General's Ofiice, Bureau of Ameri-
can Republics, Dr. Albert S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C. ;
Public Library, Cincinnati, 0. ; Iowa Geological Survey, Des
Moines ; Department de Fomento, Caracas, Venezuela.

Letters of envoy were received from the Socictd Royale des

1893.] ^^^

Sciences, IJpsal, Sweden ; Academic R. des Sciences, etc.,
Bruxelles, Belgium; Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa;
Bareau of American Kepublics, Washington, D. C.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Geographical Society (Queensland Branch), Brisbane (139);
Socictc Royale des Sciences, Upsal, Sweden (125-139); K.
Zoologisch Genootschap, Amsterdam, Netherlands (1-il) ;
Fondation de P. Teyler van der Hulst, Colonial Museum,
Haarlem, Holland (141) ; Museum van Oudheiden, Leiden,
Holland (141) ; Royal Library, K. Zoologisch-Botanisch Ge-
nootschap, 'S-Gravenhage, The Hague (141) ; Academe R, des
Sciences, etc., Bruxelles, Belgium (139); K. K. Central- An-
stalt fiir Meteorologie, etc., Yienna, Austria (141) ; Naturhis-
torische Verein, Bonn, Prussia (139); Naturwissenschaftliche
Verein des Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt a. O., Prussia (137, 139, 140);
Direktion der Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg, Germany (140);
K. Sternwarte, Munich, Bavaria (141) ; Marquis Antonio de
Gregorio, Palermo, Italy (139, 140); Philosophical Society,
Cambridge, England (141, and Trans., xvii, 3, xviii, 1) ; Royal
Geographical Society, Zoological Society, Dr. W. H. Flower,
Mr. P. L. Sclater, London, England (141); Prof. W. Boyd
Dawkins, Manchester, England (139, 140, 141) ; Natural His-
tory Society, New-Castle-on-Tyne, England (141) ; Royal So-
ciety, Dublin, Ireland (141); Prof. W. D. Whitney, New
Haven, Conn. (141); Prof. L. B. Hall, Haverford, Pa. (141);
Dr. John H. Brinton, Philadelphia (141); Smithsonian Insti-
tution, Washington, D. C. (141) ; University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Mich. (141); Prof. B. W. Claypole, Akron, 0. (141);
Cincinnati Observatory (141); Prof. H. S. Osborn, Oxford, O.
(141); Prof. J. L. Campbell, Crawfordsville, Ind, (141) ; Mr.
Everard F. im Thurn, Georgetown, British Guiana, South
America (140); Bureau de Statistique, La Plata, Buenos
Ayres, South America (96, 107-128, 135-138).

The Committee on Prof. W. B. Scott's Paper reported the
same to be worthy of publication in the Transactions of the
Society.

On motion, the Committee was discharged.

Ruschenbergcr] Zo^ [Oct. 6,

Pending nominations Nos. 1260, 1261, 1262, 1263 and 1264
were read, spoken to and balloted for.

Mr. Prime made some remarks on the classification of ore
deposits and proposed a new system.

Dr. Cope made an oral communication on the forms of fossil
sharks, family Cladodontidse.

The President reported the appointment of Mr. William P.
Tatham on the Committee of Finance in place of W, B.
Rogers, deceased.

The business of the meeting being over, the Tellers exam-
, ined the ballots cast and reported to the President the state of
the poll.

The President thereupon declared that the following had
been duly elected to membership in the Society :

2222. Dr. Samuel A. Green, Boston, Mass.

2223. Dr. John G. Morris, Baltimore, Md.

2224. Prof. J. M. Hoppin, New Haven, Conn.

2225. Chevalier Rousseau d'Hoppancourt, Vienna, Austria.

2226. Dr. Isaac Roberts, London, England.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

A Notice of William Barton Rogers.

By W. S. IV. Ruschenberger, M.D.

(^Read before the American Philosophical Society, Oct. 6, iSgj. )

According to its long-existing practice on the death of a mem-
ber, the Society, at the proper time, resolved that a notice of the
late William B. Rogers should be recorded in its Froceeditigs, and
that the President should appoint a member to prepare it. He has
been pleased to kindly assign the duty to me. And now, with diffi-
dence, I submit the following brief sketch.

Mr. Rogers was a son of Dr. James Blythe Rogers, who succeeded

1893.] ^^^ [Ruscheuberger.

the distinguished chemist, Dr. Robert Hare, in the Professorship of
Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. His three uncles, as
well as their father, Dr. P. K. Rogers, were widely known in the field
of science. Dr. P. K. Rogers was appointed, in 1819, Professor of
Natural Philosophy and Mathematics in the ancient college of Wil-
liam and Mary, at Williamsburg, Va. William B. Rogers, the
uncle after whom our subject was named, was Professor of Natural
Philosophy and Geology in the University of Virginia, and, from
July, 1835, the Director of the Geological Survey of the State.
Henry Darwin Rogers was Director of the First Geological Survey
of Pennsylvania, and, from 1858, Regius Professor of Natural His-
tory in the University of Glasgow ; and Dr. Robert E. Rogers was
Professor of Chemistry during many years in the University of
Pennsylvania, and subsequently in the Jefferson Medical College.

William B. Rogers, Jr., was born Dec. 17, 1833, in Baltimore,
where his parents then resided. In 1840, they settled in Philadel-
phia. William was first at a Friends' School, taught by Miss Mary
Tyson. On leaving it, he was, from 1843 to 1846, at the Public
Grammar School, N.E. corner of Twelfth and Locust streets, of
which Mr. Clevenger was Principal.

In 1846, he entered the Central High School of Philadelphia,
then under the direction of Mr. John S. Hart, and graduated
Bachelor of Arts in 1850. The same year he matriculated at the
University of Virginia, but being called home in the spring of 1852
by the illness of his father, who died June 15, he did not resume
his course in the University.

In the winter of 1852-53, he was appointed an assistant on the
First Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, and for three years did
field or office duty, as occasion required, and in the fourth year,
desultory work. This Geological Survey was ended by the failure
of the Legislature of the State to appropriate money to continue it,
and all who had assisted in the work were released from their con-
nection with it.

Mr. Rogers was without regular occupation during many months.
To him profitable and continued employment of some kind was
very desirable. He was always an earnest student, and his acquire-
ments were notable at that time. It seemed probable that the ex-
ample of the lives of his father and uncles, as well as his own pref-
erence, would induce him to select for himself only some one of

Ruschenberger.] ^'^^ [Oct. 6,

the vocations associated with science. Possibly, however, observa-
tion may have satisfied him that toiling on any purely scientific
path does not always lead to sufficient compensation, reckoned
either in fortune or in fame. Whatever reason may have deter-
mined his course, he abandoned science as a career, but adhered to
it as a proper diversion and amusement for leisure hours.*

In December, 1859, The Western Saving Fund Society of Phila-
delphia appointed him a clerk in the institution. There his habit-
ual exactness, devotion to duty, pleasant demeanor, and manifest
integrity in every sense won for him unreserved confidence and
esteem, and secured his advancement step by step in the institution.
In July, 1862, he was promoted to be Secretary and assistant of the
President.

He married, Nov. 12, 1862, a daughter of Mr. William Wynne
VVister, of Germantovvn, and in December of that year was ap-
pointed Treasurer of the Saving Fund. He was chosen Vice-Pres-
ident of it in February, 1878, and elected one of the Board of
Managers of the Society in October, 1882.

To obtain temporary relaxation from official duty after almost
continuous attention to it during thirty-one years, and also for the
benefit of his health, which was in some degree impaired, he went
to Europe in June, 1890 ; and, having visited the British Islands, Bel-
gium, France, Germany and Switzerland, returned and resumed
his official work, after an absence of about three months.

His educational training and impressions, received while in view
of near relatives engaged in scientific work, possibly imparted the
taste which led him to seek temporary diversion from cares inci-
dent to his vocational occupation in certain societies, devoted to
the increase and diffusion of knowledge, as well as to the promo-
tion of general interest in intellectual pursuits. He was interested
in several such associations.

Mr, Rogers became a member of the Union League, May 13,
1863, and resigned from it Nov. 13, 1866.

He was a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia from September, 1870, and was elected one of the Board
of Trustees of the Building Fund of the Academy, and Secretary
of the Board in January, 1893.

* The writer of this notice learned since " reading" it, tiiat Mr. Rogers, about three
months before bis death, told a friend that the reason why he abaudoued science lor
liuaiice was his inability to obtain any scientitic appointment.

1893.] ^57 [Ruschenberger.

He was a member of the Board of Directors of the Mercantile
Library Company of Philadelphia from 1878 till 1887, when he
resigned.

He was chosen a member of the American Philosophical Society
April 16, 1880, and served on its Finance Committee from Janu-
ary, 1885.

He was elected a member of the Historical Society of Pennsyl-
vania, December 19, 1887; and was also a member of the Geo-
graphical and of the Photographical Societies.

The titles of the institutions in which Mr. Rogers was interested
may suggest the various subjects that, at different times, occupied
his attention. Intellectually liberal, generous in disposition, and-
naturally endowed with a well-balanced mind — good sense — his
diversified and reliable knowledge greatly enhanced his qualifica-
tions to be an efficient officer and manager in a financial institution.

His general health had become impaired in the past year. After
a few hours' illness at his home in Germantown. he died on the
evening of March 15, 1893, '^ ^^^ sixtieth year of his age, leaving
a widow, a son, and a daughter, bereaved of a considerate, loving
husband and affectionate father.

The Western Saving Fund Society of Philadelphia, at a special
meeting, March 20, recorded on its minutes an expression of its
sense of loss in the death of its Vice-President, who with entire ap-
probation had served the Society during thirty-three years. His
extensive knowledge of finance enabled him to judiciously select
securities suitable for the investment of funds entrusted to the
care of the Society. He had the confidence and respect of depos-
itors ; and with those who desired to transact other business with
the institution, his relations were always friendly and confidential.

The value of an officer so highly qualified cannot be easily esti-
mated nor definitely expressed. William B. Rogers will long be
kindly and respectfully remembered by his daily associates and
numerous friends.

Philadelphia, in his death, lost a modest, intelligent, unpreten-
tious citizen, whose conduct was exemplary in every respect — a
man who never forgot to do his duty.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 143. 2 G. PRINTED NOV. 15, 1893.

Brinton.] '^*^" [Oct. 6,

The Native Calendar of Cenlr-al America and Mexico.

A Study in Linguistics and Symbolism.

By Daniel G. Brinton^ M.D.

(^Read before the American Philosophical Society^ Oct. 6. 1803.)

§ 1. Purpose and Method of the Inquiry.

g 2. Geographic Extension of the Calendar System.

^ 3. Mathematical Basis of the Calendar. The 20 and 13-day Periods.

§ 4. The 5-day Periods and " Year-bearers."

§ 5. The 7-day Periods.

§ 6. The Vague Solar Year.

§ 7. Methods of Divination by the Calendar.

§ 8. Calendar Festivals of the Modern Quiches.

§ 9. Where was the Calendar Invented, and by what Nation ?

§ 10. The Linguistic Analysis.

§ 11. Analysis of the Day-Names in the Maya, Tzental, Quiche, and

Cakchiquel Dialects, and in the Zapotec and Nahuatl Languages.

§ 12. Analysis of the Month-Names in the Maya, Tzental, Quiche, and

Cakchiquel Dialects, and in the Chapanec Language.

§ 13. The Symbolism of the Day-Names.

§ 14. Genera] Symbolic Significance of the Calendar.

§ 1. Purpose and Method of this Inquiry.

Of all the intellectual monuments which remain to us of the
native race of the Western Continent, the most remarkable
without doubt is the Calendar system which was in use among
the more civilized tribes of Mexico and Central America. Years
ago, Alexander von Humboldt assigned to it the first rank among
the proofs that they had reached a certain degree of true civil-
ization ; indeed, so deeply did its intricacies impress him, that
he could not believe that it w^as wholly developed by tribes so
uncultured in some other respects, and sought for its chief prin-
ciples an origin among the old civilizations of Asia.*

A profounder stud^^ of the subject, rendered possible by more
abundant documents, especially of a linguistic character, has
shown that the hypothesis of the great naturalist is unnecessary,

*See his Vues des Cordillires el Monumensdes Peuples Indigenes (leVAmeriquc, Tome i,
p. 332, etc.

1893.] -^59 [Brinton.

and indeed contrary to the evidence. The peculiarities which
mark this Calendar belong to itself alone, and differ completely
from those on which the time-counts and astronomical measure-
ments of the ancient nations of the Old World were based. It is
strangely and absolutely independent and American in its ori-
gin and development.

The especial object which I have in view in this essay is to
collect the month and day-names of all the nations of the
Maya stock within my reach, and subject them to an etj^molog-
ical analysis and comparison with their correspondents in the
Zapotec and Nahuatl tongues, and to endeavor to reach the sym-
bolic significance of the Calendar as a mythical record and method
of divination.

I confine mj'self to the linguistic analysis, and avoid that
based on the hieroglj^phic writing, of which so much use has
been made by Prof. Cyrus Thomas, Dr. Schellhas, Dr. Seler and
others, because I believe it must be brought into requisition with
great caution and under strict limitations. The leading princi-
ple of this writing is, in my opinion, essentially phonetic, and
not representative ; but phonetic according to what I have called
the " ikonomatic " method, which means that the glyph or figure
is a picture, not of the object, but of the name of the object, as
in what is called a •' rebus." *

The consequence of this is, that it becomes quite misleading
to seek the real meaning or derivation of a day -name or other
word from the figure which represents it in the hieroglyphic
writing. The latter stands usually for a word of an entirel}" dif-
ferent meaning, the only connection being a more or less simi-
larity in sound.

This will readily be understood by a few examples of this
method of writing in our own tongue. In it, for instance, the
pronoun " I " would be represented by the picture of an eye ; a
(writing) pen by the picture of a (hog) pen ; " matron " by a
mat, and a person running ; and so on.

It is evident that any attempt to derive from such figures the
literal names of the day or month would lead the inquirer wholly
astray. Yet in spite of the fact that we have any number of
examples proving that this method was constantly in use by the

* See my JEssays of an Americanist, pp. 213-229 (Philadelphia, 1890), for a full explanation
of the ikonomatic method.

Briuton.l ^uO [Oct. G,

Nahuas and Mayas, the authors above referred to and others
have repeatedly overlooked it, and have often been led into ob-
viously erroneous interpretations.

§ 2. Geographic Extension or the Calendar System.

We know to a certainty that essentially the same Calendar
system was in use among the Nahuas of the Valley of Mexico
and other tribes of the same linguistic family resident in Tlas-
callan and Meztitlan, in Soconusco, Guatemala and Nicaragua ;
that it prevailed among the Mixtecs and Zapotecs ; and that of
the numerous Mayan tribes, it was familiar to the Mayas proper
of Yucatan, the Tzentals and Zotzils of Chiapas, the Quiches
and Cakchiquels of Guatemala, and to their ancestors, the build-
ers of the ruined cities of Copan and Palenque.

There is no direct evidence that it had extended to the Huas-
tecas, of Maya lineage, on the Rio Panuco ; but it was in vogue
among the Totonacos, their neighbors to the south, on the Gulf
of Mexico. The Pirindas, Matlazincas and Tarascos of Mich-
oacan had also accepted it, though perhaps not in a complete
form.* The Chapanecs (Chiapanecs) or Mangues, part of whom
lived in Nicaragua and part in Chiapas, had also adopted it.

The tribes above named belong to seven entirely different lin-
guistic stocks, but were not geographically distant. Outside of
the area which they occui3ied,no traces of this Calendar system,
with its many and salient peculiarities, have been found, either
in the New or the Old World.

The date of this wide dispersion we cannot assign, but we can
positively'' say that it was many centuries before the conquest of
the country by the Spaniards. We know that in the Mayan ter-
ritory the builders of the ancient cities of Palenque in Tabasco,
and Copan in Honduras, both of which had been deserted and
ruined long before the arrival of Cortes, were familiar with a
well-developed form of this Calendar, and with the graphic
methods for carrying out its computations. We further know
that the migrations of the Nahuas from Central Mexico, to form
the colonies of the Pipiles in Guatemala, and of the Nicaraos in
Nicaragua, took place after that stock had elaborated their special

* Oa this point, consult the Anales del Museo Miclwacano, Tome i (1888), p. 85, for a crit.
leal exposition of the question, by the Rev. Paso y Troncoso. Also, Orozco y Berra, His-
toria Anligua dc Mexico, Tomo ii, p. 144 ct seq.

1S93.J -"^1- [Brinton.

form of the Calendar, because these emigrants carried it with
them, and preserved it until the advent of the Europeans. Such
facts incline us to accept the statement of the Quiche astrono-
mers to the effect that they had been regularly keeping their
national annals by this time measurement for at least eight hun-
dred years before the advent of the Spaniards in 1524. *

The Ma3^an dialects of which I can avail m^-self are the Maya
proper of Yucatan; the Tzental of Chiapas; and the Quiche
and Cakchiquel of Guatemala. The last two differ very slightly
from each other, and may be considered as one language. The
Tzentals and Zotzils were closely allied branches of the stock,
who inhabited a considerable portion of Chiapas and Tabasco
when this region was first explored by the Spaniards. Early
writers often call the Tzentals, " Tzendals " and " Zeldals,"
through a corruption of their proper name, which is Tzental,
there being no d in their alphabet. The Zotzils called themselves
Keren, " ^^oiing men," which the Spaniards changed into Que-
lenes. »

Garcia de Palacio, writing in 1576, includes both under the
compound name, Zeldal-Quelen, as one language. f They have
from time to time been spoken of erroneously as Chiapanecs.
These, whose right name is Chapanecs, are linguistically in no
way related to the Mayan stock.

The Tzental dialect Is not distant from the pure Maya. In
his scheme of the divarication of the stock. Dr. StoU places it,
indeed, as the branch nearest allied to the tongue spoken in
Yucatan. [j; I am inclined, however, from my own studies of
these dialects, to accept as correct the uniform traditions of the
Cakchiquels, Quiches and Tzutuhils of Guatemala, who traced
their ancestry to the same parentage as that of the Tzentals and
Zotzils ; thus bringing the dialects of Chiapas into closer rela-
tionship to those of Guatemala than to those of the Peninsula
of Yucatan. §

* "Demas de ochocicntos anos," Herrera, Historia de las Indias Occidentales, Dec. iii,
Lib. iv, cap. 18.

t Carta al Fey, p. 20 (Ed. Squier).

t Dr. Otto Stoll, Ethnographie dcr Republik Guatemala, s. 84 (Zurich, 1884). The form
"Tzotzil" adopted by this writer is not so correct as " Zotzil."

§ I do not inchide the Choi among the proper dialects of the Tzental territory. It is ol
modern introduction, from the upper valley of the Usumacinta river.

Brill ton.] -^Oi^ [Oct. 6,

§ 3. Mathematical Basis of the Calendar.

The general outlines of this Calendar system are so well known
— or rather, I should say, are discussed in so many accessible
books — that I need not more than refer to them here.

The basis is a so-called " month " of 20 daj'S. Each day is
designated by a name of some object, animate or inanimate ; and
besides its name, each day is numbered, but not from 1 to 20,
but only from 1 to 13, when the numbering begins again at the
unit.

The result of this combination evidently is, that a day bear-
ing both the same name and the same number will not recur
until 13 of the " months " have elapsed. This gives a period or
cycle of 260 days, and this anomalous period is at the founda-
tion of the native Calendar.

Why was it chosen ? Does it correspond to any series of re-
curring events in nature ? Is it astronomical ? Or was it purely
mythical and terrestrial ?

The answers to these inquiries are not entirely satisfactory.
It is generally admitted that the number 20 was chosen because
the arithmetical system of these nations was vigesimal, and
grouping the days by twenties was a natural method with them ;
and it has usually been stated that the number 13 represents
one-half the number of daj'S during which the moon is visible
between its heliacal conjunctions, and that it owed its selection
to this observation.*

An obvious difficulty in this theoiy is, that according to it the
Calendar ought not to take note of the days when the moon is
in conjunction, as otherwise after the very first month it will no
longer correspond with the sequence of natural events from
which it is assumed to be derived ; but as these days are counted,
it would appear, although the lunar relations of the calendar in
later da^-s cannot be denied, that it had some other origin.

The month may have been counted from new moon to new
moon ; but the 26 days in which the moon was actually visible
alone have been included in a ritual or ceremonial lunar count,
13 of these being assigned to the waxing, 13 to the waning
moon.

* See Orozco y Berra, Hisloria Antigua de Mexico, Tome ii, p. 12. Another theory which
he suggests is tliat the 13 may have had reference to the 13 lunar months which approxi-
mately make up a solar year.

1893.] -t)d [Brinton.

Dr. Forstemann is of opinion that the 13-clay period arose
from an effort to divide tlie vague solar year, counted as 364
days, into equal parts, thus making 13 X 28 = 364. *

Another theory, especially urged by the able Mexican anti-
quary, Paso y Troncoso, is that the period of 260 days and the
number 13 owe their selection to astronomical observations of
the planet Yenus. He points out that 5 synodical revolutions
of Yenus equal 8 solar years; and that after 13 periods of 8
years, forming a cycle of 104 years, on the initial day of the
next cycle the relative positions of Yenxis and the sun would be
the same as at the commencement of the first C3'cle.f

An entirely different explanation of the selection of the num-
ber 13 is that which traces it to certain widespread terrestrial
and mythical connections.

Whether these mythical relations were adopted from the Cal-
endar or whether they gave rise to it, they certainly were pres-
ent in marked prominence among these nations. According to
Aztec mythology the heavens were 13 in number, and 13 divini-
ties ruled over the under world. The Quiches and Cakchiquels
believed that 13 was the number of the first ancestors of the
human race, so they divided their tribes into 13 divisions or
gentes. And other instances could be quoted of the sacredness
of this number.

Whence did it derive this mythical character ?

A possible explanation has been suggested to me by M)-.
Frank H. Gushing, based on his observations among the Zunis.

In the ceremonies of this nation the complete terrestrial
sphere is symbolized by pointing or blowing the smoke to the
four cardinal points, to the zenith and the nadir, the indi-
vidual himself making the seventh number. When the celestial
is also to be symbolized only the six directions are added to
this seven, because the individual remains the same. So that
the number typifying the whole universe, terrestrial and celes-
tial, becomes 13.

When, on the other hand, in their ceremonies the rite requires
the officiant to typify the. supra- and the infra-terrestrial spheres,

* " Die Zahl 364 scheint den Anlass gegeben zu haben das Jahr in Perioden von je 13
Tagen zu teilen. Denn die Natur scheint die Zahl 13 nicht geliefert zu haben." Globus,
Bd. 03, No. 2. 1892.

t See his lengthy and careful study in the Analcs del Museo Nacional de Mexico, Tomo ii,
pp. 350, seq.

Brinton.] -^^4: [Oct. 6,

that is, the upper and the under worlds, the same number, 13,
results, as it is held that in each the suu stands for the individ-
ual, being in turn the day-sun and the night-sun, the light and
the dark sun, but ever the same, and therefore counts but once.

The number 13 possesses certain properties and relations
•which appear to have recommended it widely for divinatory
purposes and games. The Mexican " cycle " was composed of
52 years arranged in 4 series of 13 each ; precisel}^ analogous to
a pack of our playing cards. These cards can be traced back to
primitive games plaj^ed for purposes of divination ; and no
doubt the numbers were selected and combined in both instances
from the same motives.

The Nahuas certainly regarded the ritual year of 2C0 days as
equivalent to 9 lunations, as they divided it in some of the most
important of their Calendars — the celebrated " Tonalamatl," for
instance — into 9 equal divisions, ruled over by the so-called 9
" Lords of the Night ;" thus 29 X 9 = 261 ; though what they
did with the supernumerary day is not clear.*

An ingenious theory of the mathematical development of this
Calendar has been offered by Mrs. Zelia Nnttall. It assumes
that at the close of each period of 20 X 13 = 260 days, 5 inter-
calary daj^s were inserted before the next 260-day period was
technically commenced. This naturally brought its commence-
ment on the next subsequent Dominical day, and also caused
the whole period, 265 days, to equal, very nearly', nine lunations.
If it can be shown that this intercalation actually took place,
Mrs. Nuttall's suggestion will have cleared up one of the most
obscure problems in American archaeology.

It seems inherently probable that there was some such ver\^
accurate hieratic plan of keeping the time count, as we are as-
sured by many writers that certain native festivals, etc., were
observed precisely on days of the year fixed by the European
Cakndar.f

*0n the Tonalamatl see Dr. Seler's very thorough article in the Compte-Rcndu of the
Congress of Americanists for 1888, p. 527, seq.

t Dr. Stoll has shown that the Cakchiquels must have subtracted^ days from the 260 in
order to keep tlieir reckoning as we know they did. {Ethnologie der Indianersldmme von
Guatemala, p. 66. Leiden, 188!).) His comparison of the methods of reckoning time
among the Nahuas, Mayas and the nations of Guatemala is highly suggestive.

1893.] ^^5 [Brinton.

§ 4. The 5-day Periods and " Year-bearers."

The sequence of the days is found to be the same in all the
Calendars which have been preserved, from whatever stock they
have been derived. In all, also, the " month" of 20 days was
divided into a series of 4 shorter periods of 5 days each. But
here the similarity ends, for these 5-day periods did not uni-
formly begin on the day which we know was the first of the 20,
nor was there any agreemeiit between the various Calendars as
to when they should begin. As the counts of the 3'ears and
cycles were named after and adjusted b}'' these " Dominical
days," or, as the Maj^as called them, " Year-bearers," this led to
a certain confusion.

The differences will be seen in the following table, in which the
numbers are those of the 20-day period on which the shorter
periods of 5 days began in the several Calendars.

Maya.

TZENTAL.

QUICHfi-CAKCHIQUEL.

Zapotec.

Nahuatl

4

3

2

1

3

9

8

7

6

8

14

13

12

11 '

13

19

18

17

16

18

It will be seen that the only two which agree are the Tzental
and the Nahuatl ; and the only one which began the 5-day and
the 20-da3^ periods on the same da}^ was the Zapotec.

Nevertheless, the fact that the Calendar did begin on the
first day of the 20-day period was distinctly recognized by these
peoples. It is mentioned concerning the Maj^as by Bishop
Landa,* and by various writers of the Mexicans, "Why and
when the change was made remains extremely obscure and has
received a variety of explanations at the hands of students.

Orozco y Berra questioned the accuracy of Landa's statement,
that the day Iniix began the count in Maya, and suggested that
what his informant meant was, that the day and number of Imix
were duplicated every four years as a bissextile day, and in that
sense began the i-eckoning.f

Dr. Seler explains the Nahuatl and Ma3'a Dominical da^'s
thus : " The day Acatl, like Kan, belongs to the four chief signs
with which the sequence of the years is indicated, and both refer

* Landa, Relacion de las Cosas de Yucatan, p. 246.
t Historia Antigua de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. 128.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2 H. PRINTED NOV. 18, 1893.

Brinton.] ZUO [Oct g^

especiall}^ to those years ■which are assigned to the East, the
place of beginning." * This does not explain why these days
rather than others were chosen as the " Year-bearers," or as the
Dominical days. Nor is it accurate to say that the Calendars,
when arranged, as was the custom, with reference to the cardinal
points, began at the east. Motilinia tells us those of the Na-
huas,at least those which he had seen, began with Tochlli, which
was placed to the south ; f and Ordonez y Aguiar, in the scheme
of the Tzental Calendar, which he copied from a native original,
begins with Lanibat, which he also places to the south ; \ both
of these being the eighth day of these calendars.

According to Dr. Forstemann, who has prosecuted such valu-
able researches into the Maya Codices, the Maya years began with
Imix until towards the close of the fifteenth or the beginning of
the sixteenth century, when the lack of an intercalary day led
to a disorder in the reckoning. They then intercalated IT days,
and recommenced the regular account with Kan. He is of opin-
ion that the Codex Troano shows the older form of reckoning,
the Codex Dresdensis the newer.§

In some correspondence I have had with Prof. C3'rus Thomas,
who has given long and fruitful attention to the study of the
Maya Codices, he states his entire agreement with Dr. Forste-
mann that the Dresden Codex " follows the usual method of
counting by the four-j-ear series as the Kan, 3Iuluc, Ix and
Cauac years." As to the statement of Bishop Landa, Dr.
Thomas writes me : " As we find several of the time series in the
Codices commencing with this day (Imix), it is probable that the
Indians in explaining to Landa hit on one of these, thus causing
him to believe this to be a rule in counting years." .

M. de Charence}^ believes that the Aztecs chose the third day
of the series, the Ma3'as the fourth day, etc., with which to begin
the count, because these numbers were specially sacred in these
various nations from mythical associations or historic inci-
dents. II

* Zeltsrhrift fiir Etlmologie, 1888, p. 42.

t Historia de las Ivdins de la Nueva Espann, Trat. i.

X Historia del Clelo y de la Ticrra, MS. This singular work is now in a private library in
the United States.

§ See his article, "Zur Maya Chronologie," in the Zeitschrifl fiir Elhnologie, 1S91, pp,
141, tqq.

I Charencey , Des Nombres Symboliqucs chez les Toltcques Occidentaux, p. 19 (1893).

1893.]

267

[Brinton.

None of the above solutions can be deemed satisfactory. The
fact remains, that among all these peoples the first day of the
20-day series was well known and recognized as such ; and yet,
except among the Zapotecs, it was not used as a Dominical day
or a year-bearer. The Nahuas were well aware of this curious
discrepancy, and had their own explanation of it, which, of
course, is either purely mythical, or so esoteric that its interpre-
tation escapes us. They said that the 5-day periods and the
years did originally begin with day 1 and number 1 (ce Cipactli),
and that this continued from the time of the invention of the
Calendar down to the close of the fourth age of the world, a
period of 2028 years ; but as the fifth or present age began on
the 8th day of the series and number 1 (ce Tochtli)^ this was
then chosen in place of the former. * This 8th day was there-
fore placed on the south of the " wheel," and as the count was
from right to left, it necessarih^ brought the 13th day, Acatl, to
the east, and therefore the true series of Dominical days in the
Aztec Calendar would run thus : 8 : 13 : 18 : 3.

Making this correction in this and the other Calendars, we ob-
tain the following as the true sequence of the year-bearers in
them, the numbers showing the position of the days in the 20-
day series.

Maya.

TZENTAL.

QUICHfi-CAK.

Zapotec.

Nahuatl.

4.

Kan.

8. Lambat.

17. Noh.

1. Chilla.

8. Tochlli.

9.

Muluc.

13. Ben.

2. Ig.

6. Lana.

13. Acatl.

14.

Ix.

18. Chinax.

7. Queh.

11. Goloo.

18. Tecpatl.

19.

Cauac.

3. Votan.

13. E.

16. Guilloo.

3. Calli.

Here again the Tzental is in accord with the Nahuatl, which
diminishes the probability of it being a mere coincidence.

§ 5. The T-day Period,

The Tzentals appear to have developed the number 7 as an
arithmetical element in their astronomical system. They had
in their Calendars 7 days painted with black figures, the first be-

* See the discussion of the Nahuatl myths on the subject, by Paso y Troucoso, in the
Anales del Museo Nacinnal de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. ?.5i et ser/.. and Orozco y Berra. Hisloria
Antigua de Mexico, Tom. i, p. 17. According to Ixtlilxochitl, the Tezcucans did not begin
with lochtli, but with Tecpatl, the latter being the date of the destruction of ToUan. This
would give still another series : 18 : 3 : 8 : 13.

Briiiton.] ^^^O [Oct. o,

ginning with a Friday'.* It is not possible from the jejune ac-
count we have of this feature to say whether it was based on the
European week, or was the result of the subtraction of the 13
days of the native week from the 20 days of the month.

I am inclined to the latter view ; for the Tzentals were not tlie
onl}' nation employing this Calendar who had a 7day period,
although Orozco 3^ Berra, in discussing the subject, asserts that
they were.f We have, however, the testimony of Father
Thomas Goto to the fact that the Cakchiquels of Guatemala had
a period of similar length in their time count, though unfor-
tunately he took so little interest in the subject that he mentions
nothing beyond the bare fact.| And Father Yarea, writing of
the same nation, saj's that they observed a period of 7 days
annually in Lent, during which they believed all animals, etc.,
retired into seclusion. To this period they gave the name K''api
kHh, closed days or days apart, the same term which they ap-
plied to the intercalary da^^s. §

The close relation of the 7 period to the 13 period is shown
in the traditional history of the Gakchiquels. From the earliest
times they were divided into 13 divisions, K''hob, and 7 tribes,
Amag\ These were undoubtedly drawn from the numbers of
the Galendar. ||

The attention of the native arithmeticians was naturally at-
tracted to the number 7, as in order to know the number of the
day in the 13-day list on which a given month would commence,
they were obliged to add 7 to the number of the first day of the
preceding month. This was the foundation of a series of
tables preserved in several of the Maya " Books of Ghilan
Balam," bearing the title Buk Xoc, or General Computation,
specimens of which have been given by Pio Perez. ^

* " En muchos pueblos de las provincias de este obispado tienen pintados en siis repor-
torios o kalendarios siete negritos para hacer divinaciones y pronosticos correspondi-
entes & los siete dias de la semana, comenzandola per el Viemcs A coutar." Nunez de la
Vega, Constitua'ones Diocesanas del Obispado de Chiappa, Lib. 1, p. 9.

t Orozco y Berra, Hisloria A^itigua de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. 160.

X " Algunos meses duran veinte dias, y otros siete ; que ni los aoabareraos de entender,
ni ellos se entienden, aunque tienen sus maestros en esta facultad." Thomas Goto, Vo-
cabulario de la Lengua Cakchiquel, MS., 1651.

g " ICapi kill : Siete dias que suelen caer en la quaresma, en los quales dicen los indios
que se recogen todos los animales, monies, etc." Varea, Vocabidario Cakchiquel, MS.

II An7ials of the Cakchiquels, passim.

•[ In his Essay on tlie ]Maya Calendar, printed in the Registro Yiccatcco and iiiBrasseur's
edition of Diego de Landa's liclacion.

1893.] ^V)9 [Brinton.

Dr. Forstemann brings evidence to show that the Mayas at
one time arranged the days of the solar year in 4 groups of 7
weeks each, each week being the native one of 13 da3rs (4 X 13
X 7 = 364), and that each of these groups of T was assigned to
a particular cardinal point.*

§ 6. The Yague Solar Year.

Whatever might have been its origin or earlier uses, this
period of 260 days was no longer at the time of the Conquest
the received civil time measure, but was confined to divinatorj-,
astrological and sacred purposes. It served to fix the festivals
and fasts of religion, and to foretell the fate of individuals and
nations.

No doubt these nations, like the northern hunting tribes, had
in early times a rude and inaccurate method of noting the solar
year, either by seasons, or lunations, or by the regular recur-
rence of natural phenomena. An effort was made to adjust to
this the computation by vigesimal day periods, 18 of which
gave 360 days. This still required 5 days every year and 1 more
every 4 years to render the count accurate. The 5 days were
noted, and annually allowed for as " useless," or uncounted days ;
but the 1 every 4 years, which we intercalate in our leap year,
was probably not recognized in most tribes, and several careful
authors think not anj^where. The assertions in reference to
this by early authorities are obscure and unsatisfactory.

In spite of the fact that these 20-day periods in no wise cor-
responded to the lunar months nor were derived from them, they
seem to have been very generally called by terms connected
with the word for moon, which indicates that at some time the}''
superseded a more ancient system of reckoning the solar year
by a series of lunations.

This will be seen from the following examples :

The Cakchiquels, according to Yarea, had two expressions for
"month," the one, iq^ evidently allied to ^^, moon ; the other,
atit^ the literal meaning of which is " old woman " (muger

* Globvs, No. 2, 1892. The Nahuatl legend of the "Seven Caves, Chicomoztoc," whence
issued tlieir ancestors, and the repeated u.se of the number seven in the Popol Vuh, are
other Indications of the general sacredness of this number among the tribes under dis-
cussion. I have already quoted Mr. Gushing in reference to its meaning in the mythical
rites of the Zufiis.

970

Briiiton.] -a I KJ [Oct. G,

vieja). The Mayas spoke of the 20-day period as u, the moon
or lunar month. The Tzentals employed the corresponding
term i, moon or month, and for year the word avil from the
same root as the Maya haab.

There was no uniformity in the date of beginning the solar
year. The Mayas were said to have begun it on July 16, the
Cakchiquels on January 31, and as for the Quiches, three author-
ities before me, Ximenes, Gavarrete and a native Calendar, assign
respectively Februar^^ 21, December 24 and February 7. The
same uncertainty prevailed everywhere.

§ 7. Methods of Divination by the Calendar.

A study of the methods of divination hy the Calendar as em-
ploj'ed by these nations would be by no means profitless. To
them, this use of it was far more important than as a time
count. Man's fears and hopes, all the emotions which prompt
his actions, look to the future rather than to the past; and for
that reason prophets, when accredited, have ever enjoyed greater
popular consideration than historians. We may be reasonably
sure that the key to the few ancient Calendars which have been
preserved to us, and also to the strange inscriptions on the
ruined buildings of Central America, is to be found in astrology
rather than in chronolog3\

The onl3' early writer who enters into this with any degree of
fullness is Father Sahagun, who devotes the fourth book of his
" History' of New Spain " to the judicial astrology of the ancient
Mexicans.* Writing a hundred and fifty years later. Bishop
Nuilez de la Vega, of the Diocese of Chiapas, states explicitly
that the general principles then in use for soothsaying from the
Calendar in that district were the same as those practiced in
Mexico from the remotest known period ; f and that they have

* The information on this subject sui)plied by Father Duran in his ITistoria dc lax In-
dias de Nueva Espana, Tom. ii, App. Cap. ii, is, according to his own statements, of doubt-
ful correctness.

t "En cada suecesso escogian un Dios ; y lleg6 cada uno a tener su nagunl, y ann mu-
chos, uno solo de astros, elementos, aves, pezes, y brnlos animales, y algunos tan viles, y
asquerosos, como hormigas, ratones, lecliuzas y murcielagos. Este error fue passando y ar-
raigando.'e tanto en los subsequeiites NaguaUsi.os, que hasta oi en dia se ha practicado por
Reportorios y Kalendarios del primitivo gentilismo, que en la substancia y modo de pro-
nosticar por el numero de 20 y de 1;!. concuerdan los mas modernos con los mas antiguos,
que se practicavan en Mexico; y solo en los nombres significado por los 20 caracteres en
cada provincia son diversos, 6 por ser differente los idiomas, 6 por no ser unos mismos
los que i)oblaron. ' Nunez de la Vega, Constitucioncs Dioccsanas, Lib. ii, p. LM (Roma,
1702).

1893.1 ^* ^ [Brinton.

not materiall}^ differed down to the present day, is proved by a
native Quiche Calendar of 1854, which 1 have in my possession.

The decisions of the native astrologers as to which days are
auspicious or the reverse did not seem to depend on any theories
transmitted from nation to nation ; although in the Calendars of
a given nation there was a prevailing consensus of opinion
among them. Thus, Sahagun remarks of the Mexican reperto-
ries, " In general, in all the signs, the tenth and thirteenth days
are good," while " the eighth and ninth days are usually bad."*
It is consistent with this that we find the 9th days of all the
signs chosen by malicious witches and sorcerers as those oai
which they would be most active in their evil designs. f The
same number, 9, appears to have had some special meaning for the
Quiche diviners, as in each of their months they had 9 good and
9 bad daj^s, the remaining 2 being indifferent, J The Aztecs had
6 good days, 7 indifferent and 7 bad. §

The painted paper or skin on which the Calendar was repre-
sented by its symbols was taken as a ground on which lots were
cast, and as they fell on one or other of the signs, they beto-
kened a fortunate or unfavorable outcome of an undertaking. ||

But it was especially to foretell the fate of a new-born child
and to select his guardian spirit or nagual, that the Calendar
was chiefly called in by the priesthood.^ One name of a child
was that of the day of its birth, both the number and the day
name being expressed. This gives us those curious personal
appellations often recurring in the early Spanish historians, such
as Seven Winds, Five Serpents, and the like. Wherever the}^
occur, we may be sure the nation made use of this Calendar.

§ 8. Calendar Festivals of the Modern Quiches.

The natives of Guatemala of aboriginal blood continue to
reckon by this ancient Calendar, and regulate by it certain recur-
rent festivals and rites which have little to do with the Christi-

* Sahagun, Historia de Nueva Espafia, Lib. iv, Cap. ii, 16.

t Orozco y Berra, HMoria Antigua de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. 24.

X See Sclierzer, Die Indianer Santa Calalina Istlavacan, p. 15.

g Diego Duruu, Historia delas Indias, Tom. ii, p. 259, who names them.

II Duran, nbi supra, p. 2')9.

H Father Juan de Cordova, who is our only authority lor the Zapotec Calendar, ex-
plains at length its employment in divination, Arte de la Lengua Zapoleca, p. 201, seq. I
do not extend my remarks on this subject, as I shall examine it fully in an article on
" Nagualism," as it prevailed before and after the Conquest among these peoples.

979

Brinton.] - • ^ [Oct. 6,

anity to which the}' are ostensibl}' adherents. A writer of that
country has furnished a description of these, and as the publica-
tion in whicli liis article appeared is extremely rare,* and the
fticts pertinent, I shall quote some of them.

When a day name coincides with the number 8, the day is
considered sacred and a rite is celebrated either of the first,
second or third order of solemnity, according to its object, for
instance :

The day 8 Carney is that on which the souls of the departed
are prayed for, and the sorcerers implored to keep evil-minded
souls from injuring the living.

The day 8 Kanel was that on which in ancient times they sac-
rificed to the divinities of the field and of agriculture. At pres-
ent, Saint Anthou}^ occupies the place of the dethroned old gods,
and to him they offer the first fruits and dance to the sound of
the marimba.

On the day 8 Batz, which by their count falls in the last month
of their year,"}" there is a sort of general summary- of all the fes-
tivals of the year, when there is much dancing, much copal
burned as incense, much discharge of rockets, the whole closing
with a general intoxication of the participants on aguardiente.

The day 8 Ee is that devoted to the adjuration of a particular
monke}^ who is supposed to be seated on one of the hill-tops,
and is therefore called " The God of the Hill " (Dios del Cerro).
The native priests require numerous offerings fi'om the faithful
to placate him, which naturall^r find their way into their own
stores.

The day 8 Ah-mak, like Carney, is set apart to commemorate
the dead. The native priests go forth in the evening and call
upon them with loud voices, while the mourners tell the spirits
thus summoned whatever family news or other incidents they
think will interest them.

On the day 8 Noh is celebrated a festival dedicated to the
house and the family. They call upon the names of their de-
ceased ancestors and place upon the altar which is invariably
set up a cup of water in which a piece of money is dropped,
which piece will be handed the cura of the parish the next day

* H. Spina in Boldin de la Sociedad Economica de Guatemala, Dec. , 1870.
t The Calendar to which this refers evidently, like that of the Cakchiquels, drops 3 ot
the 260 days ; otherwise, 8 Batz would not always fall in the last month.

1893.] ^ ' ^ [Brinton.

to pay for masses for the dead.* A curious feature of the invo-
cations on this day is one to their navel strings, which, at birth,
are buried within or close to the house. This recalls an ancient
Mexican superstition, f

§ 9. Where was the Calendar Invented, and by What

Nation ?

The comparison I institute throughout the different nations
which adopted this Calendar of the names of the 20 da3'S which
make up the month, and those of the IS months which make up
the solar year, proves beyond doubt that the former are transla-
tions from some one original source, while the latter are almost
entirely different in the different nations, and represent, therefore,
later developments of the astrological Calendar, and various
adaptations of it to the solar years of the several nations.

This fact leads the wa}'- to an important historical inquiry :
To which one of the many linguistic stocks employing this Cal-
endar must we assign the original form and meaning of the
names of the days ? Whichever it is, to it we must also assign
the first invention of this strange and intricate sj^stem which has
played so important a part in the development of Mexican and
Central American art, thought and religion.

Most of the older authors who credulously accepted the fables
of the natives, and those of later date who follow in their foot-
steps, join in attributing the Calendar to the " Toltecs," who are
imagined to have been a mighty people, of high culture, whose
" empire " extended far and wide in southern Mexico and Cen-
tral America. In another publication I have given abundant
reasons to disprove this ancient stor}', and to reduce the Toltecs
to the inhabitants of the small town of Tula, north of the city of
Mexico. I

* Another name for this day is gua rdbalhd, which I suppose to refer to this ceremony,
and to be a compound of gua, fountain, spring ; r, his or its ; balih, to fill ; hd, house ;
" the water that supplies the house," or something to that eflfect.

■f At birth, the Nahuas buried the navel string (aud placenta) with important ceremonies,
as they believed its disposition influenced the after-life of the child. If it was a boy, an
arrow and a shield were interred with it, that he might be brave ; if a girl, a metate and
corn-roller were substituted, that she might make a diligent house-wife. See the Codex
Mendoza in Kingsborough's Xexlco, Vol. v, p. 91, and Sahagun, Hisloria, Lib. v, Appen-
dix.

X See the article entitled " The Toltecs and their Fabulous Empire," in my Essays of an
Americanist (Philadelphia, 1890).

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2 I. PRINTED NOV. 18, 1893.

Brinton.] ^<4 [Oct. 6,

Quite different is the opinion of more recent and able archae-
ologists.

In a work published in 1880 the historian of Mexico, Manuel
Orozco y Berra, stated that, " without an^^ doubt," the Calendar
of the Zapotecs of Oaxaca was the oi'iginal on which were based
and from which were developed all the other Calendars of Mex-
ico and Central America which had as their fundamental rela-
tions the period^ of 13 and 20 da^-s. He founded this conclusion,
not on linguistic grounds, but on the moi'e ancient and primitive
character of the Calendar as preserved by the Zapotecs.*

In 1890, consequently ten j-ears later, Dr. E. Seler expressed
a similar belief that the Zapotecs were the probable inventors of
the Calendar, his reasons being chiefl}^ linguistic and archaeolog-
ical, f

I frankl}' acknowledge that after carefullj- weighing all the
evidence brought forward b}' these writers, and much more
from m}^ own researches, I have been unable to reach an}^ defi-
nite decision on this question ; though from various minor indi-
cations I think the probability is in favor of the opinion that it
was the invention of that ancient branch of the Mayan stock
who inhabited the present States of Chiapas and Tabasco, and
left still visible proofs of their remarkable culture in the ruins
of Ocozingo and Palenque.

In the relics from these ancient cities we find a development
of art unequaled elsewhere on the American continent ; and to
this region the admirable analj'sis of Ma^'an antiquities by Dr.
Schellhas inevitably points, J as the scene of the definite begin-
nings of that stock's remarkable cultural evolution.

I have discovered no conclusive or even weightj'^ evidence
that we should look to the Zapotecs as the discoverers of the
Calendar system ; but I am far from den^^ing the possibility
that it may hereafter be adduced. It must be borne in mind,
however, that we lack the material for studying the Calendar as

* Orozco y Berra, Bisloria Antigua dc Mexico, Tomo ii, cap. 1 (Mexico, 1880). M. Eugene
Boban. in his Catalogue de la Collection Goupil (Paris, 1892), quotes and directs attention
to Orozco's opinion.

fin the Zcitschrift fiir Elhnologie (Berlin, 1891), and in the Cornpte Sendu of the seventh
Congress of Americanists, p. 7;!.3 (Berlin, 1890). I have not observed that he refers to the
priority of Orozco y Berra in defending this opinion.

tSee his article, " Vergleichende Studien anf dem Felde der Maya-AltcrthUmer," in
the Internationales Archivfiir Ethnographic, Bd. iii, 1890.

1893.] Zi b [Brinton.

it was employed by the Mixtecs, a tribe of antique and devel-
oped culture, who had employed it for an indefinite period ;*
and are equally ignorant of its form and names among the Toto-
nacos, who put forth the claim that they themselves had in-
vented it, and had constructed the celebrated pyramids of the
sun and moon on the plain of Teotihuacan as a permanent
memorial of it.f

The period of 20 days is characteristic of this Calendar ; and
wherever in America we find the solar year divided into periods
of this duration, we may be sure that the local Calendar is based
on this ancient divinatory scheme. So far as I know, this does
not occur outside of Mexico and Central America. The Peru-
vians divided their year into lunar months, and the Muyscas
or Chibchas of Colombia, although, like the Cakchiquels of Gua-
temala, they had a year cycle of 20 j^ears, measured each year
by 12 months of 30 daj^s each. In the Old World no similar
combination of 20 and 13 in a time-count has come to my
knowledge.

§ 10. The Linguistic Analysis.

All who have made a stud}' of this Calendar have appreciated
the importance of a close etymological analysis of the names of
the days and months. It was, as regards the Nahuatl, attempted
by Boturini in the last century and more successfully by those
versed in that language at the present day — but still leaving
much to be desired.

In the ]V[aya, Don J. Pio Perez paid considerable attention to
these etymologies, and so also have Dr. P. Schellhas and Dr. Ed.
Seler in Germany.J They have left, however, many gaps to fill,
principally from their defective resources in a lexicographic appa-

* There are said to be one or two Calendars extant, as yet unpublished, of Mixtec ori-
gin. That this nation liad a " month " of 20 days bearing the same names as those of
their neighbors Is evident from the statements in Herrera, Hist, dc las Indias, Dec. iii,
Lib. iii, cap. xiv, and Garcia, Origen delos Indios, Lib. v, cap. iv. These give the day
names. Wind, Snake, Deer, Monkey, Tiger, Rose, etc.

t Torquemada, Monarquia Indiana, Lib. iii, cap. 18. According to the same authority,
the first king of the Totonacos bore the uame Ome Acatl, 2 Reed, which, if true, proves
their knowledge of the Calendar at that time.

I Pio Perez's translations may be found in various publications, especially in Brasseur's
edition of Land a' s Belacion de las Cosas de Yucatan. Dr. Schellhas' analysis is in the
Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologic, 1886, p. 19, seq.,VL\i6. Dr. Seler's in the same periodical, 1888.

Brinton.] ^*^ [Oct. 6,

ratus for the Ma3^an stock. In this respect I am more fortunately
situated, having access to a number of unpublished vocabularies
in the Library of the American Philosophical Society and in
my own collection. These include, for the Maya proj^er, the
MS. dictionaries obtained from the convents of Motul and San
Francisco, Yucatan, and named from them ; for the Tzental the
vocabulary of Father Domingo Lara,* and for the Quiche and
Cakchiquol the MS. vocabularies of Fathers Yarea, Goto, Guz-
man, Ximenes and Yillacanas. For the Zapotec I have depended
on an anonymous vocabulary in MS,, the published works of
the licentiate Belmar, the grammar of Father Juan de Cordova
and the Vocahulario Hi.<pano-Zapoteco recentl}' issued in the
city of Mexico. The Xahuatl is easily accessible through the
dictionaries of Molina and Simeon.

With these at hand, I believe I am able to show beyond ques-
tion :

1. That the day-names in all five of these languages and dia-
lects are substantialh^ identical in signification, and therefore
must have had one and the same origin.

2. That in all the Mayan dialects the names belonged already
at the time of the Conquest to an archaic form of speech, indi-
cating that they were derived from some common ancient stock,
not one from the other, and that, with one or two possible ex-
ceptions, they belong to the stock and are not borrowed words.
On the other hand, none of the Nahuatl day-names are archaic,
which appears to indicate that these received the Calendar at a
later date.

3. That the theory of Boturini, subsequently espoused by the
Abbe Brasseur and others, that the day-names refer to historic
characters, is wholl}' without foundation.

4. That there is no evidence to connect them with astronom-
ical bodies or processes, but that they seem purely divinatory
and mythical.

♦This is the writer called by the Abbi' Brasseur in his Biblioth/quc Mcxico-Guatemali-
enne, p. 10, " Ara," and the MSS. he describes are those now in my hands, two in num-
ber, copied in Ifiie and 1620. Father Lara was provincial of Chiapas in 1556. See Beristaia
y Souza, Btbliolcca Ilispano-Americaiia Sciaitrional, Tom. ii, p. 132.

27^

11. Analysis of the Day-Xames.

[Brinton.

List of the Usual Day-Names in the 3Iaya, Tzental and Quiche-

Cakchiquel Dialects, and in the Zapotec and Na-

huatl Languages {the Dominical days in

small capitals).

Maya.

Tzental.

Qui.-Cak.

Zapotec.

Nahuati..

1.

Imix,

Imox,

Imox,

Chilla,

Cipactli.

2.

Ik.

Igh.

Ik,

Gui, Ni, Laa,

Ehecatl.

3.

Akbal,

VOTAN,

Akba],

Guela,

Calli.

4.

Kan,

Glianan,

Kat,

Guache,

Cuetzpallin.

5.

Chic clian,

Abagh,

Can,

Zii,

Cohuatl.

6.

Cimi,

Tox,

Carney,

Lana,

Miquiztli.

7.

Manik,

Moxic,

QUEH,

China,

Mazatl.

8.

Lamat,

Lambat,

Canel,

Lapa,

TOCHTLI.

9.

MULUC,

Molo,

Toh,

iSTiza,

All.

10.

Oc,

Elab,

Tzi,

Telia,

Itzcuiutli.

11.

Cliuen,

Batz,

Batz,

GOLOO,

Ozomatli.

12.

Eb,

Euob,

Ee,

Pija,

Malinalli.

13.

Ben,

Been,

Ah,

Quii,

ACATL.

14.

Hix,

Hix,

Balam,

Eche,

Ocelotl.

15.

Meu,

Tziquin,

Tziquin,

Naa,

Quauhtli.

16.

Cib,

Chabin,

Ah mak,

Loo,

Cozcaquauhtli'

17.

Cabau,

Chic,

NOH,

Xoo,

Ollin.

18.

Edznab,

Chinax,

Tihax,

Goppa,

Tecpatl.

19.

Cauac,

Cahogh,

Cooc,

Appe,

Quiahiutl.

20.

Ahau,

Aghaual,

Hunahpu,

Lao,

Xocliitl.

The First Day.

1. Maya, imix; 2. Tzental, imox or max ; 3. Quiche-Cak., imox or moxin ;
4. Zapotec, chilla or chiylla ; 5. Nahuall, cipactli.

It is evident that the three Maya dialects have the same word,
Pio Perez regarded it as a transposition of ixim, maize, while
Dr. Seler, following Dr. Schelllias, derives it from the root im, a
teat or udder, both conveying an idea of fruitfulness.*

The occurrence of max in Tzental, and moxin in Quiche-Cak.
(the latter given by Ximenes in his Vocabulario Cakchiquel, MS.),
shows, however, that the radical syllable is not im, but lyi-x.
This leads me to identify it with the Maj-a mex or meex, which
is the name of a fish (the " pez arana," " un pescado que tiene

* The figure of a mamma, which represents this day in some of the drawings, is merely
ikonomatic. This representation is noted by Dr. Schellhas, Zeitschrift fiir FMnologie, 1886,
p. 22.

Brill toil.] ^ ^ ^ [Oct. 6,

muchos brazos "), probably so called from another meaning of
mea;, the beard, often used metaplioricall_y, as w tnex kin^ the
rays (beard) of the sun {Diccionario de San Francisco, MS.)
The change of the .vowel, in mex to mix, is not unusual in Maya.
Pio Perez in his Dictionary gives, for instance, the old form
benel to modern binel,2iem to pirn, etc.

On the other hand, we find in various dialects of the Maya
the i retained in the word for "beard;" as Huasteca, itzim ;
Chaneabal, itzimal ; Zotzil, iaim, etc.; thus proviiig the identity
of the two forms.

This identification brings this da}' name into direct relation
to the Zapotec and Nahuatl names for the first of the Calendar.
In the former chiylla, sometimes given as pi-chilla, is apparently
from bi-chilla-beoo, water-lizard (lagarto de agua) ; and the Xa-
huatl, cipactli certainl}^ means some fish or fish-like animal, a
sword-fish, alligator, or the like, though exactly which is not
certain, and probabl}^ the reference with them was altogether
mythical.

The Second Day.

1. Maya, iJc ; 2. Tzental, ig7i ; .3. Quiche-Cak.. ik' ; 4. Zapotec, gut, or
nil, or laa, or laala, or Uaa ; 5. Nahuatl, ehecatl.

The three words of the Maj-a dialects all mean air, wind,
breath, and, metaiihoricall}^, life, spirit, soul. So also does the
Nahuatl ehecatl, and indeed it may be questioned whether the
Maya word is not a form of the radical e/i'c of the Nahuatl.

The Zapotec offers greater difficulties. In that tongue we
have uii, air, wind ; chiie, breath ; which we may bring into re-
lation with gui ; and we find guiiebee, wind-and-water cloud
(nube con viento 3' agua). Dr. Seler prefers to derive gui from
quii, fire, flame, the notion of which is often associated with
wind. Ni is apparently the radical of nici, to grow, increase,
gain life ; while laa or laala is a word with man}' meanings, as,
warmth ; heat ; reason or intelligence. The sense common to
all these expressions seems to be that of life, vitalit}-.

The Third Day.

1. Maya, akbal ; 2. Tzental, votan ; 3. Quiche-Cak.. akbal ; 4. Zapotec,
gueUi ; 5. Nahuatl, calli.

The Maya akbal is a shortened form of alahhal, to grow dark,
to become night. The Cakchiquel alhal signifies dark and, by

1893.] -/ < J [Brinton.

transfer, confused. The Zapotec guela also means night, and,
by transfer, old, harvest time, etc. These three, therefore, apply
to the da}^ a name of the same meaning.

The Nahuatl calli means " house," the Tzental votan, " heart."
It is not difficult to connect these with the idea of darkness
night or old age, on the ground that the house is that which is
within, is dark, shuts out the light, etc. Possibly the derivation
was symbolic. Yotan, as a hero-god, was much venerated by
the Tzentals, says Bishop Nuiiez de la Vega ; he was called
" The Heart of the Nation ; " and at Tlazoaloyan, in Soconusco,
he constructed, by breathing or blowing, a " dark house " (una
casa lobrega), in which he concealed the sacred objects of his
cult. In this myth, therefore, which I have explained at some
lengths in a previous work, * we find an unequivocal connection
of the ideas of " darkness " and " house " united in the myth of
Yotan, indicating the oneness of the origin of all three in this
relation. This is proved by the coincidence that Tepeyollotl,
which has in Nahuatl the same meaning as Votan in Tzental, is
the god who is patron of this day.f

The Fourth Day.

1. Maya, ka7i or kanan ; 2. Tzental, ghanan ; 3. Quiche-Cak. , k'at
{k'ate, k'atic, gatu) ; 4. Zapotec, guache, or gueche ; 5. Nahuatl, cuetz-
palUn.

All sorts of meanings have been attributed to the Maya day
name kan ; as, hamac, rope, yellow, snake, and, by Dr. Seler,
to abound in, abundance, to be in excess, etc. All agree that
the Tzental ghanan is the same word under a slightly different
form. In Cakchiquel, according to Guzman, Gompendio de
Nombres, MS., k^aii is the name applied to the female of the igu-
ana, or tree-lizard, and this I believe to be the original sense of
the Maya and Tzental terms, corresponding closely to the Na-
huatl cuetzpallin, which meant some species of lizard. The Za-

* American Hero Myths, p. 217 : The word uotan is the general term in Tzental for
" heart " in both its physical and figurative senses, such as feeling, sentiment, courage,
affection, life, etc. Dr. Seler finds in the prefix o an indication of the Maya ol, Nahuatl
yol, heart ; but it is needless to explain this prefix from foreign tongues. In Tzental, yol
means that which is held or owned in common, that which belongs to the community
and is common property (comun cosa, yol; comunidad, yol, olol, olil, Lara, Vorabidario).

t For a full discussion of this point, see Dr. Seler, in the Compte-Rendu of the Congress
of Americanists, viL Session, pp. -'161-569. He believes the Nahuatl Tepeyollotl was a
deity borrowed from the southern nations (Zapotec or Maya stocks).

Briiuon.j -^O^ [Oct. 6,

potec guache, translated b}' Seler as frog or toad, is more than
likely to be a variant of gurache, or gorache^ iguana (see Vocabv-
lario Castellan o-Zapoteco, s. v. Lagarto).

This leaves the Cakchiquel kat or qat to be explained.
Ximenes says it is cat, a net for carrying maize, but means liz-
ard. Seherzer states that the present translation of the word
among the Quiches is kat, fire. The connection probably was
symbolic, the iguana being the type of fullness or food, which
the net full of maize ears also typified. Precisel^^ parallel to
this is the name for this day in the Nahuatl of Meztitlan, xilotl,
an ear of corn.

The Fifth Day.

1. Maya, cldc chan ; 2. Tzeutal, ahagh ; 3. Quiche-Cak., can; 4. Zapo-
tec, ci, or ziie, or guii ; 5. Nahuatl, cohuatl.

Pio Perez otfers no explanation of the Maya chic chan, while
Dr. Seler says that " undoubtedly '' it means " a sign marked or
taken." To give this sense it would have to be read check, a
sign or mark ; ch^aan, something taken or carried awa3\ There
is much less diflBculty in construing it as chich, strong or great,
and chan, the generic Tzental term for serpent. The Cak. can
also means sei'pent, especially the viper, Guzman giving raxa
can, the green viper ; k^ana qanti, the yellow viper, and other
compounds. The Nahuatl cohuatl is the generic term for ser-
pent in that tongue.*

The Tzental ahagh is a different word. It means in that dia-
lect and in Cakchiquel, luck, fate, fortune (dicha 6 ventura, Xi-
menes, Vocabulario, MS.). This is identical Avith the Zapotec
ci or zii, and gut (xi-gui, hado 6 ventura; hi-zi, agorar; gui, ga-
nancia ; runni-bizii, agorar 6 creer en el canto de las aves b
culebra. Vocob. Castellano-Zapoteco). As in this last example
the serpent is especially' noted as the animal whence portents
were derived, the close connection of the da3^-names is obvious.

The Sixth Daij.

1, Maya, mni ; 2. Tzental, tox ; 3. Quiche-Cak., camey ; 4. Zapotec,
lana ; 5. Nahuatl, miquiztU or tzontecomatl.

The Maya cimi is from cimil, death, to die ; the Quiche-Cak.
camey means death, or, a corpse ; the Nahuatl miquiztU ^^ ^.QaXh. ;

* Dr. Schellhas points out that the Maya sign for this day is derived from the head of a
snake {Zeitschri/t fiir Ethnologie, 1886, p. 20).

1893.] -iOl [Brinton.

and tzontecomatl= a human head cut off, oi*, a skull. The Tzen-
tal tox seems to refer to the last-mentioned idea ; it means what
is separated, sundered, cut off; hence tox-oghbil, the axe or
hatchet ;* q-tox, to split, to divide, cut off (Lara, Vocabulario,
MS.). In this it agrees precisely with the Zapotec lana, which
the Zapotec Vocabulary renders as a separated part or thing, like
a single syllable, word or letter (silaba 6 parte). f

In this and the previous day-name it is interesting to find the
Tzental and Zapotec coinciding, while differing entirely from
the other tongues. These analogies have escaped the attention
of other students of the subject; and their importance in throw-
ing light on ancient ethnic relations is manifest.

Though the immediate meanings of the various names of the
day differ widely, they ai'e clearly connected by the same under-
Ijung train of ideas, and indicate unity of origin.

The Seventh Day.

1. Maya, manik ; 2. Tzental, moxic ; 3. QaicheCak., queli ; 4. Zapotec,
china; 5. Nahiaatl, mazatl.

The ISTahuatl, the Zapotec and the Quiche-Cak. words are all
the ordinary terms for " deer " in those languages (Zap. hi-
china).

The Maya manik, I am persuaded, is derived, as Pio Perez
suggested, from the irregular verb mal (mani, manac, as given
in the Dice. Motul), to pass by rapidly, to have a quick, restless
motion, and ilc, wind, the deer being referred to metaphorically
by this characteristic trait.| Dr. Seler's suggestion, that it is a
compound of may-iiik, cloven hoof, seems more remote.

The Tzental moxic offers greater difficulty. It is not easy to
accept Seler's suggestion that it is from the Maya maxan., swift,
for this is a secondary word in that dialect, compounded of the
negative ma, and means "not slow;" it is not likely that it
would be used as a stem word in another dialect. According to
Guzman, Comj^endio de Nom. en Lengua Gakchiquel, MS. 1704,

* " Tox, hacha para cortar leiia," different in form from the " hacha para labrar tierra,"
called bat-zil, to be referred to later.

t Other meanings of Idna are : the middle ; dark ; flesh or meat ; words ; secretly ;
etc.

X The hieroglyphs of this day sign, both in the Maya and Nahnatl, sometimes contain
the elements of the sign of the four winds, as has been pointed out by Dr. Schellhas and
Dr. Seler.

PROG. AMER. PHILOS. 800. XXXI. 142. 2 .T. PRINTED NOV. 18, 1893.

Brinton.] -"^^ [Oct. 6,

the Cakchiquels used as the generic word for deer the term
matzat, evidently fi*om the Nahuatl inazatl ; and perhaps the
Tzental moxic is merely a further corruption of the same.

The Eighlh Day.

I. Maya, lamat ; 2. Tzental, lambat ; 3. QuiclieCak., canel or kanel ; 4.
Zapotec, lapa or laba ; 5. Nahuatl, toehtli.

The names of this day differ widel}' in meaning. The Nahu-
atl toehtli is the ordinary word for " rabbit," and Dr. Seler
attempts to trace an analogy by translating the Zap. Jnpa as
" the divided (nose)," referring to the rabbit, and then that the
Tzental lamhat and Maj'a lamat are corruptions of this word.

This procedure is unnecessary. The Maya lamat is evidentl}'
a shortened form of the Tzental lamhat, which is composed of
lam, to sink into something soft (•' hundirse en cosa blanda,"
like light loam), and hat, the grain, the seed, and the name refers
to the planting of the crops.

The Quiche-Cak. kanel is the name of the Guardian of the
Sown Seed,* probabl}^ from kan, j^ellow, referring to the j-ellow
grains of maize. The Zapotec lapa, or laha means, a drop,
and a crown or garland ; here probabl^^ the latter, in reference
to the product of the fields. The rabbit, in Nahuatl, is the sym-
bol of ease and intoxication.

There seems, therefore, a close analog}' between these terms.

The Ninth Day.

1. Maj^a, rmilue ; 2. Tzental, mulu or molo ; 3. Quiche-Cak., ioh ; 4. Za-
potec, niza or queza; 5. Nahuatl, all or (Pipil) quiahuitl.

The Nahuatl names mean respectively " water " and " rain ;'"
the Zapotec are also the words for " water." Toh was the
Quiche name of the god of the thunder-storm, from tohil, to
sound loudly, to resound, and was thus associated with the
rains. The Tzental and Maya midu and muluc are from the
2"adical mul, to heap up, to pile up ; which evidently cannot refer
to the " gathering together of waters," as Dr. Seler suggests,

* " Genius iler Anssaat ' ' of the natives of Ixtlavacan in Guatemala (Scherzer). On this
day the ancient Cakchiquels sacrificed to the gods of fertility and abundance. BoUlin
de la Sociedad Economica de Guatemala, Dec. 15, 1870. In the Popol Vuli, the goddess of
fertility is called Xganil. Another meaning of bat in Tzental is hoe (hacha para labrar
tierra, Lara, Vocabidario).

1893.] 283 [Brinton.

but rather to the heaping up of the clouds in the sky on the
approach of the rains.

Compare the Tzental toh-cal^ clouds ; Mame muh, Maya muh-
yalj clouds (Stoll, Ethnog. Guatemalas, p. 59).

The Tenth Day.

1. Maya, oc ; 2. Tzental, elab ; 3. Quiche -Cak., tzi ; 4. Zapotec, tella ;
5. Nahuatl, itzcuintU.

The Nahuatl and the Quiche-Cak. are the ordinary terms for
" dog." Such also, according to Bartolom^ de Pisa, is the mean-
ing of the Zapotec tella^ though I do not find it in this sense in
the Yocabularies.* Probably it refers to some particular spe-
cies.

The Maya oc has a variety of meanings, as, a foot or foot-
print ; a handful ; an entrance (from the verb, ocol., ocoltah,
ocolte, to go in) ; a theft or thief (from the verb, ocol, oclah^ ode,
to steal). I am inclined to believe that the last-mentioned sense
was intended, the dog being characterized as " the stealer,*" as
this seems to be the signification of the Tzental elab. The two
words given by Lara for " theft " (ladronicio) are elec and ochol,
in which we can scarcely fail to recognize the two names of the
day in these two dialects. The dog steals in and carries off the
meat whenever he gets a chance. The Mayas adopted the term
from the stem ochol, because this was the word for theft in their
dialect, in which the stem elec, common to the Tzental, Zotzil,
Cakchiquel and Quiche', does not appear.f

The Eleventh Day.

1. Maya, chuen ; 2. Tzental, batz ; 3. Quiche-Cak., hatz ; 4. Zapotec, loo ;
5. Naliuatl, ozomatli.

The Nahuatl is the term for " monkey ; " batz in Quiche, Cak-
chiquel and Tzental also means monke}', specifically a dark-
haired, bearded variety. In the Tzental, according to Lara's
Vocabulary, another species is called chiu, and this unquestion-

* " En el pueblo de Coatlan tenian un Cazlque que se llamaba Petella, que significa
perro," etc. Herrera, Decadas de Indian, Dec. iii, Lib. iii, cap. xiv. This chief was one of
the Zapotec rulers who secretly continued the ancient rites after the introduction of
Christianity. Dr. Seler attempts to obtain the meaning " dog " by supposing tella is de-
rived from tee-lao, " mouth downward," referring to some myth of a dog falling from the
sky. This seems strained.

t The common term for " wolf" in Tzental and Zotzil is ocquil.

Briiitou.] ^O'* [Oct. 6,

ably is the origin of the Maya chuea (a word which has no sig-
nification in that dialect) and of the name chouen in the National
Book, the Popol Vuh, of the Quiches.*

The Zapotec syllable loo is given us the name of the 11th, the
14th and the 20th days, but is probably an abbreviation of dif-
ferent words. Taken alone, it has various meanings, as, face ;
ej^es ; above; point; beginning, first, etc. Here it maybe in-
tended for bil-loo, monkey, as the form of the name generally
given in Cordova's Calendar is pel-loo.

The Twelfth Day.

1. Maya, eb ; 2. Tzental. euob ; 3. Quiche-Cak., e or ee ; 4. Zapotec,
pija ; 5. Nalmatl, malliiialli and itlnn.

The Nahuatl and Zapotec names both signify the brush or
broom of twisted twigs or stiff grass used for cleaning and dust-
ing, and this grass itself.

In Maya, eb is the plural of e, which means points or ends,
like those of pins, or thorns (puntas como de alfiler, aguja, espina
y cosas asi, Dive. 3Iotul), and plainly was intended to designate
the broom by reference to its numerous points. From the same
idea, rows of teeth received the same name. The Tzental and
the Quiche names, e and euob, the latter a plural, were from the
same radical and had the same signification. All five, therefore,
convej'ed similar ideas, and it is noteworthy that the day-name
itlmi, used in Meztitlan, is from tlantli, tooth. f

The Thirteenth Day.

1. Maya, ben; 2. Tzental, ben; 3. Quiche-Cak., ah; 4. Zapotec, quii, or
i, or laa; 5. Naliuatl, acatl.

The Nahuatl means reed or stalk, as do also the Zapotec quii
and laa. The Quiche-Cak. ah denotes a green cornstalk or
sugar cane (la caiia 6 la canadulce; 6 mais tierno, Ximenes).
The Tzental and Maya ben has been more difficult to analyze.
Pio Perez and Dr. Seler expressed themselves at a loss to offer

* The brothers Hun Batz and Hun Cliouen were conquered and transformed into mon -
keys by the victors. Popol Vuh, p. 119. The present pertinence of this myth is that it
shows that the words batz and chouen were both understood to refer to species of monkeys
by the Quiches.

t Though it may possibly be a shortened form of itztlan, the name of a phmt used in
making such brooms. Coinp. Sahagiin, Hisloria de Naeva Espana, Lib. .xi, cap. vii.

1893.] ^OO [Brintoa.

a satisfactory rendering of it. I find, however, that in Tzental
the dried cornstalk (caiaa de mais seco) is called cagh-ben, and
from this I doubt not this day-name in that dialect and the
Maya was taken and syncopated. The verb ben or been in Tzen-
tal means " to walk, to go ;" but in the above compound the ben
is from the Maya stem bene!, to be used up, to be dead (faltar 6
quedar algo por hacerse de lo que se hacia, morirse, Dice. Motul).
We thus obtain substantially the same meaning for all the
names of the day.

The Fourteenth Day.

1. Maya, ix {gix, Mx) ; 3. Tzental, liix ; 3. Quiche Cak., halam or Mx ;
4. Zapotec, eche ; 5. Nahuatl, ocelotl, or (Pipil) teyollocuani.

The Nahuatl name oceJofl means tiger, as does the Zapotec
eche and the Quiche balam, referring of course to the American
tiger or jaguar.* The Pipil teyollocuani^ literally " soul-eater,"
means sorcerer, as does the Maya, Tzental and Cakchiquel word,
hix or ix. The power of transforming themselves into a tiger
was one of the peculiar faculties of the sorcerers ; hence they
were called by the Quiches, balam, which means both tiger and
to transform one's self into one* (7i(^//(7?7i; tigre, 6 hacerse tigre,
Ximenes).

It is probable that ix is a variant of ik'' or igh, wind, breath,
life, as Lara gives : " Vuch-igh, 6 Vuch-ix, hechicero que cura
soplando," in which vuch is to blow, as the medicine man through
a tube ; and igh is air, wind, etc. In the medicine rites over
most of the continent, and especially in Central America, blow-
ing upon the part or in a certain direction was the leading cere-
mony.

TJie Fifteenth Day.

1. Maya, men; 2. Tzental, tziquin ; 3. Quiche-Cak., tziquin ; Zapotec,
naa or naa; 5. Nahuatl, quauhtli.

The Nahuatl quauhtli, eagle, and the Tzental and Quiche tzi-
quin, bird in general, are sufflcientl}^ alike to show a common
origin.

The Zapotec naa is identified by Dr. Seler with naa, mother;
but I believe it is from the widely extended root word, na or na,

* The full form in Zapotec is be-cche-guia.

Brinton.l -j"0 [Oet. G,

to know, to understand, to be able through knowledge. In this
sense it exactly corresponds to the Maya men, which means to
understand, to be able to do (men: entender algo, hacer algo,
Dice. MotuT). Hence, in this latter tongue, ah-men means the
man of knowledge, the wise one, the master of wisdom.* The
bird, as the symbol of wisdom and knowledge, was familiar to
the mystical lore of these peoples.

The Sixteenth Day.

1. Maya, cib; 2. Tzental, chabin ; 3. Quiche-Cak., aJimak ; 4. Zapotec,
guilloo, or loo ; 5. Nahuatl, cozcaquauhtli, or (Pipil) tecolotl, or (Mez-
titlan) ieotl itonal, or temetlatl.

The Nahuatl names of this day mean : cozcaquauhtli (from
quauhtli, eagle ; cozcatl, necklace), the ringed vulture, Sarcoram-
phus papa, or " royal zopilote " of the ornithologists, a hand-
some bird with a ring of red feathers around its neck ; fecolofl,.
the owl ; teotl itonal, the da}' god, or the sun god; temetlatl, the
pestle or corn-crusher. The Zapotec, which Cordova gives also
in the forms pillaloo, peoloo, etc., is likely to be for ba-loo, crow
or raven. The Quiche ahmak means " the master of evil," which
appears to be a reference to the owl, which was esteemed a bird
of evil omen and bad fortune by these peoples f — a metaphori-
cal rendering therefore of the Pipil tecolotl.

The Maya cib is assigned b}^ Pio Perez the meaning " wax,"
or " copal gum," and is derived by Dr. Seler from cii, something
that smells or tastes good, as spice or incense. I believe it to
be merely another form of tzib, to paint (tzibal, cosa pintada de
muchos colores), and that it refers to the brilliant neck and head
feathers of the ringed vulture.

The Tzental radical chab means honey, wax, a bee, a late meal,
to fast, syrup, to end or cease, to remain, mourning, funeral
rites. It is not easy to select from such an abundance. In the

* As the Zapotec benni eld na, " man of knowledge." Another meaning of Zap. r'laa is
" hand."

t For examples see my Essays of an Americanist, pp. 114, 169. The Nahuatl tlaca-tecoIoU,
"man-owl," meant a necromancer, one who worked injury. See Sahagun, Hist, de Nu-
eva Espana, Lib. iv, cap. xi. Dr. Seler translates ah-mak by " dcr die Augenaufrisst," but
in this he has mistaken the word mak, evil, for mah (arrebatar, Villacaiias, Vocabulario,
MS.). But I observe that Dr. StoU gives as the Chontal word for zopilote, njmaa {Zur
Ethnograptiie Ouatemalas, p. 'A). The adjective mak, bad, is a compound of ma lek, not
good.

1893.] -"07 [Briuton.

Cakchiquel, chah means arrow, and to shoot one ; also to open
the mouth ; while ch''ab is mud, clay, mire. As red and Mack
clays were the primitive pigments, this last may connect the
Tzental day name with the Maya.

The Seventeenth Day.

1. Maya, cahan ; 2. Tzental, cMc ; 3. Quiche-Cak., noh ; 4. Zapotec,
xoo ; 5. Nahuatl, ollin, or (Mezlitlan) nahui olli, or (Pipil) teepila
nahuatl.

The Maya caban has been explained bj^ Dr. Seler diversely as
" what is below," or " brought below," and again as " above,"
" what is above," " heaven," etc. Pio Perez offered no explana-
tion of it. I derive it from the Maya radical cab, might or
strength (la fuerza, rigor, 6 fortaleza de alguna cosa, Dice.
Motul). In this sense it corresponds precisely in meaning with
the Tzental chic {= Maya, chich, cosa fuerte y dura), the Quiche-
Cak. noh, strong, great, and the Zapotec ccoo, which has the gen-
eral signification of force, power or might (comp. Cordova,
Arte Zapoteca, p. 114).

The Nahuatl oUin or olin means motion or movement, the re-
sult of force applied, as in tlalli olini, the earth moves, an earth-
quake. Nahui olin, " the four movements," is an expression
which refers to the apparent movements of the sun.

The Eighteenth Day.

1. Maya, edznab ; 2. Tzental, chinax ; 3. Qaiche-Cak., tihax ; 4. Zapotec,
gopaa ; 5. Nahuatl, tecpatl.

The Nahuatl term means flint, especiall}^ the flint stone knife
used in sacrificing to cut the victim. The Zapotec gopaa, which
Dr. Seler derives from rogopa, cold, is more likely to be a variant
of guipa, a sharp point or edge, whence the word for stone knife,
gueza-guipa, from guia, stone.

The Tzental chinax is an old or sacred form for the usual ziii-
nax, knife (Lara) ; and the Cakchiquel tihax, the literal meaning
of which is, according to Ximenes, " it bites, scraping " (muerde
rasgando), would seem to be a figurative and highly correct ex-
pression for such an implement.

There remains the Maj'a edznab. Pio Perez offers no expla-
nation of it, while Dr. Seler suggests that it may be from the

Brinton.] ^^^ (Oct. 6,

root edz, hard, solid. It appears rather to be a figurative ex-
pression for the sacrificial knife, from nab, something anointed
or blood (cosa ensangrentada),* and edz, to adjust, to point, to
sharpen (as in the phrase, edzcabte a iokijah, punta la lanceta
para sangrar, Dice. Motul). Thus, the same signification under-
lies these various names.

The Nineteenth Dai/.

1. Miiya, cauae ; 2. Tzental, cahogli ; 3. Quiche-Cak., caolc, or cook; 4.
Zapotec, ape, appe, or aape ; 5. Nahuatl, quiahuitl, or (Pipil) ayotl.

The three Maya dialects present obviously the same word.
The Tzental has been by some writers erroneously spelled ca-
bogh, and Dr. Seler, following this false orthography, obtains for
it the extraordinary meaning, " the darkness descending and
overspreading the Earth ! " Xuiiez de la Yega gives cahogh, and
no other form. It is a pure Mayan word, meaning "lightning
and thunder," the concomitants of the electrical storm. The
Pokomchi and Pokomam have precisel}' this form, cahok, cohoc ;
Lara gives the Tzental chauc (relampago, trueiio, tronido, Vocab-
wZfflrzo, MS.), the Chontal chauoc ; the Huasteca, tzoc, proving
that it is an ancient radical of this family, as this is the remotest
of the Mayan dialects.

The Zapotec ape, apt, etc., which Dr. Seler translates " cloud
covered," evidently means the same, as we see in the words laari-
api-niza, ri-api-laha, translated " relampago, relampaguear," in
the Vocabulario Castellano-Zapoteco (Mexico, 1893).

The Aztec quiahuitl is the ordinary word for rain ; while the
Pipil a.yotl means turtle, which is quite in correspondence with
" lightning " as the day-name, this being, as Dr. Schellhas has so
well shown, the " lightning animal," das Blitzthier.-\

* To confirm this rendering, I add that Sahagun specially states that the tecpatl, or
flint, was represented in the Mexican Calendars '• stained with blood for the half of its
lengtli," Ilistoria de la Nueva E.f}mna, Lib iv, Appendix. It was the iztapaltotec, " peder-
nal ensangrentado " of the Codex Teller iano-Rcmensis, Lara, xxxii.

t Dr. Schellhas points out that in the Maya pictography the turtle is a sign of the light-
ning, or the thunder-storm. It is associated with the hieroglyphs of tlie months Kayab
and Pop. See his article, "Die Gottergestalten der Maya Handschriften" in the Zeit-
sehrift fiir Eihnoloqle, 1S<)2, p. 120. It is not easy, at first sight, to understand why so pro-
verbi^dly slow an animal .should lieconie tlie symbol of the lightning. ^My explanation
is that it is an example of the '• ikonomatic " method. The Mayan term for liglitning
is cooc, or caoc; the word for turtle is con ; from the shnilarUij of the soumh, the turtle was
used in the picture writing to mean " lightning."

1893.] ^Oy [Brinton.

The Ticenh'eth Bay.

1. Maya, ahau ; 2. Tzental, aglmal ; 'd. Quiclie-Cak., hun ahpu ; 4. Za-
polec, lao, or loo ; 5. Naliuatl, xocliitl, or (Meztitlan) ome xochitonal.

The Maj'a word means ruler or chieftain, literally, "the master
of the collar," i. e,, the insignia of office ; * the Tzental aghual
is from the same root and signifies " sovereignty ; " the
Quiche' hun ahpu, the One Master of Power, conveys a similar
idea. The Nahuatl xochifl, flower or rose, is explained in its real
sense by the xochitonal of the dialect of Meztitlan, " the flower
of the day," i.e., the sun. This has been fully shown for the
Nahuatl by Dr. Seler, and there is no doubt but that the " ruler "
referred to by the Maya dialects is specifically the sun, the day
god.

The Zapotec Jao, or loo, here has the meaning " eye," that is,
in reference to the sun as " the eye of the daj^," precisely as in
the Maya expression Kin ich, which I have elsewhere ex-
plained, f

All the names of the 20th day, therefore, convey the same eso-
teric signification.

A careful examination of this list of da^Miames shows that
at least in eight instances (Daysl, 2, 7, 11, 13, 17, 18, 19) the
names are merely translations of the same word ; and that sub-
stantiall}" in all the remainder, the diff'erences which exist arise
from using a figurative instead of a literal rendering of the
name.

There can be no question therefore but that the Calendar
names had one and the same origin ; but in which of the three
linguistic stocks represented the list offers no positive evidence.
The Zapotec, which is the language geographically intermediate
between the Maya dialects and the Nahuatl, agrees with the lat-
ter in five instances where it disagrees with the former ; and
agrees with the Maya in three instances whei'e it disagrees with
the Nahuatl names. Three times the Zapotec agrees with the

*The derivation of ahau from a theoretical root ahu, as proposed by Dr. Seler, is
unnecessary; ah-auh, "the collar-bearer," because this was a symbol of authority
(compare the stone collars from Porto Rico, etc.), remains the most plausible etymology.

t The full expression is Kin-ich-ahau, Lord of the Eye of the Day, which explains this
day -name, Ahau. See my American Hero Myths, pp. 153, 158

PROC. AMEK. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2 K. PRINTED NOV. 18, 1893.

Bnnton.] J JU [Oct. 6,

Tzental, where both disagree with all the other dialects. But
these instances do not justify any conclusion. The possibility
remains that all five of the lists are derivatives from some older
and now lost series of day-names, such as we know existed
among the Mixtecas and among the Totonacos, tribes of ancient
culture, who made use of this Calendar at a remote date.

In all five instances there is evidence that at the time of the
Conquest there was considerable uncertainty among the natives
themselves as to the derivation and literal meaning of many of
these names. Either they belonged to a much older and for-
gotten stratum of the tongue, or to a priestly and esoteric form
of speech, such as has been found among many native tribes on
the continent. But this esoteric speech is nearly always largely
archaic.

§ 12. Analysis of the Month-Names.

While the names of the twenty days of each month are prac-
tically identical in all the five languages under consideration,
the reverse is the case with the names of the eighteen months
which made iip the vague solar year. These differ widely in
tribes very closely related, as the Quiches and Cakchiquels ; and
even in the same dialectic area, as among the Nahuas. The
month-names of the last-mentioned have been carefully analyzed
by various writers, notably Dr. Seler, and I have not found the
names of the Zapotec months ; so I shall confine myself to an
examination of them in the Maya, Tzental, Cakchiquel and
Quiche dialects, and in the language of the Chapanecs. in which
he month-names, but not the day-names, have been preserved.

THE MAYA MONTHS.

The earliest authority for the names of the Maya months is
the Bishop Diego de Landa in his well-known description of
Yucatan, composed about the middle of the sixteenth century.*
Another list, not differing materially, was published b^' the Yu-

* Landa, Relaclon de las Cosas de Yucatan. An edition with a French translation by
the Abb6 Brasseur (de Bourbourg) was published at Paris in 1S64. One more correct and
complete, in Spanish only, appeared under the editorship of Juan de Dios de la Rada y
Delgado at Madrid, in 1884. For a comparison of these, see my "Critical Remarks on
the Editions of Diego de Landa's Writings,"' in the Proceedings ot the American Philo-
sophical Society, 1887.

1893.] ^"1 [Brinton.

catecan antiquary, Pio Perez, copied from the books of Chilan
Balam in his possession.*

An examination of these names shows that they are materially
different from those in use among the other tribes of this stock.
They appear, in Yucatan, to have reference generall}'' to the
religious festivals and ceremonies recurring at certain seasons ;
while in the other branches of the stock, they usually indicate
the seasons or the appropriate periods for agricultural opera-
tions.

Months of the Maya Calendar.

1. Pop. 10. Yax.

2. Uo. 11. Zac.

3. Zip. 12. Ceh.

4. Zodz. 13. Mac.

5. Tzec. 14. Kan kin.

6. Xul. 15. Moan.

7. Yax kin. • 16. Pax.

8. Mol. 17. Kayab.

9. Chen. 18. Cum ku.

Derivation.

1. Pop. — Literally, a mat or rug. But in its metaphorical
sense in most Maya dialects, the community or commonwealth.
Thus popol na, the public buildings, people's house ; popol vuh,
the national book, etc. As the name of the first month of the
year it probably refers to the great national festival which then
took place as described by Landa, p. 276, sq.

2. Uo. — Usually translated " frog ;" there is a large edible
species so called, who croak in a melancholy way (dan gritas
muy tristes, Dice. Motul). It is also the word for the fruit of the
pitahaya, Cereus trig onus ; in Tzental, wa?iac. The frog was the
symbol of water and the rains.

3. Zip. — Pio Perez says there is a tree called zip. I can find

* Don Juan Pio Perez gave a copy of his essay to Mr. John L. Stephens, who published
it (imperfectly) in the Appendix to his Travels in Yucatan. Later it appeared in the
Regislro Yucnteco ; from which it was copied by the Abb6 Brasseur into the volume con-
taining his edition of Diego de Landa.

The ' Books of Chilan Balam " are the sacred books of the modern Mayas. I have de-
scribed them at length in an article in my Essays of an Americanist (Philadelphia, 1890).

Brinton.] -< J^ [Oct. 6,

none sneh in my authorities. The real significance of the name
is revealed by that of the goddess of hunting, in whose honor
the festivals of the month Zip were held. This was Zuhny Zip,
the virgin Zip, her name being properly Dzip, to skin, to dress
slain animals (see Landa, p. 290).

4. Zodz. — Also given Tzoz and Zotz. Prol^abl}' the correct
orthography is Dzoz, which means to be seated, as in waiting;
Landa stating that in this month there was no festival, but
merely preparations for one which was to follow. Another
meaning of Dzoz is the setting or brooding of birds. Zodz is
the generic term for the bat ; there are no words Zotz or Tzoz.

5. Tzec or Zeec. — In this month the bee keepers held their
annual fast and festival. The word Tzec, to admonish, to cor-
rect by chastisement, apparently refers to some religious penance
which was then practiced. In Tzental, Tzec means scorpion.

6. Xul. — Means end, conclusion. At the end of this month,
on its last day, at the close of the five days' feast of chiich
kaban, " the calling down of the Great Hand," the chief god of
the Mayas, Kv, kul con, was believed to descend from heaven
and accept the offerings presented to him by the faithful (Landa,
p. 302).

7. Tax kin. — A compound of yax, blue or green (the Maj^as
not distinguishing between these hues) ; and kin, sun, day or
season. This month was largely passed in a religious exercise
called oJoh dzah kam yax, " giving the hearts to the service of
the blue." All instruments, weapons and utensils, and even the
doors of the houses, were then stained with a blue dye (Landa,
p. 303). These were therefore the " blue days." The form Dze
yax kin, given by Pio Perez is explained by the Dice. Motul as
the height of summer, probably from the blueness of the sky at
that season.

8. Mol. — From the verb mol, to come together en masse, refer-
ring to the general reunion, fiesta general, which Landa tells us
was celebrated in this month, when even the little girls were

1893.] -"^^^ [Briiiton.

present, brought under the care of an old chaperon known as
the ix mol, " conductress of the crowd."

9. Chen or Cheen, properly Cli'een. — Derived by Pio Perez
from the word for well or spring, but properly from a homonymous
root which means, to be quiet, to keep silence, referring, I take
it, to the solemn action of renewing the gods or making new
idols, which took place in this month ; a work, says Landa, they
undertook with great fear — con mucho temor.

10. Yax. — In this month occurred the cleaning and renova-
tion of the temples and the installation of the new gods. Hence
yax is here used in the sense green, fresh, new or first, with ref-
erence to this function.

11. Zac. — In this month an important rite was celebrated by
the hunters in expiation of the blood shed in the chase. As in
the native symbolism white signifies peace and propitiation, the
month probably derived its name, zoc, white, from this rite.

12. Geh. — The common word for deer or any large food game.
Landa does not assign any festival to this mouth, but the name
probably has reference to that of the hunters just referred to.

13. Mac. — In this month the Mayas celebrated the rite of tap
kak^ " extinguishing the fire," for the purpose of securing abun-
dant rains for the harvest. A fire was built in the court of the
temple, the hearts of various animals thrown into it, and as soon
as they were consumed the priests poured water upon the flames
and extinguished them (Landa, p. 254). The root "niac means to
cover, or, a cover, the rite being a " couvre-feu," or covering up
of the fire.

14. Kan kin. — Translated by Pio Perez "yellow sun," "be-
cause in this month, owing to the forest fires, the sun looks yel-
low through the smoke in the air."

15. Moan^ or, Muan. — Rainy or cloudy. Pio Perez adduces
the term moan kin, cloudy day, threatening to rain. The word
is not in the old dictionaries, but it is doubtless from the same

Brlnton.] ^"4: [Oct. 6,

root as manaal^ -which the Dice. Motul explains as " aguaceros
que vienen antes de que entran las aguas de golpe, con los cuales
suelen florecer arboles, matas y yerbas." 3Iui/al in Maj'a means
" cloud."

16. Pax. — The principal feast in this month was called pacum
Chac, the recompense or repayment of Ghac, the gods of rain.
The name was probably derived from this term ; though it may
be from paxah, to play upon a musical instrument, as Pio Perez
suggests, with reference to the music of the festival.

IT. Kayah. — From kaij.^ to sing, to warble; applied both to
persons and birds. No festival is assigned to this month.

18. Cum ku. — Translated by Pio Perez as a loud and distant
noise like thunder, etc. No such derivation is supported by the
old authorities. Gum^ in Maj'a, is an earthen jar or pot, Nahuatl,
comitl ; cum ku is the potter's furnace in which such jars are
burned {Dice. Motul) ; but as ku also means " god," cum ku is
the god of the vase or jar, the deity so often represented in
Maya and Nahuatl art, reclining on his back and holding a vase
in the centre of his stomach (Le Plongeon's Ghac mol, etc.).
He was the god of the rains, this month being at the height of
the rainy season.

THE TZENTAL MONTHS.

The original authority for the names of the Tzental months is
Fr. Juan de Rodaz, in his Arte de la Lengua Tzotzlem 6 Tzina-
canteca, 1688, MS., a copy of which was in the possession of the
late Abbe Brasseur de Bourbourg,but which I have not seen. It
would appear that the Zotzils and Tzentals had the same month-
names. We have, further, the testimony of a Mexican writer,
Emetorio Pineda, who saj^s that at the time he wrote, 1845, the
natives continued to divide the solar year into eighteen months,
the names of which he gives.* Their use, he states, was to
arrange for their agricultural operations, and to fix the dates for
their overt or secret religious rites.

* Pineda, Descripcion Qeograftca de Chiapas y Soeonusco, pp. Ill, sq. (Mexico, 18)5).

1893.] —£70 [Briiiton.

The order and the names which he gives are as follows :
Months of the Tzental Calendar.

1.

Tzun.

10.

Elech.

2.

Batzul.

11.

Nichquin.

3.

Si sac.

12.

Sban viniquil.

4.

Mucta sac.

13.

Xchibal viniquil.

5.

Moc.

14.

Yoxibal viniquil.

6.

Olalti.

15.

Xchanbal viniquil,

Y.

Ulol.

16.

Poin.

8.

Oquinajual.

17.

Mux.

9.

Veh.

18.
Derivation.

Yan kin.

1. Tzun. — Allied to the Maj^a c7?h??, the beginning ; dzunut,
to begin ; so called from being the first month of the Tzental
year (about April 1). Or from Zotzil tzunel, to sow (sembrar,
Ferraz, Lenguas Tndigenas de Centro- America, p. 57).

2. Batzul. — The Tzental word hatz means a species of monkey
which make a howling noise and are bearded ; hatzil means
native, as opposed to foreign, e.y., hatzil fah, a knife of native
manufacture ; but I would not derive the month-name from
either of these ; rather from bat, the word in Tzental and Maya
for gi'ain, seed, etc., referring to the month in which the seed-
corn was prepared.

3. Si sac. — For tzi zac, " little white ;" probably, as in the
Quiche Calendar, from the blossoming of certain white flower-
ing plants at this time.

4. Mucta sac. — " Great white," referring to the increasing
abundance of flowers.

5. Moc. — Pineda says this signifies the month in which the
fences of the cornfields were made. It is evidently the Maya
moc, to fasten together, whence the Tzental macteibil, wooden
fence (cercado de palos, Lara, Vocabulario Tzendal).

6. Olalti. — This and the two following months were those in
which the corn was planted. Both olalti and ulol appear

Briiiton.] ■^•■'^ [Oct. 6,

related to the noun auaJ^ planting, and the verb xaualirjhon^ to
plant. In Zotzil ololak'' is to produce, to bring forth.

7. Ulol. — See the preceding name.

8. Oquinajual. — Probabl}' " the planting time," from aual^
planting, and qtnn, time, da}', season.

9. Veh or ueh. — Pineda's note here is : " In this month the
plants are attacked by diseases.'' The name is plainl}^ from the
verb uehel, applied to the premature falling of leaves and fruits
(caerse la semilla y granos y las hojas de los arboles, Lara, Vo-
cahulario).

10. Elech. — Pineda remarks, " the healthy winds ari'ive." The
name is a compound of ochel, west, and ihc, wind, these being
dry and salubrious,

11. Nichquin. — This name, observes Pineda, "indicates the
flowering season." It is the Tzental word nichim, flowers,
Irom xnich, to flower, and quin, da}-, season.

12. Sban viniquil. — The word viuiqnil^ vinquilel, or vinaquin
means time, period or season. This and the three following
months, called respectively the first, second, third and fourth
seasons, are understood by Pineda to refer to the four periods of
the growth of the maize, the first that of fecundation, the second
of the formation of the grain, the third when it is in milk, the
fourth when the grain hardens. This seems an error, as it does not
require in that latitude eighty days for these changes after the
fecundation of the ear. No doubt it refers to the ripening of
the various plantings, and so the expressions are understood by
Lara : " ox vinaquin ixim^ mais que se hace en 60 dias."

13. Xchihdl viniquil. — " Second season." See above.

14. Yoxihal viniquil. — " Third season." See above.

15. Xclianhal viniquil. — " Fourth season." See above.

16. Poin. — " In this month," observes Pineda, " the beehives
should be emptied and the harvests gathered."

1893.] '^^* [Brinton.

17. Mux. — " This name," says Pineda, " indicates the approach
of cold." This suggests a derivation from the Tzental g'mwc &«,
to cover one's self; which is confirmed by the similar meaning of
the Cakchiquel month-name, Pariche, which see.

18. Yax quin. — From yax^ green or new ; quin., day or season.
Pineda remarks that it is the season of Easter, thus showing
that the Tzental year began about April 1.

THE CAKCHIQUEL MONTHS.

The names of the Cakchiquel months are furnished by several
old authorities, as by Father Varea in his Vocabulario, MS., and
Father Goto in his similar work.* There are also extant several
native Cakchiquel Calendars, a careful copy of one of which,
bearing the date 1685, is in my possession.

The names of both the Cakchiquel and Quiche months, with
proposed translations, were published by Seiior Gavarrete in his
school Geography of Guatemala, edition of 1868, but this por-
tion is omitted in all other editions of that work.f

There is considerable confusion in the Spanish authorities
about the sequence of the Cakchiquel and Quiche months ; for
this reason I have not followed any of them, but have adopted
the sequence as given in the Calendars in my possession com-
posed and written by the natives themselves.

Months of the Cakchiquel Calendar.

1.

Tacaxepual.

10.

Rucab tok'ik'.

2.

Nabey tumuzuz.

11.

Nabey pach.

3.

Rucab tumuzuz.

12.

Rucab pach.

4.

Cibixic.

13.

Tziquin k'ih.

5.

TJchum.

14.

Cakan.

6.

Nabey mam.

15.

Ibota.

7.

Rucab mam.

16.

Katie.

8.

Lik'in k'a.

17.

Izcal.

9.

Nabey tok'ik'.

18.

Pariche.

*Both these MSS. are in the Library of the American Philosophical Society, Philadel-
phia,
t Geografia de la Repu.blica de Guatemala, p. 82. Segunda Edicion (Guatemala, 1868).
PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2 L. PRINTED NOV. 21, 1893.

Brinton.] ZJO [Oct. 6,

, Derivations.

1. TacaxepuaJ, or Tecoxepual, or Tequexepual. — The best au-
thorities agree that this was the first month of the Cakchiquel
year, and the first corn phxnting (tiempo principio de ano 6 tietn-
po de sembrar las primeras railpas. Yarea, Vocab., MS.). The
word is clearly a corruption of the name of the second month
in the Nahuatl Calendar, Tlaca Xipeualiztli.

2. Nabey tumuzuz. — The first Tumuzuz. Father Yarea states
that this month was at the beginning of the winter rains, and
that it derived its name from a species of flj'ing insect which
then made its appearance (viene quando empiezan los primeros
aguaceros del invierno. Aparean y andan volando unos gusan-
illos que llaman tumuzuz. Vocahulario^ MS.).*

3. Rucab tumuzuz. — The second Tumuzuz.

4. Cibixic. — From ci6, smoke, mist or vapor. Yarea observes
that the natives were accustomed to plant in this month, and
that it follows tumuzuz. It derived its name from the smoky
appearance of the atmosphere at this season, or from the custom
of burning brnsh in clearing the ground. Compare the Maj'a
month Kan kin.

5. Uehum. — " Season for replanting." Father Coto describes
it as the month for planting gardens (bueno para hacer alma-
zigos y sembrar ortaliza. Vocahulurio GaLchiquel^ MS.). The
derivation is obscure. The root uch means a species of fox ;
a louse ; gum copal ; and chills and fever. In the neighboring
dialect of the Tzotzils, uchum means to grind in a mill, from
which ghiichamhil^ a corn mill (moler, molino).

6. Ndbey mam. — " First old man." In most of the dialects
mam means the maternal ancestor. Here the word is used
metaphorically in the sense " prematurely old," because the
corn planted in this and the following months ripened prema-

*Dr. StoU {Elhaologie der Indianerstdnime von Quatcmala, s. 00) found the swarming
times of the termites, Calolermes castaneus, in Guatemala, to be March 22 and May 24,
dates which do not coincide witli the Calendar. lie omits, therefore, the former, and
refers to an occasional flight about the middle of June.

1893.] ^jJ [Brinton.

turely, and did not reach full growth ; and the}' believed the
same was the case with animals born at this time (tienipo de
revejidos, porque no erecia muy alta la milpa que por este
tiempo se sembraba, y aun las criaturas que nacian. Note to
the Calendar). Doubtless it was for this reason that, as Father
Varea tells us, both months of mam were I'egarded as of evil
portent, and the natives were accustomed to say : Itzel kHk ca
vinak kHh mam, " they are bad days, the forty days of mam."
Vocabulario, MS.

7. Rucah mam. — " Second old man."

8. Lik'' in Va. — " Soft to the hand," from Wk^ soft, and ^''a,
hand. The expression refers to the soil which was then soft
owing to the rains (tiempo en que esta la tierra blanda y resba-
losa por las muchas aguas. Note to the Calendar).

9. Natey tok^ ik\ — " The first cacao harvest," from tok\ the
cacao harvest (cosecha de cacao, Ximenes. Vocahulario, MS.).

10. Rucah toV ik\ — " The second cacao harvest."

11. Nabey pach. — " The first hen hatching." (Tiempo de em-
pollar las cluecas. Note to the Calendar.) The name is from
the yerh pache, to brood, to set as a bird (Ximenes).

12. Bucab jxich. — " The second hen-hatching."

13. Tziquin kih. — "The season of birds," from tziquin, bird,
kHli^i clay, time, season.

14. Gakan. — Derived from k''ak, red ; according to the Cak.
Calendar from the reddish clouds (celages rojas) often seen at
this season ; according to others, and more probably, from a
species of red flowers which blossom at this time.

15. Ibota, or Obota, or Botam. — A note to the Calendar says :
" The season of various colors, or, of mats rolled up." In the
latter sense the name would be from the verb bot, to roll up,
botal, that which is rolled up (lo arollado como petate. Guzman,
Vocahulario, MS.). Gavarrete gives " rollo de estera," a roll of
mats. The signification is not clear.

Brinton.J dUU ^Oct. 6,

16. IVatic, or Qatic. — This is explained in a note to the Cal-
endar as '' pasante 6 siembra comun." The derivation suggested
would be from k''aloh, a banquet, a festival, and to invite to such.

1 7. Izcal, or Itzcal. — Translated in the Calendar as " the sea-
son of sprouts or of throwing out shoots " (retoiiar 6 echar
primipollos). The word is undoubtedly^ the Tsahuatl Itzcalli,
the name of the eighteenth month in the Mexican year. Its sig-
nification is " renewal," or " resurrection," or " growth ;" this is
indicated in the application of the word in the Cakchiquel Cal-
endar.

18. ParicJie, or Payrich^. — " The season for covering, in order
to protect one's self from the cold," says a note to the Calendar.
The derivation is from par ah, the covering of palm leaves used
to protect a person from the rain ; and che, tree or wood. The
same idea is conveyed in the Tzental month-name 3Iuc. Gavar-
rete's explanation, "firewood," from c/;e, wood, and parquii,
bushes or small trees, is not tenable.

THE QUICHE MONTHS.

Although there was little difierence between the Quiche and
Cakchiquel dialects, their month-names varied in several in-
stances. Our sources of information concerning the Quiche
names are authentic, scA^eral of their Calendars dating from the
seventeenth centurj- having been preserved. From these Gavar-
rete published a list in the work alread}'^ referred to, and I have
in m^- possession a copy of a native Calendar in the Quiche dia-
lect written about 1722.

Months of tlie Quiche Calendar.

1.

Tequexepual.

10.

Ucab pach.

2.

Tziba pop.

11.

Tzizi lakam.

3.

Zac.

12.

Tziquin k'ih.

4.

Ch'ab.

13.

Cakam, or Cakan,

5.

Nabey mam.

14.

Botam.

6.

Ucab mam.

15.

Nabe}^ zih.

7.

Xabey lik'in k'a.

16.

Ucab zih.

8.

Ucab lik'in k'a.

17.

Rox zih.

9.

Nabej' pach.

18.

Chee.

1893.] 301 [Brinton.

Derivations.

1. Teq}(exepuah — See Cakchiquel months, Xo. 1.

2. Tziha Pop. — " Painted mat." Compare the Maya name for
their first month.

3. Zac. — " "White." The same as the eleventh MaA'a month,
bnt with the Qniches it probably referred to certain white flow-
ers blooming at this season.

4. ClVah. — Gavarrete translates this as " bow," which is, in
fact, the meaning of chah ;^ bnt I have no donbt that the right
word is ch^ab, from ch^aban, mud, mire, from the muddy condi-
tion of the soil at this season.

5. Nabey mam. — See the sixth Cakchiquel month, of this
name.

Gavarrete inserts as the fifth month, between Gli'ab and Nabey
ma7n, a month named Hun bix kHh, " the season of the first
singing " of certain birds, or, " of the first fires," bix having
both these significations. He omits the name of Botam for the
fourteenth month, and thus preserves the proper number.

6. Ucab mam. — The second mam. See above.

7. Nabey likHn l:''a. — The first likHn k^a. See the Cakchiquel
month of this name.

8. Ucab likHn k^i. — The second liPin Va.

9. Nabey pack. — The first pack. See the Cakchiquel month
of this name.

10. Ucab pack. — The second ^x'''^'-

11. Tzizi lakam. — Tzizi, from tziziJ, the small sprouts or
shoots which begin to appear ; kdrim means flags, or banners,
and seems to refer to the shape or appearance of these.

*In the Quiche, Cakchiquel, Pokomam and Pokomchi dialects, chab means both
"bow" and "arrow." Strictly it means the bow onlj-, the arrow being oZ, or j/ai c/ta6,
"son of the bow."

Brinton.] 302 [Oct. 6,

12. Tziquin lc''ih. — " Season of birds." See the Cakchiquel
month of this name.

13. Cdlnm. — See the Cakchiquel month of this name.

14. BoUnn. — See the Cakchiquel month Ibola.

15. Nahey zih. — The first ziJi.. The word is explained as a
tree which bears abundant white flowers and blossoms at this
season. Gavarrete gives erroneously' Tzih, " word."

16. Ucab zih. — The second zih.

17. Box zih.— The third zih.

18. Chee. — Trees or wood. See the Cakchiquel month Pa-
riche.

THE CHAPANEC CALENDAR.

The Chapanecs of Chiapas, belonging to a linguistic stock
wholly different from the Mayas, Nahuas or Zapotecs, also made
use of this Calendar. This we know from the fact that they
counted 18 months to their year, each of twenty days, and al-
lowed five intercalar}' days, called nhu, precisely as did the
Nahuas and Mayas.

It is peculiarly unfortunate that we have not the names of
their daj^s, and those of their months are preserved in a sadly
imperfect manner. Mr. Alphonse Pinart has published two
lists, both incomplete, at the close of his edition of the A7'te de
la Lengna Chiapaneca, of Fray Juan de Albornoz ; but they do
not seem to have constituted a part of that work ; at least they
are not in the MS. cop}^ of it in my possession.

It would not be difficult for a person acqnainted with the
climate and routine of culture pursued b}' the Chapanecs to
construct from these two lists one which would be accurate and
complete, but as I do not possess that knowledge, I give them
as they are, so as to comi)lete this portion of mj^ stud}-, I add,
in some instances, possible derivations, from the MS. Chapanec
Vocabulary of Dr. Berendt, but in most cases the et3'mology of
the names is quite obscure.

1893.] *^^'^ [Brinton.

Months of the Chapanee Calendar of Chiapa.

1. May 15. Tumugui, or Tamiigui. — " Chile is sown." Be-
gins May 15.

2. June 4. latati, or Hatati. — " The winds begin."

3. June 24. Numhi. — " Maguey is sown."

4. July 14. Cutame. — " The weather changes."

5. August 3. laume, or Haume. — " Dampness."

6. August 23.

7. September 12. 3Iajua, or 3Iahua.—'' Cold."

8. October 2.

9. October 22.

10. November 11. 3I^la. — " Camotes (batatas) are planted."
In Chapanee these are called nva.

11. December 1. Tupiu. — " The dampness increases." Prob-
ably from tipi^ mist or fog.

12. December 21, Tuhu, or Tujiv.

13. January 10. 3Iahu^ or 3Iu-u. — "Mosquito time."

14. January 30. Turi. — " Ripeness."

15. February 19. 3Ianga. — "Time for little fishes" (fish,
nangasi).

16. March 11. Pari. — "The jocote ripens" (jocote, luri,
Spondias edvlis).

11. March 31. Cuturi. — " The jicalpestle (gourd) ripens."
18. April 20. Cupane. — "The coyol (^Bactris vinifera)
ripens."

Months of the Chapanee Calendar of Su-Chiapa.

1. June 4. Yucu.

2. June 24. Nitnibi. — " Maguey is sown."

3. July 14. 3Iuhu.—'' Mosquito time."

4. August 3. Hatati. — " The winds begin."

5. August 23. 3fundju. — " Chile is sown."

6. September 12. Catani. — " The rains cease. Maize begins."
T. October 2. 3Ianga. — " Fishing begins."

8. October 22. Haome. — " Rivers fall, and fish leave."

9. November 11. 3fahua. — " Cold begins."

10. December 1. Toho. — " No planting done."'

11. December 21. 3Iua. — " Camotes are planted."

Brinton.] *^^* lOct. 6,

12. Junuary 10. Topia. — " The dampness increases."

13. January 30. Tiimuhu. — " Nothing is done."

14. February 19.

15. March 11. Cupame. — " The coj'ol ripens."

16. March 31. Pari. — " The jocote ripens."

17. April 20. Puhuari.

18. May 10. Turi.—'' Time of ripening."

§ 13. The Symbolism of the Day Names.

Whatever other uses of an astronomical and time-measuring
character the Calendar had, the best known and most general
service which it rendered was for divinatory purposes. Indeed,
early writers, such as Sahagun and Coi'dova, assert that the rit-
ual Calendar of 260 days was confined to this object.

Unfortunately, thej' have not left us precise details. For in
spite of a large amount of desultory information in their works
and those of other early writers, the basic theor^"^ of the art of
divination, according to this Calendar, is nowhere stated. I
propose to otfer a suggestion as to what this was, as appears to
be indicated by the Calendar itself, and to be supported b^^ a
number of collateral facts mentioned by early authorities.

The period of 20 days, each bearing its own name, was cer-
tainly derived from the vigesimal system of counting. This was
in use in precisely the same manner in all those of the linguistic
stocks under discussion. In all, the unit of the higher integers
was 20.* This multiplied again by 20 gave 400, and this again
by 20 gave 8000, which in each was the highest number for which
they had a single expression.

This number 20 was based on finger-and-toe counting, and so
clearl}' was this reflected in the languages that in Nahuatl it
bore the name cempoualli, " one (whole) count ;" in Tzental Jivn
vinic, " one man ;" and in Quiche and Cakchiquel, vinok^ " a
man " (homo). The Maya kal, and the Zapotec ccil-Je, appear to
have the signification " completed," " filled up," referring to the
completed count of fingers and toes.

In this manner the number 20 came to represent symbolically

* The vigesimal (quinary- vigesimal) system obtained in most of the stocks of Mexico,
Central America and Northern South America. North of Mexico it is rarely found, as
among the Tlinkit and Pawnees. Elsewhere tlie decadal plan is in vogue (see Mviller,
Orundriss der Sprachwissemhaft, Bd. li, Ab. i, s. 183).

1893.] duo [Brinton.

the whole of man, his complete nature and destin}", and, mystic-
ally, to shadow forth and embody all the unseen potencies which
make or mar his fortunes and his life.

I have already spoken of the various theories to account for
the 13-day period. Whatever one we accept, I am persuaded
that this period was posterior and secondar}^ to the 20-day period.
At any rate, it was distinctly so regarded in the divinatory sys-
tems. Cordova, speaking of the Zapotec Calendar, which was
certainly the most primitive in form, tells us that each of the 20
signs had not only 13 numbers each, but 13 names, or rather 13
varieties of the same name.*

In the region of the Tzentals, Bishop Xuiiez de la Yega de-
scribes as a common figure in their books of divination the
demon Coslahunfox, who was painted in a sitting position and
with horns on his head, his name meaning " the demon with 13
powers." f

In this garbled account we must correct Coslahu7\tox to ox-
laghun tox^ "the thirteen divisions" or "parts;";}; and the
" horns " to the plumed headdress of quetzal or other feathers.

Just such seated and crowned figures are found on sculptures
from the ancient cities of Ocozingo and Palenque, in the terri-
tory of the Tzentals ; one from the latter seated on a double-
headed tiger, and another from the former where the tiger is
conventionalized into an elaboratel}^ carved block of stone. §
These, and others like them, represent the divinity of the day,
seated with empty hands to show that he is a ruler and is not
required to labor, precisely as the early missionaries tell us was
the native idea of sovereignty among those peoples. ||

* " Cada uno de aquellos auimales que eran veynte tenia treee nombres, y aunque todos
estos trece nombres eran en si como una cosa, diferenciavanlos con les anadlr 6 quitar
letras." Cordova, Arte de Lenpua Zapoiera, p. 203.

t"Al que llaman Coslahuntox (que es el demonio, segnn los Indies dicen con trece
potestades) le tieneu pintado en silla y con astas en la cabeza como de carnero." Nuiiez
de la Vega, Constiiunones Diocesanas, p. 9.

J The Tzental verb gVoj; means to divide, to separate, to split. See above, note to page 281.

§The figure from Ocozingo is given by E. G. Squier in his Observations on the Chalchihidtl
of Mexico and dntral America, p. 11 (New York, 1869). The bas relief from Palenque is
familiar from the works of Stephens, Charnay and others. In the Museum of the Troca-
dero, Paris, are several small seated figures of a similar character, some bearing a day
sign upon. They were collected by M. Pinart in Tzental territory, and have by some
been remarked upon as similar to the seated statues of Buddha. I take them to be of
the same class with the images just mentioned.

II See the remarks of Father Goto in his Diccionario de la Lengua Cakchiquel, which I
quote in my Essays of an Americanist, pp. 115, 116, note (Philadelphia, 1890).

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. 800. XXXI. 142. 2 M. PRINTED NOV. 21, 1893.

Briiitoii. dub I^Oct. 6,

That the same allocation obtained among the Nahuas is testi-
fied to l>y Sahagun, whose words are, speaking of the divinatory

Calendar : " It was composed of 20 signs To each sign

were allotted 13 days." He adds : " This method of divination
has nothing to do with natural astrolog^^ or the movements or
aspects of the planets, but takes as its point of departure certain
signs and numbers which are not derived from natural phenom-
ena, but must have been invented by the Devil himself." " They
asserted this system was a divine revelation from Quetzalcoatl ;
it consisted of 20 signs, each multiplied 13 times."*

This writer dilates more than any other on the details of the
Nahuatl divinatory sj'stem, but leaves his readers in the dark
why the individual signs were chosen, or what their relation to
each other and the general system was supposed to be.

I do not pretend to be able fully to suppl}^ this regretable
lacuna in our knowledge of the philosophy of these ancient na-
tions. But 1 believe that their system was in a certain sense
philosophic ; that it grew out of ripe meditation on the agencies
which direct and govern life ; and that it was merely veiled —
not smothered— in the symbolism which has been transmitted to
us, and which they found it convenient to throw around it, in
presenting.it to the unlearned.

The 20 potencies or agencies, fixed at that number for the rea-
son above given, follow each other in the sequence in which they
were believed to exert their influence on the life or existence not
of man only, but of things and of the universe itself. This
opinion exerted a strong constructive and directive influence on
the national myths, rites, and sj^mbolism, extending to architec-
ture and ornament, to details of government, and to the ever3'day
incidents and customs of national and domestic life. In all of these
we perceive a constant recurrence of the signs and their corre-
spondent numbers, drawn from the composite relations of 20 : 13.

Turning to the symbolic meaning which may be discoA^ered in
the signs and names of the twent}' days, I shall examine each
briefly :

Day 1. — The Swordfish., Crocodile, Spiderjish or other " J/a-
rine Jlonster.''^
According to the Codex Fuenleal, at the beginning of things
the gods made thirteen heavens, and beneath them the j)rimeval

* Sahagun, Hisloria de la Niteva Espana, Libro iv, passim.

1893.] ^^' [Brinton.

water in which they placed a fish called cijMctli (que es como
caiman). This marine monster brought the dirt and clay from
which they made the Earth, which therefore is represented in
t'leir paintings resting upon the back of a fish.

This sign, therefore, signifies the material beginning of exist-
ence or life in the Earth or in the individual, the substance into
which it is shaped.

The cipactU was an entirel}' mythical creature, and was not
intended to represent any known species.* Therefore any curi-
ousl}^ shaped fish was selected. The word has been variously
interpreted, but none of the renderings seems appropriate.f I
would suggest that it is a compound of ce, one the whole, and
patia, to liquefy, to become water, which is in full concordance
with the native myth of creation above referred to.

Bcij/ 2. — Wind or Air, Breath, Spirit, Soul.

In American symbolism air or wind constantly signifies the
immaterial life, that which exists apart from physical substance.

The first two of the twentj'' symbols therefore jsoint to the
double origin of being conceived as matter and spirit, body and
soul, extension and thought.

Day 3. — Night, Darkness, the House.

The symbolic idea underlying these signs is that of repose.
Night is the time for sleep, the house is the place of rest, dark-
ness suspends labor and relaxes eff^ort. Old age and the harvest
close, the one the activities of the career, the other the toil of
the agricultui'ist.

Doij ^. — The Lizard, the Iguayia.

The flesh of the iguana was a favorite article of food, and the
animal was taken as the symbol of nutrition and abundance.
Among the Pipils the god of maize and the food supply presided
over this sign and its signification was plenty and fullness. |

* This is also tlie opinion of Orozeo y Berra, Hist. Antigua de Mexico, Tom. i, p. 54.
t Several may be found in Boturini, Idea de una Nueva Ilistoria General, p. 46.
t Nunez de la Vega, Constiluciones Biocesanas, p. 10, and Codex Telleriano-Ecmcnsis,
Lam. xiii (inKingsborougli's Mexico).

Bniiton.] oOo [Oct. 6,

Day 5. — Tlic Se7-pent.

Dr. Seler thinks that the signification of this symbol is pov-
erty or want. According to Pedro de los Rios, however, the
serpent, in Mexican symbolism, represented especially the phal-
lus and therefore the reproductive force, the sexiuil life.* Of
course, here as in other symbolisms, this animal conveyed man}^
other meanings ; but there is reason to suppose this was the one
especially intended in this relation.

Dai/ 6. — Death, the Severed Head, the Slull.

The chief signification of this sign illustrates the notion of
" counter-sense" which so often occurs in language, mj'thology
and folk-lore. Modern dream-lore says that dreams before mid-
night " go by opposites," that is, they must be taken opposite to
their obvious purport. This theor}- of contrasts is based on
some idea of compensation, or else on that of esotericism, which
" least does mean, what it most does show."

In accordance with this plan, the meaning of this sign in Na-
huatl symbolism was chiefi}^, not death, but birth. The goddess
of parturition, Tonacacihuatl, was patroness of the da3' ; and
the snail shell, typical of the womb (for out of it, as the snail
from its shell, emerges the neonatus), was her emblem; to which
may be added the sad and close connection which often exists in
child-bearing between birth and death (of the mother).

The intimate relation of this to the preceding sign, and the
natural sequence thus established, will be evident.^

Da 11 7.— The Deer.

The signification of this symbol is obscure. According to
some of the interpreters, it meant drought; but 'its patron
among the Aztecs was Tlaloc, the god of the rains. The Nahuas
of Nicaragua, on the other hand, explained this sign as repre-
sentative of success in hunting.^

* De Rios, in his notes to the Codex Vaticanus, in Kingsborough's Mexico. The phallus
was a prominent object of worship in ancient Mexico. See Tayrayre, Explor. des Reijions
Mexicains, p. 23:5, and other modern authorities.

tThe contrasted meaning of this sign is fully recognized by Dr. Seler {Az^ck. raid Maya
Haadschrijlen) , though he fails to see its relation to the sign preceding it.

X Oviedo, Ilistoria de Indias, Tomo iv, p. 55.

1893.] ^^«-' [Briuton.

Day 8. — The Babbit, the Seed, the Flower Gay-land.

As the former sign seems to indicate fortune in the chase, so
does this one in cultivating the fields. The figure in the full
moon was called by the Nahuas " the I'abbit ;" * the animal also
symbolized ease, idleness, and especially drunkenness. The god of
drunkards bore this name.f This, however, must have been a
later application, as the intoxicating pulque was known in but
a limited area and probably its invention was much later than
the adoption of the sign.

This and the previous sign seem to refer to the two chief
sources of the food supply, hunting and agriculture.

Day 9. — Water, Thunder-storms.

The rains may be regarded as the agents of productiveness
and the creators of fertility ; or, on the other hand, as those
which bring gloomy, sunless days, dampness, chilliness, rheu-
matic pains, coughs and disease. The thunder terrifies, the
lightning destroys, the floods overwhelm.

It is from the latter aspect that water is contemplated in this
sign. It represented sickness and desolation. Hence, among
the Nahuas, it was deemed ominous of evil and its patron was
the yellow-visaged god of fire, Ixcocauhqui, indicative of its
desolating portent.

Day 10.— The Dog, the Stealer.

The dog among the Nahuas was held in small esteem, and was
badly treated. " A dog's life," with them, as with us, meant a
miserable one. Their verb itzcuinizcaJtia, " to be brought up like
a dog," conveyed the same ideas of bad treatment and hardship
that the phrase does among ourselves. A very common locution
in Nahuatl to signify afliiction is in tetl, in qaahuitl, " with stick
and stone," as one treats a dog.

The dog was closely associated with the notion of death ; the
Nahuatl patron of the day was the god of hades, Mictlantecutli,
and he was painted with a man in the last stages of misery fol-

*As do now the common people of India and some Mongolian tribes. See Grimm,
Teutonic Mythology, p. 716 (Eng. Trans.).

tSee my Sacred Songs of the Ancient Mexicans, p. 61 (Philadelphia, 1890), for an illustra-
tion of the " Totochtin," or rabbit gods of drunkenness and a hymn to them taken from
the unpublished MSS. of Father Sahaguu.

Briiitoii.] OlU [Oct. 6,

lowing hira. The finiinal holds the same relation in the Maya
hieroglj'^phs.*

The sign of the clog, therefore, denoted hardship and suffering.

Nevertheless, by the concurrent testimony of Sahagun and
Duran, both this and the following day sign were deemed pecu-
liarly prosperous and fortunate. Children born on them would
arrive at positions of dignit}^ and importance and shed lustre on
their families. The notion would seem to be that such would
overcome all difficulties.

D(nj 11.— The Monleii.

The monkey, like the dog, was a domesticated animal among
some of the Nahuatl and adjacent tribes. Father Sahagun nar-
rates the artifices adopted to catch them while young for the
purpose of taming them.f There seems a purpose in placing
these two domestic animals side by side in the Calendar. Thej^
were both highly auspicious signs, and indicated successful con-
test with obstacles.

Day 12. — The Broom., Teeth or Points.

The twisted brush of malUnalli grass or of the sharp itztlaitl
was probably the symbol intended by this sign, whether referred
to as " the thing twisted," or " the thing with many points."

Its meaning is obvious. As that which is swept away is dirt
and dross, lost to sight and discarded, it has been recognized by
most of the old writers that the significance is the evanescence,
the transitory character, of earthly possessions. |

Day IS.— TJie Reed or Corn stall:

In Tzental and Ma^^a it is distinctly the dr}' and dead corn-
stalk, cagh-ben, which corresponds to the Nahuatl patron of the
day, the god of cold and dryness, Itztlacoliuhqui. § The sug-

* See Dr. SehcUhas' observations and references in Zeitschriftfiir Ethnologie, 1892, pp.
119, 120.

\Hisloria de Nucva Espniia, Lib. xi, cap. i, see. 5.

X " Symbol der Vergiinglichkeit, Unhaltbarkeit, des Dahinsterbens." Seler, " Das Tona-
lamatl," in Comple- Rendu, of tlie Congressof Americanists, Eighth Session, p. 591 (Berlin,
1890).

^Literally, " pinched or bent with cold," applied also to a peculiar headdress designat-
ing this. Sahagun, Hist, de Naeva Espana, Lib. ii, cap. xxx. I prefer the derivation of this
word from itztic, cold, as given by Sim6on, to the more remote one from itztli, obsidian,
offered by Seler.

1893.] ^ -'■■'- [Brinton.

gestion distinctl}' is of advancing years with the loss of the
vital warmth of youth.

Day 14. — Tlte Tiger (Jaguar)^ or Sorcerer.

According to the Annals of Gnauhtitlan the tiger symbolized
the nocturnal heavens dotted with stars as the jaguar skin with
spots.* That this was the significance of this day sign receives
added probability from a figure in the Codex Borgia, where the
goddess of the sign is accompanied by a picture of the moon
and the night sky sown with star-points. f

The moon and the stars were the especial field of stud}^ of
the seers, the sorcerers and the wise men ; hence the underlying
meaning of the sign was occult or mystical knowledge.

The especial constellation known to the Nahuas as ocelotl was
the Great Bear ; it mythically represented the god Tezcatlipoca
deposed from his position as the sun god, and falling into the
sea. %

Day 15. — The Eagle, the Bird, Knowledge.

In the Nahuatl symbolism the eagle, quauhtli, is generally un-
derstood to mean " war." But this sign in the other languages
would seem to stand for knowledge or skill.

Day 16. — The Vulture, or Owl.

According to the Nahuatl interpreters, this is the sign of old
age, of long life, derived perhaps from the bald head of the vul-
ture. The owl in all these nations was regarded as a bird of
evil omen. We may understand the reference in both to be to
the infirmities and losses of old age.

Day 17. — Strength, Motion.

The idea apparently conveyed by this sign is the disastrous
results of strength exerted. It is in the myths connected with
earthquakes, eclipses and the end of the world, and its represen-
tations portray death, human sacrifice, and destruction. The

* See Anales delMuseo Nacional de Mexico, Tom. ii, p. 254.

t Given by Dr. Seler, Azlek. und Maya Handschriften, p. 25, who, however, derives a dif-
ferent meaning from it.
X See Orozco y Berra, Historia Antigua, Tom. i, cap. ii.

Briutoii.] ifi.^ [Oct. 6,

motion is the shaking, tottering movement of the paralyzed or
the aged, or that of the earth in its convulsions.*

Da;/ 18.— The Flint Knife.

"What is intended is the sacrificial knife or the spear point,
stained with blood as an instrument of death. The suggestion is
death in war, or as a victim.

OO"

Daij 19. —The Lightninrj.

In this sign the thunder-storm was considered as the begetter
of sickness, and, like water, as portrayed under the ninth day
sign, the maleficent effects of the thunderbolt, the pouring rain
and the floods were those intimated. The interpreters consid-
ered it, therefoi'e, a day of evil omen.

Day 20. — The Chieftain.^ the Flower.

As previouslj' stated, the real symbol of this day was the
sun. This is to be understood in its mythical sense as the
haven of life, the place of repose of souls, the resting place of
the dead ; as I have stated in general terms in a previous work,
" The home of the Sun is the heaven of the Red Man."f This
is true all over the continent, and there is a peculiar significance
in finding it borne out by the symbolism of this remarkable
Calendar.

§ 14. General Symbolic Significance of the Calendar.

Restoring the figurative terms to their literal meaning, we
ma}' conclude that the general and original symbolism of the
day names in all the tongues in which we have them were as
follows :

Day. Symbol. Hieratic Significance.

1. Swordfish. Birth, the beginning.

2. Wind. Breath, life, the soul.

3. Darkness, the house. Sleep, rest, repose.

4. Iguana. Food, nourishment.

5. Snake. Sexual life, reproduction.

*The present (the fifth) age of the world, according to Mexican mythology, was ex-
pected to end in this sign. Codex THlcriano-Remcnsis, Lam. x.
t See my Myths of the New World, Chap, i.v, for abundant testimony on this point.

1893.] oi-O [Brinton.

Day. Symbol. Hieratic Significance.

6. Death. Child-bearing, children.

7. Deer. Hunting.

8. Rabbit, seed. Agriculture.

9. Water, rain. Illness (or, productiveness).

10. Dog. Hardsliip and suflering (success through them).

11. Monkey. Difficulties surmounted.

12. Broom, teeth. Loss, evanescence.

13. Reed. Cold, drought, advancing years.

14. Tiger. Learning, wisdom.

15. Eagle, bird. Knowledge, skill.

16. Vulture, owl. Old age, misfortunes.

17. Motion. Debility, failing powers.

18. Flint knife. War, death.

19. Lightning. Sickness, destruction.

20. Sun. The house of the soul.

All examination of this sequence here exhibited, which is in
the main accurate, though doubtful in some specifications, re-
veals that it was intended to cover the career of human life,
from the time of birth until death at an old age.

The individual emerges from the womb of his mother and the
parturient waters, as did the earth from the primeval ocean ; he
receives breath and with it life, which is supported by repose
and food. The man reproduces his kind ; the woman, at the risk
of death, brings her child into the world. The chase and tilling
the ground are the leading occupations of peace, and he who
holds firm through illness, suffering and hardships, will gain the
prizes of life. Having reached the acme of his career, the de-
cline commences. Losses multiply, years increase, and though
knowledge and wisdom are augmented, old age comes on apace
with failing powers, with vanquished struggles, with sickness
and death; until at last, its course run, its task completed, the
soul quits the worn-out body and soars to its natural haven and
home, the abode of the Sun.

Such, it seems to me, without any straining, is the philosophi-
cal conception of life which was intended to be conveyed by the
symbols of this strange old Calendar. They may not have
originated contemporaneously with it ; certainl}^ not, if it was
primarilj' deduced from astronomical observations ; but quite
probably, if, instead of this, it was built on terrestrial relations
and mythical concepts.

PKOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2 N, PRINTED DEC. 7, 1893.

Lyman.] 614: [Sept. 15,

In the twenty headings nnder which the agencies which influ-
ence human life were arranged, the ancient seers believed they
had exhausted the arithmetical unit which stood for the com-
pleted individual — his vigesimal equation and correlate; in the
thirteen modes of activity which the}' assigned to each of these
agencies, they had taken into account the thirteen possible rela-
tions of each to both the material and immaterial worlds ; and
the fact that the result of 20 X 13 expressed in daj'S gives approx-
imately nine lunar months, the period required for the unborn
babe to pass through its evolution from conception to birth — a
period perfectly familiar even to the wild hunting tribes — gave
them whatever needed confirmation they wished for the mj'stic
potencies of these cardinal numbers.

The Great Menozoic Fmilt in New Jersey.

By Benjamin Smith Lyman.

(Read before the American Philoso^yhical Society, September To, JS93.)

Great faults, the ever-ready, easy resource of geologists to cover up
their own deficiencies or mistakes, have, without any substantial proof,
been liberally conjectured again and again to account for what has been
supposed 10 be a wholly impossible apparent thickness of the older
Mesozoic rocks of New Jersey. For those rocks have, from their con-
J'orraability throughout, and their predominant color and a comparative
lack of fossils through a great part of them, been commonly lumped
together as only a single group, formation, or system, under the general
name of New Red, or Triassic, or Jurassico-Triassic, or Rhaetic. Nearly
forty years ago, with the bold assurance born of ignorance, perhaps quite
pardonable at that lime, the special name of Newark group was pro-
posed for the whole lot, fioin one of its most striking local economic fea-
tures, though otlierwise an extremely subordinate one, and even economi-
cally perhaps inferior to the Richmond coal ; and latterly there has been
an effort to revive the name, long after it had fallen into well-merited
oblivion. The assumption has been : the whole series is but one forma-
tion ; one formation can be no more than about 5000 feet thick ; therefore,
the whole series is at most 5000 feet thick.

It now appears, however, from recent researches in course of publica-
tion by the Geological Survej* of Pennsylvania, that the total thickness
of the so called New Red does incoutestably far exceed the thickness

1893.] ^^^ [Lyman.

usually given to any single formation ; but, on the other hand, that there
is no sufficient reason yet to believe that all the rocks do belong to one
paleontological group or formation. The comparatively few fossils found
have hitherto been ascribed indiscriminately to the whole so-called forma-
tion, without any exact knowledge of the relations of beds of different
localities to one another. Perhaps too great reliance has been placed in
the capacity of fossils to indicate the geology of a vast series of beds in
great measure devoid of them ; and the more laborious, purely geological
methods of combining numerous observations of dip, strike and eleva-
tion, with the help of topographical indications, have long been neglected,
because there was likely to be no sufficient immediate economic return.

At length, however, the series has been practically worked out by pro-
ceeding throughout from one exposure to another near it ; instead of simply
assuming a nearly constant dip in one northwesterly direction and estimat-
ing the consequent total thickness from the whole breadth of the region
filled by the beds. It has now become possible to ascertain from what part
of the series the different fossils of the region have come, at least in Eastern
Pennsylvania ; and it is seen that nearly all of them have in reality been
taken from one small portion, although they have been supposed to indi-
cate the age of beds many thousands of feet above or below. It is also
seen that the geological structure is not so extremely simple as it was
formerly supposed to be ; and that no set of straight parallel faults could
have diminished to the desired extent the apparent thickness of the series
of beds in Eastern Pennsylvania, for the beds curve strongly and exten-
sively in many directions.

It has, however, long been known that, in the midst of the New Red
there, an island, so to speak, of ancient Paleozoic rocks occurs. It was
never certainly known, to be sure, whether it was really an island in the
New Red sea, with New Red beds of equal age north and south of it ; or
had later been thrust up through the New Red beds (or remained fixed
while tlie New Red beds on the south sank down) , so as to occasion a great
disparity in the age of the beds of the two sides. Now it is positively known
that there is such a great difference, and that the New Red beds to the
south are several thousand feet higher in the series than those on the
north. The line of the southern edge of the ancient island continues
westward as a great fault ; but far from parallel to the strike, and conse-
quently not helping much, if at all, to diminish the great apparent thick-
ness of the New Red. The fault is there the more obvious from a marked
difference in the color of the rocks on its two sides.

But at the eastern end of the island of ancient rocks, just in the edge
of New Jersey, the circumstances are somewhat different. There the
strike of the beds on the northwest and on the southeast is nearly the
same ; and, moreover, the beds of both sides are mainly red ; and they
are, besides, in general rather soft shales. Consequently, without the
proof given by the observations in Pennsylvania, or perhaps by some not
yet made in other parts of New Jersey, it would be extremely difficult, if

Lynmn.l ^It) [Sept. 15,

not wholly impossible, to detect, still more so to prove, the existence of
the fault, in spite of its great throw of over fourteen tliousand feet.

The accompanying sketch map sliows, at least roughly, the prolonga-
tion of the fault nine miles norllieastward into New Jersey and of equi-
distant strike curves, a tliousand feet apart in level, on the bottom of dif-
ferent sets of Mesozoic shales north and south of tlie island-like mass of
Paleozoic limestone, of Pennsylvania formation No. II, from the positions
determined west of the Delaware by the recent survey. It has been pos-
sible to make, roughly, the prolongation of the lines without observing
any rock exposures in New Jersey ; because the topography shows the
geological structure very distinctly on the north of the fault, and witli
some clearness on the south. On the north, the long straight hills and
valleys show very plainly that the strike of the rocks continues almost
straight northeasterly in the same general course as on the Pennsylvania
side of the Delaware, and nearly parallel to the fault, but gradually bend-
ing more to the north. South of the fault the strike as shown by the topog-
raphy, though not very far from parallel to the fault, is evidently decidedly
less straight in the western edge of New Jersey, as it is also in Pennsyl-
vania ; but farther east becomes for a space straighter and more closely
parallel to the fault and to the northern strike. This structure of the
southern shales is confirmed by the topography outside the limits of the
map.

The shales on the north of the limestone and fault belong to the same
set of beds, mostly soft shales as those near Norristown, and near
Yardleyville ; while those next south of the limestone and fault are of the
set of likewise red, mostly soft, shales that is seen near Pottstown, over-
lying the couple of thousand feet of generally harder and in good part
greenish shales of the Perkasie tunnel and its neighborhood, that them-
selves rest on the red shales of Lansdale. The trap masses given are
copied from the New Jersey State geological map, except that the limits
of solid trap in place have been conjeclurally restricted, according to our
experience in PennsjMvania, to only a portion of the whole space covered
by blocks of trap and its decomposed earth.

It is very interesting to see how clearly the mere topograpliy shows the
geological structure, and so in conjunction with the ascertained relations
of the beds north and south of the limestone, makes the presence of the
great fault in New .Jersey to be known with certainty, in spite of its
otherwise thorough concealment through the similarity of the northern
and southern shales and of their strikes. The topography, indeed, gives
good indication of the geological structure far beyond the limits of the
little map, and \vould perhaps do so through all the New Jersey portion
of the older Mesozoic, in spite of the less pronounced variation in char-
acter of its beds as regards hardness than what we find among Paleozoic
rocks. Now that the older Mesozoic scries of beds lias been so fully
worked out in Eastern Pennsylw^ania, with several subdivisions of such
different color and texture as to be very noticeable in traversing country

Vm] x\xi x"1I':

CONTOUR LINES. THE HADL OF THE FAULT ANO TKC EXTENT Of THf. TRAP BEDS ARE UNKNOW

[;j TRAP RUBBISH. [^ POTTSTOWN SHALES. [3 L ANSDALE SHALES 1 ] NORRISTOWN SHALE

Q TRAP IN PLACE □ PERKASIE SHALES. □ GWYNEDD SHAL ES. {[jjJIJ PA. NO. II LIMEST'N

SCALE:- 2 MILES TO AN INCH, OR 1 : i;6720.

N !

t— I — \ — I— H

H \-

6 MILES

SECTION IN THE LINE A B.

1893.] ^1* [Cope.

roads, it seems hardly too mucli to hope that the details of the New
Jersey field with its extremely useful topographical map could be very
rapidly determined. Without the previous Peunsylvania work, the same
result would require much labor and time ; and even with the Pennsyl-
vania results at hand, the lack of a good topographical map would occa-
sion great delay and difficulty in working out the details. Such, for ex-
ample, would be the case in the portion of the Pennsylvania Mesozoic
field southwestward from the one already mapped. This matter, among
many others, gives New Jersey good reason to rejoice in its topographical
map as a means of saving great outlays ; while Pennsylvania cannot but
find frequent cause to regret its own penny-wise and pound-foolish
economy in neglecting so long to make a thorough topographical survey
of its whole territory. That neglect is all the more surprising in a State
that might well be called the home of American topography as an aid to
geology.

NOTE.— Through a misunderstanding of instructions the lithographer has in the cross-
section extended the trap rubbisli all along tlie trap bed, instead of confining it to the
surface of tlie ground.

On the genus Tomiopsis.

By E. D. Cope.

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 3, 1S93.)

Tomiopsis gen. nov. Tooth consisting of a much flattened cylinder ot
hard dentine, which is enclosed in cementum. The latter forms a layer
of medium thickness on the external side, and a very thick layer on the
Internal side, which does not extend below the middle of the length.
Crown compressed, tapering gradually to the root, the external face sepa-
rated fiom the convex interior face by an angle. Pulp-cavity large,
extending to near the cutting face, but occupied near the middle (? nor-
malljO by a mass of dentine, which substance also forms the centre of the
cutting face, which is thus concave on wear.

The general characters of this tooth are those of mammal of the order
Briita (Edentata). It resembles no known form of the order, but might be
said to be intermediate between those of an armadillo and a sloth. It,
however, differs from both and from membersof the order generally in the
gradual anteroposterior contraction of the crown to the root (which is
broken off). This circumstance, together with the hollowness of the
crown, shows that it is not adapted for continuous service during the life
of the animal, but is probablj' a member of a dentition consisting of more
than one series. In this respect it resembles the incisor tooth of some

Bachc] ^lo [Xov. 17,

fishes, but it difiers from all of these in the long crown without distinction
of root, and in the thick cement investment.

Char, specif. Crown elongate, curved transversely to tlio long diameter
of the grinding face. The latter is a little narrower than a semicircle, and
the internal half of it consists of cementum. The dentinal plates form two
cutting edges which are separated by a shallow valley of soft dentine.
The two edges of dense dentine are in contact at one end of the grinding
face, but leave an interval at the other, and both extremities of the
external and shorter ridge are folded inwards, forming two loops. Ex-
ternal face flat and smooth. Other surfaces al.so smooth. Length of tooth
minus root, on external curve, 14 mm.; longdiameter of grinding surface,
7 mm.; short do., 4 mm.; longdiameter at broken base, 4 mm. I propose
for the name of this species, Toiniojjsisferrumiiiatus.

This animal left its remains in a bed of probably Neocene age, which is
exposed on the Lapara creek in Western Texas. It was associated with
scales of Lepidosteus, and bones of Trionj'x and a tooth of a crocodile,
"which do not furnish an exact clue to the age of the formation. The speci-
mens were obtained by Dr. E. T. Dumble, Director of the Geological Sur-
vey of Texas, and submitted to me for determination.

The Conservation of Osmazome in Roasting.

By Mr. R. Meade Bache.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 17, 1SD3.)

Time was, and not so very long ago, when T should have hesitated about
touching in this hall upon any sul)ject related to cookery, despite the fact
that we are by the Constitution of our Society devoted to the promotion of
useful knowledge. But now, when the art of cooking seems to be begin-
ning to receive some general recognition in this country, and is rising in
some small measure to the dignity of a science, through expert articles in
magazines and through departments of special schools, I need no longer
fear that even here gastrouomical discussion allied to dietetic good might
fall upon unwilling ears.

In the days when I was a mighty hunter before the Lord, before I
ceased to take satisfaction in killing for pleasure, when I shot deer on the
mountain side, once at a safe distance at a retreating grizzly bear, and on
another even followed a she one and two cubs towards their lair, without
finding it, to whidi gracious dispensation I doubtless owe the honor of
addressing this meeting of the Society, I made a casual observation in the
pure air of the mountains whenever I came to cook an evening meal of
venison. This was, of the exceedingly large deA'^elopment of osmazome
on the roast. Reflection I did not at that time make on the subject. Tlie

1893.] dlJ [BacLe.

simple fact was then observed unreflectiugly, to be later collated -with
other observed facts, from which in sum I drew the conclusion to which
this paper points. Intermediately I learned (chiefly through Brillat
Savarin's famous work on the physiology of taste) of the great gustatory
value of osraazome as a culinary product, but without reference to its
dietetic value. This, perhaps, it was that prompted me mentally to revert
to my former mountain experiences, when I had seen osmazome developed
to the highest degree of excellence that I have ever met, and thereupon
other facts connected with the roasting and baking of meat fell into line,
leading to the conclusion to which I have referred.

These facts resolved themselves finally into two coordinated ones, open
to the observation of any one who has lived in a time which combined
roasting meat with the Dutch-oven (sometimes called the tin-kitchen) and
baking it in the ordinary household oven. We may observe in the three
methods of cooking mentioned, tliat in the open air, that in the Dutch-
oven, and that in the ordinary oven, two steps of degradation. What,
then, makes the difference in their products, when the substances sub-
mitted to tlie heat, being essentially the same, can possess no difference in
heat-ray selective capacity ? It seems to me, obviously, to be caused by
the diminution, in two of these processes, of the presence of pure air ; that
is to say, the deficiency of oxygen, with sufficient aqueous vapor, in asso-
ciation with these processes. Oxygen seems to me, for two reasons, to
be the prime factor in the best effect, because that effect seems analogous
to other effects in the presence of oxygen, and because nitrogen is recog-
nized as a very inert gas. I do not believe that the effect would be pro-
duced at all in a vacuum. Staled in final terms, the perfect development
of osmazome in roasting depends, in my view, upon the roast's being
immersed in a copious and ever-changing l)ath of pure air, causing what
may be termed oxygenation of the meat.

With the Dutch-oven, the air bath is copious and changing, but it is de-
rived from the kitchen, full of effete matter in suspension, and in a
measure deoxygenaled by breathing, and sometimes by artificial lights.
With the ordinary oven, the same objectionable conditions, in lesser degree,
attend the process of baking meat, but their diminution is more than compen-
sated l>y tlie circumstance that all the waste products are for the most part
confined within the narrow limits of the oven, and the juices of the meat
evaporate, on account of the lack of moisture in the deficiency of aqueous
vapor in the air. Hence we have, to take the extreme case, the average
farm meat-product of the oven, with the osmazome of the exterior
utterly destroyed in a black crisp, and even with the Dutch-oven, unless
with ceaseless basting, a product far inferior to that of the Homeric
method.

I need not pause to descant upon the value of osmazome as a constituent
of meat, to be developed, not to be destroyed or impaired by the process
of cooking. You are all aware that it consists of various principles, found
sometimes even in vegetable substance, combined with cmpyreumatic pro-

Bache.] d-jU [^jjoy 17^

ducts, and is, in sum, most succulent and wholesome for the gourmet, be-
sides being excellent dictelically for the sick and convalescent.

Having had, through my particular course of life, an exceptionally good
opportunity of seeing the average mode of cooking in the land, I can say
without hesitation that I do not upon reflection consider my conviction at
all exaggerated, wiien I state that its general cooking of meat, as being
innutritions and wasteful, is barbarous, and for this reason I once be-
thought me of making a small contribution to the sum of knowledge of
better things. With the conviction of which I speak in my mind, I
thought, a few years ago, in 1887, to aid in the improvement of the art of
cooking, at least among the well educated, whence the knowledge might
spread, by devising an oven which should approximate in its function to
the task of yielding the osmazome which a given piece of meat is capable
of producing, in nearly the most perfect form of which the piece is sus-
ceptible. "We must remember that we do not create osmazome by any
process, and that its manifestation on the outer layers of meat subjected to
the roasting or baking process does not represent all the osmazome in the
piece, but merely that portion which has submitted to what Savarin aptly
calls caramel ization. Nevertheless, the proper caramelization on a piece
of roasted meat is the outward sign of an inward grace. If the piece has
been countrified, the outer layers are charred and the interior dried by
long continued evaporation of the juices of the meat. If the piece is rep-
resented by the opposite extreme of treatment, the outside has never been
allowed to become so hardened as to present a serious barrier to the pene-
tration of heat to the interior ; the outside is sapid, though crisp, and the
interior shaded off from the outside by insensible gradations of rareness ;
the flavor of the whole surviving in the so-called juice, containing the ac-
tive principles, osmazome and other extractives, that give delicious flavor.
But the ordinary oven is not an instrument capable of effecting this result
to a high degree ; no existing oven is. Well adapted as the oven is to the
drying of dough inciilentally to the baking of bread, cake and pies, it is
for that very reason, besides others, the poorest possible instrument in its
present form wherewith to attempt to imitate a roast.

I fully realized that the course of cookery could not be turned backward
in a land where the frying-pan still wields the sceptre against the invasion
of the gridiron. I accordingly applied for a patent for an oven which de-
pends upon the simple device of allowing a controllable stream of air, as
pure as procurable, to pass through it while the process of cooking is pro-
ceeding. For the first time, however, in apjjlying for a patent, I failed to
obtain one. The objection made to my device by the patent examiner to
whom it was, in the course of routine, submitted, was that it had been
anticipated by some one who had invented a wire-gauze door for an oven.
I have not, however, changed my opinion that the device does not con-
flict in the slightest degree with the otlier invention cited as preventing its
acceptance. There are examiners and examiners, and some are not infalli-
ble, as I found out many years ago, when, having incidentally used, as a

1893.] ^-^ ^ [Bache.

detail to the production of a new tiling, an article that happened to be in
the market, an examiner decided against allowing a patent, upon the
ground that the man who had invented the incidentally used article had
invented it for all the possible uses to which it might in the future be ap-
plied ; an untenable proposition, easily disposed of upon appeal, by an ar-
gument that I made, supported, as witnesses, by Prof. Joseph Henry, Dr.
Henry Morton, Mr. J. E. Hiigard, and General Meade.

The validity of patentable invention depends upon two factors, the
realization of an idea as embodied in an original apparatus. Thousands of
men since Daedalus have conceived of the practicability in various manners
of aerial navigation under the open skies, but the embodiment of the idea
still remains undemonstrated. The person who invented the gauze-wire
door for an oven certainly thereby made a step in advance towards culi-
nary aeration of the oven for meat, and therefore a step in the right direc-
tion towards the oxygenation of it, whatever may have been his intention
with reference to the result observable. But, even conceding his full
intention in that regard, and the incontestability of the result, the apparatus
is still a most imperfect one for securing the desirable end, so remote from
anything but embryonic function, that it may justly be regarded as simply
tentative in the right direction. When, moreover, we additionally con-
sider that patents issue under the characterization of " improvements " in
some designated category, containing thereby the implication that there
can be no absolutely new invention, it is impossible to see why the appa-
ratus which I submitted to the Patent Office of the United States does not
at least come under the designation of an improvement on the gauze-wire
door oven, of which my patent agents knew before they entered my appli-
cation for a ventilated oven (the records always being consulted pre-
viously), and therefore could not have thought barred my claim.

If we are to concede that exposing the interior of an oven more or
less to circumambient air, of wluilever quality, and dependent for its
movement solely upon radiation, then any one who ever purposely left an
oven door ajar while meat was cooking in it, made to the wire-gauze door
an approximate invention. Everything leaks to air and water. If the
adoption of either method constitutes oxygenation of an interior, in the
sense in which it is here used, then it follows that every natural and arti-
ficial cavity on earth can be deemed aerated, even the receiver of an air-
pump, except one where there is no untraversed space in the cylinder,
secured by surrounding the piston by mercury, as in the air-pump of
Kravogl. Aerated and oxygenated, in a certain narrow sense, the oven
with the gauze-wire door may certainly be considered to be, but in the true
sense, which I had in view in my device, it cannot be considered effective.
Such an oven receives from the kitchen all the effete products floating in
the air. Its change of air, such as it is in amount, whatever it may be in
quality, is only owing to the erratic flux and reflux primarily set up by ra-
diation from the mouth of the oven. On the contrary, the device which I
presented for the purpose defined admits the purest outdoor air at com-

I'KOC. AMER. THILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2 O. PRINTED DEC. 7, 1893.

Bache.]

322

[Nov. 17,

mand, the flow of which is compelled to pass continuously around the
meat in process of cooking, perfectly controlled by a simple and a single
damper, the waste products being liberated into the chimney.

I will anticipate being ask why, if this be so, I have not prosecuted my
claim by renewal of it. I reply that it is my intention to take that course
when I have time. I still hope to give the first examiner, if he lias sur-
vived the precariousness of office, or if not, his successor, an opportunity
of enlightenment tlirough further demonstration, and of change of mind as
to the possibility of a claim to the invention of an oven, characterized by

Fia.i

the puritj' and the regular flow of its air, being invalidated by the previous
invention of an oven with a gauze-wire door. If an examiner, wlioever
lie may be, is not open to conviction on a point, then the appeal of a case
to the Board of Examiners of the Patent Office is always open to the ai>-
plicant.

The two diagrams on the blackboard represent the verj^ simple device
by which the object that I proposed to myself can be accomplished.

Figure 1 represents a longitudinal section of a modified cooking stove,
illustrating; the device.

1893.1 oZo [Bacbe.

A pipe (a) is carried dowa from the oven of a modified cooking stove,
through the floor, and into the cellar beneath the room in which the stove
is situated ; or where, because of the impurity of the air of the cellar, this
plan is not availal)le, the pipe (a) may be deflected, as shown by the
dotted lines (o), and led to the open air through the walls of the room, or
in any oilier convenient manner. In order that the air may be properly
difl'used and caused to circulate effectively, flanged plates {b) are fastened
at top and bottom of the oven, between each of whicli plates and the oven-
casing is enclosed a chamber (d). The bottom plate, it will be observed,
is perforated at and near the front of the oven, and the top plate perforated
at and near the rear, and in the top of the oven-casing (/) a discharge
opening is formed, communicating with the chimney flue, the effective
area of this opening being governed by means of the common form of
sliding damper (g).

It will be seen that thus the volume of cool, pure air, entering the lower
chamber (d), passes thence to the front, and then escapes into the oven
through the perforations of the lower (b) plate, there taking the course of
diffusion indicated by the direction of the arrows, until it finally escapes
from the oven through the perforations in the upper (b) plate. It is evi-
dent that the perforations in the two plates may be so located as to com-
■pe\ the air to take any course desired through the oven.

It will be observed that, although the flow of air is, for convenience,
represented by the diagram as taking place within a somewhat determin-
ate line, yet that, in point of fact, the air entering the oven will, on account
of its immediate and great increase of volume, expand into ever)'' part of
the oven, and its consequent flow towards the upper vent will be from
all lateral and inferior directions.

Figure 2 represents a modification of the device illustrated in Figure 1.

In this case the bottom plate of a cooking-range oven is cast, techni-
cally "dished," with a depression (h) near the front end. Both dish and
opening are covered by perforated plates (6'). The dish (h) has a neck
(7i'), to whicli is adapted a freshair supply-pipe (a), and in the upper fine
of the range is located a hinged damper (g'), turned from the outside by a
crank handle, by which the flow of air from the oven into the chimney-
flue through the upper perforated plate may be governed.

If it be sought to approach or to rival the excellence of roasting, through
the instrumentality of a ventilated oven, five conditions must be fulfilled.
The air supplied to the oven must be pure, plentiful, continuous, well-dis-
tributed, and reguhitable.

The ihovement of all air, whether free on the surface of the earth, con-
fined in houses, or occupying lesser space, being dependent upon differ-
ences of density indifferent parts, and these difierences of density being
in turn dependent upon differences in the relative temperature of thos«
parts, purity of air for a ventilated oven may be secured with all the other
conditions as concomitants.

Bache.]

324

[Nov. 17,

Tlie source of supply may be through a coaduit from the open air, or
through one leading from a properly cemented and sanitarily kept cellar,
the terminal of the conduit in either place being covered with metallic
gauze to exclude dust. Tlie air of a dwelling-house cellar should be as
pure as that of the rest of the house. Hence it is a mistake in a furnace-
heated house to draw for the air-chamber of the furnace, directly from
outdoors, most of its supply. In a cellar properly regulated in every par-
ticular, the air from the furnace should be drawn from outdoors, mostly,
if not entirely, through the intermediation of the cellar, thus searching and
keeping sanitarily sweet its inmost recesses.

»

^^ V V ^ ^ V «. V 1. V Kju/j j^a

^

, , , > J J HJJy J > J^f I f .» / .-.gd

s=^

, , , , , ,, , , > > ^ > J A ^ r f ^ J / r f f If I l-TT-J^

^

Rapidity of movement of the air for the oven, dependent upon differ-
ences of density, being secured by constituting either outdoors or the
cellar the source of supply, ample amount of it is thereby necessarily in-
volved. The ability to secure purity for this air being naturally asso-
ciated with the means adopted to obtain ample movement, involving
amount, it remains only to remark that contirtuity of the movement of the
air is necessarily a concomitant of the other conditions, and to consider
lastly the points of its regulation and distribution. The first of these ends
is secured b}' the construction of llie apparatus described, and the second
by the employment of the single damper, as represented in the diagrams
exhibited.

Whether the air, after having passed through the oven, shall be dis-

1893.] ■ dZb [Brinton.

charged outdonrs or into the chimney may be determined by household
construction. That it should not be allowed to carry its effluvia into the
kitchen is certain. Owing to the position in wliich cooking ranges are
usually placed, it would, as a general rule, be most convenient for the air
to find its way into a flue to the chimney. But its finding exit there has
no especial advantage, physically speaking, over the other mode of exit,
for the movement of air at any season of the year, dependent upon the
differences of density between the air outdoors and that in the oven,
would always afford superabundant volume, to be regulated by the
damper, without adding to its updraught the great radiation up the
chimney.

I have heretofore confined myself, as in duty bound, to the elucidation
of the theme represented by the title of my paper. But it should not be in-
ferred from my omitting discussion of anything beyond it, thai I limit the
good effect of the presence of ample oxygen in cooking to the preparation
of meat for the table. On the contrary, I believe, as the result of observa-
tion, not experiment, that some vegetables, and therefore, I conclude, all,
are so affected, and cook better in free air than elsewhere. In a qualified
sense observation, however, is experiment, where work is done to the hand
of one who has not opportunity to do it for himself, but seizes it in observ-
ing eflfects casually offered by that of others, and then combines the facts
in conclusions.

A Vocabulary of the Nanticoke Dialect.

By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D.

{Bead before the American Philosophical Society, Nov. 3, 1898.)

Among the valuable MSS. in the library of the American
Philosophical Society is one, now a little over one hundred
years old, which contains the only known vocabulary of any
length of the Nanticoke dialect or language, once spoken in
Maryland, on what is called the '' Eastern shore," the region be-
tween Chesapeake baj^ and the Atlantic. Several requests have
reached me from time to time to prepare this vocabulary for
publication, and it seems to be a duty which the Society owes
the republic of letters to make it available for purposes of study
and comparison.

The vocabulary was collected at the request of a former Presi-
dent of this Society and of our country, Mr. Thomas Jefferson,
by Mr. William Vans Murray, from an old woman called Mrs.

Brinton.l oZO [Xov. 3,

Mulberiy, said to be the widow of the last chief of the Xanti-
cokes. She at that time resided at Locust Neck town, Goose
creek, Choctank river, Dorchester county, Mar3'land. ThG cir-
cumstances connected with obtaining the vocabulary are re-
counted in a letter from Mr. Murray to Mr. Jefferson, which is
as follows :

IjEtter from Mr. Murray to ]Mr. Jefeerson.

Dea7- Sir : — The enclosed little attempt to make a vocabulary of the lan-
guage of the Natiticokes, may remind yon of a circumstance, and promise
of mine, which probably liave escaped your memory. You gave me the
printed list of words last spring. On the reverse of the printed side which
is filled up, is added a number of words which occurred to me. Tlie tribe
Las dwindled almost into extinction. It is still, however, possessed of five
thousand acres of land which, were reserved to them by the Assembly of
Maryland in the first settlement of the Province. The little town where
they live consists but of four genuine old wigwams, thatched over with
the bark of the Cedar — very old — and two framed houses — in one of which
lives the queen, Mrs. Mulberry, relict of the Colonel who was the last
Chief. They are not more than nine in number : The others of the tribe,
which in this century was at least Five hundred in number, having died
or removed towards the Frontiers, generally to the Six nations — perhaps
by a comparison of the languages of them and of those a correspondence
may be discovered. They went to the Senecas often — you will find they
have no word for the personals he and she. They were much at a loss for
all terms to express abstract ideas. It is a little surprising they had a word
for Truth. They speak tlieir language exclusively among themselves. A
few years must totally extinguish the remains of this Tribe and it will be
owing to you. Sir, if a trace is left of their language.

I have preferred the very list which I filled in a Wigwam to any neater
copy — and therefore have chosen that to transmit to you.
I have the honour to be

Dear Sir with great
respect and attachment

yr. mo. obt.,

W. V. Murray.
Cambridge Dorset, E. S. Maryland,
18 September, 1793.

The Honble Mr. .Ieffersox.

Mr. Albert Gallatin has made use of this vocabulary in his
Synopsis of the Indian Tribes of the United States, and from
time to time others have borrowed from it ; but no effort has
been made to publish it in full.

1893.] ^27 [Brintou.

The Nanticokes are first mentioned by Captain John Smith,
who encountered them in 1608. Their subsequent history does
not offer much of interest. I have traced it in sufficient detail
in my publication, The Lendjje and their Legends, pp. 22-25
(Philadelphia, 1885).

A note to the vocabulary states that their last " King," " the
famous Wyniaco," died about seventy-five or eighty years before
(about 1712-15), and that "his body was preserved and very
formally kept in a Awacason-house (Chio-ca-son house), seventy
years dead," which means, I presume, for seventy years after
his death. The preservation of the bones of their dead was a
characteristic trait in the religion of the Nanticokes.

In publishing the vocabular\^, I have thought it of interest to
add comparative words from other dialects of the Algonkin
stock, to illustrate how thoroughly the Nanticoke belonged to
it. With a few exceptions, every word collected by Mr. Murray
is seen to be a slightly varied form of some expression in Lenape
or other adjacent dialect. The exceptions would probably fall
into the same category Avere the analysis prosecuted further.

I have also thought it desirable to arrange the words in alpha-
betical order, for convenience of reference.

The exclamation point, !, so frequently introduced b}^ Mr.
Murray, he explains to signify a peculiar, forcible, explosive
enunciation of the sj-llable.

At the close of the vocabulary, the writer adds the following
proper names :

We ning go mi usk, the personal name of Mrs. Mulberry,
" Mulberry woman " (see below, 3Iulberry tree).

Ama namp quun, the name of the Indian town of Locust neck.

llatt appenen, the name of the Nanticoke Indian town.

Vocabulary of the Nanticoke Dialect.

Abbreviations — Len., Lenape ; N. J., New Jersey Delawares ; N. Eng.,
New Englancllnaians ; Chip., Chipeway; Put., Potomacs ; H., Hecke-
welder's Nanticoke Vocab. ; Sh , Shawnee.

Air, ayewash; comp. wind, ewesh ; Ash, paw-kawqm ; Sh.mea-lawkuo.

Len. geschen. Autumn, wee-saw-panu (= wees-
Arm, nickpitq ; Len. w'nachk. wapami, little or short light).
Arro-ws, allontz; Len. alluns. Axe, tummehek ; Pot. tomahack ;
Arrowhead, ik-ke-hek (see N. J. tomahickan.

" Spear ").

Brinton.]

328

[Nov. 3,

Back, daduckqitack ; N. J. huckun.

Back-creek, pomamato.

Back-woods, ah payw-wagh.

Bad, mattitt ; Len. medhik.

Banks, lemoack-coi-um.

Basket, munnole ; N. Eng. munnote.

Bear, winquipim.

Beard, nee-weeglitoniwaah ; Len.

nitoney, my beard ; N. J. ni-

tuuna.
Beaver, nataque ; N. J. nakuee, or

tomoque.
Beech, pah ! -scanemintz ; Len.

schamoeminshi, red beech-tree.
Bees, aamook ; Len. amoe.
Belly, nut-ah\ Len. nachtey (my).
Belt, uckq-shit lawk ; Len. ochqnasu

(belt of wampum).
To bend, ne wawk-kawquinnimon ;

Chip, nin wakinan.
Berry, mee-eents ; Len. mintschi.
Bed, dapp-in.

ii'ird, piss-seeques ; Chip, binessi.
Bitter, wee-suck un.
Black, oaskag-u ; uschkeju H ; Len.

siicken.
Blackberry, munck-quisuck ; Len.

mill, berry ; sucken, black.
Blackbird, husquinock.
Blood, puckcudique ; N. J. mo-

hoock.
Blue, puh-squai-loau ; Cree sipik-

kwaw ; N. Eng. peshaiii.
Body, no-wawauh ; N. J. uatu-

Jiaape.
Bone, whis-scan ; Len. wochgan ;

N. J. okuaan.
Bone-house, man-to-kump (house to

put the bones of the dead into).

Probably " sacred place, " from

Len. manito, god, sacred.
A bow, kuUah/oto.
Boy, wahocki-a-wauntit ; N. J.

penaetit.
Brave, matt whee-saw-so (= not

cowardly).

Bread, applotc ; Len. n'dnpponJie,

I make bread ; N. J. apoon.
To break, ne poick-shittown ; Len.

poquihillen, it is broken ; N. Eng.

p)okeshattouwin.
Broad, manckapah-saiu ; Len.

amangi, large.
Brother, neee-mat ; Len. ni'mat,

my brother.
Bubby, noo-naque, i.e., the mamma ;

Len. nunagan (my.)
Buck, i-e-ape; Len. ojapen.
Butterfly, aumaunco hunt ; N. J.

amookas.

Cedar, weensquaaquah.
Channel, an-da-timp.
Chesnut-tree, eh! qua-mintz.
Chin, U7it-tampquet ; Chip, o'dami-

kan (his).
Child, awauntet ; Len. tc' unit {h\?,) .
Cloud, matchkatqiiot ; ichemackqh

H.; Len. machiaqaoll ; N. J.

kumhaak.
Cold, taghlquiow ; Len. fheu;

N. J. taa.
Cowardly, wee saw. so ak (see

"Brave ").
Crab, tahlquah; Len. schdha-

muis.
Crane, ahlsecque.
Creek, pampluckqiuiskque (see

" River ").
Crow, kuh!-hos ; Len. ahas.
Cry, to, num-moam ; Len. ganschal-

amuim.

Dance, to, zdocumb.
Day, a, nucotucquon ; kisiicku H. ;
Len. gischgii.

Day-break, waicpnncy ; keesequo,

H.; Len. gisch-apan.
Darkness, sampoo-somow (radical,

pbs ; = Len. pis-gcu, it is dark).
Daughter, 7mn town ; Len. tc'tan

(liis) ; N. J. daan-us.

1893.]

329

[Brill ton.

Dead, place for the, mutz-uck-
zumpq (the place where the dead
are deposited).

Death, ungue-lack ; H. eweesha-
waak angel; Len. eJidngelukglk,
they are dead ; N. J. nongiil.

Deep, timmoh ; Chip. dimi.

Deer, attque, youcat (four legs) ;
Len. acMu ; N. J. aatu.

Devil, matt-ann-tote ; Len. mach-
tando.

Dew, quesuppost ; N. J. sussuuskui.

Distance, wahlsow et.

Doe, noose-at-q ; Len. nunsch-etto.

Dog, allum, H. ; Len. allum.

Dogwood, ahUaawhunniminta ;
Len. Jmttaicanominsehi.

Dove, weetah-tomps ; Sh. po-weat?ia.

Drink, to, minnih ; Len. mene.

Dry, kow-kitt-ow-a.

Duck, quaJiIquamps (imitative?);
N. J. quing-quinq.

Eagle, all! whap-pawn top.

Ear, nuch-tow-Jiuck (my) ; Len.

tc'ittuwak (his) ; N. J. nituuk
Earth, ahkee ; Len. hacki ; N. J.

haakke.
Eat, to, meets ee ; Len. mizu, he

eats ; N. J. miitshe.
Eel, pallUn.
Egg, icaawJiq (wnth a whiff) ; Len.

wahhwall, pi.
Evening, weaku ; Len. wulaku.
Eye, micks-skencequah (my) ; Len.

w'uschginquall, his eyes ; N. J.

Face, assung-gui ; Len. ic'uscJigink,
his face (comp. " Eye ") ; N. J.

Fall, to, ah-kinnitsish ; Len. mes-

Falsehood, ekitt-co.

Far, wachschuit ; Chip, wassa.

Fat, j)m ; Len. pomi.

PEOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI.

Father, nowoze (my) ; Len. n'oeh;

N. J. nukuaa.
Fear, quischa-ascJi, H. ; Len. ici's-

c7ias^.
Finger, na-misJiah!qu-ulgamz.
Fire, fwn^y Len. tindey ; N. J.

Fish, wammass ; Len. namees.
Fly, a, pootzah ; Len. utsche ; N. J.

Fog, howewen ; auwan, H. ; Len.

awa?i ; N. J. auan.
Food, mettsah (comp. "Eat, to").
Foolish, cuip-shee-in quo ; Leu.

gubtocha ; N. J. kipitsheoote.
Foot, ?i2Sf (my) ; Leu. uchsit.
Fox, waaks ; Len. woacus.
Frog, dacqu-iss ; Cree ayekis.
Frost, toghfpoh! Len. topan ; N. J.

tuupan ; N. Eng. taquattin.

Qir], pukquaJi ; Len. ochquetsch.
God, mann!4tt; Len. 7namtto.
Good, wee-ee ; watti-eu ; Leu.

Grass, mass-que-quise ; Len. w«s-

5f^■A;; N. J. muskiikul.
Grave, wawskowko ; Len. pokawen,

a hole.
Green, ah!skaaJi-tuck-qui-a ; Leu.

Gum, pook-sacq-in-ment.
Guts, walah-kiss-sisk.

Hail, ahlsinlipwo (assm, stone) ;

N. J. sidoniila.
Hair, neeeesquat ; Cree w'esta-

kaya.
Hand, n?i< wn^z ; N. J. nacking.
Hard, mais-kai-u ; Chip, mushka-

wissin, it is hard.
Hare, a, timihawque.
Hate, to, we man-nin-now.
Hawk, malUsquallen.
Head, neelahammon ; Len. w'tY, his

head ; N. J. w/teeJ.
142. 2 P. PRINTED DEC. 23, 1893.

Briuton.]

330

[Nov. 3,

Hear, to, no-oan-tum; N. J. ni-in-

dam.
Heart, weafucJieu, H. (his) ; Len.

w'dee.
Heat, nip(otc)kiss, from Alg. nibin,

summer.
Hickory-tree, pseecun.
High, wha-sa-neep-ai-u ; schpum-

mend, H. ;Chip. iscJipamagad, it is

high.
Hill, lemuckquickse ; Len. welernuck-

queck.
Hot, app et-taaw ! Cree abweyaw.
House, youck-huck ; iahach, H.;

Len. wik; Pot. ye hawkins.
Husband, nups-solilsoh! (my).

I, nee; Len. ni.

Ice, hahHaggu-quutz ; Len. m'lioc-
quami ; N. J. hukkooen.

Joy, ne-moo ye-ow-wass.
Jump, to, ni-s poicksh, I jump ;
Len. ni-poaktsch.

Kill, to, nepoicki-tow ; Alg. root,
nipa.

King, talHak; N. J. qualis, mas-
ter, from Len. allokakasin, to
have power over another, from
allowat, strong.

Large, mang-ai-u ; Len. amangi.
Laugh, to, wei aih-e mitt-a-ha ; Len.

weJiemoaluk, he laughs.
Lean, mooaovo wak ; Chip, asowa.
Leg, much-eat ; Len. w'ickaat (his).
Lie down, to, cow-si-nee.
Life, 7J.« quee quaaawk ; Pot. Ae-

Light, wassaquitayw ; Len. wache-

jeu.
Lightning, ton-que-aJi.
Lip, nussihecque.
Lizzard, oh!-kaush-kias ; Len. <7e-

Locust-tree, kla-one-nahq.

Long, quahHnahUfq9.it; Len. jrunfl^,

quoanageu.
Love, to, nluoummoi ; quammosch,

H.; N. Eng. cowammaunsch, I

love you.
Low, tah!quah!quah!-su; Len.

<ac/tprtc/tsw.

Maize, cawl-na-woop.

Man, wohacki; naap, H ; Len.

Maple tree, waw-see-ke-me ; Len.

schieehikiminshi.
Marsh, nahlsquuh! Len. masge-

ku-wiwi.
Mocking-bird, ahmittonqha.
Mat, a, yawskg.
Meat, pumantah (hog's meat).
Milk, noo-oo-nack.
Mole, alvmob-schkim-nitz.
Month, a, nvquoluc quaquoa.
Moon, atupquonihanque ; Len. tpo-

cvniwi gischuch (night sun).
Morning, weschpa H.; from Len.

gischgu, day.
Mother, nicque ; Chip. nzVigre / N. J.

Mountain, pomattinike ; pemet-

tenaiehk, H.; from Alg. root

dmat, to mount up.
Mouth, Mvntowey ; mettoon, H. ;

Len. w'toon (his).
Mud, piss-sucqua ; Len. assiscu.
Mulberry-tree, w7iie - in - guaque ;

Len. mint quaqui.
Muskrat, weak-keh ! Chip. wachaaJik.

Nails (finger), nuck-can sump ; Len.

n'icfigasch.
Narrow, tsipais-u.
Near, pechtschtschu, H. ; Len. pec7i-

hutachi.
Neck, nisai-kip-puchqh ! N. Eng.

siCchipuck.
New, whuis-kai-u ; N. J. uiiaksu

(young).

1893.]

331

[Brinton.

Night, toopquoiD ; tuppucku ; Lea.

tpoku ; N. J. tipaake.
No, mattah! Len. matta.
Nose, nick-kee-u (my) ; Len.

w'ickiwon (his) ; N. J. uikiiko.

Oak, wee-seek-e-mintz ; Len. wisach-

gak.
Old, kutt-a-nai-u ; Cree ketteya-

tisu, he is old.
Opossum, nahfsimini.
Owl, quoo-waant ; Chip. A;(?A;o.
Oysters, kaw-sheh!
Oyster-shells, tsee-ko-mack.

Partridge, kittycawndipqua.

Peas, pee wahlshquist.

Peace, e-wee-ne-tu ; Chip, inawen-

diwin ; N. Eng. aquene.
Pheasant, uhfquas capitz.
Perch, kosh-kike nesuc.
Persimmon-tree, law wacq (see

"Mints").
Pigeon, not siminisuk.
Pine-tree, quaat ; Len. cuwe.
Point of land, alla-maa-wampk.
Pole-cat, tzuckquaakq ; N. J.

skuaak.
Pond, nippiss (nip, water).
Poplar- tree, wee-saa-quack.
Pretty, wee-e-eat.

Queen, talla/kesk (see "King").

Raccoon, anasup ; Len. espanni ;

N. J. nahanuun.
Rain, winieow ; sokelan, H. ; Len.

sokelangetseh, when it rains ;

N. J. suuklan.
Rainbow, quenuck-quenuck ; N. J.

monukooen.
Rattlesnake, eehlseekq ; Chip.

jishigwe ; N. Eng. sesek.
Raven, tickquak.
Red, psquai-u ; N. Eng. msqui.
Red-bird, pishquiss eeps.

Religion, Lapp!-poi o-wees ; proba-
bly "a coming together," from
Len. lappi-lenin.

River, pamptuckquah' ; peemtuck,
H. ; Len. kikhit-tuck ; G\i\^. pim,
to flow.

Rock, koshcup ; Chip, kischcah, a
perpendicular rock.

Run, to, un-tomhowaish.

Salt, tzee-e-oose ; Len. slkey.

Sand, loh!-ki; Len. lekau.

Sea, mank-nippint ; kittahend, H.,

N. J. kihittuun.
See, to, naa-m-m ; Len. nemen ;

N. J. ni-naaman.
Shark, witt-ameek ; Len. ameek,

fish.
Shallow, tacq-e-timpsoJi.
Shame, katt-ak-katts.
Shoes, meckhisins ; Pot. mockasins ;

C. maskisins.
Shore, saumps-a-mu.
Sick, huntoi-miss ; Chip. m?i. nani-

pinio, I am sick.
Side, pomeetempquat.
Sing, to, nuck-und-oh ; Len. nacJugo-

homdn.
Sister, older, nimpz ; Chip, nimisse.
Sister, younger, neighsiim ; Chip.

Sit, to, qui-ah quup.

Skin, nowas-sium.

Sky, moosecaquit ; Len. moschhac ;

N. J. musheek.
Sleep, to, n-upp; Chip. nipa.
Small, lamaisu ; namaJichtschu, H. ;

Chip, maskig.
Smell, to, ne quees-sum-un.
Smoke, niponguot-tai (I smoke) ;

Chip, nin pashkinawe.
Smoke, to smoke a pipe, p-simoi.
Snake, ashquoke; Len. acJigook.
Snakeroot, pa7i!scho-hook-quick ;

Len. bleu-hbtlk.
Snakebite, ah/sckok-kas sipekoke.

Brintou.]

332

[Nov. 3,

Snow, guoono ; gu'no, H. ; Leu.

guhn ; N. J. uiina.
Soft, patt-ah-ki-u ; Len. w'tacku;

N. J. tankke.
Son, nucks-quah (my) ; Leu. quis-

snll (his).
Sorry, dahqua-a-nee (I am sorry).
Sour, tchee-ee-wun ; Len. scJiwon.
Speak, to, ne kitt-o-was ; N. J. gi-

kiiiu.
Spear, ne -poikee-hek (see " Arrow-
head")-
Soul, tsee-e-p ; Len. tscJiijjey.
Spring, the, see-qui no ; Len. siquon;

N. J. sick-quim.
Spring, a, moo-nip-pque (nip,

water).
Squirrel, mowck-key ; N. J. liou-

neek.
Squirrel, flying, ah! sappaneques ;

ground squirrel, muck quissah.
Stand, to, dogh-kinch ; Len. pach-

sucquin.
Star, poomolasuque ; Pot. pumma-

hump.
Stone, a, kaw»cup (see " Rock ").
Straight, lemai-tah' -quot.
Strike, to, ne pack-come ; Len. po-

pachgan-damen, to strike dead.
Strong, miss-ki-u ; Cree maska-

wisiu.
Summer, mashaquapau-u ; mech-
schak wapan, H. (= the great or
long light).
Sun, ah-quak; aquequaque ; aeque-
chkkq,^.; Len. gischttch ; N.J.
kiisku.
Sweet, wee-ing-on; Len. wingan.
Sweat, nip-oo-kiss.

There, ennuk, H.

Thick, kee-puck-an ; Len. cuhbach-

can.
Thigh, hunts-sunqve.
Thin, ah-shee-pem-o ; Len. w'schdb-

hail.

This, that, you-kan-nah ; Len.

nanni.
Thou, kee ; Len. ki.
Thunder, awah! -shuck; Len. ped-

hakquon, it thunders ; N. J.

patihaaktin.
Tobacco, oh'pucque ; N. Eng. puck.
To-day, ewapaxcgup.
Toe, nicks-see-equanumps (my)

(= my foot, iks it).
To- morrow, allappahwee.
Tongue, neeannow-ah ! (my) ; Len.

w'ilano (his).
Tooth, neeput-tumps (my) ; Len.

ic'ipit (his) ; N. J. uipiitil.
Tree, petuicque ; pauk, H.; Chip.

pak.
Truth, ko-o-lam ; Len. leke, true ;

wulam, true.
Turkey, pahlquun ; Len. bloeu ;

N. J. tschikuuna.
Turkey-buzzard, moh waas.

Ugly, matt-it (=^ bad).

Valley, qualliquawkimuek ; pech-
sechkamikut, H. ; Len. pachsajeek.
Vine, a, mallaw cominamintz.
Viper, apo-tass-sees-a.

Walnut-tree, ah!sin-ni-mintz (from

assin, stone).
Walk, to, n-gutt-o-tcas.
War, matt-ah-kassoji ; Len. mach-

tdgeen.
Warrior, matt-ah-ki-ween (see

"War").
Water, nip ; Len. ??i'Ji; N. J. bee ;

Alg. «ipi.
Wet, kiss-ep pai-u ; Len. niskpeu.
Whistle, to, nequeezkso-uhquitt-um;

Len. «i quischktoonheen.
White, waap-pay-u ; Len. woapau ;

N. J. opeek.
Whore, amattz-e-no.
Wild-cat, laa.'icaa/quepuss ; N.

Eng. pus^ow.

1893.]

333

[Cope.

Wild goose, quaJidw-guunt.

Winding, apaas suc-tucqut.

Winter, pooponu ; iluppoon, H. ; C.
pipon ; N. Eng. popon.

Wife, nee-eeswalt! (lit. "my wo-
man ").

Wise, wee-sauce.

Woman, acqualiique ; aquaJioag,
H. ; Len. ocliqueu.

Wood, meeh-sliiz ; miclisez, H. ;
Len. minscJd ; Pot. musses.

Woods, pamp tuck-koisk ;
tekene ; Sh. teikou.

Len.

(see

Year, a, nuquolactitquomai

"Montli").
Yes, a-amch!
Yesterday, holacquow.
Yellow, wee-sa-way-u ; Len. wisa-

weu.
You, kee (= thou).
Young, laimaisu (see " Small ").

1,

nukquit.

18,

ahtz-wali.

2,

na-eez.

19,

ahtz-passa, conque.

3,

nis {whu).

20,

nee-es-mittah.

4,

yaguh {whu).

21,

neequa-nichquit.

5,

nup-pai-a.

30,

su-pooks-kay.

6,

noqiiUah.

40,

yowpookay.

7,

myyny-wah.

50,

nuppay-e poosquah.

8,

tzah.

60.

nequtlaJi-e poosquah.

9,

passa-conque.

70,

may -aJiwa-e poosquah.

10,

millah !

80,

tzaw-e poosquah.

11,

aJUtzickquit.

90,

passaconque-e poosquah.

12,

ahtz-naeez.

100,

weemba kissana.

13,

ahtz-whus.

200,

neesa kissana.

14,

ahtz-yo^igh

300,

nuisswa kissana.

15,

aMzup-pay-ah.

400,

you-wah!kissana.

16,

aldzaquutali.

500,

nuppaia tashakissana.

17,

ahtz mayaway.

1000,

muttah-taska kissana.

Second Addition to the Knoicledge of the BatracJiia and Reptilia of
Costa Rica.

By E. D. Cope.

{Read before the American PliilosopJiical Society, November 17, 1S93.)

The present paper is a second supplement to a memoir on the Batrachia
and Reptilia of Costa Rica, published by myself, in the Journal of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Fhiladelphia, for 1875, p. 93. The first
supplement is a brief one, and was published in the Proceedings of the
American Philosophical Society, 1879, p. 271. The whole number of spe-
cies enumerated up to the latter date was one hundred and thirty -three.

The present supplement is based on material which I have received from
my friend, Mr. George K. Cherrie, who is an officer of the Museo

Cope.] *^'^^ [Nov. 17,

Nacional, of Saa Jose. This material differs from that described in former
papers in the fact tliat it was mainly obtained on the Pacific slope of the
country,* while the latter was collected on the Atlantic slope and on the
central plateau. In the enumeration which follows, the localities are
mentioned in greater detail. The total number of species sent by Mr.
Cherrie is thirty-three, of which sixteen are additions to the fauna of Costa
Rica, and nine are new to science. I hope to be able to figure these spe-
cies at an early day.

B ATRAC HI A.

Urodela.
Haptoglossa ruESSiCAUDA, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. gen. — Group of Thoriinae, which includes Thorius Cope and
Typhlotritonf Siejneger ; hence the vertebrae are opisthoccelous and the
carpus and tarsus not ossified. Tongue adherent in front and by the mid-
dle. Digits not distinct, 4-5.

This genus is of much interest as the first one discovered in Tropical
America in which the tongue is not boletoid in form. It seems also that
the relation of this form of the western coast to those of the east coast
in this group is the same in Costa Rica as that which prevails in North
America. It is well known that no species of salamander, with a bole-
toid tongue, is found on the Pacific coast of North America.

Char, specif. — Form slender, limbs very small. Length of tail equals
that of the body without the head. Length of head contained in that of
the body to the vent, seven and a half times ; the width less than the
length. A gular and nineteen costal folds, the latter not very distinct.
Fore and hind limbs each equal to three intercostal spaces. Digits indi-
cated by emarginations of the foot border. Vomerine teeth in two moder-
ately arched transverse series, not produced posteriorly on the middle line,
hence well separated from the rather wide single patch of parasphenoid
teeth. Tongue rather small, oval. Nostril of moderate size, situated well
anteriorly. Eye, large. Tail compressed from near base to apex, with a
median dorsal, but no ventral groove, and well-marked vertical grooves.

Color, uniform black ; under side of head and tail a little paler than
other regions.

Measurements. mm.

Total length 62

Length to posterior angle of mouth 4

Length to fore limb 8

Length to hind limb 28.5

Length to base of tail 31.5

Width of head at angle of mouth 3

This species resembles superficially the three small salamanders of

* The only exceptions are Nos. 338, 339, and 347.

t For tlie place of this genus, see Cope, Proceeds. Acad. Phila., October, 1893.

1893.] *^^5 [Cope.

Mexico and Central America, the Thorius pennatulus Cope, and the two
species of CEdipina (Opheobatraclius). Besides the generic characters, it
differs from the latter in the shorter and compressed tail, etc. From the
former it differs in the larger number of costal folds, smaller nostril, and
in coloration, etc. The single specimen was found at Palma, and is
No. 293 of the collection.

OEDIPUS VARIEGATUS Gray. From Buenos Ay res. No. 301.

Salientia.

BuFO MARiNus L. Lagarto, Nos. 342. 345 ; Buenos Ayres, Nos. 305-312.
BuFO H^MATiTicus Cope. Buenos Ayres, 310 ; Rio Grande, 366.
Hyla gabbii Cope. Buenos Ayres, 306, 309 ; Lagarto, 375.
Hyla nigkipes Cope. Buenos Ayres, 311.

LiOHYLA RANOiDES Copc. LUJiodytes ranoides Cope. Proceeds. Amer.
PJiilos. Soc, 1885, p. 275.
This species differs from the L. rugulosa Cope {Proceeds. Amer.
PMlos. Soc, 1869, p. 160) in its more elongate muzzle and in the
smaller and differently shaped tympanic membrane. In the L. rugu-
losa the membranum tympani is round, and is about equal to the eye ;
while in the L. ranoides it is a vertical oval of about half the same diame-
ter. The belly of the L. ranoides is free from rugosities.

Three specimens of this species are in the collection, and they are very
dissimilar in coloration, and neither of them resembles the type. They
may be arranged thus.
I. Light gray ; no dorsal stripe or interocular cross-band. No. 333, near
Buenos Ayres.
II. Dark brown, a light interorbital crossband, and black W-shaped
mark on interscapular region. No dorsal stripe. Type from Nica-
ragua. No. 14,179, U. S. National Museum.

III. Dark brown, with a pale, narrow dorsal line, and pale interocular
cross-band. No. 288, Terraba.

IV. Dark brown above with a broad pale dorsal stripe, as wide as the
internareal space. No interocular cross-band. No. 304, Buenos
Ayres.

These speQimens agree in having four dark spots on the upper lip, of
which the anterior is below the nostril ; in the legs being marked with
a few dark-brown cross-bands ; and in the femur being obscurely mar-
bled behind. The vomerine teeth are close together, entirely within the
interior border of the internal nares, and much posterior to the latter. In
No. 304 the dorsal integument displays a fold from cranium to sacrum on
each side of the wide dorsal stripe ; on the external side of each of these
anteriorly three short folds extend upwards and backwards from the
orbit.

No. 288 is a female, and resembles in color the Lithodytes melanostictus
Cope {Journal Phila. Acad., 1875, p. 109), which is from alpine

Cope.] *^^^ [Nov. 17,

Costa Rica. That species, however, lias no digital webs, and the tym-
panic membrane is only half as large, its transverse diameter being only a
quarter of that of the eye fissure. The vomerine teeth also are not so
close together. Specimen No. 288 is a female, and is distended with eggs.
There are no traces of dermal folds. In No. 333 there are traces of the
folds. Dr. Boulenger (^Gatal. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mas., Ed. ii, p. 201)
describes a species of Liohyla under the name of Hylodes palmatus,
although he places under it as synonymous the older names of Liyla
{Liohyla) guentherii Keferstein and L. rugulosa Cope. The size of the
tympanum, and length of hind limb are indefinitely described, but the
back and sides are said to be tubercular, which is not the case in this
species. Mr. Boulenger also states, rather indefinitely, that the toes of
liis H palmatus are "one- third webbed." The palmation in L. ranoides
extends to the extremity of the metatarsals. This is one-third the length
of the first and second digits, but much less than a third the length of the
other digits.
The eggs of this species are of extraordinary size, equaling large peas.

LiTHODYTES FLORULENTUS, Sp. UOV.

In introducing a new species of Central American Lithodytes. it is
necessary to point out clearly the distinctive features of those alreadj^
known. I confine my attention at present to the species with plain
frontoparietal bones, and therefore omit further reference to the L. pel-
viculus, L. megacephalus and L. gulosus, where there is a crest along the
superolateral angle of the skull. The other species differ as follows :

I. Heel not reaching the muzzle.
Vomerine patches widely separated ; digital dilatations large ; colors

plain L. diastema Cope.

Vomerine patches close together ; digital dilatations small ; colors varie-
gated L. -florultntus Cope.

II. Heel of extended leg reaching muzzle or beyond.

«• Tympanic drum equal half to two-thirds diameter of orbit.

Digital dilatations small, especially on hand L. rhodopis Cope.

a. Tympanic drum small, one-fourth diameter of orbit.
Digital dilatations large, especially on hand L. melanostictus Cope.

The only specimen of the L. florulentus is damaged as to the integu-
ment of its head, which has been destroyed by agencies unknown to me.
The skull with its muscles, and the rest of the body with the integument,
are preserved. The head is short and depressed, and the canthusrostralis is
not distinct. The length of the muzzle from tlie nostril to the orbit is about
equal to the anteroposterior diameter of the latter, and the nostril is quite
near the end of the nose. The tongue is subround, and is a little wider
than long in its present condition. The internal nares are well forwards ;
and the vomerine teeth are in two fascicles which are close together, and
are so far posterior to the nares as to be in transverse line with the pala-

1893.] <^d7 [Cope.

tine ridges. Tliey are also as far as their own diameter within the antero-
posterior line of the internal nares. The ostia pharyngea are narrow slits
about as long as the nares. The tympanic drum is destroyed, but the
space for It is a vertical oval, with about half the anteroposterior diameter
of the orbit. The heel of the extended hind limb reaches the anterior
border of the orbit. The extremital dilatations are very small. There is
a rather large oval internal or prehallucal tubercle which is entirely ses-
sile ; there is a small external tubercle. There are two palmar tubercles,
and those of the anterior digits are distinct but flat ; those of the posterior
digits are less distinct. The integuments of the inferior and concealed
surfaces are smooth ; on that of the back a few small tubercles are pres-
ent.

The color of the upper surfaces is gray dusted with blackish. The in-
ferior or posterior surface of the hind legs is black, and this color is con-
tinuous with dark-gray cross bands which cross the superior faces of the
tibia and femur, four over each. The spaces between these cross-bands
are scarlet. The posterior part of the sides and anterior part of the abdo-
men is blackish to brownish, with crimson and orange spots of various
sizes and shapes, the largest in the groin. Three cross-bands on upper side
of foot, and three across forearm. Coloration of head unknown.

Measurements.

MM.

Total length of head and body 35

Length of head to posterior line of tympanum 12.5

Width of head at posterior line of tympanum 15

Interorbital width 3.5

Length of fore limb 20

Length of fore foot 9

Length of hind limb from groin 51

Length of hind foot 24

Length of tarsus 9

The only specimen of this handsome species contained in the collection
is from Boruca, and is No. 327.

LiTHODYTES RHODOPis Cope, Proceeds. Acad. Phila., 1866, p. 323 ; Pro-
ceeds. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1869, p. 160. Bylodes sallcei Giinther, Pro-
ceeds. Zo'ol. Soc, Loudon, 1868, 487, PI. 38, Fig. 3. Lit/wdytes podici-
ferus Cope, Journal Acad. Phila., 1875, p. 107, PL 23, Fig. 9. L. habe-
natus Cope, I. c, p. 109. L. muricinus Cope, I. c, p. 108, PI. 23, Fig.
13.

After full comparison of the material at my disposal, I strongly suspect
that all the forms described above as distinct species are simply
varieties of a single variable one. In some young iiidividuals the vomerine
series of teeth appear more transverse, as in the individual called muri-
cinus. In such small individuals, the pigment is apt to be brilliant. In

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2 Q. PRINTED DEC. 23, 1893.

Cope.] ^3o [Nov. 17,

the present collection a small specimen of only 13 mm. in length has the
entire superior surfaces of a bright violet, as in the specimen called muri
cinus ; but it presents no structural difference from the form habenatus, and
small examples of the form podiciferus. From Buenos Ayres ; No. 331.

Hylodes stejnegerianus, sp. nov.

Muzzle flat, canthus rostralis distinct, concave, extremely little promi-
nent. Nostril near the extremity and as far anterior to the eye as the
long diameter of the eye slit. This latter dimension equals the diameter
of the nearly round tympanic membrane. Integument of head smooth ;
that of back with a delicate median fold, and a fold on each side which
diverges at the scapular region and extends to the orbit. Parallel to the
laterodorsal fold is a dorsolateral fold on each side which terminates an-
teriorly near to the oblique fold just mentioned. Between these folds the
integument is tubercular. Sides and belly roughened with small tuber-
cles ; breast and throat smooth. Tongue longer than wide, pyriforra,
scarcely notched. Vomerine teeth in two fascicles well behind the cho-
anae, and farther apart than each one is within the longitudinal line of
the internal border of the nares. The heel of the extended hind limb
reaches the anterior border of the orbit. Width of head 2 3 times in
length of head and body. Digital enlargements small.

Color above a dark bistre brown, with a pink band extending on each
side from the eye to the sacrum, passing above the tympanic membrane.
Posterior limbs blackish brown, except the inferior side of the femora,
which are a lighter brown. Fore limbs pink with brown cross-bands.
Belly dirty white, the breast and throat densely dusted with brown.
Head uniform blackish brown, with the exception that on the edge of the
upper lip there are three pairs of pale vertical bars which represent the
borders of three lip-spots.

Measurements.

MM.

Length of head and body 15

Length of head to posterior border of tympana 5.5

Width of head at posterior border of tympana 5.5

Length of fore limb 11

Length of fore foot 2.5

Length of hind limb 24.5

Length of hind foot 11

Length of tarsus 4.5

It is only necessary to compare this species with the H. polypUicliusCoTpe
{Proceeds. Amer. Philos. Soc, 1885, p. 276) from Nicaragua. In this spe-
cies the top of the head and especially the eyelids are tubercular, while
they are smooth in the ff. stejnegerianus, and the integument generally
is covered with larger and more numerous warts. The muzzle is shorter

1893.] *J^^ [Cope.

and wider, and the tympanic disc is only two-thirds the eye diameter.
Finally, the series of vomerine teeth are more transversely extended.

This species is dedicated to Dr. Leonard Stejneger, the distinguished
zoologist now in charge of the herpetological department of the U. S.
National Museum, Washington. It is from Palmar ; coll. No. 295.

Leptobactylus quadrivittatus, sp. nov.

Form lanceolate ; muzzle narrow and prominent, nostril a little nearer the
orbit than the extremity of the muzzle, but further from the orbit than the
diameter of the latter. Extended hind limb reaching the anterior orbital
border with the heel. Interorbital space wider than eyelid. Skin smooth
except some warts about the scapular region. Two stout glandular ridges
on each side of the vertebral median line. A discoidal abdominal fold.
Subdigital tubercles well developed ; ungual phalanges not dilated. A
distinct oval internal metatarsal tubercle.

The vomerine teeth are in two arched series which extend outwards to
the line of the external border of the choanai, and approach close together
on the median line. The choanie are large and about equal the ostia
pharyngea. Tympanic disc a horizontal oval, its long diameter equal two-
thirds that of the eye. Tongue a wide longitudinal oval, openly notched
behind.

The ground color above and on the sides is gray, which is marked above
with four longitudinal black bands. The two median of these are wider
and commence at the end of the muzzle, and extend to the extremity of
the urostyle. They expand above and over the eyelids. The lateral
bands commence narrow at the orbits, and widen on the sides, extending
to the groin. The median dorsal band of the ground color is paler than
the rest of the ground, and has a pinkish tinge, which is probably more
distinct in life, judging from traces of pink near the orbit. The side of
the head is black to and including the tympanic disc ; excepting a
pale stripe which passes below the eye to the lower border of the tym-
panic disc. It is crossed by two or three black lines which descend from
the eye to the black lip. A pale crescent in front of tympanic disc. A pale
line extends upwards and forwards from the groin on the side. The
limbs are all cross-banded, except the tibia, whose upper surface displays an
irregular, wide, longitudinal band, which is a marked peculiarity. Pos-
terior face of femur bounded below by a pale line, which is bordered
above by a brown band. Tibia uncolored, foot brown, below.

Measurements.

MM.

Length of head and body o7

Length of head to line of posterior edge of tympana 14

Width of head at line of posterior edge of tympana 15

Length of anterior limb from axilla 18

Length of anterior foot , 8

Cope.] ^40 [Xov. 17,

Measurements. t/as..

Length of posterior limb 65

Length of posterior foot 31

Length of tarsus 12

From Buenos Ayres ; No. 365.

This species is allied to the L. labialis Cope and the L. lonf/irestris
Blgr. ; the former Mexican, the latter Brazilian. In the latter the denti-
tion and form of head are similar ; but the front is narrower than the eye-
lid, the hind legs are longer (the heel reaching the end of the muzzle),
and there are but two dorsal glandular folds. The length of the limbs is
as in L. labialis, but the series of vomerine teeth are further extended out-
wards, the muzzle is longer ; and the glandular tubercles of the groin of the
L. labialis are wanting. The original description of the latter species was
taken from young individuals, and includes the statement that the spe-
cies has no discoidal abdominal fold. This is a mistake ; the fold is pres-
ent.

Atelopus varius Stannius.

Nos. 296-298, Palmar.
Dendrobates tinctorius Wagl., subsp. auratus Gird.

Nos. 290, 369. 370, 371, from Palmar. No. 339 from Talamanca is sim-
ilar, but the pale cross-bands both above and below are much wider,
much reducing the area of the black ground color.

Subspecies vittatus, nova. In this color form the ground is black
everywhere, and the only marks are a pale stripe on each side, which
passes from above the groin above the extremities of the diapophyses of
the vertebrse, on the upper eyelids, and joins its mate on the end of the
muzzle. This form has the lateral stripes of the D. talamancce, but resem-
bles it in no other respect. The second finger equals or is longer than the
first. In D. talamancm it is shorter. Nos. 367, 368, from Buenos Ayres.

REPTILIA.
Lacertilia.

MOCOA CHERRIEI, Sp. nOV.

This species resembles the M. assata, but differs conspicuously in these
respects : First, the limbs are relatively considerably more elongate, for
when appressed to the side they overlap by the length of the anterior foot.
In the M. assata they fail to meet by the length of the fore leg. Second,
the scales are more numerous, being in thirty four rows ; and those on the
sides are smaller than those on the back and belly. In 31. assata the
number of rows does not exceed thirty, and the scales are of equal sizes.
Thirdly, the coloration is different. The ground is blackish olive, and
there is a black dorsolateral band which has a not very distinct pale dor-
sal border. A faint pale median dorsal band is bordered on each side by
a narrow black line. There are small pale dots on various scales, which

1893.] 341 [Cope.

are especially conspicuous on the sides of the body and tail. On the lat-
ter they are arranged in transverse rows. Fore legs blackish with pale
variegations ; hind legs blackish. The black lateral band extends to the
end of the muzzle, and a less regular one extends from the orbit to the
humerus. Head above pale brown. Fourth, the tail is compressed ; in
M. assata the section is round.

Measurements.

MM.

Total length 56

Length of bead and body 23.5

Length to axilla 11

Length of fore limb 7

Length of hind limb 10

Palmar ; No. 292. This species, the second one of the genus found in
America, is dedicated to Mr. George K. Cherrie, the well-known zoolo-
gist of San Jose, who has added much to our knowledge of the life of
Costa Rica.

Gtmnophthalmus LiEviCAUDus Cope. Tretioscincus Icemcaudus Cope.
Epaphelus sumichrastii Cope. 6i/mnopthalmus suviichrastii Boulen-
ger.
No.. 287, Terraba.

Amiva QUADRiLiNEATA Hallow. {CnemidopJiorus). A. gahbiana Cope,
Journ. Acad. Phila., 1875, p. 117, PI. 28, Fig. 3.

Why Boulenger regards this lizard as identical with the A. undulata
is difficult to understand. The differences are numerous, that in the form
and size of the gular scales being especially marked. The species was
characterized by Hallowell from small individuals ; the present collection
contains one (No. 379) which measures (with tail) 205 mm., which equals
the types of A. gabbiana.

Nos. 303, 313, 322-324, Buenos Ayres ; 373, Lagarto ; 379, Boca Sacate.

I have before me fifteen specimens of A. undulata, and find that ten of
these have three supraorbital plates and four have four. In none of them
are the gular scales so small as in the A. quadrilineata. The specimens
are from various localities between middle Vera Cruz and Guatemala in-
clusive.

AmIVA FESTIVALicht.

Boruca, No. 325 ; one specimen.

Amiva leptophrts, sp. nov.

Abdominal plates in eight rows, those of the external row as large as
those of the next row. Keels of caudal scales forming straight lines.
Gular scales larger in several longitudinal rows, the two median especially

Cope.J 342 [Xov. 17,

enlarged. One row of seven very large sc^jles on the mesoptychium.
Anal scuta consisting of two large medians surrounded by numerous
smaller scales, separated by several rows from the vent. Femora with
only three rows over the distal fourth of the length ; within this point
small rows separate the plates from the femoral pores ; the latter twenty-
four in number. Tibial plates in three rows, those of the internal very
small ; no heel spurs. The heel of the extended hind limb reaches the
elbow. Five large labials to below the orbit. One postnasal and one
large loreal longer than high. Two preoculars, wide and keeled at their
middle. A preoculo-loreal resting on the labials. Six inferior labials and
six infralabials, the last small. Three supraorbitals ; first and second
longer than wide, the third long as wide. Two parietals on each side ;
the interparietal separated from them and the frontoparietals by small
scales.

Color brown above and olivaceous below. On the line where the back
passes into the side, a series of dark-brown spots situated close together,
and presenting angles upwards and downwards. There are about a dozen
between the groin and the scapular region, and a series of indistinct pale
spots is seen between their inferior apices. From their superior apices,
narrow and indistinct dark-brown lines cross the back, sometimes alterna-
ting with each other on the median line.

Measurements.

mm:.

Length to extremity of tail 327 .

Length to vent 102

Length to axilla 37

Length to posterior border of ear (axial) 25

Length of fore leg 42

Length of fore foot 19

Length of hind leg 88

Length of hind foot 47

From Buenos Ayres, No. 318 ; one specimen.

This species is allied to both the A. festiva and A. undulata, but differs
from both materially in the scutellation of the head. The middle and
posterior supraorbital plates are broader than long in these species, and
the superior preocular is narrower, and is keeled near to its anterior bor-
der in whole or in part. The interparietal plate is in contact with the
surrounding scuta, and not, as in A. leptophrys, surrounded by small
scales.

Celestus steindachnerii Cope.

From Boruca ; No. 300 ; one specimen. This individual has thirty-six
longitudinal series of scales, which have nine longitudinal keels on the
middle and posterior parts of the body and on the tail, and are without
prominent median keel. Anterior scales smooth. Two prefrontals. This
specimen presents characters of both the C. steindachnerii and the chaly-

1893.] "^4d [Cope.

bcEus Cope, and in some respects differs from both. Wliether there is one
variable species or not, more abundant material is necessary to decide.

CxENOSArRA, sp. joung, Nos. 376, 377.
Iguana tuberculata, L., No. 378.

Anolis longipes, sp. nov.

Size of A. biporcatus ; head short, wide ; limbs long, the posterior when
extended reaching the end of the nose. Tail cylindric, covered with scales
of equal size, which are freely keeled above and below. Tibia equal
length of head to auricular meatus, and longer than length to occiput.
Scales of body of medium size, subequal, those of belly imbricate and
keeled ; those of back not imbricate and smooth. Occipital plate rather
smaller than the large auricular meatus, and separated by two rows of
scales from supraorbital rows. The latter are separated from each other
by two rows of scales. Frontal ridges well defined, and separated from
each other by five and six rows. Five loreal rows and six supraorbital
rows, the latter diminishing in size gradually outwards. Scales of limbs
k-eeled. Scales of top of head, including supraorbitals, with a single keel.
Tail elongate.

Color brown above, dirty white below. A dark -brown band originates
on each side of the occiput, and extends continuously on the basal part of
the tail. On the body a delicate brown line extends above and parallel to
it. A dark-brown cross band between orbits, and a dark-brown chevron
with the angle pointing backwards on the prefrontal concavity. Four
broad dark cross-bands across lips ; limbs indistinctly cross-banded.

Measurements. mm.

Total length 245

Length to vent 88

Length to axilla 40

Length to auricular meatus posteriorly 23

Width at auricular meatus posteriorly 16

Length of fore limb ■ 39

Length of fore foot 17

Length of hind limb (to acetabulum) 80

Length of hind foot , 34

Palmar, No. 343, adult ; No. 299, Boruca, young.

The small size of the fan in No. 343 indicates that it is a female ; it is
much better developed in the young. No. 299, which is quite small. In
the young, the scales of the head are not keeled, and the keels of the ad-
dominal scales are less distinct. The color is a bright yellow, with a broad
brown band surrounding the head above and below at the orbit, and
another capping the nose and chin, the loreal region remaining yel-
low. The yellow cross-band on the chin which separates these two areas
leaves a visible trace on the adult.

Cope.] ^4:4 [Nov. 17,

This species is allied to the A. bransfordil Cope, which has been foiiiul
so far in Nicaragua only. The A. branRfordii was described from a speci-
men about half the size of the type of A. lonr/ipes, but of very similar
proportions. In various details of structure they are similar, but in the
A. bransfordii the scales of ihe head and belly are smooth, and the latter
are longer than the dorsal scales. The latter are quite small, which can-
not be said of those of the A. longipes. Finallj^ the coloration is very dif-
ferent. The affinities of A. longipes to A. capito Pet. are not distant. In
the latter species the head is still shorter and wider, and it is covered above
and on the sides with larger and fewer scales, which are without keels.

Anolis intermedius Peters.
San Jose, No. 338.

Anolis trochilus Cope.

Palmar, 319 ; Sierpe, 383, 384 ; loc? 291. No. 384 is a male with very
large fan. There is a trace of carination on the median dorsal scales, and
the tail is compressed, and the median superior row of scales form a
rather prominent serrate outline.

Basiliscus vittatus Wiegm. From Sierpe.

Ophidia.
CoLOBOGNATHus HOFFMAXNii Peters.
San Jose, No. 347.

Rhadin^a ignita Cope.

Boruca, No. 348. This specimen differs from the type in having onlv
one preocular plate, and in having the angle of the third superior labial
plate enter the orbit. The first-mentioned character was variable in the
specimens which served as types. In coloration the dots on the gastros-
teges are confined to the anterior sixth of the body, and the belly is yel-
low and not red. There are 117 gastrosteges, while in the type there arc
128. Bocourt has shown the great variability in the number of gastros-
teges in this genus. I suspect, however, that the specimen sent by Mr.
Cherrie represents a local race.

Drymobius Rno^tBiFER Petcrs.
Palmar, No. 383.

Drymobius cceruleus Fisch.
Boruca, No. 381.

Drymobius percarinatus, sp. nov.

Scales lanciform, in seventeen longitudinal rows, all keeled except the
first, the second feebly. Head elongate ; eyes large, their horizontal di-
ameter equal the space from their anterior border to the posterior border

1893.J ^45 [Cope.

of the rostral plate. Rostral plate a little visible from above ; internasals
subquadrate ; frontal about as wide at middle as each superciliary, and a
little shorter than the parietals. Loreal longer than high ; one preocular,
which does not reach the frontal. Two postoculars, the superior the
longer, and half bounded posteriorly by the parietal. Temporals, 2-2,
the anterior elongate. Superior labials nine, fourth, fifth and sixth in
orbit ; all longer than high, except the second, which is quadrate, and the
seventh, which is subtriangular. The eighth is much the longest. Infe-
rior labials ten ; geneialslong, the posterior the longer. Gastrosteges 155 ;
anal 1-1 ; urosteges 145.

Color above, brown ; below, cream color. Small rusty spots appear on
the sides throughout the length, at intervals of two scales, on the fourth
or fourth and fifth rows ; and they are bounded posteriorly by a
small deep brown spot. From the middle of the body posteriorly, the
first three rows of scales are paler than those above them, and the third
row carries a small black spot on each scale. These spots become conflu-
ent into a narrow stripe, which is distinct on the posterior fourth of the
body and on the side of the tail. The scales of one and two rows above
this stripe are paler than those of the median dorsal region. Head uni-
form brown, upper lip and below uniform yellowish.

Total length 815 mm.; total length of tail 352 mm.; length of head to
canthus oris, 20 mm. ; interorbital width 8 mm.

Boruca, No. 336, adult; Buenos Ayres, No. 336, young. In the young,
the anterior half of the body presents the cross-bars characteristic of the
young of this genus. On the posterior half the cross bars are broken up
into a series of small dark spots on each side, and a narrow longitudinal
lateral stripe below them, as has been already shown t!D exist in the adult.

Synchalinus cokallioides, gen. et sp. nov.

Char. gen. — Teeth equal, smooth. Scales with two terminal fossae.
Body compressed, gastrosteges sharply angulated near extremities ; head
distinct. Pupil round. Anal plate entire ; subcavidals in two rows.
Cephalic plates normal except that the nasals and loreal are fused into a
single, elongate plate.

In this genus we have apparently a colubrine snake of arboreal habits,
which has assumed a boieform character rather than that characteristic of
the tree-snakes proper. In the thin scales and fusion of lateral head
plates we have a resemblance to the little known genus, Amastridium, but
that form is of entirely terrestrial habit.

Char, specif. — This snake has at first sight considerable resemblance to
some of the color varieties of the tree- boa, Corallus hortulanus. In its
color tints and patterns it also resembles the Spilotes luiiulatus m. The
body and tail assume a coiled attitude in spirits like the species of Coral-
lus, and the sharp angles of the gastrosteges show that the habits are
similar.

Scales in twenty-three rows, the first and several median composed of

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC XXXI. 142. 2 R. PRINTED DEC. 30, 1893.

Cope.] ^'^^ [Sept. 17,

the largest scales. Three or four median rows faintly keeled on tlie pos-
terior Ihreefourlhs tlie length of the body. Muzzle sublruncate ; eye
large, its horizontal diameter equal tiie distance from its anterior border
to the posterior border of the rostral plate. Rostral plate sligiitly visible
from above ; internasals subquadrate ; prefrontals wider than long.
Frontal shorter than superciliaries, with concave lateral borders ; as wide
at the middle as a superciliary. Parietals as wide as long, and regularly
rounded in posterior outline. Nasal part of the nasoloreal plate witii the
superior and inferior borders parallel ; the superior border posterior to the
nasal part, sloping downwards to a subacute angle with the inferior bor-
der, which is in contact with the wide preocular. The latter barely
reaches the frontal on one side, and fails to do so on the other. Postoculars
two, the superior larger and half bounded posteriorly by the parietal.
Temporals 2-2 ; the interior anterior temporal in contact behind with the
parietal. Superior labials eight, the last very long on both sides, and
probably consisting of two plates fused. Fourth, fifth and sixth plates
bounding orbit, the seventh a horizontally placed parallelogram. Infe-
rior labials 12-13, much divided anteriorly, the posterior six all longer
than deep. Geneials elongate, the posterior pair longer. Gastrosteges
209 ; anal 1 ; urosteges 134. Total length 450 mm. ; length of tail 125
mm. ; length of head to rictus oris 20 mm.

The ground color of the upper surfaces of this snake is a rich yellowish
brown. On the narrow dorsal region is a median series of parallelogi-am-
mic spots of an iron-rust color, each of which has a small blackish spot
at its anterior extremity. On the sides are wide vertical spots of iron-rust
color, which are of equal width with the length of the dorsal spots, and
which sometimes coincide with the latter, forming with them broad cross-
bauds. The chin and throat are cream-colored, but this color becomes
clouded, first with light, then with darker brown, and then with rusty
red with blackish specks, till the middle line of the abdomen posteriorly is
a dark mahogany. Opposite each vertical lateral bar is a dark spot on the
upturned extremity of the gastrostege. These become darker posteriorly,
forming subquadrate mahogany spots. Immediately below them a wide
pale border further varies the colors of the abdomen. A dark-brown
band passes to the neck posterior to the eye, and three descend from the
eye across the upper lip. Top of head rich yellowish brown, with a ma-
hogany spot on the posterior part of the prefrontal common suture, the
posterior part of the frontal, on the middle of each parietal, and
on the posterior external border of each parietal. Loreal region mahog-
any. Black spots on the anterior and middle inferior labial plates.

Buenos Ayres, one specimen, No. 340. This is a handsome species,
whose colors are well calculated to conceal it on tree trunks and branches
where rusty colors predominate. In general character they are a good
deal like those of the Amastridium vcUferum of Veragua.

1893.] 347 [Cope.

SiBON SEPIENTRIONALE Kenn., SUbsp. RUBRICATUM.

No. 346, from Boca Mala, represents a form of this species to wliich sub-
specific rank may be at least accorded. If additional specimens confirm the
characters it may even rank as a species. A decision cannot now be
reached, as only a single specimen has been sent by Mr. Cherrie.

In this form the body is robust, and the head is not separated by a nar-
row neck, although the temporal region is somewhat swollen. The muz-
zle is short, and there are eight superior labials, of which the fourth and
fifth enter the orbit. Oculars, 2-2, the lower preocular, labial. Twenty-
three rows of scales. Five undivided scuta posterior to the vent. The
color of the dorsal regions is bright red ; of the inferior regions, light
salmon color dusted with brown. There are sixty-one transversely oval
black spots on the back, which cover twelve rows of scales transversely,
and two and a half to three and- a half rows longitudinally. Small black
spots alternate with them on the third row of scales ; and a less definite
row of smaller spots alternate with these on the second and third rows.
A black band extends from the eye to the last labial plate, and behind and
above it a parallel black band extends from the parietal plate. The ex-
tremities of these bands are fused with the first dorsal spot, the interspaces
being red. Superior labials red, with a black spot in the centre of each
plate. Inferior labials black spoiled. Top of head dark brown, bordered
posteriorly on outline of parietal plates by a red crescent. This is bordered
posteriorly by a black crescent, and is traversed by a median black
stripe which connects the dark brown of the vertex with the anterior four
black dorsal spots Tail blackish red, spotted above. Total length, 660
mm. ; of tail, 133 mm.

I have seen the Mexican Sibon septentrionale living, and the ground
color is light brown, and not red. The color pattern of the form rubrica-
um is peculiar about the head, but in other respects it resembles individ-
uals of the S. septentrionale which have numerous dorsal spots.

OXYBELIS ACUMINATA Wied.

Terraba, No. 289 ; No. 385 without locality.

Elaps nigrocinctus Girard.
Buenos Ayres, No. 341 ; Boruca, No. 329.

Summary.

No. OP New

Species. Species.

Urodela 3 1

Salientia 10 3

Lacertilia 12 8

Ophidia 9 2

Totals 33 9

*^'*" [Nov. 3,

Stated Meeting, November $, 1893.
Secretary, Dr. Daniel G. Brinton, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

Letters of acceptance of membership were received from
(2221) Dr. Samuel A. Green, Boston, Mass.; (2222) Dr. John
G. Morris, Baltimore, Md.; (2224) Prof, J. M. Hoppin, New
Haven, Conn.

A letter of resignation was receiVed from Hon. Joseph Al-
lison, Philadelphia, and on motion the resignation was ac-
cepted.

The following were placed on the Proceedings exchange
list: Societd Scientifique du Chili, Santiago de Cliili ; Oberlin
College Library, Oberlin, Ohio; Texas Academy of Science,
Austin, Texas; Enoch Pratt Free Library, Baltimore, Md. ;
Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica ; Journal of the U. S.
Artillery, Fortress Monroe, Va,; Rassegna delle Scienze Geo-
logiche, Rome, Italy ; Royal Microscopical Society, London,
England ; University of the State of Missouri, Columbia, Mo. ;
Observatorio Meteorologico-Magnetico Central, Mexico, Mex. ;
State Historical Society, Lincoln, Neb. ; Faculte des Sciences,
Marseilles, France; Societd Physico-Mathematique, Kasau,
Russia; Society of Bohemian Students, Prague, "Slavia,"
Bohemia ; University Quarterly, Lawrence, Kans. ; California
State Mining Bureau, San Francisco, Cal.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the K.
Svenska Vetenskaps Akademie, Stockholm, Sweden ; R.
Acaddmie des Sciences, Amsterdam, Netherlands ; K. Biblio-
thuk, 'S Gravenhage, The Hague; Academic Royale de Bel-
gique, Bruxelles ; Magyar Tudomanyos Akademiai, Budapest,
Hungary ; Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft,
Frankfurt a. Main, Germany ; R. Accademie dei Lincei, In-
stitut International de Statistique, Rome, Italy ; Canadian In-
stitute, Toronto; Yale University, New Haven, Conn.; Geolog-

1893.]

349

ical Society of America, Rochester, N. Y.; Indian Rights' As-
sociation, Messrs. MacCalla & Co., Philadelphia ; Department of
State, Bureau of Education, Washington, D, C; Dr. John
Mallett, University of Virginia ; Agricultural Experiment
Stations, Orono, Me., Providence, R. I., Raleigh, N. C;
Board of Education of School District No. 1, Denver, Colo.;
Sociedad Mexicana de Historia Natural, Messrs. Jos6 G. Agui-
lera y Ezequiel Ordonez, Mexico, Mexico.

The following deaths were announced : Dr. C. Leemans, Lei-
den, October 14, 1893, ^t. 84 ; Furman Sheppard, Philadelphia,
November 3, 1893 (b. November 21, 1823).

On motion, the President was authorized to appoint a suit-
able person to prepare the usual obituary notice of the latter.

Prof L. M. Haupt made some remarks on the proposed At-
lantic Coast Ship Canal. He advocated the canal which is to
connect the waters of the Delaware river with those of New
York harbor. Such a canal, he said, would reduce the dis-
tance by water to the coal fields from New York city. As
there are over 6,000,000 tons of coal consumed annually in
New York alone, the saving in this item would be not less
than $3,000,000, which is the interest of $50,000,000, or about
four times the estimated cost of the work. The canal would ap-
pear to be needed by the ports of both New York and Philadel-
phia. The commerce of Philadelphia especially would be
greatly stimulated by such a water-way. Cheap transporta-
tion was the basis of his remarks. What was advocated is the
construction of a deep draught canal. It would be quite as
practicable to ship freight by this canal as it is by railways,
and quite as economical and rapid.

Prof. Haupt then detailed the operations of the great canals
of the world. Leaving the Suez and Nicaragua canals out of
the question, he said no canal accomplishes such a great sav-
ing as this one would.

A resolution read in the Senate by Senator Higgins was
then quoted by Prof. Haupt, asking that the Secretary of
War be " authorized and directed to cause a survey and exam-
ination to be made, at the earliest practicable time, for the lo-

'^•^^ [Nov. 3,

cation of a ship canal from Philadelphia across New Jersey to
New York Bay."

With these water-ways open, it would be of great advantage
to the United States in war time. Except in an exceedingly
severe winter the canal could be kept open by running ice-
boats.

The following resolution, offered by Dr. J. Cheston Morris,
was unanimously adopted :

That Prof. Haupt's proposition for a ship canal between New York and
Chesapeake Bay be referred to Council for consideration and recommen-
dation of such action, if any, as it may deem advisable for the Society.

Dr. Brinton made some remarks upon a Nanticoke Indian
Vocabulary compiled for President Jefferson in 1792, in the
possession of the Society, dilating upon its value as the only
surviving relic of that language. On motion of Mr. Smyth,
Dr. Brinton was requested to edit and prepare the same for
publication in the Society's Proceedings.

Prof, Cope presented a paper for the Proceedings on a new
genus Tcraiopsis.

Mr. Prime called attention to a new gold field in Western
Australia. About 350 miles east of Perth, the chief city of
the Colony, slate occurs broken through by dykes of diorite.
The country is very arid, so much so that water has to be
transported for watering stock and is sold at fifteen cents per gal-
lon. The gold deposit has been opened to but a slight depth.
At the outcrop the bonanza is but two feet wide and about ten
feet long ; at a depth of about twelve feet it widens to four feet,
while the length is doubled. Several tons of ore have been
taken out, which carry 2000 ounces of gold to the ton, which
is probably the richest ore hitherto found. The gold occurs
very coarsely distributed in quartz. The gold is separated by
screening and then blowing the gangue away by air-blast.
Owing to the richness of the ore, the owners work the mine
themselves, being afraid to trust hired miners.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

1893.] ^51

Stated Meeting, November 17, 1893.
President, Mr, Fkaley, in the Chair.

A circular was received from the Wyomiog Historical and
Geological Society, Wilkesbarre, Pa., inviting the Society to
be present at the opening of its new buildiag, Nov. 20, 1893.

Letters of envoy were received from the Geological Survey
of India, Calcutta ; K. Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien, Stock-
holm, Sweden ; Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam,
Netherlands ; Ministero della Instruzione Publica, Rome, Italy ;
Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir Vaterlandische Cultur, Breslau,
Prussia; K. Siichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Leip-
zig; Central Bureau der Internationalen Erdmessung, Potsdam,
Prussia ; Geological Society of America, Rochester, N. Y. ;
Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C; Kansas Universit}^,
Lawrence, Kans.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Public
Library, Wellington, N. Z. (1-10); China Branch of the Royal
Asiatic Society, Shanghai (139, 140); Imperial Academy of
Science (141), Observatoire Physique Central (141), Prof.
Serg^ Nikitin (139-141), St. Petersburg, Russia ; Prof. Japetus
J. Steenstrup, Copenhagen, Denmark (141) ; Academic Royale
des Sciences, Amsterdam, Netherlands (137-140, and Trans.,
xvii, 1, 2) ; K. K. Astronomisch-meteorologische Observa-
torium, Triest, Austria (139, 140); K. K. Geologische Reichs-
austalt (140), Dr. Aristides Brezina, Prof. Dr. Friedrich Miiller,
Vienna, Austria (141); K. Geodatisches Institut, Potsdam,
Prussia (140, 141); Redaction der JSfaturwissenschaftlichen
Wochenschrift, Berlin, Prussia (139); University of Bonn
(140) ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Emden, Prussia (139,
140); Geographische Gesellschaft, Hamburg, Germany (140,
141); M. Otto Bohtlingk, Leipzig, Saxony (141); Yerein der
Freunde der Naturgeschichte, Mecklenburg, Germany (140) ;
Prof. Guido Cora, Turin, Italy (140); Academic des Sciences
et Belles-Lettres, Angers, France (140) ; Soci(^td d'Histoire et
d'Archdologie, Chalon s. Saone, France (141) ; Universite de

352

[Nov. 17,

Lyon, Lyon, France (1-iI) ; Redaction de Cosmos, Cinte. de
Charencey, M. Victor Duruy, Profs. E. Mascart, Gaston Maspero,
Marqais de Nadaillac, Paris, France (141) ; Society of Anti-
quaries, London, England (141, and Trans, xvii, 3, xviii, 1, 2);
Royal Geological Society of Ireland, Dublin (141, and Trans.,
xvii, 3, xviii, 1); Prof. James Geikie, Edinburgh, Scotland
(141) ; American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass. (141) ;
University of the State of New York, Albany (141); Prof.
W. L. Hewett, Ithaca, N. Y. (137-141) ; Bureau of Ethnol-
ogy (139), Prof. C. V. Riley, Washington, D. C. (141) ; Ne-
braska State Historical Society, Lincoln (140, 141) ; California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (137-139, 141).

Accessions to the Library were reported from Prof. 0. A. L.
Pihl, Christiana, Norway; Association Geodesique Interna-
tionale, Bruxelles, Belgium; K. K. Central Anstalt fiir Mete-
orologie und Erdmagnetismus, Vienna, Austria ; Schlesische
Gesellschaft fiir Vaterlandische Cultur, Breslau, Prussia ;
Verein fiir Geographic u. Statistik, Frankfurt a. M. Germany;
Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, Niirnberg, Bavaria; Nassauische
Verein fiir Naturkunde, Prof. F. v. Sandberger, Wiesbaden,
Prussia ; Minister© della Instruzione Publica, Rome, Italy ;
Soci^te Autopsie, Socidtt^ N. d'Acclimation, Paris, France ;
Islenzka Fornleifaf^lag, Reykjavik, Iceland ; Peabody Edu-
cation Fund, Cambridge, Mass. ; Prof. John Henry Comstock,
Ithaca, N. Y. ; Dr. Charles A. Oliver, Messrs. Henry Phillips,
Jr., Frederick Prime, Philadelphia ; California State Mining-
Bureau, Sacramento, Cal. ; Kansas University, Lawrence.

Photograpiis for the Society's album were received of Hon.
Frederick Fraley, Drs. D. G. Brinton, J. C. Morris, Mr. Wil-
liam A. Ingham, Mr. Joseph Zentmayer, Prof. E. Otis Ken-
dall.

Announcements were made of the death of M. Karl Cheva-
lier Rousseau d'Happoncourt, Captain of the Imperial and
Royal Ship of the Line, Frundsherg^ at Pola, Austria, October
26, 1893, cet. 51 ; and of Prof. Hermann August Hagen, Cam-
bridge, Mass., November 9, 1893, ast. 76,

The President reported the appointment of Mr. McKean to

1893.] ^^''

prepare the obituary notice of Mr. Furman Sheppard, and
that he had accepted the same.

The President reported the appointment of C, Stuart Pat-
terson, Esq., a member of the Henry M. Phillips Prize Essay
Committee, to fill the vacancy occasioned by the death of the
late Furman Sheppard.

A paper on " The Conservation of Osmazome in Roasting,"
was read by Mr. R. Meade Bache.

Prof. Cope presented for the Proceedings a " Second Con-
tribution to the Batrachia and Reptilia of Costa Rica."

The proceedings of the Board of Officers and Council were
submitted, as follows :

Council.

Stated Meeting, Nommher 10, 1S93, 8 P.M.

Present : Messrs. Phillips, Talham, Horn, Morris, Brinton.

Dr. Cattell in the chair.

IMinules of last meeting were read, and after discussion were adopted.

A letter from the President was read, stating that, owing to a prior en-
gagement, he was unable to attend, and suggesting, should anything be
laid before Council of sufficient importance, a special meeting should be
called. [See letter file, 1893.]

Pendmg nomination No. 1349, which had been referred by the Society
'to the Council, was taken up and considered. A letter from pending
nomination 1249, soliciting membership, was read. After discussion it
was unanimously the opinion of the Board that the old custom of the So-
ciety in regarding as disqualified a person who has solicited membership
in the Society was a good rule, and should be continued.

On motion of Dr. Brinton, seconded by Dr. Morris, pending nomination
No. 1249 was laid on the table.

On motion of Dr. Brinton, Messrs. Brinton, Phillips and Morris were
appointed a Committee to prepare for election to membership a list of
distinguished men [pursuant to the Laws of the Society, Chap, vii, Sec.
4] "of our own or foreign countries, as may in their judgment merit
such distinction ;" and to report such list at the next stated regular meet-
ing of Council.

Prof. Haupt, who was present by invitation, explained fully the nature
and object of the proposed Atlantic Coast Ship Canal, from New York to
the South ; and stated that, in his opinion, the best method in which the
Society could cooperate was by helping to create and enforce a public sen-
timent in favor of the project. After discussion it was

Resolved, Tliat wheu the Board of Officers and Council aljourn this evening, it shall be
PROC. AMEU. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 143. 2 S. PRINTED DEC. 30, 1893.

354

[Nov. 17,

adjourned to meet at the call of the President, at such time and place as he shall desig-
nate, to consider a memorial on the subject to Congress, the rough draft of which will be
prepared for submission at that time by Prof. Haupt.

And at 9.30 p.m. the Council was adjourned by the presiding member.
Adjourned Meeting, Thursday, Noveviher 16, 1S93, at 2 P.M.

Present : Messrs. Tatham, Ingham, DuBois, McKean, Morris, Price,
Wurlz, Phillips, Cattell.

President Fraley in the chair.

Prof. Haupt, who was present by invitation, explained the object of the
meeting, and submitted a preamble and resolutions, which, after discus-
sion and ameadment, were unanimously adopted, as follows :

The Board of Officers and Council of the American Philosophical Society, to whom
was referred the question of the ship canal along the Atlantic coast, has the honor to
report :

That after due consideration of the suhject in its various bearings, it would recom-
mend the Society to prepare and transmit a memorial to Congress urging definite and
immediate actiou by the United States, and to this end it has prepared the accompany-
ing draft of the same, which is respectfully submitted as a basis for action.

Whereas, The construction of interior deep draught water communication alongthe sea-
board is of the utmost importance in a military point of view, and would have great in-
cidental commercial advantages in time of peace ; it is, therefore,

Resolved, That the American Philosophical Society respectfully memorializes your
honorable bodies to make such appropriations for the examinations, surveys and reports
upou the more important links in this system, especially as to the connection between
New York bay and Delaware river, and between Delaware bay and Elk river, as in
your judgment may be considered sufficient to inaugurate the work.

And your petitioners will ever pray.

On motion of Dr. Morris, the action on pending nomination 1249 was
reconsidered.

Various suggestions and resolutions were offered, and ultimately, upon
motion of Dr. Morris, the Council resolved unanimously to report to the
Society unfavorably upon nomination 1249.

And at 3.30 p.m. the Council was adjourned by the President.

Oil motion of Mr. Prime, tlie consideration of the proposed
memorial to Congress was postponed until the next stated
meeting of the Society, announcement of the same to be placed
on the meeting notices.

The President stated, in reply to a question, that the un-
favorable report upon nomination 1249 had the same efl'ect as
a similar action upon the part of a committee of a legislative
or deliberative body.

New nominations Nos. 1265, 1266, 1267, 1268 and 1269
were read.

Pending nomination 1249 was read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

1893.] *^05

Stated Meeting^ December i, 1893.
Secretary, Dr. Brinton, in the Chair.

Photographs of Dr. Euschenberger and Dr. Wurtz were re-
ceived for the Society's album.

The President reported the following as the Committee
under the resolution of Mr. Williams to consider a plan for a
general Index of all Transactions, viz.: Messrs. Williams,
James, Brinton, Horn, Price.

The death of Thomas M. Cleemann (Nov. 16, 1893, £et. 50)
was reported, and the President was authorized to appoint a
suitable person to prepare the usual obituary notice. Mr.
Frederick Prime was subsequently appointed.

The Treasurer's report was presented and referred to the
Finance Committee.

The Publication Committee reported.

The pending resolution relative to the Atlantic Coast Ship
Canal was taken up and considered. After discussion by
Messrs. Prime, Morris, Haupt, Cope, Dolley, et al., the Society
adopted the resolution reported by Council on November 17.

Dr. Cope made an oral communication on '' Spermatodus
pustulosus," from the Permian beds of Texas.

Pending nominations 1249, 1265, 1266, 1267, 1268 and 1269,
and new nominations 1270, 1271, 1272, 1273 and 1274 were
read. • On motion of Dr. Morris, nominations 1268, 1269, 1270,
1271, 1272, 1273 and 1274, being of non-resident members, were
referred to Council to examine and report upon the same
before action should be taken thereon by the Society.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

^5b [Dec. 15,

Stated Meeting^ December 15^ 1893.
President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Dr. Charles Scbaffer was presented to the Society and took
his seat.

The President reported that the memorial authorized by the
Society at its last meeting had been signed, and presented to
Congress by Senator Cameron and Kepresentative Ilarmer.

Letters of envoy were received from the Minist^redesTravaux
Publics, Paris, France ; Sociut(^ de Geographic de Toulouse,
France ; Royal Statistical Society, Zoological Society, London,
Eng.; Royal Irish Academy, Dublin ; Literary and Historical
Society, Quebec, Canada ; Bureau of Ethnology, Washington
D. C; Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters,
Madison ; Colorado Scientific Society, Denver, Colo.; Geologi-
cal Survey of Texas, Austin.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from Institut
Egyptien, Cairo (139, 140) ; Qom\i6 Geologique de la Russie,
St. Petersburg (139-141) ; Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fen-
nica, Helsingfors (139-141); Akademia Umiejetnosci, Krakow,
Austria (139-141); Prof. Peter R. von Tunner, Leoben,
Austria (139-141) ; Anthropologische Gesellschaft (140, 141) ;
Dr. Friedrich S. Krauss, Vienna, Austria (141) ; Naturfor-
schende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Altenburg (141) ; An-
thropologische Gesellschaft, Berlin, Prussia (141) ; Universi-
tiits Bibliothek, Bonn, Prussia (141); K. Siichs. Meteorolo-
gische Institut, Chemnitz, Saxony (141); Geographische
Gesellschaft, Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, Hannover, Prussia
(140); Naturwissenschaftlicher Yerein fiir Schleswig-Holstein,
Kiel, Prussia (140) ; K. Siich. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften
(137, 141); Prof. I. Victor Carus, Leipzig, Saxony (141);
Socidte de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneva, Switzer-
land (140) ; R. Comitato Geologico d'ltalia, R. Accademia dei
Lincei, Rome, Italy (141); Musee Guimet (141), Dr. Edward
Pepper (139, 140), Paris, France; Royal Society (141, and

1893.]

357

Trans., xvii, 3 ; xviii, 1), Geological Society (141, and Trans.,
xvii, 3 ; xviii, 1), Dr. W. H. Flower (140, 141), London, Eng.;
Radcliff'e Observatory, Oxford, Eng, (141, and Trans., xvii, 3 ;
xviii, 1); R. Geological Society of Cornwall, Penzance, Eng.
(141) ; Mr. Joseph. Prestwick, Kent, Eng. (139) ; Academy of
Science, Rochester, N. Y. (140, 141) ; State Mineralogist, San
Francisco, Cal. (140, 141) ; Dr. C. S. Dolley, Philadelphia
(140); Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. (137-
139) ; Museo Nacional, Buenos Aires, S. A. (136-138).

Accessions to the library were reported from the Neder-
landsche Botanisclie Yereeniging, Nijmegen ; M. Richard
Wagner, Jena, Germany ; Ministere des Travaux Publics,
Paris, France ; Victoria Institute, Editors of Nature^ London,
Eng.; Literary and Historical Society, Quebec, Canada ; Indian
Rights Association, Dr. C. A. Oliver, Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr.,
Philadelphia ; U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Bureau of
Ethnology, Washington, D. C; Academy of Sciences, Austin,
Texas ; University of California, Berkeley ; Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Fayetteville, Arkansas.

An obituary notice of the late Joseph Zentmayer, by Dr.
Charles A. Oliver, was presented.

The following deaths were announced :

Joseph D. Potts, Philadelphia, December 3, 1893, set. 64.

John Tyndall, London, December 5, 1893, aet. 74.

On motion, the President was authorized to appoint a suita-
ble person to prepare an obituary notice of the late Joseph D.
Potts,

The appropriations for the ensuing year were deferred until
the next regular meeting of the Society.

This being the evening for balloting for candidates for mem-
bership, nominations Nos. 1249, 1265, 1266, 1267 were read,
spoken to and balloted for.

Pending nominations Nos. 1268-1274 were read.

A communication entitled, " A Tabulation of the Movement
of Civilized Society Westward in the Natural Order of Time,"
was presented through the Secretaries with a negative recom-
mendation.

Oliver.] «^«^^ [Dec. 15,

On motion, the Secretaries were instructed to return the
same to the author as undesirable for publication by the
Society.

Dr. Cope presented for the Proceedings a paper by Prof.
Jesse W. Hubbard, entitled, " The Yolk Nucleus in Cyma-
togaster aggregatusy

Dr. Cope made some remarks upon the results of late ex-
plorations by Mr. Henry C. Mercer, of the Durham Cave of
Bucks county, Pa., near Easlon, and of Hartman's cave, Mon-
roe county, Pa., near Stroudsburg.

Dr. Brinton spoke of the negative results from the researches
heretofore made by Mr. Mercer in American caves, as furnish-
ing no evidence of the existence of a race prior to the Indian
inhabitants of this continent.

After all the other business of the meeting was ended, the
ballots cast were counted by the Tellers, who reported to the
President that the formalities necessary for election to mem-
bership had not been fulfilled in the present instance.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Obituary Notice of Joseph Zentmayer.*

By Charles A. Oliver, M.D.

{Read before the American PhilosopMcal Society, December 15, 1893.)

"Two things," says Kant, "fill me with awe, the starry heavens and
the sense of moral responsibility in man," but how insignificant are these
wonderful words to that marvelous expression,

"Whene'er a noble deed is wrought.
Whene'er is spoken a noble thought,
Our hearts in glad surprise
To higher levels rise "

ot one of America's greatest teachers of poetical truth. So here, when it
becomes the duty of one to give the life history of another greater than

* The writer is under obligations to Prof, Ryder and many others for the facts and
dates herein given.

Proceedings flmer, Philos, Soc,

No, 142, Plate

Joseph Zentmaykr.

1893.] ^59 [Oliver.

himself, and to tell that story truthfully to those who have better and
greater understanding of the details of that life's work than himself, the
task becomes not only necessarily difficult, but doubly a happiness. Soto
the present memoirist, although knowing the subject of this sketch most
intimately in his chosen pursuit, yet he feels a deep sense of duty and
doubt in action when confronted with an undertaking which he can do no
less than denominate as a labor of love.

His first meeting with Mr. Zentmayer was some thirteen years ago, when
he found himself ushered into a most curious little workshop on Fourth
street above Walnut street, replete with all manner of cumbersome,
peculiarly shaped and intricate devices in what seemed old steel and dirty
brass ; from the midst of which, the plain though truly honest face of Teu-
tonic type welcomed him with a cheery " Good-morning !"

From that first acquaintanceship, the most revered and kindly friend-
ship existed ; a friendship which was only severed and broken upon the
day that word came that he was no more — the day when the first knowl-
edge of the loosening of the silver cord and the breaking of the golden
bowl that bound and held him with us, was made known.

He left us, not for evermore, but passed from us filled with Beethoven's
hope, as he, too, was about to tread into that great unknown way.

" Briider, tiber im Sternenzelt
Muss ein lieber Vater wohnen."

Joseph Zentmayer first saw the light of day in Manheim, Baden, on the
27th day of March, 1826. After the completion of his studies in the town
gymnasium, he found himself for the first time ushered into that work to
which he was destined to contribute so much that is good and so much
that is useful. After faithfully serving his apprenticeship with the opti-
cian of his native place, and obtaining the foundation of the knowledge
and skill which has marked him as a correct analyzer and a wonderfully
ingenious contriver of mathematical and optical instrumentation, he
further increased his power of observation and improved his technique by
associating himself with some of the principal, optical establishments in
Karlsruhe, Frankfort, Munich and Hamburg. At the last named place,
he was under the tutelage of the world-famous Repsokl brothers, and
there received advantages which he put to account in the later construc-
tion of astronomical apparatus.

The rapidity of strength of his character, and the early maturity of his
love for individual independence and national liberty made themselves
the keys by which the recesses of his future life were opened. Republican
in spirit, he actively vouchsafed his nation's unsuccessful stroke for freedom
when he was about twenty-two years of age, thus bringing him into this
country in the year 1848. For five years he nobly fought his battle of
wage-earning in some of the best optical establishments in Baltimore,
Washington and Philadelphia, until in 1853, with a single foot-lathe, a
stout heart, willing hands, and a steadfast purpose, he began tlie manu-

Oliver.] *^"^ [Dec. 15,

facture of mathemalical and optical inslrumcnts at the corner of Eighth
and Chestnut streets.

One of his earliest orders was the construction of a large compound
microscope for the late Dr. Paul B. Goddard. The excellence of the
instrument and his continually increasing local reputation amongst the
prominent scientific men soon secured him the patronage of many of the
leading histologists, microscopists and mineralogists. These business
connections soon brought with them the pleasant and ever extending
social and scientific associations, so common and so universal amongst
those whose life aims are for intellectual good and philosophical research.
Although reticent to a degree and unassuming amongst large bodies of
men, yet his uncompromising honesty of opinion when sought for, his con-
stant willingness to help solve the most difficult problems in theoretical
and applied optics, and the clear, forcible and logical manner with which
he grasped and handled any subject in question, made men seekers of him
rather than he of them.

Ever thus he was surrounded by distinguished men of all professions
and occupations who were interested in microscopical and optical
science ; men, who as friends and brothers, sought his workshop to take
his counsel in the solution of vexed problems in the laws of light ; men,
who as students came to him to gain his advice as to the best form of con-
struction of instruments of precision ; and aye, even overwise tyros will-
ingly found in this patient and unassuming man the calm and dignified
correction that Ihe}^ had not supposed themselves able to receive.

Most approachable ; always cordial ; unbiased in his feelings towards
the crudities of individual belief ; and unlimited in his liberality in regard
to personal and national opinion, he embraced those qualities that make
a man lovable, craved for, and sought after.

For nearly a quarter of a century he fought and rapidly subdued many
of the vexatious questions in the construction of some of the most im-
portant mechanical details of the microscope, thus not only simplifying
and perfecting the necessary apparatus, bringing greater ease, more com-
fort and superior results in technique to the practical microscopist, but
obtaining those incentives and inducements for better and increased
action. For these endeavors he received those official recognitions, by
prize, medal, honorable mention and scientific distinction, that lead all
honest and conscientious workers and observers to higher planes of em-
ployment.

As early as 1865 he received a diploma as an award for merit from the
Massachusetts Charitable Mechanical Association, followed but nine years
later by another from the Franklin Institute of tiiis city. How much he
was commended for in the receipt of the Elliott Cresson gold medal on the
18th of .January, 1875, which was entrusted to the recommendation of the
Franklin Institute of the State of Pennsylvania, by the provision of the
founder's will, can only be guessed at by the following points of excel-
lence— the marked superiority of general workmanship and finish ; the

1863.] "'^l [Oliver.

improved plan of setting the binocular prism ; the introduction of a cir-
cular rotating and concentric stage ; the plan by whicli exact amplification
of the image in the binocular instrument is obtained ; the invention of a
direct vision-erecting prism ; the improved and perfect (mark the word
"Perfect ") mechanical finger ; the optical superiority of the lenses ("the
lenses have no superiors"); and lastly, " for the erection and conduct of
an optical establishment in our own city wherein work equaling the best
done abroad is done on principles of honesty and thorough meclianical
skill ; and all this as the result of oue unaided individual." Tlie Franklin
Institute of the State of Pennsylvania also deemed it wise to give a silver
medal for the same reasons. These all-sufficient reasons — which were the
embodiment of the combined opinion of the Committee on Sciences and
the Arts of the Franklin Institute, a committee composed of sucb repre-
sentative men as B. Howard Rand, M. D., J. G. Hunt, M.D., George R.
Morehouse, M.D., J. Soils Cohen, M.D., E. Otis Kendall, Charles M.
Cresson, M.D., E. Thomson and H. C. Wood, Jr., most of whom as mem-
bers of this Society are now with us in higher and more exalted positions
— must bring vividly before us, in this later generation, the admiration and
respect with which he was held at that time — a proof of scientific gratitude
for individualized success, made still greater when it is known that its
award was the second since its founding in the year 184B.

Listen to what the United States Centennial Commission for Awards at
the International Exhibition held at Philadelphia in 1876 found sufficient
reasons to offer a bronze medal for the microscope stands of Mr. Zent-
mayer : "For superiority of workmanship, rigidity and freedom from
tremor, and the convenient arrangement of their moving parts as unsur-
passed by any in use." "Besides the forms already familiar to microscop-
ists, he has presented one which is substantially new, and which embodies
a number of important improvements .... this exceedingly ingenious
stand is in every imporjant respect original with the exhibitor, and is pre-
sented as a characteristically American stand." .... "Tlie objectives
of 3-inch focus, 1^-inch, y^g-inch, ^ inch, ^incb and ^-inch are not sur-
passed in defining power by those of any other maker." "The resolving
power of the ^ and i-inch is also remarkable." .... "For a pocket
microscope which folds up witliout separation of parts into a case, which
when in use forms its stand, and is small enough to be carried without
inconvenience in the coat pocket." "For an admirable dissecting
microscope, furnished at a low price." " Further, of tbe numerous forms
of apparatus accessory to microscopic observations, exhibited by Mr.
Zentmayer, may be mentioned as especially worthy of commendation,
a very ingenious erecting prism, a mechanical finger for picking up and
arranging diatoms and other minute objects," etc.

To tliis stand he added a most important arrangement, without which no
microscope can be considered complete. This consisted in a swinging sub-
stage, which, while carrying an achromatic condenser or illuminating
apparatus, held a mirror which swung around a pivot placed beliind the

PKOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2 T. PRINTED JAN. 15, 1894.

Oliver.] • ^^^ [Dec. 15,

Stage, of wliicli the axis passed through the object observed, so that the
object is in the focus of the illumination in every position. This remark-
ably ingenious plan of swinging the substage and the mirror soas to have
the object as its centre, induced numerous foreign and domestic makers to
employ this important principle in optical construction.

Two years later, a third and most important honor was added to the list
by the Committee of Awards on Microscopes at the Paris Exhibition, who
found fit to give a silver medal and a diploma to Mr. Zentmayer for the
superiorit}'', manifold value and simplicity of his workmanship.

Recognizing the value and convenience of the Abbe system of condens-
ing lenses or illuminator in stands that are provided with substages, he
modified the ordinary form by so placing the carrier that the diaphragms
can be readily changed and arranging the contrivance so that the dia-
phragm cannot only be moved over the field by rack and pinion, but that
it can be revolved. How much we must praise his exquisitely simple,
single-prism, total-reflecting camera lucida wliich is so contrived as to be
used either in the upright, angular or horizontal positions of the draw- tube
of the microscope.

How exasperalingly easy of comprehension and yet how excellently
adapted for their purpose are his contrivances of the life current and
siphon-slides so arranged in accordance with Mr. S. D. Holman's ideas
that varying degrees of circulation in animalculaj can be made visible, not
only to the individual student at work with his highest powers, but
actually made recognizable to large audiences during class-work instruc-
tion and lecture-room demonstration. Again, the wonderful mechanical
construction of Prof. John A. Ryder's automatic microtome, where, with
an ordinary razor, tissue-sections of .0025 mm. thickness can be cut by
the merest novice, and objects to the length of fifteen centimetres and two
centimetres wide can be completely cut serially into almost any desired
thickness. Further, the botanical dissecting microscope designed and
constructed to meet the requirements of Prof. J. T. Rolhrock, of the Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania (a member of this Society), in his botanical class ;
his clinical stand for accurate examination of any object by a large class,
by being passed from hand to hand, that the memoirist has so often used
in his student-days ; the cheapening and simplification of the microscope so
as to bring a properly constructed and adetjuately workitig piece of appa-
ratus into the hands of the student of limited means, thus allowing him to
become an essential factor in scientific progress : these few contrivances
are but a limited number of the mechanical triumphs that resulted from
the employment of the never-ceaseless mind of Joseph Zentmayer (the
optician), as he proudly styled himself, for more than a half century. Is
it any wonder tliat we exclaim with Von Humboldt, " In the moral world
there is nothing impossible, if we bring a thorough will to it. Man can do
everything with himself."

An interesting incident in his life is the history of the patent of his
doul)k't photographic lens, which is composed of two deep meniscus lenses

1893.] *J^^ [Oliver.

with their convex sides placed outwardly. He made the outer meniscus
one-half larger than the back lens, thus allowing six different combina-
tions with seven single lenses. Such a lens having an angle of nearly
ninety degrees and great depth of focus, and giving extreme sharpness
over the whole field, and being free from all distortion, necessarily became
a most excellent instrument for architectural work and copying.

The story of the invention is this: One year before the patent of the
lens was obtained, Mr. Coleman Sellers, who was at that time greatly
interested in photography, requested Mr. Zentmayer to explain the theory
of the then favorably known " Globe lens." Whilst examining a sample
of the lens, Mr. Zentmayer remarked, "Why did the inventor adopt an
acliromatic combination, when the same or even better results could have
been obtained by the combination of two simple meniscus lenses? Recog-
nizing the force of the query, Mr. Sellers requested Mr. Zentmayer to ex-
periment with a double lens. This liaving been successfully accom-
plished, he urged him to apply for a patent, which was reluctantly agreed
to and done after the most earnest solicitation.

The introduction of this lens engendered a most spirited controversy as
to question of the theory in optics involved in its construction. Prof.
Henry Morton, Dallmeyer and other well-known authoritative scientists
and experts, both here and abroad, took part in this discussion. Mr.
Zentmayer's personal appearance in the matter, which showed itself in a
short article entitled "Refraction without Dispersion and some Reflec-
tion," in the August, 1867, number of the Philadelphia Photographer,
proved at once in a most forcible and logical manner that the writer was a
consummate master in the field of theoretical and applied optics ; a paper
that immediately established him as America's foremost optician.

One monograph, as further illustrating the I'cmarkable clearness, ease of
expression and fullness of comprehension with which he surrounded one
of the most abstruse and most readily misunderstood of the theoretical and
applied sciences — optics — is his illustrated brochure of twenty-three pages
entitled " A Lecture on Lenses." This, which appeared in the May and
June, 1876, numbers of the Journal of the Franklin Institute, is even now
authoritatively recognized as one of the best, the most concise, and the
clearest expositions of tlie subject that has ever been presented to the
public.

Engaged as the official maker of the microscopes used in the hospitals of
the United States Army ; appointed a member of tlie Iowa Total Eclipse
Exhibition in 1869, to the success of which he contributed largely by the
device of some of the most delicate of the photographic machinery ; a
member of the Judge of Awards in the 1874 Fair of the Franklin Insti-
tute, the International Centennial Exhibition in 1876, and the Electrical
Exhibition in 1885 ; a life-member of the German Hospital, and a member
of the American Philosophical Society, the Academy of the Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, both the American and British Associations for
tlie Advancement of Science, the Franklin Institute of Philadelpliia, both

Oliver.] «jt)4: pec. 15, 1893.

the Americaa Society and the New York Society of Microscopists, the
Biological and Microscopical Society of Philadelphia, the Philadelphia
Photographic Society, the Young Miennerchor, the TuruGemeinde, the
Ktiustlerverein, we can well see that not only was his public work of the
most varied character, the most useful to both his city and his country,
and of the most value to science, but that his associations were the widest,
the most congenial, and the most elevating in character.

Amongst his intimate German friends, his literary knowledge of the
authors in his native tongue was well known. Ever a lover of Goethe
and the cynical wit of a Heine ; deep in the matchless guessings and won-
derful intuition of a Von Humboldt, he lived with them the ideal life that
always remain ideal to a kindred Teutonic mind.

How much we must praise him when in spite of the fact that he ac-
quired our language (one of the most difficult) after he had gained his
majority, he read and reread that never-to-be-repeated series of studies of
tlie human passions by William Shakespeare, enjoyed the young passionate
and conscienceless words and thoughts of Byron, laughed and sighed
with Burns, walked with Dickens, and followed our own poet laureate,
Longfellow.

These associations, as well as those higher correlated ones of music,
painting and sculpture, formed both in public life by active membership in
various local literary and physical-culture societies, and in the pi'ivacy of
home with its small, though well-selected collection of works of arts, to
which he brought many of his literary and artistic friends, evidence not
only his exceptional taste in these the pleasures of higher mental life, but
exhibit his acumen and critical judgment in their enjoyment.

After a lingering and extremely sad illness he died in Philadelphia,
Pa., on the 28th day of March, 1888.

How can we better do in this meagre sketch than repeat the words of
the resolution passed by those nearest and dearest to him in his daily work,
his workmen for the last quarter of a century.

Resolved, That we give public expression to our regard for the memory of the late
Joseph Zentmayer, as a man whose benevolence, good nature, modesty and friendly dis-
position endeared him to us through many years of social intimacy; as a workman
whose originality, thorough practical skill and energy has made his name known
throughout the scientific world ; as an employer whose sense of justice and equity
equaled his superior natural abilities ; as a friend upon whose judicious counsel we
could always rely ; and that, in our memories, he shall ever be an example of what
constitutes a good man."

Jusium et ienacem propositi virum.

365

VOLUMES AND DATES OF PROCEEDINGS AND

TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN

PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Vols.

Years.

I.

1838-40.

ir.

1841-43.

III.

1843.

IV.

1848-47.

Y.

1848-53.

VI.

1854-58.

vir.

1856-60.

VIII.

1861.

IX.

1862-64.

X.

1865-68.

XI.

1869-70.

XII.

1871-72.

XIII.

1873.

XIV.

1875.

XV.

1876.

XVI.

1876-77.

XVII.

1877-78.

XVIII.

1878-80.

XIX.

1880-81.

XX.

1882-83.

XXI.

1883-84.

XXII.

1885.

XXIII.

1886.

XXIV.

1887.

XXV.

1888.

XXVI.

1889.

XXVII.

1889.

XXVIII.

1890.

XXIX.

1891.

XXX.

1893.

XXXI.

1893.

XXXII.

1894.

Vols.

Years.

I.

1759.

II.

1786.

Vols.

Years.

I,

1818.

II.

1825.

III.

1830.

IV.

1834.

V.

1837.

VI.

1839.

Proceedings.

Numbers.
1, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14.
15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26.
37.

28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39.
40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50.
51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60.
61, 63, 63, 64.
65, 66.

67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72.
73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80.
81. 82, 83, 84, 85.
86. 87, 88, 89.
90, 91.

92, 93, 94, 95.
96.

97, 98, 99.
100, 101.

102, 103, 104, 105, 106.
107, 108, 109.
110, 111, 113, 113.
114, 115, 116.
117, 118, 119, 130. (119 is Part Hi, of Vol. xxii ; the

early proceedings 1744-1838.)
131, 133, 133, 124.
135, 136.
137, 128.

139, 130.
131.

133, 133, 134.
135, 136.
137, 138, 139.

140, 141, 143.

143, Sesquicentennial Anniversary Volume.

Tkansactions.
[Old Series. 2
Vols. Years.

III. 1793.

IV. 1799.

[New Series. J

Vols. Years.

VII. 1841.

VIII. 1843.

IX. 1846.

X. 1853.

XI. 1880.

XII. 1863.

Vols. Years.

V. 1803.
VI. 1809.

Vols. Years.

Xin. 1869.

XIV. 1871. ;

XV. 1881.

XVI. 1890.

XVII. 1893.

XVIII.

NDEX TO VOL. XXXI.

Meetings Held.

1893, Januarys 1

January 20 5

February 3 9

February 17 14

March 3 128

March 17 130

April 7 135

April 21 137

May 5 226

Pagt.

1893, May 19 228

September 1 233

September 15 212

October 6 247

October 20 252

November 3 348

November 17 351

December 1 355

December 15 356

New Members Elected.

February 17, 1893.

No. 2210. Hippolyte Taiue Menthone, Haute Savoie, France .... 16

2211. Charles Schoeffer Philadelphia IG

2212. George Lincoln Goodale Cambridge, Mass 16

2213. Robert E. Pattisou Harrisburg, Pa 16

31ai/ 19, 1S93.

No. 2214. Charles P. Daly New York, N. Y 231

2215. Isaac H. Hall New York, N. Y 231

2216. Isaac J. Wistar Philadelphia 231

2217. Edward Vincent d'Invilliers , . . Philadelphia 231

2218. Waterman L. Hewitt Ithaca, N. Y 281

2219. Justin Winsor Cambridge, Mass 231

2220. William Hyde Appleton Swarthmore, Pa 231

2221. James E. Rhoads Bryn Mawr, Pa 231

October 20, 1S93.

No. 2222. Samuel A. Green Boston, Mass 254

2223. John G. Morris Baltimore, Md 254

2221. J. M. Hoppin New Haven, Conn 254

222-5. Chev. Rousseau d'Happoneourt. . Vienna, Austria 254

2226. Isaac Roberts London, England 254

Decease of Members.

C. C. Jones 242

Robert Cornelius 242

William H. C. Bartlett 242

Edward Hopper 246

John M. Maisch 246

Furmau Sheppard 319

Conrad Leemaus 349

KarlChev. Rousseau d'Happoneourt . 352

Hermann August Hageu 352

Thomas M. Cleemann 355

Joseph D. Potts 357

John Tyndall 357

Sir Richard Owen 3

John O. Westwood 3

Eben N. Horsford 3

Isaac C. Martindale 3

F. A. Genth 11

C. Schorlemmer 128

Hippolyte Taine 132

William B. Rogers 132

Isaac Burk . . 133

E-iquiron de Parieu 138

Thomas H. Dudley 138

Anthony J. Drexel 2H

368

Obituary Notices.

Page.

Obituary Notice ordered— Isaac C. Martindale by Joseph T. llothrock 3

F. A. Gentli by G. F. Barker 11

Tliomas 11. Dudley by William John Potts 138

John M. Maisoh by Charles S. DoUey 246

Furman Sheppard by Mr. McKeaii 349, 353

Thomas M. Cleemann by Mr. Frederick Prime 355

Joseph D. Potts 357

Obituary Notices read— William B. Rogers by Dr. Ruscheuberger 251,254

Joseph Zeiitmayer by Dr. Charles A. Oliver 357, 358

Resignations of Members.

Robert E. Thompson 130

Joseph Allison 318

Acceptance of Membership.

Samuel G. Dixon, Philadelphia .... 1
James Macfarlane, Lansdowne, Pa . . 1
James Ellis Humphrey, Amherst, Mass 1
George Lincoln Goodale, Cambridge,

Mass 128

Charles Schaffer, Philadelphia 128

Robert E. Pattisou, Harrisburg, Pa. . . 130

Isaac H. Hall, New York 233

Isaac J. Wistar, Philadelphia 233

Edward Vincent d'lnvilliers, Philadel-
phia 233

Justin Winsor, Cambridge, Mass .... 233
Waterman L. Hewitt, Ithaca, N. Y . . 233
James E. Rhoads, Bryu Mawr, Pa . . . 233
William Hyde Appletou, Swarthmore,

Pa 233

Charles P. Daly, New York 247

Samuel A. Green, Boston, Mass .... 348
John G. Morris, Baltimore, Md .... 348
T. M. Hoppin, New Haven, Conn ... 348

Page.

Written Communications.
Bache, R. Meade.

The Conservation of Osmazome in Roasting S18, 353

Baur, G.

Notes on the Classification and Taxonomy of the Tcstudinata 210, 227

Boas, Franz.

Vocabulary of the Kwakiutl Language 34

Brinton, D. G.

The Central American Native Calendar 251,258

A Vocabulary of the Nanticoke Dialect 325

Cope, E. D.

On the Genus Tomiopsis 317

A New Genus Tomiopsis 350

Batrachia and Reptilia of Costa Rica 353

Second Addition to the Knowledge of the Batrachia and Reptilia of Costa
Rica .... 333, 353

CouEs, Elliott.

A Description of the MSS. Journals and Field Notebooks of Lewis and Clark . 9, 17

369

DOLLEY, CHAKLES S. Page.

Oil the Thyrsus of Dionysos, aud the Palm InfloreBceuce of the Winged Figures
of Assyrian Monuments 16, 109

DwiGHT, Thomas.

Observations on the Psoas Parvus and Pyramidalis. A Study of Variation. 117, 132

Gentry, Thomas G.

The Fungi of Philadelphia and Its Neighborhood 136,251

Hubbard, Jesse W.

The Yolk Nucleus in Cymatogaster aggregatus 858

Lyman, B. S.

The Great Mesozoic Fault in New Jersey 246, 247, 314

Packard, A. S.

The Life History of Certain Moths of the Family Cochliopodidse, with Notes on
their Spines aud Tubercles 11, 83, 132, 139

Phillips, Francis C.

Researches upon the Chemical Properties of Gases 132

RiTTER, W. F. McK.

On a New Method of Determining the General Perturbations of the Minor
Planets 124, 132

Ryder, John A.

Energy as a Factor in Organic Evolution 136, 192

On the Mechanical Genesis of the Fowl's Egg 138, 203

Scott, W. B.

On the Mammalian Fauna from the Deep River Beds of Montana 251

A Tabulation Movement of Civilized Society Westward in the Natural Order of
Time 357, 358

Oral Communications.
Blodget, Mr.

>Iaps showing the resources of the State ol Pennsylvania for the Chicago
World's Fair 281

Bp.INTON, D. G.

On the meaning of the Mexican Calendar 251

Nanticoke Indian Vocabulary (requested to prepare same for publication) . . . 350

Cope, E. D.

On the fauna of the Eurystylus and Equus beds of the Staked Plains 11

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2 U. PRINTED JAN. 15, 1894.

370

Cope, E. D. page.

In regard to some stone implemeats occurring in Maryland, on the Potomac . . 229

On Spermatodus pustulosus 355

The results of late explorations by Mr. Henry C. Mercer 358

Haupt, L. M.

On the Atlantic Coast Ship Canal 349, 353, 351

Prime, Mu.

On the present revolution taking j)lace in iron making in the United States. . . 138
On the classification of ore deposits, and proposition of a new system 25 1

Ryder, John A.

The adaptive forms and the vortex motion of the substance of the red corpus-
cles of vertebrates . 231

On the forms of fossil sharlcs, family Cladodontidae 254

Miscellaneous.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, letter from in relation to the Keating-

Poinsett Collection 5, 6

Academic de Belgique, Bruxelles, circular requesting subscription to the works of

Jean-Servais Stas 128

American Historical Association, Washington, D. C, commuuication from 234

Anthropological Society, AVashington, D. C, circular relative to citizenship, prizes to

be awarded 233

Atlantic coast ship canal, referred to Committee 349

Reported on by Committee 353, 351

Memorial to Congress on 305, 355

American Folk Lore Society, circular announcing its annual meeting 2

Appropriations for ensuing year deferred 357

Bressa Prize, announcement of, by R. Academy of Sciences, Turin, Italy 5

Committees :

Standing Committees 8, 9

On Michaux Legacy 7, 8

On Finance, William P. Tatham appointed iu place of W. B. Rogers, deceased . . 254

On Publication, reported 355

To Examine and Report upon a Paper by Francis C. Phillips 132,136

To Examine Catalogue of Martindale Library, and to purchase any books con-
tained therein, important to the Society 229

To Examine and Report on W. B. Scott's Paper 251,253

On Phillips Prize Essay, C. Stuart Patterson appointed a member of the Committee 35J

To Prepare a General Index of all Transactions 355

Cooperative Index of Transactions 247, 251, 252

Congr^s Internationale de Zoologie, circular relative to prizes to be awarded 233

Curators, communication from 227

Report • .... 12

Columbia College, New York, circular from, concerning the Loubat Prize 14

Coues, Dr. Elliott, request for further extension of time to retain the Lewis and Clark

MSS 1

Letter thanking the Society for its loan of same 6

Council, Election, annual 3,4

Minutes of, submitted 16, 133, 229, 353

Endorses Atlantic coast ship canal 353,354

Cramp, Mr. C. H., presented to the chair 228

371

Page.

Dercum, Dr. Francis X., presented to the chair 5

Erratum, page 132, line 12 from top, should read, "President was authorized to ap-
point a suitable person to prepare the usual obituary "
Niunber couimeucing the list of newly elected members should be 2214 instead

of 2218 231

Forestry Commission, resolution requesting Senate and House of Representatives to

vote in favor of the bill 16

Friesch Genootschap voor Gescheed Oudheid en Taalkunde, Leeuwarden, Frieslaud,

letter announcing the death of three of its members 251

Gadoline, Hon. Axel, death of. 14

Goodwiu, Mr. Harold, presented to the chair 1

Hodgkins' Prizes, circular relating to 137

Keating-Poinsett Collection, letter from the Curators of Academy of Natural Sciences

relating to the 2, 5, 6

Letter from Department of Archaeology of the University of Pennsylvania re-
questing the deposit of the 13

Ivokcharow, Hon. Nicholas, death of 14

Liberty Bell, phototype of, presented by Mr. F. Gutekunst 211

Librarian nominated 4

Reelected 9

Loubat Prize, regulations concerning 14

Macfarlane, Dr., presented to the chair 9

Motions :

To introduce electric lighting into the building 130

Mr. Fraley, in reference to the Haldeman Indian Collection 227

Dr. Morris, Curators to dispose of objects of no value 227

Dr. Morris, Nominations 1271-1274 referred to Council 355

Mr. Prime, memorial to Congress considered 354

Mr. Smyth, Nanticoke Indian Vocabulary to be prepared for publication 350

Mr. Williams, Cooperative Index of Transactions 247, 251, 252

Nanticoke Indian Vocabulary 350

Naturhistorische Verein der Preussischen Rheinlande, etc., Bonn, Prussia, invitatiou

to celebration of its fiftieth anniversary 247

Niederrheinisehe Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde, Bonn, Prussia, invitation to

celebration of its seventy-fifth anniversary 247

New Exchanges ordered 1, 130, 348

New Haven Colony Historical Society, invitation to dedication of new building . . . 233
New York State Library, Albany, letter from, asking the Society to exhibit its publica-
tions at the Columbian Celebration 5

Nominations read 4, 9, 11, 16, 130, 132, 136, 138, 227, 229, 217, 251, 251, 354, 355, 357

Balloted for— Nos. 1235, 1250, 1251, 1252, 1253, 1254, 1255, 1256, 1257, 1258, 1259. . 16, 229

Nos. 1260, 1261, 1262, 1263, 1264 254

Nos. 1249, 1265, 1266, 1267 ... 357

Pedessalli, Prof. D. Guiseppe, death of. 14

Photographs received :

Dr. F. A. Genth and Prof. F. A. Genth, Jr 135

Dr. Isaac H. Hall 241

Mr. Henry C. Baird 241

Dr. Charles A. Oliver 241

Dr. F. A. Muhlenberg 211

Jlr. Robert P. Field 251

Hon. Frederick Fraley 352

Dr. D. G. Brinton 352

Dr. J. C. Morris 352

Mr. William A. Ingham 352

Mr. Joseph Zentmayer 352

372

Photographs received : Page.

Prof. E. Otis Kendall 352

Dr. Ruschenberger. ... 355

Dr. Wurtz 355

Portrait of John Vaughan exhibited and deposited 4

Portrait received, Matthew Carey, and thaulis returned to Mr. Henry C. Baird for same 227

Prime, Mr. Frederick, on a ueiv gold field in W. Australia 350

Reports :

Curators', relative to the requested loan of objects for the World's Fair Co-
lumbian Exposition 11, 12

Curators upon the collections of the Society 12

Of Treasurer presented 355

Of Publication Committee 355

Resolutions :

Dr. Cope, exhibition of mental or physieal deformities 13G, 137

Mr. Du Bois, in reference to loan of articles for the Chicago Exposition 12

Dr. J. C. Morris, Atlantic coast ship canal 350

Dr. Rothrock, in reference to Forestry Commission 16

Rhoads, Dr. James E., presented to the chair 252

Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin, Italy, circular announcing its offer of the ninth

Bressa Prize 5

Sesqui-Centennial Celebration, Prof. Cope requested information about the pro-
gramme of 227

Schiiffer, Dr. Charles, presented to the chair 356

Society's Collections, question of withdrawing the Society's Collection on deposit in

other institutions 132, 133

Tomiopsis, Dr. Cope on 350

University of Missouri, request for certain numbers of the Proceedings 212

U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C, letter requesting certain numbers

of Proceedings and Transactions 233

Volumes and dates of Proceedings and Transactions 365

Wadsworth Athenaeum, Hartford, invitation to attend the opening of the new Li-
braries and Art Galleries . 1

Wistar, Mrs. Mifflin, presented to the Society a collection of letters to Dr. Caspar Wis-

tar 244, 245

Thanks tendered to, for same 246

World's Columbian Exposition, Curators report relative to requested loan of objects

for the 11, 12

Circular from Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C, in regard to the Educa-
tional Exhibit 14

Mr. Blodget's maps showing the resources of Pennsylvania for the 231

Wyoming Historical and Geological Society, Wilkesbarre, Pa., invitation to opening of

its new building 361

LIST OF SURVIVING MEMBERS

American Philosophical Society,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Corrected to January 5, 1894,

BY

A Secretary of the Society.

List of surviving Members of the American Philosophical Society,
held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge.

The addresses here givea so far as known are at the present time. Cor-
rections of this list are respectfully solicited.

A name printed in italics indicates that the Society is uncertain as to
"whether such member is still living and desires information on the subject.

The Society will be happy to veceUe photographs (cabinet size preferred)
of such of its members as have not already sent.

Name. Date of Election.

16S7. ABBfe, Cleveland July 21, 1871,

2170. Abbott, Charles C Dec. 20, 1889,

U63. Abbot, Henry L April 18, 1862,

1809. AcKEKMAN, Richard July 21, 1876,

1713. acland, Henry W Jan'y 17, 1873,

2128. Adam, Lucien Dec. 17, 1886,

2081. Adams, H. B May 21, 1886,

1381. Adamson, Rev. John C. July 13. 1856.

1779. Agassiz, Alexander April 16, 1875,

1612. AG.ASSIZ, Elizabeth Oct. 15, 1869,

2091. Albrecht, Paul May 21, 1886,

1860. Alison, Robert H May 3, 1878,

1SG9. Allen, Joel Asaph Sept. 20, 1878,

1927. Ames, Charle,s G Jan'y 21, 1881,

2061. Anderson, George B Feb'y 19, 1886,

1655. Anderson, George W Oct. 15, 1869,

2164. Angell, James B Oct. 18, 1889,

1122. Angelia, Pedro de Jau'y 17, 1810,

2224. Appleton, William Hyde . . . May 19, 1893,

2102. Argyll, Duke op May 21, 1886,

1761. Armstrong, Wji. George . . . July 17, 1874,

1996. Ashhukst, John Jau'y 18, 1884,

2012. AsHHUEST, Richard L. ..... April 18, 1884,

Present Address.
Army Weather Bureau,
Wa.shington, D. C.
Bristol, Pa.
New York city, N. Y.

Stockholm, Sweden.
Oxford, England.
Rennes, France.
Baltimore, Md.

Cambridge, Mass.

Hamburg, Germany.

Ardmore, Pa.

New York, N. Y.

Boston, Mass.

West Point, N. Y.

Rosemont, Pa.

Ann Arbor, Mich.

Buenos Ayre.f, S. A .

Swath more, Pa.

London, England.

Newcastle-on-Tyne, England.

Philadelphia.

Name. Date of Election.

1995. Bache, R. Meade Jan'y 18, 1884,

1832. Bache, Thomas Hewson ... Feb'y 2, 1877,

1630. Baird, Henry Carey Jan'y 15, 1869,

1991. Baird, Henry M Jan'y 18, 1884,

2075. Baker, William S May 21, 1885,

2191. Ball, Robert S May 15, 1891,

1936. Barber, Edwin Atlee April 15, 1881,

1818. Barcena, Mariano Feb'y 2, 1877,

1741. Barker, George P April 18, 1873,

2011. Barker, Wharton April 18, 1881,

2144. Barnard, William T May 20, 1887,

1902. Bartholow, Roberts April 16, 1880,

1133. Bartlett, W. H. C April 17, 1840,

2119. Bastian, Adolph Dec. 17, 1886,

1968. Bell, Alexander Graham. . . July 21, 1882,

1966. Bell, Joseph Snowden July 21, 1882,

1802. Bell, Lowthian April 21, 1876,

2149. BiDDLE, Alexander Feb'y 17, 1888,

2154. Biddle, Arthur Dec. 21, 1888,

1920. Biddle, Cadwalader Oct. 15, 1880,

1831. Biddle, Craig Feb'y 2, 1877,

2134. Billings, John S Feb'y 18, 1887,

2157. Blair, Andrew A May 17, 1889,

1554. Blair, Thomas S Jan'y 19, 1866,

1669. Blake, William Phipps .... Oct. 21, 1870,

1790. Blasius, William Oct. 15, 1875,

1700. Blodget, Lorin April 19. 1872,

1444. Bohtlingk, Otto Jan'y 17, 1862,

2047. BONWILL, W. G. A Oct. 16, 1885,

1126. BoYi;, Martin H Jan'y 17, 1840,

1826. Brackett, Cyrus Fogg Feb'y 2, 1877,

2083. Branner, John C May 21, 1886,

2195. Brezina. Aristides May 21, 1886,

1636. Brinton, Daniel G April 16, 1869,

2069. Brinton, John H Feb'y 19, 18S6,

1745. Britton, J. Blodgett Oct. 17, 1873,

2080. Brooks, William Keith .... May 21, 1886,

1881. Brown, Arthur Erwin .... April 18, 1879,

1333. Brown-Sequard, E Jan'y 20, 1854,

1614. Brugsh, Henri Jan'y 15. 1869,

1547. Brush, George J Jan'y 20, 1865,

1653. Bullock, Charles Oct. 15, 1869,

1452. BuNSEN, Robert W Jan'y 17, 1862,

20U7. BURK, Jesse Y Jan'y 18, 1884,

1938. Butler, William April 15, 1881,

O

1788. Campbell, John Lyle July 16, 1875,

1606. Canby, William Marriatt . . . Oct. 16, 1868,

2051. Cannizzaro, Tommaso Oct. 16, 1885,

1731. Capellini, Giovanni April 18, 1873,

1796. Carll, J. F Oct. 15, 1875,

2130. Carrillo, Crescencio Dec. 17, 1886,

1911. Carson, Hampton L . April 16, 1880,

PIIOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 143. 3 V.

Present Address.
Philadelphia.

Yonlvcrs, N. Y.
Pliiladelphia.
Dublin, Ireland.
West Chester, Pa.
Mexico.
Pliiladelphia.

Boonton, N. J.
Philadelphia.
Yonkers, N. Y.
Berlin, Germany.
Washington.
Philadelphia.
Northallerton, England.
Philadelphia.

Washington, D. C.
Philadelphia.
Pittsburgh, Pa.
New Haven, Conn.
Philadelphia.

Leipzig, Germany.
Philadelphia.
Coopersburg, Pa.
Princeton, N. J.
Palo Alto, Cal.
Vienna, Austria.
Philadelphia.

Baltimore, Md.
Philadelphia.
Paris, France.
Berlin, Prussia.
New Haven. Conn.
Philadelphia.
Heidelberg, Germany.

West Chester, Pa.

Crawfordsville, Ind.
Wilmington, Del.
Messina, Italy.
Bologna, Italy.
Pleasantville, Pa.
Merida, Yucatan.
Philadelphia.

PRINTED JAN. 17, 1894,

Name. Date of Election.

1707. Cassatt, Alexander Johnson . Oct. 18, 1872,

2147. Castner, Samuel, Jr Dec. 16, 1887,

2152. Cattell, J. McKeen May 18, 1888,

1675. Cattell, William C Jaa'y 20, 1871,

1908. Chance, Henry Martyn . . . April 16, 1880,

1783. Chandler, C. F April 16, 1875,

1778. CHAP.MAN, Henry C April 16, 1875,

2132. Charencey, Comte Hyacinth de Dec. 17, 1883,

2111. Childs, George W Dec. 17, 1886,

2158. Clark, Clarence H May 17, 1889,

1717. Clarke, Thomas C Jan'y 17, 1873,

1983. Claypole, E. W Jan'y 19, 1883,

1876. Cloiseaux, des, A Oct. 18, 1879,

1999. Cohen, J. Solis Jan^y 18, 1884,

20U5. Coleridge, Lord Jan'y 18, 1884,

1555. Cope, Edward D Jan'y J9, 1866,

1367. CoppfeE, Henry Jan'y 18, 18.56,

2129. Cora, Guido Dec. 17, 1886,

1867. CouES, Elliott Sept. 20, 1878,

1662. Cox, J. D April 15, 1870,

1672. COXE. ECKLEY B Oct. 21, 1870,

2207. Cramp, Charles H Dec. 16, 1892,

1836. Crane, Thomas F Feb'y 2, 1877,

2100. Crookes, William May 21, 1886,

2172. Cruz, Fernando (of GuatemalaJ Dec. 20, 1889.

1439. Curwen, John April 18, 1861,

ID

1567. Da Costa, J. M Oct. 19, 1866,

2214. Daly, Charles P May 19, 1893,

1354. Dana, James D July 21, 1854,

1808. Dannefeld, C. Juhlin April 21, 1876,

1516. DAUBRf:E, A July 17, 1863,

1811. Davenport, Samuel Oct. 20, 1876,

1557. Davidson, George Jan'y 19, 1866,

1923. Dawkins, William B Oct. 15, 1880,

1468. Dawson, John W April 18, 1862,

2131. Delgado, Juan de Dias de la

Rada y Dec. 17, 1886,

2208. Dercum, Francis X Dec. 16, 1892,

2013. Dickson, Samuel April 18, 18^,

2208. Dixon, Samuel G Dee. 16, 1892,

2108. DoLLEY, Charles S Dec. 17, 1886,

20S9. DoNNER, Otto May 21, 1886,

1946. Doolittle, C. L Oct. 21, 1881,

1839. Douglass, James, Jr April 20, 1877,

1924. Draper, Daniel Oct. 15, 1880,'

1787. Drown, Thomas M July 16, 1875,

1918. Du Bois, Patterson Oct. 15, 1880,

1878. Dudley, Charles Benjamin . . Jan'y 17, 1879,

2063. Duncan, Louis Feb'y 19, 1886,

1573. Dunning, George F Jan'y IS, 1867,

1727. DUPONT, Edouard April 18, 1873,

2086. DURUY, Victor May 21, 1886,

1679. Dutton, Clarence E Jan'y 20, 1871,

Present Addi-ess.
Philadelphia.

New York, N. Y.
Philadelphia.

New York, N. Y.

Philadelphia.

St. Maurice les Charencey

France.
Philadelphia.

New York, N. Y.
Akron, Ohio.
Paris, France.
Philadelphia.
London, England.
Philadelphia.
Bethlehem, Pa.
Turin, Italy.
Washington, D. C.
Cincinnati, O.
Drifion, Pa.
Philadelphia.
Ithaca, N. Y.
London, England.

Warren, Pa.

Philadelphia.
New York, N. Y.
New Haven, Conn.
Stockholm, Sweden.
Paris, France.
Adelaide, S. Australia.
San Francisco, Cal.
Manchester, England.
Montreal, Canada.

Madrid, Spain.
Philadelphia.

Helsingfors, Finland.
Bethlehem, Pa.
Spuytenduyvil, N. Y.
New York, N. Y.
Bo,ston, Mass.
Philadelphia.
Altoona, Pa.
U. S. Navy.
Farmington, Conn.
Brussels, Belgium.
Paris, France.
Washington, D. C.

IB

Kame. Date of Election. Present Address.

2105. Easton, Morton W Dec. 17, 1886, Philadelphia.

1917. ECKFELDT, Jacob B Oct. 15, 1880, "

1825. Eddy, Henry T Feb'y 2, 1877, Terre Haute, Ind.

1686. Eliot, Charles W April 21, 1871, Cambridge, Mass.

1981. Emmons, S. F Jan'y 19, 1883, Washington, D. C.

1943. Evans, John Oct. 21, 1881, Hemel Hempstead, Eng.

IP

2180. Field, Robert Patterson . . . May 16, 1890, Philadelphia.

1901. Flint, Austin, Jr April 16, 1880, New York. N. Y.

1621. Flower, Wm. Henry Jan'y 15, 1869, London, England.

1875. FoGGO, Edward A Oct. 18, 1879, Philadelphia.

2197. Forbes, George Oct. 16, 1891, London, England.

1170. Fraley, Frederick July 15, 1842, Philadelphia.

1912. Fraley, Joseph C April 16, 1880, "

1695. Fr.vzer, Persifor Jan'y 19, 1872, "

2171. Friebis, George Dec. 20, 1889, "

1459. Froude, J. A Jan'y 17, 1862, London, England.

2179. Fullerton, George S May 16, 1890, Philadelphia.

1739. Fulton. John April 18, 1873, Johnstown, Pa.

1914. Furness, Horace Howard . . . April 1 6, 1880, Philadelphia.

1130. Furness, Wiluam H April 17, 1840,

Or

1988. Garrett, Philip C April 20, 1883, Philadelphia.

2079. Gates, M. E May 21, 1886, Amherst, Mass.

1025. Gatschet, Albert S Oct. 17, 1884, Washington, D. C.

1897. Geikie, Archibald Jan'y 16, 1880, Loudon, England.

1803. Geikie, James April 21, 1876, Edinburgh, Scotland.

2067. Genth, F. a., Jr Feb'y 19, 1886, Philadelphia, Pa.

1355. Gibbs, Oliver Wolcott July 21, 1854, Cambridge, Mass.

1587. Gill, Theodore Nicholas . . . July 19, 1867, Washington, D. C.

1800. Oilman, Daniel C. April 21, 1876, Baltimore, Md.

1940. Giraldes, J. P. C. Cassado de. . . July 20, 1827.

1950. Gladstone, Wm. Ew ART .... Oct. 21,1881, London, England.

2212. Goodale, George Lincoln . . . Feb. 17, 1893, Cambridge, Mass.

2162. GooDE, G. Brown Oct. 18, 1889, Washington, D. C.

1835. GooDELL, William Feb'y 2, 1877, Philadelphia.

1680. GOODFELLOW, EDWARD Jan'y 20, 1871, Washington, D. C.

2203. Goodwin, Harold May 20, 1892, Philadelphia.

1271. Gould, Ben. Apthorp Jan'y 17, 1851, Cambridge, Mass.

1851. Gray, Elisha Jan'y IS, 1878, Chicago, 111.

1605. Green, Traill Oct. 16, 1868, Easton, Pa.

1504. Green, William Henry .... April 17, 1863, Princeton, N. J

1880. Greene, William H April 18, 1879, Philadelphia.

2155. Gregorio, II Marchess Antonio

DE Dec. 21, 1888, Palermo, Italy.

2159. Gregory, Henry D May 17, 1889, Philadelphia.

2188. Gregory, Caspar RfiNfe May 15,1891, Leipzig.

1229. Grimaldi, Ceva Oct. 16, 1846, Naples, Italy.

1939. Griscom, Wm. Woodnutt .... April 15, 1881, Haverford, Pa.

1815. Grote, Augustus Radcliffe . . Oct. 20, 1876.

2090. Gubernatis, Angelo de . . . . May 21, 1886, Florence, Italy.

1438. Guyangos, Pascual de April 19, 1861, Madrid, Spain.

11

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.

2054. Haeckel, Ernest Oct. 16, 1885, Jena, Prussia.

1658. Hale, Ed w. Everett Jan'y 21, 1870, Roxbury, Mass.

1709. Hale, Horatio Oct. 18, 1872, Clinton, Canada.

1863. Hall, Asaph Jan'y 18, 1878, Washington, D. C.

1795. Hall, Charles Edward Oct. 15, 1875, Westport, N. Y.

2219. Hall, Isaac H May 19, 1893, New York, N. Y.

1356. Hall, James July 21, 1854, Albany, N. Y.

2027. Hall, Lyman B Jan'y 16, 1885, Haverford, Pa.

1412. Hammond, William A Oct. 21, 1859, New York, N. Y.

2194. Hamy, E. T May 15, 1891, Paris, France.

1337. Harding, George Jan'y 20, 1851, Philadelphia.

2136. Harris, Joseph S May 20, 1887, "

1827. Hart, James Morgan Feb'y 2, 1877, Ithaca, N. Y.

1510. Hartshorne, Henry July 17, 1863, Philadelphia.

1764. Hauer, Franz Ritter von. . . Oct. 16, 1874, Vienna, Austria.

1681. Haupt, Hermann April 21, 1871, St. Paul, Minn.

1862. Haupt, Lewis M May 3, 1878, Philadelphia.

2082. Hayes, R. Somers May 21, 1886, New York, N. Y.

2071. Hays, J. Minis Feb'y 19, 1886, Philadelphia.

2165. Hazlehurst, Henry Oct. 18, 1889, "

1985. Heilprin, Angelo April 20, 1883, "

1734. Helmholtz, Heinrich April 18, 1873, Berlin, Prussia.

2222. Hewitt, Waterman L May 19, 1893, Ithaca, N. Y.

1963. Hill, Hamilton Andrews . . . April 21, 1882, Boston, Mass.

2110. Hilprecht, Hermann V Dec. 17, 1886, Philadelphia.

1768. HiMES, Charles Francis . , . Oct. 16, 1874, Carlisle, Pa.

1663. Hitchcock, Charles Henry . . April 15, 1870, Hanover, N. H.

2160. Hoffman, Walter J Oct. 18, 1889, Washington, D. C.

2068. Holland, James W Feb'y 19, 1886, Philadelphia.

1898. Holmes, Oliver Wendell . . . Jan'y 16, 1880, Boston, Mass.

1624. Hooker, Joseph D Jan'y 15, 1869, London, England.

1607. Horn, George Henry Oct. 16, 1868, Philadelphia.

2070. Horner, Inman Feb'y 19, 1886, "

1941. HoTCHKiss, Jedediah Oct. 21, 1881, Staunton, Va.

1696. Hough, George W Jan'y 19, 1872, Evanston, 111.

1698. Houston, Edwin J Jan'y 19, 1872, Philadelphia.

2143. Houston, Henry H May 20, 1887, "

2084. HovELACQUE, ABEL May 21, 1886, Paris, France.

1843. Humphrey, H. C July 20, 1877.

2211. Humphrey, James Ellis .... Dec. 16, 1892, Amherst, Mass.

1623. Huxley, Thomas Henry . . . . Jan'y 15, 1869, London, England.

1426. Hyrtl, Joseph July 20, 1860, Vienna, Austria.

I

2052. IM Thurn, Everard F Oct. 16, 1885, Georgetown, British Guiana.

2221. d'Invilliers, Edward Vincent. May 19,1893, Philadelphia.

1773. Ingham, Wm. Armstrong. . , . April 16, 1875, "

J-

2010. James, Edmund J April 18, 1884, Philadelphia.

1933. Jannet, Claudio April 15, 1881, Paris, France.

2049. Jayne, Horace Oct. 16, 1885, Philadelphia.

1954. Jefferis, William W Jan'y 20, 1882, "

2017. Jordan, Francis, Jr April 18, 1884, "

Name. Date of Election.

1989. Kane, Elisha Kent April 20, 1883,

2169. Keane, John J Dec. 20, 1889,

1348. Keating, William V April 21, 1854,

2021. Keen, William W July 18, 1884,

1723. Kelvin, Lord (Wm. Thomson). . April 18, 1873,

2118. KiEPERT, Henei Dec. 17, 1886,

1161. Kendall, E. Otis Jan'y 21, 1842,

1708. King, Clarence Oct. 18, 1872,

1284. KiRKwooD, Daniel April 18, 1851,

1767. KoNiG, George A Oct. 16, 1874,

2167. Krauss, Friederich S Dec. 20, 1889,

1694. Lambert, Guillaume Jan'y 19, 1872,

1858. Landreth, Burnet Jan'y 18, 1878,

1781, Langley, Samuel P April 16, 1875,

1721. La Roche, C. Percy Jan'y 17, 1873,

1711. Lauth, Franz Joseph Oct. 18, 1872,

1974. Lawes, John Bennett Jan'y 19, 1883,

1595. Lea, Henry Charles Oct. 18, 1867,

1737. Le Conte, Joseph April 18, 1873,

1986. Lehman, Ambrose E April 20, 1883,

2182. Leland, Charles G May 16, 1890,

2174. Le Moine, J. M Dec. 20, 1889,

1934. LeRoy-Beaulieu, Paul April 15, 1881,

1382. Lesley, J. Peter July 13, 1856,

1376. Letchworth, Albert S Jan'y 18, 1856,

2085. Levasseur, Emile May 21, 1886,

1415. Lewis, Francis W Jan'y 20, 1860,

1383. Leyburn, John July 13, 1856,

1756. Lockyer, Joseph Norman. . . . April 17, 1874,

2202. Low, Seth Feb. 19, 1892,

1872. Longstreth, Morris Sept. 20, 1878,

2019. Lubbock, John July 18, 1884,

2003. Ludlow, William Jan'y 18, 1884,

1629. Lyman, Benjamin Smith .... Jan'y 15, 1869,

Present Addn
Kane, Pa.
Wa.shington, D. C.
Philadelphia.

London, England.
Berlin, Prussia.
Philadelphia.
New York, N. Y.
Riverside, Cal.
Houghton, Mich.
Vienna, Austria.

Louvain, Belgium.
Bristol, Pa.
Washington, D. C.
Rome, Italy.
Munich, Bavaria.
Rothamstead, Herts, Eug.
Philadelphia.
Berkeley, Cal.
Philadelphia.
London, Eng.
Quebec, Canada.
Paris, France.
Philadelphia.

Paris, France.
Philadelphia.
Baltimore, Md.
London, England.
New York, N. V.
Philadelphia.
London, England.
U. S. A.
Philadelphia.

1^

2107. MacAlister, James Dec. 17, 1886,

2209. Macfarlane, John M Dec. 16, 1892,

1970. Mallery, Garrick, Jr Oct. 20, 1882,

2042. Mallet, John Wm Jan'y 16, 1885,

1847. Mansfield, Ira Franklin . . . Jan'y 18, 1878,

1857. March, Francis Andrew . . . Jan'y 18, 1878,

1861. Marks, William D May 3, 1878,

1604. Marsh, Othniel C Oct. 16, 1868,

2078. Marshall, John May 21, 1886,

1018. Martinez, Juan Josi April 20, 1832,

2184. Mascart, E Dec. 19, 1890,

1572. Mason, Andrew Jan'y 18, 1867,

2196. Maspero, Gaston May 15, 1891,

1654. Mayer, Alfred M Oct. 15, 1869,

1928. McCauley, Edward Y Jan'y 21, 1881,

1685. McCosh, James April 21, 1871.

PKOC. AMEK. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 3 W.

Pliiladelphia.
Lansdowne, Pa.
Washington, D. C.
University of Virginia, Va
Cannelton, Pa.
Easton, Pa.
Philadelphia.
New Haven, Conn.
Philadelphia.
Spain.

Paris, France.
New York, N. Y.
Paris, France.
Hoboken, N. J.
Philadelphia.

PRINTED JAN. 17, 1894.

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.

18SS. McCreath, Andrew S. . .... July 18, 1879, Harrisburg, Pa.

1821. McKean, William V Feb'y 2, 1877, Philadelphia.

2004. McMaster, John Bach Jan'y 18, 1884, "

1677. Meehan, Thomas Jan'y 20, 1871, "

1903. Merrick, John Vaughan . . . April 16, 1880, "

1947. Merriman, Mansfield Oct. 21, 1881, Bethlehem, Pa.

1744. Messchert, Mathew Huizinga. Oct. 17, 1873, Douglassville, Pa.

2142. Michael, Helen Abbott. . . . May 20, 1887, Philadelphia.

2175. Mitchell, James T Feb'y 21,1890,

1461. Mitchell, S. Weir Jau'y 17, 1882,

2114. Monier-William.s, Monier . . Dec. 17, 1886, London, England.

1791. MooEE, Gideon E Oct. 15, 1875, New York, N. Y.

2029. Moore, James W Jan'y 16, 1885, Easton, Pa.

1841. Morehouse, George R .... April 20, 1877, Philadelphia.

1054. Morelti Jan'y 15, 1836, Naples, Italy.

1976. Morris, J. Cheston Jan'y 19, 1883, Philadelphia.

1577. Morton, Henry Jan'y 18, 1867, Hoboken, N. J.

2121. Much, Matth^us Dec. 17, 1886, Vienna, Austria.

1866. Muhlenberg, F. A Sept. 20.1878, Reading, Pa.

2120. Mueller, Friederich Dec. 17, 1886, Vienna, Austria.

1486. Mueller, F. Max Jan'y 16, 1863, Oxford, England.

2192. Munroe, Charles E May 15, 1891, Washington, D. C.

1892. MuoNi, Damiano Jan'y 16, 1880, Milan, Italy.

2062. MuRDOCK. J. B Feb'y 19, 1886, U. S. Navy.

1937. Murray, James A., H April 15, 1881, Oxford, England.

2087. Nadaillac, Marquis de May 21,1886, Paris, France.

1852. Newcomb, Simon Jan'y 18, 1878, Washington, D. C.

1582. Newton, Hubert Anson .... April 19, 1869, New Haven, Conn.

1703. Nichols, Starr Hoyt .... July 19, 1872, New York, N. Y.

2060. NiKiTiN, Serge Feb'y 19, 1866, St. Petersburg, Russia.

1805. NoRDENSKi'oLD, ADOLF Eric . . April 21, 1876, Stockholm, Sweden.

1712. NoRRis, Isaac Oct. 18, 1872, Philadelphia.

2106. NoRRis, William F Dec. 17, 1886, "

2016. North, Edward Oct. 16, 1885, Clinton, N. Y.

O

2072. Oliver, Charles A Feb'y 19, 1886, Philadelphia.

1715. Oliver, James E Jan'y 17, 1873, Ithaca, N. Y.

2195. Oppert, Jules May 15, 1891, Paris, France.

2135. OsBORN, Henry F Feb'y 18, 1887, Princeton, N. J.

1581. Osborn, Henry S Jan'y 18, 1867, Oxford, O.

2039. OsLER, William Jan'y 16, 1885, Baltimore, Md.

1801. Owen, P. Cunliffe April 21, 1876, London, England.

-^

1868. Packard, A. S., Jr Sept. 20, 1878, Providence, R. I.

1578.. Packard, John H Jan'y 18, 1867, Philadelphia.

1331. Paget, James Jan'y 20, 1854, London, England.

1981. Pancoast, William Henry . . . Jan'y 19, 1883, Philadelphia.

2036. Parvin, Theophilus Jan'y 16, 1885, "

2056. Pasteur, Louis Oct. 16, 1885, Paris, France.

2035. Patterson, C. Stuart Jan'y 16, 1885, Philadelphia.

1282. Patterson, Robert April 18, 1851, "

Name. Date of Election. Present Address,

1320. Patterson, Thomas L April 15, 1853, Cumberland, Md.

2213. Pattison, Robert E Feb. 17, 1893, Harrisburg, Pa.

1772. Pearse, John B Jan'y 15, 1875, Boston, Mass.

1859. Peirce, C. Newlin May 3, 1878, Philadelphia.

1722. Pemberton, Henry Jan'y 17, 1873, "

2101. Penafiel, Antonio May 21, 1886, Mexico.

2073. Pennvpacker, Samuel W. . . May 21, 1886, Philadelphia.

1518. Penrose, R. A. F July 17, 1863,

2059. Pepper, Edward Feb'y 19, 1886, Paris.

1666. Pepper, William July 15, 1870, Philadelphia.

951. Pereira, Josb Maria Dantes . . . . April 18, 1828, Lisbon, Portugal.

1705. Peter, Robert July 19, 1872, Lexingion, Ky.

1824. Phillips, Henry, Jr Feb'y 2, 1877, Philadelphia.

1760. Platt, Franklin July 17, 1874, "

2127. Platzman, Julius Dec. 17, 1886, Leipzig, Germany.

2053. PoMiALOwsKY, JOHN Oct. 16, 1885, St. Petersburg, Russia.

1539. Porter, Thomas Conrad .... Oct. 21, 1864, Easton, Pa.

2044. Potts, William John Oct. 16, 1885, Camden, N. J.

2097. Postgate, J. P May 21, 1886, Cambridge, England.

2161. Powell, J. W Oct. 18, 1889, Washington, D. C.

1619. Prestwich, Joseph Jan'y 15, 1869, Shoreham, England.

1592. Price, J. Sergeant Oct. 18, 1867, Philadelphia.

1780. Prime, Frederick, Jr April 16, 1875, "

2088. PuLZSKY, Francis May 21, 1886, Buda-Pesth, Hungary.

1758. PUMPELLY, Raphael April 17, 1874, Newport, R. I.

Q,

973. Quadrada, Francisco de Paolo . . Oct. 16, 1829, Madrid, Spain.

1143. Quaranta, Barnardo Jan'y 15, 1841, Naples, Italy.

IS

1736. Rand, Theodore D April 18, 1873, Philadelphia.

1819. Randall, F. a Jan'y 18, 1878, Warren, Pa.

1644. Rawlinson, George Oct. 15, 1869, Oxford, England.

1765. Rawson, Rawson W Oct. 16, 1874, London, "

2099. Rayleigh, Lord May 21, 1886, Essex, England.

1784. Raymond, Rossitter W . . . . April 16, 1875, New Yort:, N. Y.

1585. Raynolds, William F April 19, 1867, Detroit, Mich.

1591. Read, John Meredith July 19, 1867.

2077. Reed, Henry May 21, 1886, Philadelphia.

1889. Remsen, Ira July 18, 1879, Baltimore, Md.

1918. Renard, a Oct. 21, 1881, Brussels, Belgium.

1343. Renard, Charles Jan'y 20, 1854, Moscow, Russia.

1890. Renevier, E July 18, 1879, Lausanne, Switzerland.

1816. Reuleaux, F Feb'y 2, 1877, Berlin, Prussia.

2122. RfiviLLE, Albert Dec. 17, 1886, Paris, France.

2225. Rhoads, Jajies E May 19, 1893, Bryn Mawr, Pa.

1500. Richardson, Ben. Ward .... April 17, 1863, London, England.

1303. Riley, Charles V April 21, 1876, Washington, D. C.

1957. Robins, James W April 21, 1882, Philadelphia.

1390. Rogers, Fairman Jan'y 16, 1857, Newport, R. I.

2177. Rogers, Robert W Feb'y 21, 1890, Madison, N. J.

1462. Rohrig, F. L. O April 18, 1862, Los Angeles, Cal.

2050. Rollett, Hermann Oct. 16, 1885, Vienna, Austria.

1907. Rood, Ogden N April 16, 1880, New York, N. Y.

10

Name. Date of

1964. RosNY, DE, Leon July

1732. Rossi, Giovanni Battista. . . . April

2198. ROSENGARTEN, JOSEPH G Oct.

1718. ROTHERMEL, Peter F Jaii'y

1838. RoTHRocK, Joseph T April

1264. RUSCHENBERGER, W. S. W. . . . Oct.

1620. RuTiMEYER, Carl L '. . Jau'y

2109. Ryder, John A Dec.

Election.

Prese7it Address.

21,

1882,

Paris, France.

18,

1873,

Rome, Italy.

16,

1891,

Philadelphia.

17,

1873,

Limerick P. 0., Pa.

20,

1877,

Philadelphia.

19,

1849,

"

15,

1869,

Basel, Switzerland.

17,

1886,

Philadelphia.

1766. Sadtler, Samuel Philip .... Oct.

2148. Sajous, Charles E Feb'y

1563. Sandberger, Fridolin April

1958. Sargent, Charles Sprague . . April

1730. Saussure, Henri de April

2211. Schaffer, Charles Feb'y

1498. ScHOTT, Charles Anthony . . . April

1864. ScHURZ, Carl Sept.

1725. ScLATER, Phillip Lutley. . . . April

1919. Scott, Lewis A Oct.

2112. Scott, W. B Dec.

1870. ScuDDER, Samuel Hubbard. . . Sept.

1883. Seiler, Carl April

1704. Sellers, Coleman July

1533. Sellers, William April

1770. Selwyn, Alfred R. C Oct.

1728. Selys, de, Longchamps April

2057. Sergi, Giuseppe Oct.

1965. SfeVE DE Bar, Edouard July

2076. Sharp, Benjamin May

1944. Sharples, Philip Price .... Oct.

1960. Sharples, Stephen Pasch ALL. . April

2002. Sharpless, Isaac Jan'y

1797. Sherwood, Andrew Oct.

1822. Shields, Charles W Feb'y

1532. SlUnz, Carl April

2146. Smith, Edgar F , Oct.

1544. Smith, Goldwin Jan'y

1789. Smith, Stephen Oct.

2141. Smyth, Albert H May

1742. Snowden, a. Loudon Oct.

2009. Snydek, Monroe B Jan'y

2189. Spangler, Henry W May

1720. Spofford, A. R Jau'y

1949. Stallo, John B Oct.

1446. Steenstrup, J. J. S Jan'y

1990. Stevens, Walter LeConte . . . Jan'y

1840. Stevenson, John James April

2168. Stokes, George G Dec.

1834. Str.^wbridge, George Feb'y

1559. Strong, Willi.^m Jan'y

1820. Stuart, George Feb'y

2193. Stubbs, William May

2094. SuEss, Edward May

2023. Syle, E. W July

16,

1874,

Philadelphia.

17,

1888,

Paris, France.

20,

1866,

Wiirtzburg, Bavaria.

21,

1882,

Brookline, Mass.

18,

1873,

Geneva, Switzerland.

17,

1893,

Philadelphia.

17,

1863,

Washington, D. C.

20,

1878.

18,

1873,

London, England.

15,

1880,

Philadelphia.

17,

1886,

Princeton, N. J.

20,

1878,

Cambridge, Mass.

18,

1879,

Philadelphia.

19,

1872,

"

15,

1864,

"

16,

1874,

Montreal, Canada.

l^

1873,

Li6ge, Belgium.

16,

1885,

Rome, Italy.

21,

1882,

Ramsgate, England.

21,

1880,

Philadelphia.

21,

1881,

West Chester, Pa.

21,

1882,

Boston, Mass.

18,

1884,

Haverford, Pa.

15,

1875,

Mansfield, Pa.

2,

1877,

Princeton, N. J.

15,

1864,

Strasburg, Germany. (?)

21,

1887,

Philadelphia.

20,

1865.

15,

1875,

New York, N. Y.

20,

1887,

Philadelphia.

17,

1873,

"

18,

1884,

"

15,

1891,

"

17,

1873,

Washington, D. C.

21,

1881,

Cincinnati, O.

17,

1862,

Copenhagen, Denmark.

18,

1884,

Troy, N. Y.

20,

1877,

New York, N. Y.

20,

1889,

London, England.

2,

1877,

Philadelphia.

19,

1866,

WashingtOQ, D. C.

2,

1877,

Philadelphia.

15,

1891,

O.xford, England.

21,

1880,

"Vienna, Austria.

18;

, 1884,

Philadelphia.

11

Name. Date of Eledwn. Present Address.

1844. Sylvester, J. J July 20, 1877, Oxford, England.

2092. SzoMBATHY, Josef May 21, 188C, Vienua, Austria.

T

1786. Tatham, William P April 16, 1873, Philadelphia.

1846. Taylor, William B Oct. 19, 1877, Washington, D. C.

2098. Temple, Richard Carnac . . . May 21, 18S6, Upper Burmah, India.

2000. Thomas, Allen C Jan'y 18, 1881, Haverford, Pa.

1807. Thomson, Elihu April 21, 1876, Swampscott, Mass.

1993. Thompson, Heber S Jau'y 18, 1884, Pottsville, Pa.

1726. Tho.^ipson. Henry April 18, 1873, Loudon, England.

1754. Thomson, Frank April 17, 1874, Philadelphia.

1723. Tho.mson, William (see Lord

Kelvin) April 18, 1873, London, England.

1909. Thomson, William April 16, 1880, Philadelphia.

1530. Thury.A April 15, 1861, Geneva, Switzerland.

1688. Tilghman, Benjamin C July 21, 1871, Philadelphia.

1233. Tilghman, Richard A .... , April 16, 1847, "

1657. Tilghman, William M Jan'y 21,1870, •'

2176. Ti.mmins, Samuel Feb. 21,1890, Arley, near Coventry, Eng.

2123. Topinard, Paul Dec. 17, 1886, Paris, Prance.

2065. TOPPAN, Robert NoxoN Feb'y 19, 1S86, Cambridge, Mass.

1597. TowNSEND, Joseph B Jau'y 17, 1868. Philadelphia.

1955. TowNSEND, Washington .... Jan'y 20, 1882, West Chester, Pa.

1091. Trowbridge, William P . . . . Jan'y 19, 1872, New York, N. Y.

2024. Trumbull, Henry Clay .... July 18, 188J, Philadelphia.

1973. TscHERMAK, GusTAF Oct. 20, 1882, Vienna, Austria.

1983. TuRRETTiNi, Theodore Dec. 19, 1890, Geneva, Switzerland.

2166. TuTTLE. David K Oct. 18, 1889, Philadelphia.

2163. Tyler, Lyon G Oct. 18, 1889, Williamsburg, Va.

1529. TuNNER, Peter April 15, 1864, Leoben, Austria.

2138. Tyson, James May 20, 1887, Philadelphia.

TJ

2185. Unwin, William C Dec. 19, 1890, London, England.

2000. Vaux, Richard Jan'y 18, 1884, Philadelphia.

2045. Verb, de, Scheele M Oct. 16, 1885, University of Virginia, Va.

1475. Virchow, Rudolph Oct. 17, 1862, Berlin, Prussia.

1646. VOGT, Carl Oct. 15, 1869, Geneva, Switzerland.

2115. Von Meltzel, Hugo Dec. 17, 1886, Koloszvar, Hungary,

1670. VosE, George Leonard Oct. 21, 1870, Boston, Mass.

2186. VossioN, Louis Dec. 19, 1890, Philadelphia.

2034. Wagner. Samuel Jan'y 16, 1885, Philadelphia.

1748. Wahl, Wiluam H Jan'y 16, 1874,

1724. Wallace, Alfred R April 18, 1873, Parkston, Dorset, England.

2156. Ward, Lester F May 17, 1889, Washington, D. C.

2033. Weil, Edward Henry Jan'y 16, 1835, Philadelphia.

2028. Weisbach, Albin Jan'y 16, 1885, Freiburg, Saxony.

1639. Wharton. Joseph April 16, 1869, Philadelphia.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXXI. 142. 2x. PRINTED JAN. 15, 1894.

12

Name. Bate of

1637. White, Andrew D April

1848. White, Israel C Jan'y

1487. Whitney, Josiah Dwight . . . Jan'y

1502. Whitney, William Dwight. . . April

1863. Wilder, Burt Green May

2151. Williams, Talcott May

2178. Willis, Henry Feb'y

2150. Wilson, Edmund B Feb'y

2041. Wilson, James Cornelius . . . . Jan'y

1747. Wilson, Joseph M Jan'y

2137. Wilson, William Powell . . . May

2223. WiNSOR, Justin May

1896. Winthrop, Robert C Jan'y

2140. Wireman, Henry' D May

2220. WisTAR, Isaac J May

1561. WisTER, Owen Jones April

1884. Wood, Richard April

1762. Woodward, Henry July

1751. WooTTEN, J. E Jan'y

1854. Wormley, Theodore G Jan'y

1932. WURTS, Charles Stewart . . . Jan'y

2061. Wyckoff, A. B Feb'y

IT

1904. Yaenall, Ellis April

1759. Young, Charles Augustus . , . April

Election.

Present Address.

16,

1869,

Ithaca, N. Y.

18,

1878,

Morgantown, W. Va.

16,

1863,

Cambridge, Mass.

17,

1863,

New Haven, Conn.

3,

1878,

Ithaca, N. Y.

18,

1888,

Philadelphia.

21,

1890,

"

17,

1888,

Bryn Mawr, Pa.

16,

1885,

Philadelphia.

16,

1874,

"

20,

1887,

"

19,

1893,

Cambridge, Mass.

16,

1880,

Boston, Mass.

20,

, 1887.

Philadelphia.

19,

J 893,

"

20,

1866,

"

18,

1879,

"

17,

1874,

London, England.

16,

1874,

Reading, Pa.

18,

1878,

Philadelphia.

21,

1881,

"

19,

1886,

U. S. Navy.

16,

1880,

Philadelphia.

17,

1874,

Princeton, N. J.

25 1893

J~f SjJ-f-Q PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXXI. Januaky, February, March, 1893. No. 140.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. page

Annual Meeting, January 6, 1S93 1

Stated Meeting, January 6, 1893 1

Stated Meeting, January 20, 1893 5

Stated Meeting, February 3, 1893 9

Stated Meeting, February 17, 1893 14

Description of the Original Manuscript Journals and Field Note-
books of Lewis and Clark, on which was based Biddle's History of
the Expedition of 1804-6, and which are now in the possession of
the American Philosophical Society, in Philadelphia. By Dr. El-
liott Cones 17

Vocabulary of the Kwakiutl Language, By Dr. Franz Boas 34

The Life History of Certain Moths of the Family Cochliopodidse, with
Notes on their Spines and Tubercles (with four plates). By Dr.

A. S. Packard 83

The Thyrsos of Dionysos and the Palm Inflorescence of the Winged

Figures of Assyrian Monuments. By Dr. Charles S. Dolley 109

Observations on the Psoas Parvus and Pyramidalis. A Study of

Variation. By Thomas Dwight, M. D., LL.D 117

On a New Method of Determining the General Perturbations of the

Minor Planets. By W. F. McE. Bitter 124

Stated Meeting, March 3, 1893 128

Stated Meeting, March 17, 1893 130

It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged.

B^" In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre-
spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American-
Philosophical Society. 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia."

Published for the Society

BY
MaCCALLA & COMPANY,
NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS.

CHAPTER XII.

OF THE MAGELLANIC FUND.

Section 1. JohnHyacinth deMagellaric,in London, having in the year
1786 offered to the Society , as a donation, the sum of two hundred guineas,
to be by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that
the interest arising therefrom should be annually disposed of in pre-
miums, to be adjudged by them to the author of tlie best discovery, or
most useful invention, relating to Navigation, Astronomy, or Natural
Philosophy (mere natural history only excepted) ; and the Society
having accepted of the above donation, they hereby publish the condi-
tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which
the said annual premiums will be awarded.

CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMirM.

1. The candidate shall send his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society,
free of postage or other charges ; and shall distinguish his performance
by some motto, device, or other signature, at his pleasure. Together
with his discovery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a
sealed letter containing the same motto, device, or signature, and sub-
scribed with the real name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad-
mitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

5. All such communications shall be publicly read or exhibited to the
Society at some stated meeting, not less than one month previous to the
day of adjudication, and shall at all times be open to the inspection of
such members as shall desire it. But no member shall carry home with

PEOCE EDINGS

If^Jj^?

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXXr. April, May, June, 1893. No. 141.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE

Stated Meeting, April 7,- 1893 135

Stated Meeting, April 21, 1893 137

The Life Histories of Certain Moths of the Families Ceratocain-
pidae, Hemileucidfe, etc., with Notes on the Armature of the

Larvae (with seven plates). By Alpheus S. Packard 139

Energy as a Factor in Organic Evolution. By John A. Ryder. . . . \^'Z
The Mechanical Genesis of the Form of the Fowl's Egg (with one

cut). By John A. Ryder 203

Notes on the Classification and Taxonomy of the Testudinata. By

G. Baur 210

Stated Meeting, May 5, 1893 226

Stated Meeting, May 19, 1893 238

It^" It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged.

It^" In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre-
spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American
Philosophical Society, 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia."

Published for the Society

BY
MacCALLA & COMPANY,

NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS.

The Henry M. Phillips Prize Essay Fund.

Miss Emily Phillips, of Philadelphia, a sister of Hon. Henry M.
Phillips, deceased, presented to the American Philosophical Society,
held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge, the sum
of five thousand dollars for the establishment and endowment of
a Prize Fund, in memory of her deceased brother, who was an
honored member of the Society. The Society accepted the gift and
agreed to make suitable rules and regulations to carry out the
wishes of the donor, and to discharge the duties confided to it.
In furtherance whereof, the following rules and regulations were
adopted by the Society :

First. The Prize Endowment Fund shall be called the " Henry
M. Phillips Prize Essay Fund."

Second. The money constituting the Endowment Fund, viz.,
five thousand dollars, shall be invested by the Society in such
securities as may be recognized by the laws of Pennsylvania, as
proper for the investment of trust funds, and the evidences of such
investment shall be made in tlie name of the Society as Trustee of
the Henry M. Phillips Prize Essay Fund.

Third. The income arising from such investment shall be appro-
priated as follows :

{a) To making public advertisement of the prize and the sum or
amount in United States gold coin, and the terms on which it shall
be awarded.

{b) To the payment of such prize or prizes as may from time to
time be awarded by the Society for the best essay of real merit on

yAN 29 1894

*^"" PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXXI. July to December, 1893. No. 142.

' TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE

StaUd Meeting, Septemher 1, 1893 233

Stated Meeting, September 15, 1S9S 242

Slated Meeting, October 6, 1893 247

Stated Meeting, October 20, 1893 252

A Notice of William Bartoa Rogers. By W. 8. W. Ruschenberger,

31. D 254

The Native Calendar of Central America and Mexico. A Study

in Linguistics and Symbolism By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D 258

The Great Mesozoic Fault in New Jersey (with one plate). By

Benjamin Smith Lyman 314

On the genus Tomiopsis. By E. D. Cope 317

The Conservation of Osmazome in Roasting (with two figures). By

B. Meade Bache 318

A Vocabulary of the Nanticoke Dialect. By Daniel O. Brinton,

M.D 325

Second Addition to the Knowledge of the Batrachia and Reptilia

of Costa Rica. By E. D. Cope 333

Stated Meeting, November 3, 1893 348

Stated Meeting, November 17, 1893 351

Stated Meeting, December 1, 1893 355

Stated Meeting, December 15, 1893 356

Obituary Notice of Joseph Zentmayer (with one plate). By Charles

A. Oliver, 3I.D 358

Volumes and Dates of Proceedings and Transactions of the Amer-
ican Philosophical Society 365

It is requested that the receipt ot this number be acknowledged.
Jt^" In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre -
spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American
Philosophical Society. 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia."

Published for the Society

BY
MacCALLA & COMPANY,

NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

EXTRACT FROM THE LAWS.

CHAPTER XII.

OF THE MAGELLANIC FUND.

Section 1. JohnHyacinthdeMagellan, in London, having in the year
1786 offered to the Society , as a donation, the sum of two liundred guineas,
to be by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that
the interest arising therefrom should be annvially disposed of in pre-
miums, to be adjudged by them to the autlior of tlie best discovery, or
most useful invention, relating to Navigation, Astronomy, or Natural
Philosophy (mere natural history only excepted) ; and the Society
having accepted of the above donation, they hereby publish the condi-
tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which
the said annual premiums will be awarded.

CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMIUM.

1. The candidate shall send his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society,
free of postage or other charges ; and shall distinguish his performance
by some motto, device, or other signature, at his pleasure. Togetlier
with his discovery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a
sealed letter containing the same motto, device, or signature, and sub-
scribed with the real name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad-
mitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

5. All such communications shall be publicly read or exhibited to the
Society at some stated meeting, not less than one month previous to the
day of adjudication, and shall at all times be open to the inspection of
such members as shall desire it. But no member shall carry home with

3 2044 093 310 571

rAi

^>,

^:

'w

m:T:

-^ ^^^^pr''-

"-^l

/"V-

'-■\^-J*^'

"**>

}/^

i>^^

-^

^S.-

.'^)

'-- V.

#